Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout2025.02.24 CCP REGULARCITY COUNCIL MEETING City Hall Council Chambers February 24, 2025 AGENDA 1. Call to Order - 7:00 p.m. Attendees please turn off cell phones and pages during the meeting. A copy of the full meeting packet is available in the binder at the entrance to the Council Chambers. 2. Roll Call 3. Pledge of Allegiance 4. Informal Open Forum This is an opportunity for the public to address the City Council on items that are not on the agenda. It is limited to 15 minutes. It may not be used to make personal attacks, air personal grievances, make political endorsements, or for political campaign purposes. Council Members will not enter into a dialogue with the presenter. Questions from the Council will be for clarification purposes only. It will not be used as a time for problem- solving or reacting to the comments made but for hearing the presenter for informational purposes only. The first call will be for those that have notified the Clerk that they would like to speak during the open forum and then ask if anyone connected to this meeting would like to speak. When called upon, please indicate your name and then proceed. Please be sure to state your name before speaking. a. Meeting Decorum 5. Invocation - Lawrence-Anderson 6. Approval of Agenda and Consent Agenda These items are considered to be routine by the City Council and will be enacted by one motion. There isn't a separate discussion for these items unless a Councilmember so requests, then it is moved to the end of the Council Consideration Items. a. Approval of Minutes b. Approval of Licenses c. An Ordinance Adding New Section 35-4500 to the Brooklyn Center City Code of Ordinances Regarding the Establishment of Adult-Use Cannabis Business Zoning Regulations - Second Reading d. An Ordinance Amending Section 35-9200 of the Brooklyn Center City Code of Ordinances Regarding the Definition of Urban Agriculture - Second Reading e. Brooklyn Center Labor Agreement 7. Presentations/Proclamations/Recognitions/Donations a. Resolution Remembering and Honoring Former City of Brooklyn Center Page 1 of 465 Council Member Carol Kleven b. Brooklyn Center Administration Department Annual Presentation 8. Public Hearings a. Resolution Establishing 2025 Organics Recycling Rates and Charges 9. Planning Commission Items a. Resolution Regarding the Recommended Approval of Planning Comission Application No. 2025-001 for an Approximately 8,910-Square Foot Expansion of CAPI's Immigrant Opportunity Center, Preliminary and Final Plat for CAPI USA Addition, and Associated Variances (5930 and 5950 Brooklyn Boulevard) 10. Council Consideration Items a. Commission Appointments 11. Council Report 12. Adjournment Page 2 of 465 COUNCIL MEETING DECORUM To ensure meetings are conducted in a professional and courteous manner which enables the orderly conduct of business, all persons in attendance or who participate in such meetings shall conduct themselves in a manner that does not interfere with the ability of others to observe and, when allowed, to participate without disruption or fear of intimidation. A. Decorum. Persons who attend meetings must avoid conduct that disrupts, interferes with, or disturbs the orderly conduct of the meeting or the ability of other attendees to observe and participate as appropriate. To that end, persons who attend meetings are subject to the following: (1) Members of the public may only speak during meetings when allowed under Council Rules and only after being recognized by the presiding officer. The presiding officer may establish time limits for the acceptance of public comments or testimony. (2) Public comments or testimony must be addressed to the presiding officer and not to other Council Members, staff, or others in attendance. (3) All elected officials shall be referred to by their proper title and surname. (4) Public comments should avoid personal accusations, profanity, or other improper content for a public meeting. (5) Intimidating behaviors, threats of hostility, or actual violence are disallowed. (6) Audible demonstrations intended to disrupt the meeting should be avoided, including stomping of feet, snapping of fingers, clapping of hands, and other conduct that may be intimidating or threatening to others. (7) Holding, displaying, or placing banners, signs, objects, or other materials in any way that endangers others, prevents the free flow of individuals within the chamber, or obstructs or prevents the viewing of the meeting by others is not allowed. B. The presiding officer shall request any person(s) who disrupt, interfere with or disturb the orderly conduct of a meeting to cease the conduct and, as necessary, shall issue an oral warning to the individual(s) found to be in violation. If the individual(s) persists in disrupting, interfering with, or disturbing the meeting, the presiding officer may have the individual(s) removed or, under appropriate circumstances, temporarily clear the gallery. If for any reason the presiding officer fails to take such action, a majority vote may be substituted for action by the presiding officer to maintain order and decorum over the proceedings. C. The Council Chambers capacity is 76 persons per fire code. Page 3 of 465 Council Regular Meeting DATE: 2/24/2025 TO: City Council FROM: Barb Suciu, City Clerk THROUGH: Daren Nyquist, Deputy City Manager BY: Barb Suciu, City Clerk SUBJECT: Approval of Minutes Requested Council Action: - Motion to approve meeting minutes • January 27, 2025, Study Session • January 27, 2025, Regular Session • January 27, 2025, Work/EDA Session • February 10, 2025, Study Session • February 10, 2025, Regular Session • February 10, 2025, Work/EDA Session Background: In accordance with Minnesota State Statute 15.17, the official records of all meetings must be documented and approved by the governing body. Budget Issues: None Inclusive Community Engagement: None Antiracist/Equity Policy Effect: None Strategic Priorities and Values: ATTACHMENTS: 1. 2025.01.27 SS - unapproved 2. 2025.01.27 CC - unapproved 3. 2025.01.27 WS - unapproved 4. 2025.02.10 SS - unapproved 5. 2025.02.10 CC - unapproved 6. 2025.02.10 WS - unapproved Page 4 of 465 Page 5 of 465 1/27/25 -1- DRAFT MINUTES OF THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF BROOKLYN CENTER IN THE COUNTY OF HENNEPIN AND THE STATE OF MINNESOTA STUDY SESSION JANUARY 27, 2025 CITY HALL – COUNCIL CHAMBERS CALL TO ORDER The Brooklyn Center City Council met in Study Session called to order by Mayor April Graves at 6:03 p.m. ROLL CALL Mayor April Graves and Councilmembers Dan Jerzak, Teneshia Kragness, and Laurie Ann Moore. Councilmember Kris Lawrence-Anderson was absent and excused. Also present were City Manager Reggie Edwards, Deputy City Manager Daren Nyquist, City Clerk Barb Suciu, Deputy City Clerk Shannon Pettit, and City Attorney Siobhan Tolar. CITY COUNCIL MISCELLANEOUS DISCUSSION ITEMS Councilmember Jerzak stated he would like to pull Consent Agenda Item 6d. Resolution Supporting the Pursuit of Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development Redevelopment Grant Program Funding for the Acquisition of the Brown College Site at 5951 Earle Brown Drive and make it a Council Consideration Item. RESOLUTION 2021-73 Councilmember Jerzak added he would like to table Study Session agenda discussion on Resolution 2021-73 because Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson was absent. Mayor Graves agreed she would like Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson present for the conversation. However, there is a 45-day timeline to address the item. Councilmember Jerzak noted there is another Council meeting before the timeline is up, but he would still appreciate some flexibility with the timeline. Mayor Graves pointed out that the Director of Community Prevention, Health and Safety LaToya Turk previously stated the recruitment and recommendation timeline would require 90 days. Even after the freeze of the Resolution, it would be three months until any potential committee member is presented to the Council. She suggested some of the discussion occur during Ms. Turk’s 90- day timeline. Page 6 of 465 1/27/25 -2- DRAFT Councilmember Jerzak noted his preference to conclude discussion before any recruitment. The Daunte Wright and Kobe Dimock-Heisler Community Safety and Violence Prevention Act was passed two years ago. Mayor Graves confirmed it has been two years, and the Council has discussed the Daunte Wright and Kobe Dimock-Heisler Community Safety and Violence Prevention Act 21 times. Councilmember Jerzak stated he has major concerns he would like to address. Councilmember Kragness suggested they maintain the 45-day freeze and allow discussion to continue into the 90-day recruitment if needed. Councilmember Moore noted the previous minutes indicated ample discussion on the fifth section of the Daunte Wright and Kobe Dimock-Heisler Community Safety and Violence Prevention Act. The initial act calls for a Department of Community Safety and Violence Prevention while the proposal calls for a governmental unit. It was helpful to compare the original document and the proposed changes. She agreed the discussion should be held off until Councilmember Lawrence- Anderson can participate. It was the consensus of the Council to wait for discussion on Resolution 2021-73 until Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson is present. Mayor Graves expressed her frustration with the discussion process as it seems to be cyclical. Past minutes showing the fifth section was already reviewed by the Council. The minutes for the discussion she held with Staff, Directors, the Implementation Committee, and Council were not included in the compilation of past conversations on the Daunte Wright and Kobe Dimock-Heisler Community Safety and Violence Prevention Act. She requested the October 10, 2023, and January 22, 2024, minutes be provided to the Council. Councilmember Moore asked if the meeting referenced by Mayor Graves was held at the Community Center. Mayor Graves confirmed that it was correct. Councilmember Jerzak pointed out that his two primary concerns were relayed to Dr. Edwards a few days ago. He didn’t want to bring them to the conversation planned for the present evening because the focus was intended to be on the fifth section. Mayor Graves noted there was discussion related to other sections within the Daunte Wright and Kobe Dimock-Heisler Community Safety and Violence Prevention Act. Councilmember Jerzak added of the 13 responsibilities of the proposed Committee from the latest proposals, only three of them were in the original Daunte Wright and Kobe Dimock-Heisler Community Safety and Violence Prevention Act. He doesn’t want to stray from the Resolution too much, and the differences require additional discussion. Mayor Graves stated the refinement is likely a reflection of additional research and input received by Staff. For example, Councilmember Jerzak did not support the new committee being responsible for reviewing bargaining agreements. Page 7 of 465 1/27/25 -3- DRAFT Mayor Graves stated she would ultimately like to move forward with action steps. Councilmember Jerzak asked if Consent Agenda Item 6d. Resolution Supporting the Pursuit of Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development Redevelopment Grant Program Funding for the Acquisition of the Brown College Site at 5951 Earle Brown Drive, was assigned a new spot in the regular agenda. Mayor Graves confirmed Consent Agenda Item 6d. Resolution Supporting the Pursuit of Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development Redevelopment Grant Program Funding for the Acquisition of the Brown College Site at 5951 Earle Brown Drive would become Council Consideration Item 10a. Resolution Supporting the Pursuit of Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development Redevelopment Grant Program Funding for the Acquisition of the Brown College Site at 5951 Earle Brown Drive. Councilmember Kragness pointed out she was invited to participate in the Strong Cities Network regarding social cohesion during global crises. She read the description of the effort. It is a conference with breakout sessions regarding violence prevention, crisis communication, and the like. She has been attending weekly learning modules organized by the Strong Cities Network. The upcoming workshop is in February in Manchester, UK. Strong Cities Network will cover 80 percent of travel fees while lodging and food costs are covered. Airfare would come from the Council’s budget. Councilmember Kragness added the Council has a budget of $15,400 for conference and travel expenses. She requested the Council’s support of her attendance at the conference. The airfare will be around $700 to $1,000. Mayor Graves noted she will be attending the conference, though her travel costs have been covered by the Strong Cities Network. Brooklyn Center would benefit even more by having an additional Councilmember in attendance. Councilmember Moore stated there are other priorities for the Council to focus their time and effort on, especially because another representative of the City will already be attending for free. She cannot justify the City paying 20 percent of an unknown amount. Councilmember Kragness explained she is only asking for 20 percent of the airfare to be covered by the Council’s budget. Councilmember Moore stated she could not justify spending taxpayer money on sending another individual to Manchester. Councilmember Jerzak noted Councilmember Kragness, has been able to travel to two other out- of-State conferences. The Council needs to focus on the local issues facing Brooklyn Center. Furthermore, the Council needs to prioritize spending taxpayer money more carefully. Mayor Graves expressed her disappointment. She stated it would only be about $700 for the priceless connection to international groups dealing with violence and other crises. Page 8 of 465 1/27/25 -4- DRAFT Councilmember Moore stated she agreed the topic is important, but Mayor Graves will already be attending for free. Councilmember Kragness added Strong Cities doesn’t typically extend financial support to more than one representative from a jurisdiction. However, because she has been so involved with Strong Cities, the organization graciously offered to cover a large majority of the expenses. Councilmember Jerzak asked when Councilmember Kragness would need to accept the invitation. It would be fair for Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson to weigh in on the item in hopes of altering the consensus. Councilmember Kragness stated she needs to confirm with Strong Cities Network immediately. She pointed out that Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson has previously noted her disinterest in travel and offered her portion of the travel budget to other Councilmembers. Councilmember Jerzak added he would not be interested in traveling outside of the State either. Councilmember Kragness explained the purpose of the travel budget is intended for Councilmembers to go out, gain knowledge, make connections, and bring back insights to share with Council and Staff. If others are uninterested in travel, then it would be all the more reason to support using the large budget to support her travel. Mayor Graves noted she has attended several conferences and learning opportunities during her time serving on the Council through scholarships and budget allocations. However, the first time another Councilmember attended a conference with her was at the end of 2024. Brooklyn Center has access to multiple resources and not taking advantage of the learning opportunities in the past has contributed to the lack of progress in the city. She would like more Brooklyn Center staff and leaders to attend conferences. It is a valuable learning and networking opportunity. Mayor Graves added the $15,000 professional development budget isn’t used, then it goes back to the General Fund. $15,000 won’t make a dent in the huge financial issues facing Brooklyn Center. Ultimately, $700 is a worthwhile expense for leadership development. Councilmember Moore stated optics are also important on top of finances, especially after the last meeting. More learning opportunities are more affordable. Mayor Graves will already be attending anyway. Councilmember Jerzak noted the Council needs to return to the basics and attend local conferences. CITY MANAGER MISCELLANEOUS DISCUSSION ITEMS PROPOSED WORK SESSION ITEMS Page 9 of 465 1/27/25 -5- DRAFT City Manager Reggie Edwards explained he is seeking input from Council regarding their priorities for Work Session discussion items. Once receiving input, he will consider Staff capacity before scheduling future Work Sessions. Dr. Edwards pointed out current discussion items include Memorial Policy, Grants Update, Purchasing Policy, Planning Application Process, Commission Members and Application Process, Property Tax Review, and Traffic Calming Policy. Additional proposed discussion items include completing review of the Daunte Wright and Kobe Dimick- Heisler Public Safety Act over the next 45 days, Review City Council Meetings Process and Procedures and Parliamentary Procedures, completing Council Picture and Hall of Fame Discussion, Water Meter Project Update, Year-End Financial Report and Audit, Update of Financial Plans and Progress for Enterprise Funds, Update of Economic Development Projects, Review Rental Inspections Point System, Update on Expanded Response Pilot, Update on Recycling, Update on Impact of Tenant Protection Policy, and Council Chamber Security. Dr. Edwards stated the Memorial Policy has been considered for two years. Additional memorials have been frozen in the interim. The Grants Update would review the grants the city has received and how it is being utilized. The Council previously expressed interest in readdressing the dollar threshold for Council review for large purchases. They would like to review the Planning Application Process for Council and Commissioners. As for the Commission Members and Application Process, Staff is looking to diversify, recruit, better onboard, and ultimately retain more Commissioners. Dr. Edwards noted there have been challenges regarding extended stay facilities related to human trafficking. Reviewing the related policies and ordinances would benefit the City, residents, and businesses while promoting success for hotels. The Property Tax Review item would be an educational item regarding propery taxes. Dr. Edwards added there was a traffic calming pilot effort that he would like for Council to be made aware of. From there, Staff hopes to expand the pilot. There are plans for additional conversations regarding the Daunte Wright and Kobe Dimick- Heisler Public Safety Act, similar to the Study Session item on the present agenda. Reviewing City Council Meetings Process and Procedures and Parliamentary Procedure would be an opportunity to consider how the procedures and processes benefit the Council and promoting efficacy. Dr. Edwards stated there have been discussions on Council photos on the Hall of Fame that may require additional time. Council has received email updates on the water meter project, but the Council may be interested in additional information. Year-End Financial Report and Audit, Update of Financial Plans and Progress for Enterprise Funds, Update of Economic Development Projects, Review Rental Inspections Point System, Update on Expanded Response Pilot are self- explanatory. An update on the recycling project is coming up. Update on Impact of Tenant Protection Policy relates to pending legislation. Finally, conversations regarding Council Chamber Security started one year ago and need to be completed. Page 10 of 465 1/27/25 -6- DRAFT Councilmember Moore noted her interest in reviewing Council meeting processes and procedures. As it stands, Councilmembers can only present one item to be added per meeting. She is unsure if the rule is new or longstanding. Prioritizing the review of Council meetings processes and procedures would be beneficial. Councilmember Moore added that a lot of the listed topics have been pending for a couple of years. Dr. Edwards explained he prefers to talk about action. During his eight years, it has been uncommon for a Councilmember to request discussion of a topic during the meeting. Instead, agenda items are generated through requests of the Council. During Study Session, Councilmembers may speak about a topic as needed then Staff would prepare a presentation for a coming meeting. Two years ago, there was directions from Council to cut down meeting times. Only three or four items can be thoroughly discussed before 9:00 p.m. Councilmember Moore asked if Council meetings are supposed to end at 9:00 p.m. but require Council action to extend the meeting. Dr. Edwards stated the Council requested the meetings be shorter, so he limited the number of discussion items. If an item wasn’t addressed, it would be moved to the next meeting. Councilmember Jerzak stated there have been times in the past when Study Session or Work Session meetings have been adjourned early due to completion of agenda items. Some topics should be referred to other groups. For example, the Purchasing Policy should be reviewed by the Financial Commission. Once Council is informed of the delegated item, then they can move forward with other items on the list. Councilmember Jerzak suggested Staff prepare a presentation for the Planning Application Process item. Staff already has people working on the Commission Members and Application Process item and the hotel concerns. The update on the Traffic Calming Policy should be brief. The item Review City Council Meetings Process and Procedures and Parliamentary Procedures is the responsibility of the Council. The Complete Council Picture and Hall of Fame Discussion item is basically decided and would require only a few minutes. The Water Meter Project Update could be included in the weekly email. Ultimately, if everything is important, then nothing is important. Councilmember Jerzak explained he fully expects the Financial Plans and the progress updates regarding the Enterprise Funds be provided to the Council per Charter. Councilmembers receive updates on economic development projects through one-to-one meetings. The item to Review Rental Inspections Point System was just done in the last couple of years. Council Chamber Security also needs to be handled internally. There isn’t too much on the list. Mayor Graves stated she would provide a list of her priorities to Dr. Edwards. Councilmember Jerzak confirmed he would as well. Councilmember Kragness stated the quick items should be addressed and removed from the list. Some items are more of a placeholder to remain top of mind. There should be a list of topics where Staff needs input from Council and a list of items that need a quick discussion. Page 11 of 465 1/27/25 -7- DRAFT Dr. Edwards noted the new Deputy City Manager needs to be officially introduced to the Council. Dr. Edwards stated the Council should have received an email on goal setting. Then time would be set up to review the goals. Dr. Edwards asked where the Council stands on development and its relationship with Common Sense. The item will be on a future agenda. Councilmember Moore explained she had previously told Dr. Edwards that she wasn’t interested in spending money on Common Sense. She asked what the firm was previously hired for. Dr. Edwards stated Common Sense is a consulting firm that offers development opportunities for Councilmembers. The contract includes Council retreats, development coaching sessions, conversation facilitation, and more. Councilmember Moore asked where the money came from. Dr. Edwards stated just under $50,000 is allocated from the Council’s professional development budget and some from the City Manager’s professional development budget. The councilmember stated the line item is separate from what Councilmember Kragness previously referred to. Mayor Graves pointed out Common Sense was hired in 2021. Dr. Edwards confirmed Common Sense was hired at the height of COVID-19 and civil unrest. Councilmember Kragness noted her appreciation of Common Sense and their support. When she joined the Council, it was in a rough season. Common Sense created space for team development and reaching consensus. The mediation between Councilmembers were also valuable. Participants benefit based on the amount they commit to the services. Mayor Graves noted her agreement with Common Sense. Some Councilmembers don’t believe the sessions are worth their time, which decreases their effectiveness. Councilmember Moore stated if there is an additional $50,000 for professional development available to the Council, then Councilmember Kragness should attend the conference in Manchester for less than $1,000. Nonetheless, she isn’t interested in sitting in a circle with the Council. She would need to confer privately with other Councilmembers to better understand their experiences with Common Sense. Mayor Graves pointed out it was time to transition to the regular session. Dr. Edwards clarified the potential Work Session item about the traffic calming efforts would include the findings of the pilot program and recommendations. Dr. Edwards introduced the newly hired Deputy City Manager Daren Nyquist. There were over 90 applicants from 13 different states. The process was extremely competitive. Hiring focused on the implementation of the City’s Strategic Plan, promoting excellence amongst Staff, creating Page 12 of 465 1/27/25 -8- DRAFT a measure for services offered, and directing the Administration Department. Mr. Nyquist has ample public and private experience. Mr. Nyquist expressed his excitement to be working in Brooklyn Center. Mayor Graves noted her support for metrics. ADJOURNMENT Mayor Graves adjourned the meeting at 7:05 p.m. Page 13 of 465 1/27/25 -1- DRAFT MINUTES OF THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF BROOKLYN CENTER IN THE COUNTY OF HENNEPIN AND THE STATE OF MINNESOTA REGULAR SESSION JANUARY 27, 2025 CITY HALL – COUNCIL CHAMBERS 1. INFORMAL OPEN FORUM WITH CITY COUNCIL The Brooklyn Center City Council met in Informal Open Forum called to order by Mayor April Graves at 7:05 p.m. 2. ROLL CALL Mayor April Graves and Councilmembers Dan Jerzak, Teneshia Kragness, and Laurie Ann Moore. Councilmember Kris Lawrence-Anderson was absent and excused. Also present were City Manager Reggie Edwards, Community Development Director Jesse Anderson, Economic Development Manager Ian Alexander, City Clerk Barb Suciu, Deputy Clerk Shannon Pettit, and City Attorney Siobhan Tolar. 3. PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE The Pledge of Allegiance was recited. 4. INFORMAL OPEN FORUM Mayor April Graves opened the meeting for the purpose of Informal Open Forum and reviewed the decorum document. Jovita M. introduced herself as the founder of the Minnesota Immigrant Movement, a Statewide grassroots organization. She explained members of the Latinx community in Brooklyn Center and surrounding areas are concerned because their children are afraid to attend school due to immigration concerns. Jovita M. explained she hopes to partner with the City to educate folks on their rights. She suggested a media campaign be initiated, an ordinance be issued regarding immigrant rights, and that the Council coordinate with the schools. Mayor Graves confirmed Staff has already been coordinating with local schools. Dena S. noted she is appearing on behalf of her neighbors who are living in fear. She loves living in Brooklyn Center because of the diversity. She noted her appreciation of Jovita’s comments and encouraged the City to do more to support immigrants. Page 14 of 465 1/27/25 -2- DRAFT Jose R. introduced himself as a resident, husband, father, and pastor. He requested information be made more accessible to the immigrant community, specifically regarding immigrant rights. Mayor Graves asked when the statement from the City would be completed. Dr. Edwards stated Staff would complete the memo within the week. Melissa R. noted she is married to Jose R. She stated Brooklyn Center has a beautiful, diverse community, and no one should be living in fear. Brooklyn Center needs to be supportive of all members of its community. Mayor Graves agreed there is a lot of misinformation out there. Brooklyn Center will be releasing a statement soon. Nahid K. expressed her frustration with the Council’s recent repeal of the Council’s Code of Conduct. More than one year of work went into its development. The City’s leaders need to set a good example for all. Mercy is an important part of the conduct as well. Mayor Graves stated the commenter’s timeline is complete. Gretchen E. stated it was frustrating that the new Deputy City Manager was present at the previous City Council meeting but wasn’t introduced publicly. She thanked staff for compiling the minutes related to the Daunte Wright and Kobe Dimock-Heisler Community Safety and Violence Prevention Act. There are supposed to be quarterly reviews scheduled for expanded response and that hasn’t been happening. Mayor Graves pointed out the item is on the list for future work sessions. Gretchen E. pointed out there is a policy on Council travel related to continental US travel but nothing on international travel. Mayor Graves confirmed she is aware of the policy. Kevin S. stated it is concerning for two members of the Council to be out of the country at the same time. Julie B. noted her disappointment that travel, and professional development funds are not being used to support Councilmember Kragness’ opportunity to attend a conference in Manchester, UK. Safety is a growing concern in the community. It is disheartening that the council isn’t taking every opportunity to grow and learn. She reminded the Council that people pay attention to the individual votes of Councilmembers. Julie B. stated she has been interrupted multiple times during public comment periods due to allegations of personal attacks. Another person commented after her and directly named community members without interruption. She asked for the City Attorney to define what a personal attack is. The podium should be an opportunity to hold Councilmembers accountable, particularly if the Council itself is speaking negatively of other community members. Page 15 of 465 1/27/25 -3- DRAFT Mayor Graves asked for City Attorney Siobhan Tolar to define “personal attack” for them. Councilmember Moore pointed out Informal Open Forum is not allowed to include responses. Mayor Graves stated the request is for clarification purposes. Both the public and the Council could benefit from hearing from the City Attorney. Councilmember Moore stated all commenters need to be treated the same. City Attorney Siobhan Tolar stated she would prefer to review the policies before answering because there are implications related to the First Amendment. Mayor Graves moved and Councilmember Moore seconded to close the Informal Open Forum at 7:21 p.m. City Clerk Barb Suciu noted another hand was raised online while Julie B. had been speaking. Mayor Graves stated Informal Open Forum was already over its allotted time. Motion passed unanimously. 5. INVOCATION Councilmember Kragness shared a message from her devotional about folks loving one another for who they are. She read a prayer about God’s presence and asking God to help people live like a city on a hill. 6. APPROVAL OF AGENDA AND CONSENT AGENDA Mayor Graves noted she forgot to add an item regarding Commission appointments during the Study Session. City Clerk Barb Suciu confirmed it could still be added as a Council Consideration Item. Councilmember Kragness moved and Councilmember Jerzak seconded to approve the Agenda and Consent Agenda, as amended with Consent Agenda Item 6d. Resolution Supporting the Pursuit of Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development Redevelopment Grant Program Funding for the Acquisition of the Brown College Site at 5951 Earle Brown Drive becoming Council Consideration Item 10a. Resolution Supporting the Pursuit of Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development Redevelopment Grant Program Funding for the Acquisition of the Brown College Site at 5951 Earle Brown Drive and adding Council Consideration Item 10b. Commission Appointments to the agenda, and the following consent items were approved: 6a. APPROVAL OF MINUTES 1. January 13, 2025 – Study Session 2. January 13, 2025 – Regular Session 3. January 13, 2025 – Work Session 6b. LICENSES Page 16 of 465 1/27/25 -4- DRAFT MECHANICAL Owens Companies, Inc. 500 West 92nd Street Bloomington 55420 SPI Mechanical LLC 1116 Lincoln Street NE Minneapolis 55413 RENTAL RENEWAL (TYPE IV – six-month license) 3513 47th Avenue N 6939 Baird Llc 7230 West River Road 7230 Riverside Property Llc 4007 Joyce Lane John Jorgensen 5819 Knox Avenue N G.b. Homes Llc 6018 Camden Avenue N Gb Homes Llc 6445 James Circle N Kaswa Hospitality Inc 7013 Knox Avenue N HPA II BORROWER 2021-1 LLC 7121 Knox Avenue N Seigonghyr W Korti Jr RENEWAL (TYPE III – one-year license) 3601 47th Avenue N 8411 Balboa Llc 5437 Logan Avenue N Nicholas Kaufman 5606 Bryant Avenue N Mnsf Ii W1 Llc RENEWAL (TYPE II – two-year license) 4118 Woodbine Lane Investment Solutions Llc 5319 Knox Avenue N Sydney 1 Llc 5614 Bryant Avenue N Lin Shuang Llc 6812 Fremont Place N Sharon K McGary RENEWAL (TYPE I – three-year license) 4204 Lakebreeze Avenue N AZ RENTAL APARTMENTS LLC Page 17 of 465 1/27/25 -5- DRAFT 2018 55th Avenue N Lancelot Properties Llc 3018 Nash Road T R CAVANAUGH REV LIV TRUST 3708 66th Avenue N Maxima Martinez Perez 5332 Humboldt Avenue N C A Morales & Z A Contreras 6215 Bryant Avenue N Tuuyen D Tran & Lan Tran SIGNHANGER DeMars Signs 410 93rd Avenue Coon Rapids 55433 GASOLINE SERVICE STATION Holiday #292 420 66th Ave N 6c. RESOLUTION NO. 2025-020; ACCEPTING ADDITIONAL GRANT FUNDING FOR A FIFTH INTENSIVE COMPREHENSIVE PEACE OFFICER EDUCATION & TRAINING (ICPOET) POSITION 6d. RESOLUTION NO. 2025-021; SUPPORTING THE PURSUIT OF MINNESOTA DEPARTMENT OF EMPLOYMENT AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT REDEVELOPMENT GRANT PROGRAM FUNDING FOR THE ACQUISITION OF THE BROWN COLLEGE SITE AT 5951 EARLE BROWN DRIVE Motion passed unanimously. 7. PRESENTATIONS/PROCLAMATIONS/RECOGNITIONS/DONATIONS None. 8. PUBLIC HEARINGS None. 9. PLANNING COMMISSION ITEMS None. 10. COUNCIL CONSIDERATION ITEMS 10a. RESOLUTION SUPPORTING THE PURSUIT OF MINNESOTA DEPARTMENT OF EMPLOYMENT AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT REDEVELOPMENT Page 18 of 465 1/27/25 -6- DRAFT GRANT PROGRAM FUNDING FOR THE ACQUISITION OF THE BROWN COLLEGE SITE AT 5951 EARLE BROWN DRIVE Mayor Graves pointed out Councilmember Jerzak requested this item be moved from the Consent Agenda to the Council Consideration Items. Councilmember Jerzak noted he was surprised a grant request for such an amount was placed on the Consent Agenda considering the Council has been asking to review the Grant Policy. The grant includes a matching component and requires costs for the City such as demolition. Brooklyn Center already has 80 acres, and they have had a bad experience with Target. Numerous open sites have yet to be put to use. Councilmember Jerzak added the site is assessed at $2.3 million, which is a heavy lift. If an outside party purchases the site, then the City will get back $40,000 for the work they have put into it. He was open to listen to a presentation from Staff, but he is hesitant to support the item. City Manager Dr. Edwards explained it is the norm for grants to go on the Consent Agenda. The Council would need to approve the grant before it could be accepted. The item is purely for application. Economic Development Manager Ian Alexander stated he has inherited a difficult job. The City has put together a lot of developments without the proper infrastructure and some decisions have limited the power of the Council regarding development. A challenge of the Opportunity Site is the lack of infrastructure. Mr. Alexander explained the initial idea was to reach out to the original owner of 5951 Earle Brown Drive for more information. The owner had paid off the mortgage on the property then allowed it to go into forfeiture. Staff approached Hennepin County with a request to raise the right amount of money to purchase the site. His goal is to write down the cost of the property. Three affordable housing groups, one self-storage group, and one banquet hall group have shown interest in the site. Mr. Alexander noted the site is 6.46 acres adjacent to the Target site of 9.1 acres. The sites comprise the entire corner of the Opportunity Site. It is centrally located and has access to utilities. The City should steer redevelopment of the site in question to optimize the income-producing potential and tax base of the area. A goal of economic development is to increase the tax base. An affordable housing use would not grow the tax base and increase the burden on City services. Mr. Alexander stated the grant would offset the City’s financial burden and could cover up to 50 percent of the tax-assessed value of the property. Other grants are being sought out to cover more of the expense. Staff is confident the requirements of the grant would be met in the allotted time. If not, then the grant can be returned. Mr. Alexander added he wasn’t present when the city decided to purchase the Target site. The fact that the City purchased the Target site shows its effort to turn a bad situation into a slightly Page 19 of 465 1/27/25 -7- DRAFT better one. Holding additional land isn’t a strategy in and of itself. The strategy is the Opportunity Site as a whole. Councilmember Jerzak pointed out he is familiar with the Grant Policy as he helped to write it. He asked why Council didn’t receive have an opportunity to discuss the grant in advance. Dr. Edwards stated Staff utilized the same process as other grant applications would require. Councilmember Moore asked if the property was available to be acquired when the Target site was acquired. Mr. Alexander stated he is unsure. Councilmember Jerzak stated the acquisition of the Target site was done in good faith, but it didn’t work out well. The fire didn’t help the situation either. He explained he is prioritizing practical opportunities. The City needs to do something with what they have first. Councilmember Moore asked if the proposed site could have been included in the Target site acquisition. Community Development Director Jesse Anderson noted he believes the college was still operating when the Target site was acquired. Nonetheless, both sites are part of the 80-acre Opportunity Site. The plan was to use the proceeds from the sale to acquire additional land to the north. Councilmember Moore noted her agreement with Councilmember Jerzak. The best-laid plans continue to lay dormant across the City. The grant application does not benefit the City. Dr. Edwards asked what would happen if the grant was not acquired and what other efforts are being made to cover the costs. Mr. Alexander stated the intention is to find additional matching opportunities. If the grant isn’t received, then the site would likely go to tax forfeiture and be purchased for private development. Dr. Edwards explained Staff is attempting to obtain money to benefit the taxpayers rather than asking taxpayers to fund a project. The residents are not on the hook for the matching grant should it be accepted. Mayor Graves stated she wants Staff to pursue grants and build economic capacity in Brooklyn Center. The item is merely for an application. Mr. Alexander confirmed the item is only for an application, and they may not receive the grant. He noted his understanding of the concerns. Brooklyn Center is a great City, but its people are overly taxed due to the lack of a tax base and features to attract outside money. Staff is working on a project for the Target site that would overlap with the college site. If it were to work out, then the project would be a massive asset for the City. Mr. Alexander requested the application be approved because the Council would still need to accept the grant. He offered to meet individually with Councilmembers to further discuss the plans. Brooklyn Center needs to be more intentional with its grant-seeking efforts. The Council has inherited a difficult position regarding development. Their department is determined to build the Page 20 of 465 1/27/25 -8- DRAFT tax base. Mr. Alexander added he would be hesitant to move forward with the grant if he were in the Council’s position, and it is his responsibility to better communicate with the Council. Councilmember Moore pointed out the grant requires a 50 percent match. She asked if the requirement would put taxpayers on the hook for the funds. Dr. Edwards stated if they were unable to find grants or other money to match the grant in question, then the funds would be returned. Mr. Alexander noted other funding sources haven’t been utilized, which would require additional conversation. Dr. Edwards stated the General Fund would not go toward this site’s acquisition. Councilmember Kragness agreed the location is strategic and complementary to the Target site. She stated she would like to see a realistic plan from Staff on how the 50 percent match will be sought out. She added Staff are the experts on the matter, so she trusts their input. There is no harm in seeking out free money. Mr. Alexander requested the application be approved. In the interim, he could present a more detailed plan. There are very few funding options in existence. The plans are moving Brooklyn Center in a positive direction. Mayor Graves added Planning Commissioners are feeling excited about the direction of development in Brooklyn Center. Councilmember Kragness reiterated she isn’t opposed to applying for the grant, but there needs to be a plan in place. Dr. Edwards confirmed Staff would put together a detailed plan. Councilmember Jerzak explained the Opportunity Site plans originally relied on a developer to provide the infrastructure. The Council wrote down the land to $1 and threw in $10 million, and the infrastructure still couldn’t be completed. Councilmember Jerzak noted his understanding of the intention of the application. The Council has only been told of vague projects such as a sports facility, but they need more details of potential projects to support Staff’s efforts. The constituents are not supportive of the City owning more vacant land. Councilmember Jerzak noted his appreciation of growing Brooklyn Center’s tax base. However, the project wouldn’t see taxes for 15 or more years. Mr. Alexander pointed out Tax Increment Funding (TIF) would follow a longer timeline such as 15 years, but they do not plan on using TIF. Councilmember Jerzak stated the Council doesn’t have that information. Mr. Alexander stated he would like to present more details to Staff. Page 21 of 465 1/27/25 -9- DRAFT Mayor Graves stated she doesn’t want the City to acquire more empty land. However, she does want Staff to be ambitious in building the tax base. She expressed her support of the application, but she would not support a 50 percent match from taxpayer money. Councilmember Moore asked if the resolution is just for an application. Dr. Edwards confirmed if the item is approved, then Staff will only apply for the grant. Should the City receive the grant, then the Council would need to accept the grant. Staff would have a plan for the additional matching funds at that time. Mr. Alexander added there would need to be a grant agreement approved by Council after an acceptance. Councilmember Jerzak stated the department deserves a chance to seek out the funds. He doesn’t like surprises, and he needs to be more fully informed to make decisions on behalf of taxpayers. He is open to the application, but he will be watching the process carefully. Mayor Graves moved and Councilmember Kragness seconded to adopt RESOLUTION 2025-021, a Resolution Supporting the Pursuit of Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development Redevelopment Grant Program Funding for the Acquisition of the Brown College Site at 5951 Earle Brown Drive for Redevelopment. Motion passed unanimously. 10b. COMMISSION APPOINTMENTS Mayor Graves stated the Councilmembers should have received an email from Ms. Suciu with the applications. It is important to appoint more Planning Commissioners for them to reach a quorum. She asked if other Commissions have openings. Ms. Suciu stated there would still be one vacancy on the Planning Commission, two or three on the Housing Commission, one on the Financial Commission, and two on the Cultural Arts Commission should the appointments be approved. Councilmember Jerzak stated there is a vacancy on the Charter Commission as well. Ms. Suciu stated there are one or two vacancies on the Charter Commission, but it is a different appointment process. More information is available online. Councilmember Moore pointed out she only received the applications a few hours before the City Council meeting. She requested information be provided to the Council with more notice. On the whole, she is supportive of anyone interested in volunteering to serve Brooklyn Center. Ms. Suciu stated she sent out the applications out as soon as she receives them. Two applications for the Planning Commission were received over the weekend. Because of the Thursday Planning Commission meeting, they are being considered on a quicker timeline. Page 22 of 465 1/27/25 -10- DRAFT Councilmember Kragness asked if the two Planning Commission appointees are aware of the meeting on Thursday. Ms. Suciu explained the Planning Commission recommendations are re- appointments. They reapplied after urgency was expressed to them. Councilmember Moore moved Councilmember Kragness seconded to appoint the recommended candidates to their respective Commissions. The motion passed unanimously. Mayor Graves reiterated there is still one vacancy on the Planning Commission, two or three on the Housing Commission, one on the Financial Commission, and two on the Cultural Arts Commission. 11. COUNCIL REPORT Councilmember Kragness reported on her attendance at the following and provided information on the following upcoming events: •Attended the legislative breakfast, learned about the top priorities of nearby jurisdictions, and advocated for Brooklyn Center’s legislative priorities. Councilmember Jerzak reported on his attendance at the following and provided information on the following upcoming events: •Met with constituents regarding Hwy 252 and water bills. Councilmember Moore reported on her attendance at the following and provided information on the following upcoming events: •Attended the Parks and Recreation Commission and participated in discussions regarding sustainability. •Asked about the process for the minutes. Ms. Suciu stated once minutes are approved, they are posted online. •Noted Hennepin County is looking for Recycling Ambassadors. Mayor Graves reported on her attendance at the following and provided information on the following upcoming events: •Attended Northwest Tourism annual meeting. •Recorded Mayor’s Minutes with CCX. •Met with constituents. •Participated in the Cultural Arts Commission meeting. Page 23 of 465 1/27/25 -11- DRAFT Councilmember Jerzak pointed out he attempted to attend the tourism meeting remotely, but it didn’t work. Mayor Graves stated she can ask for the presentation to be shared with the rest of the Council. Ms. Suciu explained when Staff sets up a meeting in the calendar, there is automatically a Teams meeting set up. They are still getting used to the new programs. She apologized for the error. 12. ADJOURNMENT Mayor Graves moved and Councilmember Kragness seconded adjournment of the City Council meeting at 8:08 p.m. Motion passed unanimously. Page 24 of 465 1/27/25 -1- DRAFT MINUTES OF THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE CITY COUNCIL/ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY OF THE CITY OF BROOKLYN CENTER IN THE COUNTY OF HENNEPIN AND THE STATE OF MINNESOTA WORK SESSION JANUARY 27, 2025 CITY HALL – COUNCIL CHAMBERS CALL TO ORDER The Brooklyn Center City Council/Economic Development Authority (EDA) met in Work Session called to order by Mayor/President April Graves at 8:16 p.m. ROLL CALL Mayor/President April Graves and Councilmembers/Commissioners Dan Jerzak, Teneshia Kragness, and Laurie Ann Moore. Councilmembers/Commissioners Kris Lawrence-Anderson was absent and excused. Also present were City Manager Reggie Edwards, Economic Development Manager Ian Alexander, Community Development Director Jesse Anderson, Planner and Zoning Administrator Ginny McIntosh, City Clerk Barb Suciu, Deputy City Clerk Shannon Pettit and City Attorney Siobhan Tolar. CONCEPT REVIEW: 5400 BLOCK OF BROOKLYN BOULEVARD (TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT) City Manager Reggie Edwards introduced the item and invited Economic Development Manager Ian Alexander to continue the Staff presentation. Mr. Alexander stated Amani Construction and Development was founded in 2013. It is locally owned and lead by a BIPOC woman. The company partners with the Minneapolis Homes program and the St. Paul Inspiring Communities program. They build market-rate and affordable housing developments. Mr. Alexander stated the site is 5400 Brooklyn Boulevard. 5415, 5407, and 5401 were acquired for realignment of Brooklyn Boulevard. The site is difficult to redevelop. The parcel was replatted and zoned medium density. Mr. Alexander explained the concept is for 11 townhouse units with three or four bedrooms per unit. The units would include a two-stall backload garage, a private front yard, and a deck or balcony for each unit. In addition, the proposal features 15 visitor parking stalls, a small playground, and a shared green space. Page 25 of 465 1/27/25 -2- DRAFT Mr. Alexander asked if the Council/EDA would support the use of EDA-owned property for the proposal. There is consideration of a luxury exterior. The original plan was for owner-occupied. The affordability components would be for 80 to 120 percent Area Median Income (AMI). Mayor/President Graves noted her support of the proposal. The Council/EDA has been interested in more owner-occupied homes in Brooklyn Center. Councilmember/Commissioner Kragness agreed she supports the project. It is a great location, and its proximity to schools is convenient. Councilmember/Commissioner Moore pointed out the proposal mentions 60 to 80 percent AMI. Mr. Alexander clarified the 80 to 120 percent range was part of a recent phone conversation with the developer. He corrected himself and explained the maximum end of the AMI range would be 115 percent. The range is realistic considering the current market. Councilmember/Commissioner Moore asked if there is a guarantee the units will remain owner- occupied. Planner and Zoning Administrator Ginny McIntosh pointed out that the City has included written stipulations regarding rentals in past development agreements. Councilmember/Commissioner Jerzak added the site is difficult to develop. The proposal is merely in the concept review phase. He asked if the Down Payment Assistance Program through Brooklyn Center would apply to the proposed units. Community Development Director Jesse Anderson explained the Down Payment Assistance Program covers up to 115 percent AMI. He pointed out the Program is now run through the County. Councilmember/Commissioner Jerzak asked if there is a plan for a Homeowner’s Association because that could impact affordability. Mayor/President Graves noted she has received comments regarding how beautiful Wangstad Commons is. ADJOURNMENT Mayor/President Graves moved and Councilmember/Commissioner Jerzak seconded adjournment of the City Council/Economic Development Authority Work Session at 8:27 p.m. Motion passed unanimously. Page 26 of 465 2/10/25 -1- DRAFT MINUTES OF THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF BROOKLYN CENTER IN THE COUNTY OF HENNEPIN AND THE STATE OF MINNESOTA STUDY SESSION FEBRUARY 10, 2025 CITY HALL – COUNCIL CHAMBERS CALL TO ORDER The Brooklyn Center City Council met in Study Session called to order by Mayor April Graves at 6:09 p.m. ROLL CALL Mayor April Graves and Councilmembers Kris Lawrence-Anderson, Dan Jerzak, Teneshia Kragness, and Laurie Ann Moore. Also present were City Manager Reggie Edwards, City Clerk Barb Suciu, and City Attorney Siobhan Tolar. CITY COUNCIL MISCELLANEOUS DISCUSSION ITEMS Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson stated that Carol Cleven passed away a week and a half ago and that services will be held at Washburn McGreevy Glenhaven Chapel on W Broadway, in Crystal, MN. She stated she would pass the information on to staff to recognize her services. RESOLUTION 2021-073 Mayor Graves stated this item was tabled from January 27, 2025, meeting due to Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson excused absence. She turned the discussion to Councilmember Jerzak. Councilmember Jerzak explained Resolution 2024-138 was passed at the very last council meeting and at the end of a very late meeting, and there wasn’t enough time to discuss the item. Because the fifth section of Resolution 2021-073 dictates the creation of a pending Commission, it requires full discussion particularly only one councilmember voted in favor of the resolution. Councilmember Jerzak stated he believes all proposed commission members should be Brooklyn Center residents. Also, there shouldn’t be a requirement for all members to have had experience with law enforcement as that creates implicit bias. He stated by state statute that the police chief ultimately has the final decision. The policy review process should be held within the Police Department. Similar committees have not worked out well everywhere. He added of the thirteen of the original items in the resolution, only three of the listed responsibilities were in the original Resolution 2021-073. Page 27 of 465 2/10/25 -2- DRAFT Councilmember Jerzak pointed out he had discussed the topic with Dr. Edwards for over four hours. He did a side-by-side comparison of the original Resolution 2021-073 with the proposed changes, and only eight of the ten original ideals have either been enacted, are no longer relevant or have been voted down by the Council. He added the 2024 resolution was given to the council in the middle of the meeting and was brought to a vote. The council didn’t have the proper time to discuss the resolution. Councilmember Jerzak reiterated that he is being careful because Resolution 2024-138 is not on the agenda. However, it is relevant as the fifth item of Resolution 2021-073 is to form the commission proposed by Resolution 2024-138. He stated it was agreed upon to have a 45-day freeze on Resolution 2024-138 and would like to revisit this resolution for further discussion Councilmember Jerzak stated he was concerned about grant components. Dr. Edwards had previously explained that the grant funds were for expanded response. He clarified that number four of the resolution calls for the department of Community Prevention Health and Safety, which was not created because of logistical issues of directors reporting to directors. Mayor Graves stated the resolution passed at the end of December 2024 required that all voting members be residents of Brooklyn Center. She read an excerpt from Resolution 2024-138: “All voting members of the Commission shall be residents with direct experience or contact with the public safety, judicial, or public health systems or have had direct contact or expertise with one or more of the public safety, judicial, or public health systems.” Mayor Graves explained there is no requirement that the members have direct experience with law enforcement. Instead, there is a requirement that members have experience with any public health and safety systems. Councilmember Jerzak reiterated the Council didn’t have enough time to discuss the proposed changes. Ultimately, Resolution 2024-138 is not an agenda item, so they should not discuss it too deeply. Mayor Graves stated the fifth section of Resolution 2021-073 calls for the creation of the commission, which has been proposed as Resolution 2024-138. Councilmember Jerzak explained he submitted a number of suggested changes to Dr. Edwards such as all commission members being residents. Mayor Graves noted Resolution 2024-138 does require all members to be residents. Councilmember Jerzak stated he doesn’t want any non-voting members on the commission. Mayor Graves explained the non-voting members are staff liaisons from various departments. There has been previous discussion that the commission should have a direct connection with expertise within the city. Page 28 of 465 2/10/25 -3- DRAFT Councilmember Jerzak stated Resolution 2024-138 is not on tonight’s agenda. Therefore, he doesn’t want to speak about it. Ultimately, Resolution 2024-138 did not have a chance to compare the document to the fifth section of Resolution 2021-073. Mayor Graves pointed out the minutes of past meetings with discussion of Resolution 2021-073 provided to Council, and it shows there were multiple discussions regarding its fifth section. Three Councilmembers believed there was enough time to discuss Resolution 2021-073before the December meeting. She noted Councilmember Jerzak has an issue with the timing of the December meeting, though that was not the majority opinion of the Council. She explained she is aiming to move forward as the timing of the December meeting cannot be changed at present. She asked what issues Councilmember Jerzak still has. Councilmember Jerzak restated that Resolution 2024-138 is not on the agenda tonight. The simplest thing is to bring Resolution 2024-138 to the next City Council Meeting, and we can have a robust discussion. He provided what is necessary to earn his vote. Mayor Graves asked if Councilmember Jerzak is requesting additional discussion of Resolution 2021-073 prior to considering Resolution 2024-138. Councilmember Jerzak reiterated only eight of the ten original ideals have been enacted, are no longer relevant or have been voted down by the Council. There is no need to dwell on Resolution 2021-073 but we agreed to come back and revisit 2024-138. Mayor Graves stated the minutes of past conversations regarding Resolution 2021-073 were pulled because some members of the Council believed there wasn’t enough discussion on the fifth item and, therefore, Council repealed Resolution 2024-138. Councilmember Jerzak stated he had concerns about the fifth section of Resolution 2021-073. The discussion was never completed. At 10:29 p.m. of the December 2024 meeting, Resolution 2024- 138 was called for a vote while members of the Council stated they needed more time for discussion. Mayor Graves stated a vote was called for. Councilmember Jerzak confirmed a vote was called for by an outgoing Councilmember. Councilmember Jerzak restated that Resolution 2024-138 is not on the agenda. It can be discussed at a future meeting. Mayor Graves asked if Councilmember Jerzak no longer needs time to discuss Resolution 2021- 073 but to bring Resolution 2024-138 to the next meeting for discussion. Councilmember Jerzak confirmed that is correct. He reiterated that he met with Dr. Edwards for almost four hours to address concerns. He received clarity on how the fourth item of Resolution 2021-073, the Department of Community Safety and Violence Prevention wasn’t implemented. Page 29 of 465 2/10/25 -4- DRAFT Mayor Graves noted the fourth section of Resolution 2021-073, called for a new department. Instead, the Office of Community Prevention, Health, and Safety was created. Councilmembers Jerzak and Lawrence-Anderson stated that was incorrect. Mayor Graves stated the City didn’t have the fiscal capacity to create an entire Department, but instead, the Office of Community Prevention, Health, and Safety was initiated. Councilmember Jerzak indicated the way Dr. Edwards explained it to him was it was a department within a department. Dr. Edwards explained the City didn’t have the financial capacity to create three new departments as described in Resolution 2024-138; the Resolution called for a Department of Community Safety and Violence Prevention that would oversee the Police Department, the Fire Department, the Traffic Enforcement Department, and the Community Response Department. There were both fiscal and hierarchical issues with implementing those components of Resolution 2021-073. In the spirit of moving forward, we created the Office of Community Prevention, Health, and Safety, which does not have supervision over any other department. It sits as another unit of government just like other departments. It works in partnership and collaboration with the Police Department and Fire Department. This is how we came to the pilots for Expanded Response. We did not create departments for this. It is a program within the Community Prevention, Health, and Safety, which is why the language was presented of creating units of government. It wasn’t as prescriptive, so staff has the ability to create in spirit what the council was trying to do but within our means and within the notion of good operations. Mayor Graves stated everyone appears to be on the same page now. Councilmember Moore stated Resolution 2021-073 is on the agenda, which Councilmember Jerzak set up for the Council. The original Resolution 2021-073 called for the creation of three new departments and multiple commissions or committees. She asked if the Council is amending Resolution 2021-073, repealing Resolution 2021-073, or starting fresh. Resolution 2021-073 has had multiple edits proposed. The decision on how to handle Resolution 2021-073 will impact related commissions, committees, and pilot programs. Mayor Graves confirmed there is a proposed edited version of Resolution 2021-073 that reflects proposed changes the City such as renaming some components. The Council previously received a presentation incorporating the edits, but they were not prepared to move forward with the changes. She asked how the Council would like to proceed. Resolution 2021-073 is important, but the Council deals with many important topics that deserve their attention. Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson pointed out that only she and Mayor Graves were on the Council when Resolution 2021-073 was passed. Mayor Graves voted in favor of the item while Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson did not, primarily because of the issues that are still being discussed. Page 30 of 465 2/10/25 -5- DRAFT Mayor Graves agreed she didn’t support components of Resolution 2021-073 such as the three departments. She supported the spirit of Resolution 2021-073, but she did not support the structure of it. The Council was under a lot of pressure at the time Resolution 2021-073 was proposed. Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson asked if the original Resolution 2021-073 would need to be repealed to vote on an amended version. City Attorney Siobhan Tolar stated if the Council wants to move forward with the edited version of Resolution 2021-073, then it would overwrite the original version. There would be no need for a repeal unless the Council was seeking a repeal. Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson asked if the document with green and red edits on it is the latest proposal. Mayor Graves stated the document with the red and green edits is an early draft of edits for Resolution 2021-073. The Council was presented with edits by Staff, but the Council didn’t want to move forward with any edits. Edits would be required to align the original document with the actual capacity of the City. Mayor Graves added the Council has been generally supportive of Resolution 2021-073, though it hasn’t supported the proposed structure. Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson stated she doesn’t need to discuss Resolution 2021-073 more until she compares the proposed document to past iterations. She noted she has a concern with the fifth item, which is the prerequisite for members to have experience with law enforcement such as detainment. Mayor Graves explained that the Council felt similarly. Resolution 2024-138 which was passed in December only to be repealed does not require members to have direct experience with law enforcement. They are looking for residents who have experience with public safety systems, public health systems, and judicial systems or are experts in those spaces. Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson asked for a copy of the latest draft of Resolution 2021-073. Mayor Graves stated it is on page 226 of the previous packet. Councilmember Moore noted she does not want to rehash the fifth section again. From the original Resolution 2021-073, she would remove the second section Community Alternative Response Government Unit, remove the third section Non-Moving traffic Violation, amend the fourth section to reflect the Office of Community Prevention, Health, and Safety and the Expanded Response pilot programs, and remove the fifth section as the work of the Implementation Committee doesn’t need to be extended. The subsequent sections have been addressed by the Council. Mayor Graves added the Community Response Department should be under the Office of Community Prevention, Health, and Safety. It may be beneficial to state what the City does, but it may be unnecessary. The third section was meant to be addressed by the presentation from the Page 31 of 465 2/10/25 -6- DRAFT Implementation Committee regarding nonmoving traffic violations. The Council, unfortunately, did not implement the recommendations from the Implementation Committee. Councilmember Kragness pointed out there are drafted changes based on the countless Council discussions regarding Resolution 2021-073. Therefore, it doesn’t make sense why people continue to reference the original document. Staff has made changes to better reflect the desires of the Council. Councilmember Kragness stated the Council needs to decide if they should move forward with the details of the commission mentioned in the fifth section or just repeal the section and stop wasting everyone’s time. The conversations are cyclical and unproductive. Mayor Graves noted the minutes have shown general support for a permanent commission. Councilmember Jerzak’s 45-day pause included his interest in further discussion of the permanent commission. It appears as though Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson was generally supportive of the commission as well. Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson agreed she supports the general idea of a permanent commission, but there are details she doesn’t support. She also has issues with the fourth section. Mayor Graves agreed the fourth section requires additional edits to reflect what Brooklyn Center is doing. Mayor Graves directed Staff to edit Resolution 2021-073 to reflect the comments of the Council and present the item to Council at a future meeting. From there, the Council can have additional discussion solely on the proposed draft rather than previous iterations. Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson stated she would like to repeal Resolution 2021-073 and approve an entirely new document. Mayor Graves pointed out the City Attorney stated an amendment wouldn’t require a repeal. A repeal would eliminate a historically impactful document and potentially harm families. Councilmember Moore noted they are supposed to be discussing Resolution 2021-073. She offered to proposed a motion reflecting her desired changes. Mayor Graves stated a motion isn’t necessary if there is consensus of the Council, and the City Attorney already explained the process to amend Resolution 2021-073. Ms. Tolar stated a repeal is reversing the effect of a resolution. Resolutions are statements of intention and are non-binding. An amendment of a resolution creates a new resolution number with the new language. The newest numbered resolution would then be in effect. Councilmember Kragness pointed out the past City Attorney explained the situation in the same manner. The amendment process was agreed upon, which caused the subsequent discussions and edits of Resolution 2021-073. She added Councilmember Jerzak previously stated he doesn’t want to stray from Resolution 2021-073 too much. If an amendment wasn’t the intention, then the hours Page 32 of 465 2/10/25 -7- DRAFT of discussion would have been worthless. The Council needs to follow through with what it said it was doing. Councilmember Jerzak stated an amendment would be appropriate. He asked for an edited version of Resolution 2021-073 to be presented to the Council. He is still open to revisiting Resolution 2024-138 at the next City Council meeting. Mayor Graves agreed she would like the document to be edited and amended. She would like to find consensus amongst the Council and move forward with a united front. She added she aims for transparency and is open to compromise. Councilmember Moore pointed out that Resolution 2024-138 was brought up after 10:00 p.m. without review at the final December 2024 meeting. Two of the five Councilmembers voted against the item. As of 2025, the item was repealed because three of the five Councilmembers did not support it. The process was not transparent. The edited version of the resolutions needs to be presented to the Council for final discussion. Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson noted she would like language in the fourth section of the Resolution 2021-073 regarding the chain of command. Mayor Graves pointed out that Councilmember Jerzak also mentioned that concern. She stated a new, clean draft would be the best choice for review. Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson stated she would like to see a marked-up, red version. Councilmember Kragness noted her agreement. Dr. Edwards noted page 138 of the packet pertains to the fourth section of Resolution 2021-073. A portion of the fourth section was edited based on previous discussions. Mayor Graves read an excerpt of the fourth section: “The City will create a new government unit of Community Prevention, Health, and Safety that will be responsible for coordinating with all City agencies and Citywide efforts regarding community prevention, health, and public safety and ensuring a well-coordinated, public-health- oriented approach throughout our City that relies upon a diversity of evidence-based prevention and intervention approaches to public safety, and a Director who has appropriate credentials and experience including public health expertise, community prevention and intervention in public safety, and that at minimum the following will have oversight of governmental units of Community Alternative Response and Non-Moving Traffic Violation Enforcement.” Mayor Graves stated the portion referencing Non-Moving Traffic Violation Enforcement would need to be removed. Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson stated there is a lot of information and edits in the packet, and it is difficult to follow. Councilmember Moore noted her agreement. Page 33 of 465 2/10/25 -8- DRAFT Councilmember Kragness stated the Council cannot ask for a comparison document with edits if they are going to complain about it being too much. Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson stated it isn’t too much. Councilmember Jerzak pointed out that the latest draft with edits was not brought back to the Council for a final vote. Mayor Graves confirmed that is correct. Councilmember Jerzak stated he would like there to be additional discussion on Resolution 2024- 138 at the next City Council meeting. For example, neighborhood representation is a great concept, but it would be unhelpful if that would inhibit the commission from meeting. CITY MANAGER MISCELLANEOUS DISCUSSION ITEMS CONTINUE DISCUSSION OF STUDY/WORK SESSION ITEMS City Manager Reggie Edwards noted Staff compiled input from Councilmembers about upcoming Study and Work Session items. Staff will return with a proposed schedule based on the priorities of Councilmembers. Franchise fees were an added topic, and he requested Council provide their input on the new item via email. Dr. Edwards added some sections were missed by Councilmembers. He stated the sheets would be returned to Council to address the blanks. Councilmember Jerzak stated there were two areas of the previous set of minutes that required edits. He asked if the edits should be reported to the City Manager or the City Clerk. Dr. Edwards confirmed the edits should be sent to the City Clerk. Councilmember Jerzak stated on the seventh page of the Study Session that the Deputy City Manager’s name was incorrect. Additionally, the first page of the Study Session minutes needs clarity for which resolution the 45-day timeline is referring to. Councilmember Kragness added on the second page of the Study Session, that her comment was written incorrectly. She did not support the 45-day freeze. Instead, she suggested the 90-day recruitment period to allow for more discussion instead of the 45-day freeze. Councilmember Kragness pointed out there is a mathematical error on the Staff’s notes for the Resolution Supporting the Pursuit of a 2025 Rebuilding American Infrastructure with Sustainability and Equity (RAISE) Grant for the Highway 100 Connectivity Study. 20 percent of $800,000 is $160,000. 15 percent of $800,000 is $120,000. Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson noted on the Study Session for February 10, 2025, it is mentioned the item was tabled because she was “missing.” She requested it be edited to say she was “absent” instead. Page 34 of 465 2/10/25 -9- DRAFT There was consensus regarding the suggested changes. Dr. Edwards stated Staff would review the edits and listen to the recording to ensure the appropriate edits are made. Dr. Edwards pointed out that the Council had previously mentioned that if an item were to fail, it could not be addressed again for one year. The City Clerk and City Attorney and other Staff haven’t been able to find such a policy in place. While Council could create such a policy, there is not an active prohibition of addressing a failed item. Dr. Edwards asked when the City Council would be available to receive a presentation regarding his goals for 2025. He suggested January 17, 2025. Mayor Graves stated that is President’s Day. She noted it is concerning that Councilmembers have been unresponsive to scheduling the goal- setting. It negatively impacts the other Staff and does not set up Dr. Edwards for success. Councilmember Moore stated Mayor Graves is insinuating Councilmembers haven’t responded while they have responded multiple times. Mayor Graves explained the last email she received from the past Human Resources Director stated only two Councilmembers had provided their availability. Councilmember Moore stated Mayor Graves doesn’t know what actually happened. She agreed Dr. Edwards should have already had his goal-setting discussion. Mayor Graves added it is important for Councilmembers to meet with Dr. Edwards for one-on- ones, even though it is not an official requirement. Some Councilmembers have not been meeting with him. Councilmember Moore tried to speak, but Mayor Graves stated she would not be interrupted. Mayor Graves stated the one-on-ones are important, especially when Councilmembers consistently request additional time to discuss and understand City happenings. Even one hour out of the month can considerably improve the success of the Council. She stated she is curious why some Councilmembers have decided to forgo an opportunity to grow in understanding. Councilmember Kragness pointed out they are supposed to be supervising the City Manager. Without meetings or conversations with the City Manager, it is difficult to provide proper supervision. Dr. Edwards needs clear expectations shared with him in order to be successful in his role. She added it is unfortunate that some Councilmembers are not properly positioned to supervise someone of Dr. Edwards’ caliber. A lack of management experience on top of not seeking out opportunities to meet with Dr. Edwards is concerning. Mayor Graves reiterated Dr. Edwards want to set a date for goal-setting. She requested the Councilmembers respond to his request with their availability. She also urged all Councilmembers to meet with Dr. Edwards in one-on-one sessions. Councilmember Moore noted there is a requirement for Janice or a representative of Common Page 35 of 465 2/10/25 -10- DRAFT Sense to be present. However, her availability and continued work with Brooklyn Center are unclear. Mayor Graves clarified presence of a Common Sense representative is not required for one-on-ones, but it is being considered for the goal-setting meeting. Dr. Edwards stated Common Sense will participate in the goal-setting meeting because they are a contractor of the Council. Councilmember Moore asked if the Common Sense representative is also covering the role of human resources. Dr. Edwards stated the representative doesn’t fulfill a human resources role. Their responsibility is to support Councilmembers in their supervision of the City Manager. Councilmember Moore pointed out Dr. Edwards supervises the Staff position of Human Resources Director. She stated Dr. Edwards provided updated goals via email to the Council and they responded with feedback. Dr. Edwards confirmed he sent an email with goals, but he has some edits to present to the Council. He is also seeking out feedback from Council about the goals. Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson noted she has had issues with calendar updates that has impacted her one-on-one opportunities. At the previous meeting, a manager indicated Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson had missed a meeting with the manager and Dr. Edwards. However, a one-on-one is supposed to be with a Councilmember and City Manager alone. Additional parties joining the one-on-one is an ambush. Mayor Graves stated Dr. Edwards has given her a heads up if another person will be present for a scheduled one-on-one. However, Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson may express her expectations for the meeting directly to Dr. Edwards. Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson stated she did not receive a heads-up. Instead, they just happen to appear at the meeting. It has happened multiple times over the past couple of years. It is unfair that some Directors get to join the alleged one-on-ones while others do not. Overall, she hasn’t seen the value of one-on-ones. Councilmember Jerzak pointed out he has never missed a one-on-one, and he regularly requests additional one-on-one meetings. It should be the individual Councilmembers’ option to participate in a one-on-one or not. However, a Councilmember’s disinterest in a one-on-one should be clearly communicated with Dr. Edwards. His one-on-one meetings with Dr. Edwards have been helpful, and he has been able to express his opinion on other Staff joining the meeting. Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson added that she has received the impression that one-on-ones with additional Staff have been used to gauge her perspective on a particular item and then alter the presentation to obtain the necessary votes. She has felt manipulated. Dr. Edwards explained if there is a significant or complex issue, he intends to explain what PFOS means before the formal presentation before the Council. His understanding was that the Council desires to be informed before a presentation and to avoid surprises. A Staff person joining a one- Page 36 of 465 2/10/25 -11- DRAFT on-one meeting does happen ahead of votes to inform Councilmembers ahead of a vote. Staff has no intention of manipulating Council. If Council doesn’t want to receive the information, that is fine. It is the City Manager’s role to ensure the Council is as informed as possible. Mayor Graves noted she has benefitted from her one-on-one meetings, and she believes others may benefit as well. Mayor Graves added a Resolution was passed at the beginning of the year with a list of various holidays and cultural celebrations. She requested the events also be mentioned monthly as a way to highlight the community’s diversity. There was a consensus of the Council to have monthly highlights. ADJOURNMENT Mayor Graves adjourned the meeting at 7:28 p.m. Page 37 of 465 2/10/25 -1- DRAFT MINUTES OF THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF BROOKLYN CENTER IN THE COUNTY OF HENNEPIN AND THE STATE OF MINNESOTA REGULAR SESSION FEBRUARY 10, 2025 CITY HALL – COUNCIL CHAMBERS 1. INFORMAL OPEN FORUM WITH CITY COUNCIL The Brooklyn Center City Council met in Informal Open Forum called to order by Mayor April Graves at 7:28 p.m. 2. ROLL CALL Mayor April Graves and Councilmembers Kris Lawrence-Anderson, Dan Jerzak, Teneshia Kragness, and Laurie Ann Moore. Also present were City Manager Reggie Edwards, Director of Community Prevention, Health and Safety LaToya Turk, Planning and Zoning Administrator Ginny McIntosh, City Clerk Barb Suciu, and City Attorney Siobhan Tolar. 3. PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE The Pledge of Allegiance was recited. 4. INFORMAL OPEN FORUM Mayor April Graves opened the meeting for the purpose of Informal Open Forum and reviewed the Rules of Decorum. Mary N., CEO of CAPI, explained that CAPI supports immigrant communities with a variety of services. Many immigrants fear interaction with law enforcement due to past experiences or deportation threats. She noted their appreciation of the City’s statement on the topic. However, more can be done to improve community trust and transparency between law enforcement and immigrant groups. She suggested multilingual real-time outreach strategies be developed to inform Brooklyn Center community members of ICE’s presence. She also asked the City to partner with CAPI or another group to build community trust and educate folks. Bruce P. stated he has spoken with Staff about building an auxiliary dwelling unit (ADU) at his residence. His property is 160 square feet and backs up to Happy Hollow Park. Apparently, his garage is too big to allow for an ADU. He just wants a one-story home, and there is an additional driveway that would access the ADU. He asked how the rule could be changed. Mayor Graves offered to meet with Bruce P. to talk through the issue. Dr. Edwards added the relevant Staff members are present and may be able to assist Bruce P. Page 38 of 465 2/10/25 -2- DRAFT Nahid K. pointed out she has been attending various commission meetings. At the Charter Commission, she learned there is a provision that permits non-resident Staff to serve on the Charter Commission and vote. She asked how the principle may impact other commissions. Julie B. requested the Council refrain from degrading past committees. The alternative response team in Brooklyn Center would not have happened without the Implementation Committee’s commitment and hard work. A repeal of the Daunte Wright and Kobe Dimock-Heisler Community Safety and Violence Prevention Act would harm the community. Councilmember Moore stated Julie B. is commenting on an agenda item. Mayor Graves stated the item was on the Study Session. Julie B. pointed out it is the third meeting in a row that she has been interrupted by Councilmember Moore during Informal Open Forum. She requested the Councilmember be informed on the rules of Informal Open Forum. Julie B. added that 2025 has been a hard year in terms of optics for Brooklyn Center. She stated it is concerning that some Councilmembers are uninterested in accessing as much information as possible ahead of voting. Residents are counting on the Council to make informed decisions. Lillian M. stated they are living in unprecedented times. She offered to volunteer to support the City. The President’s stance on DEI will substantially impact Brooklyn Center. She thanked the Council and Staff for their time trying to serve Brooklyn Center. Councilmember Jerzak moved and Councilmember Moore seconded to close the Informal Open Forum at 7:41 p.m. Motion passed unanimously. 5. INVOCATION Councilmember Jerzak shared a quote from M. Scott Peck, “The truth is that our finest moments are most likely to occur when we are feeling deeply uncomfortable, unhappy, or unfulfilled. For it is only in such moments, propelled by our discomfort, that we are likely to step out of our ruts and start searching for different ways or truer answers.” Councilmember Kragness shared a quote from Keion Henderson, “It is Black History Month, and it services to be recognized. People who have never been oppressed don’t understand why we celebrate freedom. People who have never had to be the recipient of DEI don’t understand why people who lose it feel disenfranchised.” Councilmember Kragness stated 160 years ago, Black people were considered to be three-fifths of a person. They were not even considered fully human. 6. APPROVAL OF AGENDA AND CONSENT AGENDA Page 39 of 465 2/10/25 -3- DRAFT Dr. Edwards asked if Mayor Graves wanted to add Commission Appointments to the agenda. She stated she would prefer for the Council to have more time to review the appointments. Councilmember Kragness moved and Councilmember Jerzak seconded to approve the Agenda and Consent Agenda, as amended to remove 6a. Approval of Minutes, and the following consent items were approved: 6a. APPROVAL OF MINUTES This item was removed from the Consent Agenda and will be considered at the Council meeting on February 24, 2025. 1. January 24, 2025 – Study Session 2. January 24, 2025 – Regular Session 3. January 24, 2025 – Work/EDA Session 6b. LICENSES MECHANICAL I Site 2 Plumbing 8515 116th Street NE Clear Lake 55319 SC Service LLC 28815 111th Street NW Zimmerman 55378 Travis Glanzer HVAC 2470 Island Drive Spring Park 55384 Air Conditioning Associates 55 Ivy Avenue W St. Paul 55117 Performance Mechanical 3457 Willow Beach Trail SW Prior Lake 55372 RENTAL INITIAL (TYPE II – two-year license) 5542 Judy Lane Kao Yang & Mai Yer Xiong RENEWAL (TYPE IV – six-month license) 6915 Humboldt Avenue N Lynwood Pointe Llc 2118 Ericon Drive Marco Panora 2806 66th Avenue N 2806 66th Ave N 3349 49th Avenue N Incobex Homes Llc Page 40 of 465 2/10/25 -4- DRAFT 5418 70th Circle Jazz Properties MN 5621 Humboldt Avenue N Abad Martinez 5701 James Avenue N Sunset View Rentals Llc 6312 France Avenue N O OLADEJI & O OLADEJI 6801 Ewing Avenue N ANTOINETTE S/HAROLD A BARRY 7037 Fremont Avenue N Edwina P Mcgill RENEWAL (TYPE III – one-year license) 4200 Lakebreeze Avenue N AZ Rental Apartments 328 49th Avenue N From Mat To Life Llc 5356 71st Circle Xiaoyan Hu Trust 7201 Riverdale Road G Persaud & M Persaud 7218 Kyle Avenue N Prosperous Property Llc RENEWAL (TYPE II – two-year license) 5415 Penn Avenue N Paul Peter Leintz 5800 Girard Avenue N T C Bardal & C N Bardal 5959 Camden Avenue N D & T Properties Llc RENEWAL (TYPE I – three-year license) 3813 58th Avenue N Prosperous Propertyllc 4912 Zenith Avenue N Ez-2013a Llc 5856 Dupont Avenue N One World Properties 6c. RESOLUTION AMENDING RESOLUTION NO. 2025-009; APPOINTING BROOKLYN CENTER REPRESENTATIVES TO EXECUTIVE COMMITTEES AND/OR BOARD OF DIRECTORS FOR NORTHWEST SUBURBS CABLE COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION 6d. RESOLUTION ACCEPTING BID AND AWARDING A CONTRACT, IMPROVEMENT PROJECT NO. 2024-13,14, LIFT STATION 9 REHAB Page 41 of 465 2/10/25 -5- DRAFT 6e. RESOLUTION SUPPORTING THE PURSUIT OF A 2025 REBUILDING AMERICAN INFRASTRUCTURE WITH SUSTAINABILITY AND EQUITY (RAISE) GRANT FOR THE HIGHWAY 100 CONNECTIVITY STUDY Motion passed unanimously. Mayor Graves requested Councilmembers review the potential Commission appointments before the next meeting. 7. PRESENTATIONS/PROCLAMATIONS/RECOGNITIONS/DONATIONS 7a. PROCLAMATION FOR AMERICAN HEART ASSOCIATION HEART HEALTH MONTH, FEBRUARY 2025 Dr. Edwards introduced the item and invited the Director of the Office of Community Prevention, Health, and Safety LaToya Turk to continue the Staff presentation. The Director of the Office of Community Prevention, Health, and Safety LaToya Turk explained heart disease remains a primary cause of death in the United States. In 2017, Brooklyn Center became designated as a Heart-safe City. Brooklyn Center High School became the first in the State to be designated a Heart-Safe school. They work to educate the community on CPR and to provide defibrillators in public spaces. The Police Department and Fire Department each have a CPR trainer. Over 5,000 people in Brooklyn Center have been trained in CPR. Ms. Turk stated sudden cardiac arrest is the top killer in America with over 400,000 deaths each year. It is the leading cause of death in the workplace, and 65 percent of sudden cardiac arrests occur at home. Without immediate intervention, the survival rate is less than five percent. However, the survival rate increases to 85 percent with the use of hands-only CPR or a defibrillator. More information is available on the City’s website. Wristbands and more information are also available in the hallway. Mayor Graves thanked Staff for their collaboration and hard work on the initiative. Mayor Graves read a Proclamation declaring February 2025 as American Heart Association Heart Health Month. Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson asked if the Proclamation included any information on tobacco use. Mayor Graves stated tobacco use wasn’t mentioned. Councilmember Lawrence- Anderson stated she supports the Proclamation, though she would prefer information on tobacco use be added. Brooklyn Center was the first City in Minnesota to implement its tobacco ordinances. She lost both of her parents to tobacco use. Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson moved and Councilmember Moore seconded to approve a Page 42 of 465 2/10/25 -6- DRAFT Proclamation declaring February 2025 as American Heart Association Heart Health Month. Motion passed unanimously. 8. PUBLIC HEARINGS None. 9. PLANNING COMMISSION ITEMS 9a. AN ORDINANCE ADDING NEW SECTION 356-4500 TO THE BROOKLYN CENTER CITY CODE OF ORDINANCES REGARDING THE ESTABLISHMENT OF ADULT-USE CANNABIS BUSINESS ZONING REGULATIONS - FIRST READING Dr. Edwards introduced the item and invited Associate Planner Krystin Eldridge to continue the Staff presentation. Mayor Graves noted the presentation says, “Public Hearing.” She asked if the item was for a public hearing. Associate Planner Krystin Eldridge stated it is only for a first reading. She pointed out there were technical issues with the presentation slides. Mayor Graves called for a five-minute recess at 7:55 p.m. The meeting continued at 8:02 p.m. Ms. Eldridge explained Minnesota established the Office of Cannabis Management (OCM) to create statutes and licensing processes. The OCM released the Guide for Local Governments on Adult-Use Cannabis in August 2024; however, the Guide was subsequently revised in November 2024, and again in early January 2025. Currently, licenses are expected to be announced in May or June. Ms. Eldridge stated the OCM regulates the cannabis industry Statewide and provides guidance on the standards for the State. The OCM notifies cities of a license application to check for zoning compliance, governs the application and licensing process for cannabis and hemp businesses, including the specific requirements for each type of license and their respective business activities, and conducts enforcement and inspection activities across Minnesota cannabis and hemp industries. It also requires all cannabis and Lower Potency Hemp Edible (LPHE) businesses to obtain a license once the State of Minnesota has established the licensing process. Ms. Eldridge added the OCM includes the Division of Medical Cannabis, which operates the medical cannabis program, and the Division of Social Equity, which promotes development, stability, and safety in communities that have experienced disproportionate and negative impacts from cannabis prohibition and usage. Page 43 of 465 2/10/25 -7- DRAFT Ms. Eldridge stated the OCM is in a public comment period for the Rulemaking Draft until February 12, 2025. The Social Equity Verification deadline was January 30, 2025. All applicant windows open on February 18, 2025. Licenses will be approved in May or June of 2025. There are multiple Chapters of City Code that will be impacted. Ms. Eldridge pointed out local governments may not issue outright bans on cannabis businesses, or limit operations in a manner beyond what is provided by a state law. Local governments may limit the number of retailers and microbusinesses with retail endorsements, but in no case can there be less than one retail location per 12,500 residents. As the City of Brooklyn Center has 33.982 residents per the 2023 Minnesota Demographer Estimates, the City would be expected to provide for at least three of these license types. Ms. Eldridge added that cannabis retail sales must be in standalone shops as the primary use and cannot be accessory to another use. She added Brooklyn Center currently has 15 businesses registered for the sale of hemp-derived cannabinoids, including two municipal liquor stores and the Golf Course. Ms. Eldridge stated through land use and zoning, the City could identify with zoning districts cannabis businesses may operate within. The OCM released a Guide for Local Governments on Adult-Use Cannabis which provides some direction on where certain license types might be located in a community, and a table of “comparable districts,” as well as certain “municipal considerations,” such as potential nuisances like odors, security, transportation, on-site consumption, and fleet vehicle storage. Ms. Eldridge stated the City also has the option to establish buffer zones between cannabis businesses and sensitive locations such as schools, daycares, residential treatment facilities, or public park attractions regularly used by minors, including playgrounds and athletic fields. There are maximum amounts allowed for the buffers. A jurisdiction can adopt buffer requirements that prohibit the operation of a cannabis business within certain distances of other uses. Terms of measurement are not provided for but should use a measuring system consistent with the rest of its ordinances. Ms. Eldridge stated schools have a maximum of 1,000 feet, daycares have a maximum 500 feet, residential treatment facilities have a maximum 500 feet, and public park attractions regularly used by minors, including playgrounds and athletic fields have a maximum 500 feet. Ms. Eldridge explained residential treatment facilities are defined under Minnesota Statutes 245.462 subd. 23, and are defined as a “24-hour-a-day program under the treatment supervision of a mental health professional, in a community residential setting other than an acute care hospital or regional treatment center inpatient unit, that must be licensed as a residential treatment program for adults with mental illness under chapter 245I, Minnesota Rules, parts 9520.0500 to 9520.0670, or other rules adopted by the commissioner.” Ms. Eldridge added a jurisdiction such as the City of Brooklyn Center may choose to set a limit on the number of cannabis retail registrations within its boundaries. The jurisdiction may not, Page 44 of 465 2/10/25 -8- DRAFT however, limit the number of registrations to fewer than one per 12,500 residents. If the City is in receipt of multiple applications, a jurisdiction may elect to issue. Ms. Eldridge pointed out the City overhauled its tobacco licensing process in 2018, limiting the number of tobacco licenses in the City by raising the minimum age of entrance to a tobacco establishment to 21, and outlining a smoking prohibition where smoking by a person shall not be permitted inside any licensed premises. Ms. Eldridge added the City can regulate cannabis stores through zoning compliance. The City would be able to review an applicant’s location for compliance with its zoning regulations during the vetting process by OCM. She pointed out the Brooklyn Center Police Department Compliance Checks must be done once per year for age verification and local ordinance requirements. Ms. Eldridge stated a local government must conduct compliance checks for cannabis and hemp businesses holding retail registrations at least once per calendar year. These checks must verify compliance with age verification procedures and any applicable local ordinances. Ms. Eldridge stated there was a Work Session on November 24, 2024 about the process of addressing the legalization of adult-use cannabis. The locally enacted moratoria on the operations of cannabis businesses expired on December 31, 2024. With a new lottery expected to take place in May or June 2025, it is in the City’s best interest to finalize a regulatory structure and registration process as soon as possible to be in compliance once applicants become eligible to operate under their new licenses. Ms. Eldridge pointed out that the Planning Commission and City Council shall review the necessary submittal requirements, facts, and circumstances of the proposed amendment and make a recommendation and decision on the amendment based on consideration of certain criteria and policies. Ms. Eldridge stated a public hearing notice was published in the Sun Post on January 16, 2025. A special session and public hearing was held on January 30, 2025, with the Planning Commission. The second reading is planned for February 24, 2025. The summary publication will be in the Sun Post on February 27, 2025, and the notice of publication will be in the Sun Post on March 6, 2025. Then, on April 5, 2025, the new adult-use cannabis ordinance language would be in effect. Ms. Eldridge noted City Staff and the City Attorney have worked together to draft a few changes. First, a new section was created as 35-4500 within the City’s UDO to address adult-use cannabis business and zoning regulations, and an amendment to the definition of “urban agriculture” under Section 35-9200. Ms. Eldridge stated there is a new definitions section to address words, terms, and phrases specific to the new section 35-4500, a new Allowed Use Table for adult-use cannabis businesses and the license types created by the OCM, and performance standards for adult-use cannabis, including requirement for registration, buffers, and standards for cultivation, home occupations, lighting, odor control, and storage. Additionally, there is a revision to the current definition of “urban Page 45 of 465 2/10/25 -9- DRAFT agriculture” as outlined under Section 35-9200 to remove the restriction on the cultivation of marijuana. Ms. Eldridge stated a public hearing was held with the Planning Commission on January 30, 2025. Two members of the public were in attendance, and only one member of the public spoke during the hearing. There was an inquiry on the definition of a mezzobusiness and clarification was requested on whether a municipal cannabis store would be factored into the minimum number of cannabis retail registrations required for a municipality. Ms. Eldridge summarized Commissioner comments and discussion points which included the ability of cities to regulate adult-use cannabis, its impacts on other City Code chapters, and how it might relate to amendments required under Chapter 35, a review of online cannabis restrictions map to review buffering from schools, daycares, residential treatment facilities, and park attractions use by minors. Ms. Eldridge stated the Planning Commission was not in agreement on any particular minimum buffers from certain uses, but they were in agreement that there should be minimum buffers from cannabis businesses, ranging from 400 to 1,000 feet. The proposed minimum buffer is 500 feet from a school, daycare facility, park attractions in a public park, spaces regularly used by minors, or a residential treatment facility. The Commissioners generally agreed that the City should only accept the minimum required number of cannabis retailers. Ms. Eldridge stated that following discussion with City Staff and the City Attorney, there were some amendments proposed such as revising the use categories of “cultivator” and “manufacturer, process extract” district allowances, and changing from a permitted use to a conditional use in the MX-B and I districts only. The cited concerns were waste, odor, water, energy use, and security. City Staff and the City Attorney inquired on whether LPHE Manufacturer uses should mirror the Cannabis Manufacturer, Process, and Extract use. However, the Commissioners did not seem as concerned. Ms. Eldridge pointed out that if the City Council would like LPHE manufacturers to be identified as a conditional use in comparison to a permitted use, an amendment is necessary. She showed a chart depicting the permitted uses, conditional uses, interim uses, and accessory uses in various zoning areas. Ms. Eldridge added there was discussion regarding a “cannabis college” that appeared to be operating in Brooklyn Center. The Commissioners recommended the postponement of any new language due to a lack of information and direction on the item. There was additional discussion on minimum separation of cannabis businesses, but there was no clear consensus. The performance standards outlined for businesses as directed by the OCM address lighting, odor control, cultivation, security, and limiting retail registrations. Ms. Eldridge reiterated they want to edit Chapter 35 to align with the new State laws. Page 46 of 465 2/10/25 -10- DRAFT Mayor Graves noted there was past consensus of the Council to limit the use of cannabis within the City, but the body may be unable to make such a ruling for retail spaces. Ms. Eldridge stated the indoor use rules would still apply. Mayor Graves asked if there was an update on that. Ms. Tolar explained there is a particular type of cannabis accessory use that allows for non-smoking cannabis use on-site. Councilmember Kragness pointed out the Council was concerned about on-site samples. Ms. Tolar stated only a particular type of business can offer cannabis samples. Councilmember Kragness asked what the spacing rules are for tobacco shops. Ms. Eldridge stated there is a 300-foot minimum. Mayor Graves asked if Staff has compared the proposed policy to other cities. Brooklyn Center has a reputation for being difficult for businesses to operate. Ms. Eldridge confirmed she compared the proposal to other city’s policies, but she doesn’t have the research on hand. Minneapolis did not impose a buffer because it wanted to lighten the administrative burden. They have a 300-foot spacing requirement from schools, but their block sizes and street patterns are urban. Roseville had a 500-foot buffer. She also looked at Richfield’s policy. Councilmember Jerzak noted the Commission didn’t have a consensus for buffer zones. He asked if the buffer zones should be nailed down as they are completing a first reading. Councilmember Jerzak noted on page 24, it states tobacco cannot be sold at cannabis retailers. He asked if a tobacco shop next door to a cannabis shop could have a door between the two spaces. It may be difficult for Staff to enforce the guidelines if they aren’t clear enough. Mayor Graves asked if Staff has a recommendation on the buffers for schools. Ms. Eldridge stated Staff recommends the maximum buffers. The Planning Commission wanted buffers, and they talked about 500-foot buffers the most. Mayor Graves asked if the 500-foot buffer was decided based on the map of potential cannabis retailers. Ms. Eldridge confirmed the 1,000-foot buffer for schools is quite large. They have edited the map to reflect the potential school buffers. Ms. Tolar pointed out the OCM doesn’t want cities to zone out cannabis use. The larger buffers may impede on retail space. Councilmember Moore asked what the distance is between the High School and the nearby shops. Shingle Creek Crossing is also near an elementary school. It is important to allow the City’s two largest shopping areas to have cannabis retailers. Mayor Graves added the Shingle Creek Crossing area already has a lot of restrictions. Page 47 of 465 2/10/25 -11- DRAFT Ms. Eldridge stated there is an open area near Cub and along Brooklyn Boulevard. Mayor Graves asked what the various icons mean. Ms. Eldridge stated the teeter-totters are playgrounds, the orange represents the school, and the houses are daycares. The pink shows the 1,000-foot buffer. Councilmember Kragness asked what the yellow represents. Ms. Eldridge stated the yellow represents a 500-foot buffer. Councilmember Jerzak asked if pop-up uses such as in a parking lot are addressed by the proposed policy. He asked if a patio or hookah lounge attached to a business is addressed. Ms. Eldridge stated the pop-up scenario would require a cannabis event license and a special event permit. She would need clarification on the hookah lounge scenario. Mayor Graves stated she would be willing to support the consensus of the Planning Commission. Councilmember Moore stated there wasn’t a consensus at the Planning Commission. Mayor Graves stated the Planning Commission talked the most about a 500-foot buffer. Councilmember Moore asked what the tobacco buffer is. Planning and Zoning Administrator Ginny McIntosh stated she cannot find a clear buffer for tobacco use. Many other uses such as liquor or pawn shops have varying buffers. Mayor Graves asked what the liquor buffer is. City Clerk Barb Suciu stated the liquor buffer is likely around 500 feet. There isn’t a buffer for tobacco use. Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson stated the tobacco rules do not allow for hookah lounges in Brooklyn Center. The tobacco ordinances were passed in 2014 rather than 2018. Ms. Eldridge confirmed the first ordinances were passed in 2014, and there were revisions in 2018. Ms. McIntosh confirmed there is a prohibition under the tobacco ordinance that doesn’t allow smoking inside of a business or smoking samples. Councilmember Moore stated marijuana was legalized in Minnesota. The OCM has been difficult and keeps changing their timelines. She would like to see at least 400 feet of buffer. The PUD at Shingle Creek needs to be reviewed as it limits many business uses. Councilmember Kragness noted her concern is children’s access to cannabis. She would prefer a minimum buffer of 500 feet. Councilmember Jerzak agreed with Councilmember Kragness. Mayor Graves agreed as well. Ms. Suciu confirmed the liquor buffer is 300 feet. Mayor Graves confirmed there was consensus by the Council to have a 500-foot buffer across the board for cannabis uses. Page 48 of 465 2/10/25 -12- DRAFT Councilmember Moore stated the use can be restrictive. A buffer zone doesn’t stop youth from obtaining substances. Mayor Graves stated the buffer can be revised at a future date. Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson stated they could decrease the buffer to 300 feet. Ms. Eldridge confirmed the OCM doesn’t have a minimum buffer. Councilmember Moore reiterated the lower buffer zone would benefit businesses. Mayor Graves stated that liquor stores have a 300-foot buffer, and liquor is likely a bigger issue than marijuana for youth. Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson stated the City should be consistent with a 300-foot buffer. Mayor Graves asked if the Council was still in consensus regarding the maximum number of cannabis shops. There was no disagreement. It was the consensus of the Council to limit the number of cannabis shops to three in Brooklyn Center. Councilmember Kragness stated she doesn’t want to limit businesses in Brooklyn Center, but her priority is protecting the children. Mayor Graves moved and Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson seconded to approve first reading of an ordinance amending Chapter 35 of the Brooklyn Center City Code of Ordinances by adding new Section 35-4500 to implement the provisions of the Minnesota Statutes Chapter 342, which authorizes the City of Brooklyn Center to protect the public health, safety, and welfare of Brooklyn Center residents by regulating cannabis businesses within the legal boundaries of Brooklyn Center and set the second reading for February 24, 2025. Motion passed unanimously. 9b. AN ORDINANCE AMENDING SECTION 35-9200 OF THE CITY CODE OF ORDINANCES REGARDING THE DEFINITION OF URBAN AGRICULTURE Mayor Graves moved and Councilmember Jerzak seconded to approve a first reading of an ordinance amending Section 35-9200 revising the definition of “Urban Agriculture” by removing the restriction on the cultivation of marijuana, and set the second reading for February 24, 2025. Motion passed unanimously. 10. COUNCIL CONSIDERATION ITEMS None. 11. COUNCIL REPORT Page 49 of 465 2/10/25 -13- DRAFT Councilmember Kragness reported on her attendance at the following and provided information on the following upcoming events: •Attended the Rosa Parks Transit Equity Day. Councilmember Jerzak reported on his attendance at the following and provided information on the following upcoming events: •Attended the Hwy 252 community meeting with neighboring cities. •Met with several constituents. Mayor Graves reported on her attendance at the following and provided information on the following upcoming events: •Participated in the Brooklyn Bridge Alliance for Youth quarterly board meeting. Hennepin County Commissioner Lunde will be the 2025 Chair while Mayor Graves serves as co- chair. •Had a one-on-one with Dr. Edwards. •Testified for the Senate regarding the extension of the TIF district around the Opportunity Site. •Attended the Minnesota Department of Health Reimagine Black Youth event. •Met with the Inspector General of the Liberian National Police. •Attended the Strong Cities Learning Module. •Met with Staff regarding Hwy 252 in preparation for meeting with Senators. •Noted the Father-Daughter Dance at the Heritage Center will be on February 16, 2025. •Will be attending the Crime Prevention meeting. •Will meet with legislators regarding Hwy 252. •Will meet with Northwest Tourism. •Added she will not be present at the February 24, 2025, Council meeting as she will be in Manchester. Councilmember Lawrence-Anderson reported on her attendance at the following and provided information on the following upcoming events: •Explained she had been sick for about eight weeks, and she thanked her husband for his support. Their 29th anniversary is this weekend. 12. ADJOURNMENT Councilmember Moore moved and Mayor Graves seconded adjournment of the City Council meeting at 8:46 p.m. Motion passed unanimously. Page 50 of 465 2/10/25 -1- DRAFT MINUTES OF THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE CITY COUNCIL/ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY OF THE CITY OF BROOKLYN CENTER IN THE COUNTY OF HENNEPIN AND THE STATE OF MINNESOTA WORK SESSION FEBRUARY 10, 2025 CITY HALL – COUNCIL CHAMBERS CALL TO ORDER The Brooklyn Center City Council/Economic Development Authority (EDA) met in Work Session called to order by Mayor/President April Graves at 9:52 p.m. ROLL CALL Mayor/President April Graves and Councilmembers/Commissioners Kris Lawrence-Anderson, Dan Jerzak, Teneshia Kragness, and Laurie Ann Moore. Also present were City Manager Reggie Edwards and City Clerk Barb Suciu. LOCAL AFFORDABLE HOUSING AID (LAHA) PROGRAM OPTIONS This item was not addressed. ALL COMMISSION MEETING Councilmember/Commissioner Lawrence-Anderson pointed out Paul Oman was dead, yet it was listed he may receive a perfect attendance award. City Clerk Suciu stated the award was just an example listed in the packet. Councilmember/Commissioner Lawrence-Anderson stated there needs to be at-minimum a box lunch with a dessert and beverage. The Commissioners are vital volunteers for the community. Ms. Suciu confirmed there would be food options at the event. The primary goal of the agenda item was to set a date. Councilmember/Commissioner Jerzak asked why BrookLynk or the Hwy 252 Task Force wouldn’t be invited to the event. Mayor/President noted she had previously asked about the Brooklyn Bridge Alliance for Youth. City Manager Reggie Edwards explained the event was initially created for Commissions. However, the Council/EDA can add any advisory groups to the event. Councilmember/Commissioner Lawrence-Anderson noted the current list is longer than in the past. Traditionally, it had been an event for the Charter Commission, Housing Commission, Planning Commission, and Parks and Recreation Commission. The Cable Commission, Shingle Creek West Page 51 of 465 2/10/25 -2- DRAFT Mississippi, Multicultural Advisory Commission, and the Sister Cities Commissions were not invited in the past. Mayor/President Graves stated she remembers the Shingle Creek group being present in the past. Councilmember/Commissioner Moore pointed out the event is intended to recognize Commissioners rather than a meeting with an agenda. It would be extremely difficult to get a quorum with existing commissions, let alone with all of the Commissions at once. Mayor/President Graves stated there is a presentation with information, but no decisions are considered. Councilmember/Commissioner Moore stated only Commissions or advisory groups that focus on Brooklyn Center be invited. Mayor/President Graves stated a larger event would cost more, but she doesn’t want to leave out the youth. The youth could be an exception. It is an opportunity for Commissions to consider collaborating. However, the Hwy 252 Task Force is for Brooklyn Park and Brooklyn Center. Councilmember/Commissioner Jerzak pointed out the event may be a good recruitment opportunity for openings on Commissions. Mayor/President Graves stated the Brooklyn Bridge Alliance for Youth has been working to get youth on boards. Brooklyn Center has been slower in that process, but she hopes to focus on youth representation in the future. Therefore, youth would be included in future years. Ms. Suciu confirmed youth on boards is a 2025 goal. Mayor/President Graves stated she would invite Ms. Suciu to the meeting. Mayor/President Graves asked if the event could be held in April. There was no disagreement from the Council/EDA. ADJOURNMENT Councilmember/Commissioner Lawrence-Anderson moved and Councilmember/Commissioner Jerzak seconded adjournment of the City Council/Economic Development Authority Work Session at 9:58 p.m. Motion passed unanimously. Page 52 of 465 Council Regular Meeting DATE: 2/24/2025 TO: City Council FROM: Shannon Pettit, Deputy City Clerk THROUGH: Barb Suciu, City Clerk BY: Barb Suciu, City Clerk SUBJECT: Approval of Licenses Requested Council Action: - Motion to approve the licenses as presented. Background: The following businesses/persons have applied for City licenses as noted. Each business/person has fulfilled the requirements of the City Ordinance governing respective licenses, submitted appropriate applications, and paid proper fees. Applicants for rental dwelling licenses are in compliance with Chapter 12 of the City Code of Ordinances unless comments are noted below the property address on the attached rental report. Mechanical All Weather Heating and Air Condition LLC 10216 5th Ave S., Bloomington 55420 Mechanical Solutions Inc. PO Box 167, Cokato 55321 Professional Mechanical Services 19640 200th Ave NW, Suite 9, Big Lake 55309 Hospitality Accommodations Fairfield Inn & Suites 6250 Earle Brown Dr. Quality Inn 1600 James Circle N Brooklyn Center Hotel 2200 Freeway Blvd. Budget Issues: Inclusive Community Engagement: Antiracist/Equity Policy Effect: Strategic Priorities and Values: Page 53 of 465 ATTACHMENTS: 1. Rental Criteria 2. For Council Approval 2.24.25 FOR COUNCIL 1.28 TO 2.11 Page 54 of 465 Page 2 of 2 b.Police Service Calls. Police call rates will be based on the average number of valid police calls per unit per year. Police incidences for purposes of determining licensing categories shall include disorderly activities and nuisances as defined in Section 12-911, and events categorized as Part I crimes in the Uniform Crime Reporting System including homicide, rape, robbery, aggravated assault, burglary, theft, auto theft and arson. Calls will not be counted for purposes of determining licensing categories where the victim and suspect are “Family or household members” as defined in the Domestic Abuse Act, Minnesota Statutes, Section 518B.01, Subd. 2 (b) and where there is a report of “Domestic Abuse” as defined in the Domestic Abuse Act, Minnesota Statutes, Section 518B.01, Subd. 2 (a). License Category Number of Units Validated Calls for Disorderly Conduct Service & Part I Crimes (Calls Per Unit/Year) No Category Impact 1-2 0-1 3-4 units 0-0.25 5 or more units 0-0.35 Decrease 1 Category 1-2 Greater than 1 but not more than 3 3-4 units Greater than 0.25 but not more than 1 5 or more units Greater than 0.35 but not more than 0.50 Decrease 2 Categories 1-2 Greater than 3 3-4 units Greater than 1 5 or more units Greater than 0.50 Property Code and Nuisance Violations Criteria License Category (Based on Property Code Only) Number of Units Property Code Violations per Inspected Unit Type I – 3 Year 1-2 units 0-2 3+ units 0-0.75 Type II – 2 Year 1-2 units Greater than 2 but not more than 5 3+ units Greater than 0.75 but not more than 1.5 Type III – 1 Year 1-2 units Greater than 5 but not more than 9 3+ units Greater than 1.5 but not more than 3 Type IV – 6 Months 1-2 units Greater than 9 3+ units Greater than 3 Page 55 of 465 Location Address License Subtype Renewal/Initial Owner Property Code Violations License Type Police CFS* Final License Type** Previous License Type*** Consecutive Type IV's 3305 53rd Ave N Multiple Family 12 Bldgs 310 Units Renewal Lake Point Apartments Llc 448 = 1.4 per unit Type II 0 Type III Type III N/A 6511 Humboldt Ave N Multiple Family 2 Bldgs 102 Units Renewal The Pines North LLC 241 = 2.4 per unit Type III 3/9/24 Noise 5/10/24 Shooting 10/19/24 Noise Type III Type II N/A 4703 68th Ave N Two Family Renewal P M Mcdonough & J Mcdonough 1 Type I 0 Type I Type I N/A 5400 Russell Ave N Two Family Renewal Tai Pham 15 Type IV 0 Type IV Type II 0 1208 57th Ave N Single Renewal CommonGrowth LLC 0 Type I 0 Type I Type II N/A 2406 Ericon Dr Single Renewal G B Homes Llc Did not meet requirements 3 Type II 0 Type IV Type IV 4 3213 62nd Ave N Single Renewal Easton Homes Llc 2 Type I 0 Type I Type I N/A 3319 66th Ave N Single Renewal Thr Property Illinois L P Did not meet requirements 4 Type II 0 Type III Type III N/A 3700 55th Ave N Single Renewal James Ayotunde Olatunbosun Did not meet requirements 9 Type III 0 Type III Type III N/A 3834 Oak St. Single Renewal Prosperous Property 0 Type I 0 Type I Type I N/A 3906 Eckberg Dr Single Renewal William E Clabots 9 Type III 0 Type III Type II N/A 4019 Joyce La Single Renewal Ih2 Property Illinois Lp 8 Type III 0 Type III Type II N/A 5509 Lyndale Ave N Single Renewal Zoe M Hildreth 1 Type I 0 Type I Type I N/A 5712 Logan Ave N Single Renewal Penrod Llc 43 Type IV 0 Type IV Type IV 4 5712 Logan Ave N Single Renewal Penrod Llc Met Requirements 0 Type I 0 Type I Type IV N/A 5849 Colfax Ave N Single Renewal BAY STREET HOMES LLC Did not meet requirements 9 Type III 0 Type IV Type IV 3 6030 Colfax Ave N Single Renewal Hector Vizcarra 2 Type I 0 Type I Type II N/A 6213 Chowen Ave N Single Renewal Nazneen H Khatoon Met Requirements 0 Type I 0 Type I Type IV N/A 6736 Perry Ave N Single Renewal CCF2 MN LLC 6 Type III 0 Type III Type II N/A Rental Licenses for Council Approval 2.24.25 Page 56 of 465 7030 Regent Ave N Single Renewal Rifive Inc Met Requirements 0 Type I 0 Type I Type IV N/A *CFS = Calls for service for renewal licenses only (Initial licenses are not applicable to CFS and will be listed as N/A) **License type being issued ***Initial licenses will not show a Type I = 3 year, Type II = 2 year, Type III = 1 year, Type IV = 6 months All properties are current on City utilities and property taxes Page 57 of 465 Council Regular Meeting DATE: 2/24/2025 TO: City Council FROM: Ginny McIntosh, Planning Manager THROUGH: Jesse Anderson, Community Development Director BY: Ginny McIntosh, Planning Manager SUBJECT: An Ordinance Adding New Section 35-4500 to the Brooklyn Center City Code of Ordinances Regarding the Establishment of Adult-Use Cannabis Business Zoning Regulations - Second Reading Requested Council Action: 1. Motion to approve a second reading and adopt an ordinance amending the Brooklyn Center City Code of Ordinances by adding new Section 35-4500 to implement the provisions of the Minnesota Statutes Chapter 342, which authorizes the City of Brooklyn Center to protect the public health, safety, and welfare of Brooklyn Center residents by regulating cannabis businesses within the legal boundaries of Brooklyn Center; and 2. Motion to approve a resolution for summary publication of the aforementioned ordinance amendments in the Brooklyn Center Sun Post. Background: City staff is requesting City Council approve certain amendments to Chapter 35 of the City Code of Ordinances that will ultimately provide direction with respect to adult-use cannabis and Lower Potency Hemp Edible (LPHE) uses in the City of Brooklyn Center. At the February 10, 2025 City Council meeting, the Councilmembers discussed options to require "cannabis businesses," which includes any cannabis business governed by and defined in Minnesota Statutes Chapter 342, to be located a minimum distance away from schools, daycares that serves minors, residential treatment facilities, and attractions within a public park that is regularly used by minors. Although the Planning Commission had generally indicated a minimum proposed buffer of 500 feet, City Council elected to amend the proposed ordinance language to reflect a minimum 300- foot buffer for cannabis businesses from the aforementioned uses. This was following by a discussion on other minimum required buffers for other City licensing types as outlined under Chapter 23 of the City Code. These changes have been incorporated into the ordinance amendment language and are included with this memo. City staff outlined options to require minimum distancing between cannabis businesses, of which include, but are not limited to potential cannabis retailers, manufacturers, cultivators, wholesalers, testing facilities, and transporters; however, no requests were made to provide minimum distancing between cannabis businesses. City staff would like to clarify that, while there is an option to limit the minimum number of cannabis retailers to no more than one (1) retail license per 12,500 residents, there is no option to limit the number of other cannabis business license types (e.g. transporters, Page 58 of 465 manufacturers, cultivators, wholesalers). Minnesota’s Office of Cannabis Management (OCM) is the new state regulatory office created to oversee the implementation and regulation of the adult-use cannabis market, the medical cannabis market, and the consumer hemp industry. The 2025 Licensing Cycle was recently revised and the OCM tentatively plans to hold a lottery for both social equity and general cannabis license applicants in May or June 2025; therefore, it is in the City’s best interest to make amendments to impacted City Code chapters in advance of any cannabis licenses being issued. In accordance with the OCM’s vetting process, local governments must certify that the applicant with preliminary approval has achieved compliance with their local zoning ordinance prior to the licensee receiving final approval from the OCM to commence operations. Local units of government will have 30 days to respond to this request for certification of compliance; otherwise, the OCM will issue a license. Although local governments may not issue outright bans on cannabis businesses, or limit operations in a manner beyond what is provided by state law, local governments have been granted some oversight, including the ability to identify which zoning districts are most compatible for the 13 identified cannabis business license types, and the incorporation of any buffers. The City utilized the OCM’s Guide for Local Governments on Adult-Use Cannabis, last updated on January 6, 2025, as a reference in determining the municipal considerations for each endorsed activity and license type. They note in their guide that local units of government have the statutory authority to limit retail registrations if they desire, and that applicants should understand this prior to making any decisions about site locations. As ordinance amendments require a public hearing, a public hearing notice was published in the Brooklyn Center Sun Post on January 16, 2025, and the aforementioned hearing was held at a special Planning Commission session on January 30, 2025. The Planning Commission was provided with a presentation by City staff and an extensive discussion ensued on the different license types, the compatibilities of each license type as they relate to the City’s identified zoning districts, and potential considerations and impacts for each of the license types. Present at the meeting were two members of the public, as well as the City Attorney. Only one member of the public spoke during the hearing. They inquired on the definition of a “Mezzobusiness,” and requested clarification on whether a municipal cannabis store would be factored into the minimum number of cannabis retail registrations required for a municipality. The Commissioners engaged in a broad discussion surrounding the ability of cities to regulate adult-use cannabis, and City staff walked through an online interactive cannabis restriction map created by LOGIS for the City of Brooklyn Center and for the purposes of visualizing these buffers. The map identified schools, daycares, residential treatment facilities, and park attractions regularly used by minors, and displayed Page 59 of 465 potential buffer options as permitted under state law. Additional time was spent discussing impacts to other City Code chapters and how it might relate to the ordinance amendments required under Chapter 35 (Unified Development Ordinance). The Commissioners indicated that there should be consistency with respect to the use of definitions and terminology. Although the focus of the buffer conversations centered around potential adult-use cannabis retailer locations, City staff reminded the Commissioners that these buffers would also be in effect for other cannabis businesses, including cultivators, manufacturers, wholesalers, and medical cannabis. There was no consensus among the Commissioners regarding specific buffer distance requirements; however, all six Commissioners present were in agreement that there should be buffers in place. One Commissioner was open to 400-foot minimum buffers for daycares serving minors and residential treatment facilities, while two other Commissioners expressed a desire for a maximum 1,000-foot buffer from schools. The majority of Commissioners appeared to desire at least a 500-foot buffer for schools, daycares, residential treatment facilities, and park attractions regularly used by minors. It should be noted that Minnesota Statutes Chapter 342 allows local units of government to implement maximum buffers for schools (1,000 feet), daycares (500 feet), residential treatment facilities (500 feet), and park attractions regularly used by minors (500 feet), but they are not required. Although the OCM is silent on the issue, the City Attorney noted that the Planning Commission and City Council could also consider minimum distancing between cannabis businesses if it so chose. City Staff noted that there are some Planned Unit Developments (PUDs), such as Shingle Creek Crossing, that do not contemplate, or have recorded restrictions on the growing, delivering, transferring, supplying, dispensing, dispersing, distributing, or selling of marijuana. As such, their agreements, covenants, and restrictions would need to be amended to allow for cannabis businesses. In reviewing the interactive map and experimenting with the different buffer allowances, City staff identified portions of the Brookdale Corner shopping center, which is home to Cub Foods, as well as the shopping center at 6215 Brooklyn Boulevard (Vinai Market, Vista Salons), and 615 66th Avenue North (AllTaco, Pappy’s), as potential adult-use cannabis retailer locations that fell outside any identified buffer zones. The current draft ordinance language notes that nothing shall prohibit a cannabis business to continue operating at their designated location if a school, daycare, or park feature establishes after and within the buffer; however, a cannabis business would be prohibited from establishing at a location if one of the aforementioned uses or amenities were already present and/or established and within the buffer. Chair Koenig noted that they desire minimum separation but understood it needed to be within reason. Commissioner Leino noted that as no one knows how these changes will roll out, and that we are mandated to provide for a minimum number of adult-use cannabis retailer registrations, we should, “dip our toe in the water” first. Commissioner Page 60 of 465 Schonning emphasized that the City is under-resourced and is not provided with additional support; therefore, we should stick to the mandated minimums. Commissioner Dunn noted that he has family in the Denver area, where cannabis is already permitted, and while the cannabis businesses appear to be thriving, the areas surrounding them and their residents do not appear to be receiving the same benefits. Following inquiries on the former Sears site, City staff requested direction on where Cannabis cultivators could be located. This resulted in requested amendments to proposed Section 35-4504 (Adult Use Cannabis Allowable Use Table) to revise the drafted districts for Cannabis cultivators in the MX-N1, MX-N2, MX-C, TOD, C, MX-B, and I Districts, to conditional uses in the MX-B and I Districts only. As part of these discussions, the Planning Commission further requested revisions to the Cannabis Manufacturer, Process, and Extract use which was drafted as a permitted use in the MX-B and I Districts, to a conditional use in these districts. These changes to the Cannabis Cultivator and Manufacturer use types are in part due to municipal considerations identified in the Office of Cannabis Management’s Guide for Local Governments on Adult-Use Cannabis surrounding potential odors, waste, water, and energy usage, and security, as well as the identified business operations for those use types. City staff and the City Attorney inquired on whether the Lower Potency Hemp Edible (LPHE) Manufacturer uses should mirror the Cannabis Manufacturer, Process, and Extract use; however, the Planning Commission did not seem as concerned. It should be noted "hemp manufacturing," which is an endorsed activity, converts hemp into LPHE edible products and LPHE Manufacturing is an authorized license type to conduct this activity. The OCM Guide identified potential municipal considerations of odor, waste, water, and energy for this use. If the City Council would like LPHE Manufacturers to be identified as a conditional use, rather than a permitted use, a request to amend the language will be necessary. Lastly, City staff noted that they were aware of a “cannabis college” that appeared to be in operation in Brooklyn Center. Despite contacting the Office of Cannabis Management (OCM) and requesting direction on the use, City staff was directed to work with the City Attorney. Following a recent review of the Minnesota Cannabis College website, it appears to have been recently updated to remove the courses previously available. Following discussion, the Planning Commission recommended the City postpone the inclusion of any language at this time due to insufficient information and direction. Chapter 35 currently identifies a use of “Nonresidential educational uses including Area Learning Centers (ALC), post-secondary schools, business schools, trade schools and the like, but excluding public and private elementary and secondary schools;” however, it is a prohibited use in the I District where the identified property is located. A copy of the Planning Commission Report dated January 30, 2025 (last revised Feburary 10, 2025), revised ordinance amendment language adding Section 35-4500 to Chapter 35 of the City Code of Ordinances and incorporating a 300-foot buffer from certain uses, and resolution for summary publication are included with this Page 61 of 465 memorandum. The draft interactive Brooklyn Center Cannabis Regulations map has been updated since the February 10, 2025 City Council meeting to provide a 300-foot buffer. You may access the map here: https://maps.logis.org/apps/?app=ea3a210f473c450a8c9309c9ac737db0 Budget Issues: None to consider at this time as it relates to amendments to Chapter 35 regarding Adult- Use Cannabis businesses. Inclusive Community Engagement: Antiracist/Equity Policy Effect: Strategic Priorities and Values: -1 ATTACHMENTS: 1. Revised Staff Report with Exhibits - Ordinance Amendments for Adult-Use Cannabis Business Zoning Regulations (February 10, 2025) 2. Ordinance Language - Section 35-4500 - Adult Use Cannabis Business Regulations 3. Resolution - Authorizing Summary Publication of Adult-Use Cannabis Business Regulations Page 62 of 465 PC 01/30/2025 Page 1 Planning Commission Report Date: January 30, 2025 Last Revised Date: February 10, 2025 Request: Ordinance Amendment (Text) to Chapter 35 – Adult-Use Cannabis Requested Action City staff is requesting the Planning Commission provide direction with respect to proposed amendments to Chapter 35 of the City Code of Ordinances (Unified Development Ordinance)—refer to Exhibit A. The proposed ordinance amendments are related to zoning requirements for Adult-Use Cannabis and Lower Potency Hemp Edibles (LPHE) and pursuant to new Minnesota legislation regarding the same. Local units of governments are tasked with providing guidance to potential Cannabis businesses regarding proper zoning districts and potential buffers for schools, daycares, play areas, and residential treatments centers. The amendments will add a new Adult-Use Cannabis section to the City’s UDO, including definitions, zoning regulations pursuant to license type issued by the state, and and other regulations determined by Minnesota statute Chapter 342 and related rules. The Office of Cannabis Management (OCM) initially expected to begin issuing licenses in early 2025; however, the initial lottery, which was to take place on December 2, 2024 was cancelled after State Cannabis regulators notified about two-thirds (640) of the 1,817 social equity license applicants that they would not be entered into the lottery as they did not meet the requirements of the Office of Cannabis Management. The timeline was subsequently revised to allow the time necessary to restructure the application process and review the rulemaking draft language. Image 1. Revised Licensing Cycle (Office of Cannabis Management) Page 63 of 465 PC 01/30/2025 Page 2 The OCM has started verification of the Social Equity Applicants on January 15, 2025, and the window will close on January 30, 2025. The license application will subsequently close for all applicants on March 14, 2025, and a new lottery is tentatively scheduled for May or June 2025. The public comment period for the proposed cannabis rules opened on January 13, 2025, and will remain open until February 12, 2025. As is required, a public hearing notice was published in the Brooklyn Center Sun Post on January 16, 2025—refer to Exhibit B. Background In July 2022, Minnesota Legislature made changes to Minnesota Statutes 151.72, that impacted the legal sale of products containing cannabinoids derived from hemp, and allowed consumers aged 21 or older to purchase products containing THC derived from hemp. Edible cannabinoid products could not contain more than five milligrams of any tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) in a single serving, or more than a total of 50 mgs of THC per package. Brooklyn Center currently has 16 businesses registered with the state for the sale of hemp-derived cannabinoids, including two municipal liquor stores and the golf course. In June 2023, the City of Brooklyn Center authorized a study and imposed a moratorium (interim ordinance) on the establishment of new uses, or the expansion of existing uses related to the sale of THC products in 2022 (Ordinance No. 2022-02). Additionally, the City established an ordinance to prohibit the use of cannabis and hemp products in public places (Ordinance No. 2023-05) and amended Chapter 23 of the City Code to address the licensing and sale of edible cannabinoid products within the City (Ordinance No. 2023-06). Then City Attorney Jason Hill prepared a presentation after the legalization of LPHE, outlining legislation and further steps the City would need to follow to be compliant with State Statute. In May 2023, the State of Minnesota passed the Adult-Use Cannabis Act, decriminalizing the possession, use, and growth of recreational marijuana for individuals aged 21 and older, and on August 1, 2023, the full decriminalization went into effect. The Minnesota Office of Cannabis Management (OCM) is responsible for developing the licensing process for a total of 13 different business types and establishing rules and logistics for retail operations, dispensaries, production, wholesale, micro/mezzo businesses, and delivery services, including both cannabis and Lower Potency Hemp Edibles (LPHE). Pursuant to the statutory scheme under new Minnesota Statutes Section 342, local governments have discretion over zoning, and the registration of businesses in each district which includes the conducting of random compliance checks on licensed businesses within the City. Local governments have the limited authority to suspend licenses for non-compliance; however, it must notify the OCM immediately. Office of Cannabis Management The role of the Office of Cannabis Management (OCM) is to regulate the cannabis industry statewide and provide guidance on the standards for the State. The OCM requires all cannabis and Lower Potency Hemp Edible businesses to obtain a license once the State of Minnesota has established the licensing process. It includes the Division of Medical Cannabis (effective July 1, 2024), which operates the medical cannabis program, and the Division of Social Equity, which promotes development, stability, and safety in communities that have experienced a disproportionate, negative impacts from cannabis prohibition and usage. The OCM released the Guide for Local Governments on Adult-Use Cannabis in August 2024; however, the Guide was subsequently revised in November 2024, and again in early January 2025 (refer to Exhibit C). This guide provides direction to local governments on licensing, zoning, and business types, and provides Page 64 of 465 PC 01/30/2025 Page 3 a model ordinance. The Office of Cannabis Management, through Chapter 342, may establish rules and policy and exercise regulatory authority over the Minnesota cannabis industry. The OCM also: • Notifies cities of a license application to check for zoning compliance; • Governs the application and licensing process for cannabis and hemp businesses, including the specific requirements for each type of license and their respective business activities; and •Conducts enforcement and inspection activities across Minnesota cannabis and hemp industries. Local Control/Next Steps Local governments may not issue outright bans on cannabis businesses, or limit operations in a manner beyond what is provided by a state law. As a first step, City staff held a work session on adult-use cannabis where City staff requested City Council’s authorization to proceed with proposed amendments to the City’s Unified Development Ordinance (UDO) or Chapter 35 and provide direction with respect to amendments relating to Adult-Use Cannabis and Lower Potency Hemp Edibles (LPHE) legislation. City staff will work with the City’s respective Planning Commission and City Council to identify and amend, as necessary, any City Codes to address the new provisions relating to Adult-Use Cannabis law. City staff has been in direct contact with the City of Bloomington, and has benchmarked other city ordinances to determine what other cities have done regarding cannabis measures, including: Brooklyn Park, Crystal, Minneapolis, Richfield, and Roseville. Cannabis Retail Restrictions (as laid out in MN Statutes 342.13) Local governments may limit the number of retailers and microbusinesses/mezzobusinesses with retail endorsements, but in no case can there be less than one retail location per 12,500 residents. State law requires the OCM to issue a license to a city or county seeking to operate a single municipal cannabis store if it so chooses; however, a municipal cannabis store is not included in the minimum number of registrations required. As the City of Brooklyn Center has 33,982 residents per the 2023 Minnesota State Demographer Estimates, the City would be expected to provide for at least three (3) of these license types. The City of Brooklyn Center would not be obligated to seek out a business to register as a cannabis business if it has not been approached by a potential applicant, but the City cannot prohibit the establishment of a business if the population requirement is has not been met. Generally, cannabis licenses allow for multiple retail locations in Minnesota to operate under a single license, with the following limitations: Retailers: up to 5 retail locations Mezzobusinesses: up to 3 retail locations Microbusinesses: up to 1 retail location Medical cannabis combination businesses: 1 retail location per congressional district, but ability to cultivate at more than 1 location within other limitations on cultivation All other license types: 1 license permits the operation of 1 location Note: Cannabis retail sales must be in standalone shops as the primary use and cannot be accessory to another use. Page 65 of 465 PC 01/30/2025 Page 4 The City of Brooklyn Center will be tasked with approving text amendments to Chapter 35 of the Unified Development Ordinance. The City Council will have to ultimately address licensing standards and adopt an amended ordinance if it would like to have any say in where these establishments can be located. Below are issues that need to be addressed, which have been identified as areas where the City has the authority to provide oversight: 1.Land Use/Zoning: Identifying which zoning districts cannabis businesses can operate within. The provided Guide for Local Governments on Adult-Use Cannabis (Exhibit C) provides some direction on where certain license types might be located in a community, and a table of “comparable districts,” as well as certain “municipal considerations,” such as potential nuisances like odors, security, transportation, on-site consumption, and fleet vehicle storage. It should be noted that any developments with certain covenants and restrictions prohibiting the growing, delivering, transporting, distributing, or sale of cannabis would prevail unless the restrictions were amended to allow for the use. As an example, Shingle Creek Crossing (Planned Unit Development) has prohibitions on marijuana, whether by prescription, medical recommendation, or otherwise. 2.Buffer Zones: Establishing buffers between cannabis businesses and sensitive locations such as schools (maximum 1,000 feet), daycares (maximum 500 feet), and residential treatment facilities (maximum 500 feet), or public park attractions regularly used by minors, including playgrounds and athletic fields (maximum 500 feet). A jurisdiction can adopt buffer requirements that prohibit the operation of a cannabis business within certain distances of other uses. Terms of measurement are not provided for but should use a measuring system consistent with the rest of its ordinances. Residential treatment facilities are defined under Minnesota Statutes Section 245.462 subd. 23, and are defined as a, “24-hour-a-day program under the treatment supervision of a mental health professional, in a community residential setting other than an acute care hospital or regional treatment center inpatient unit, that must be licensed as a residential treatment program for adults with mental illness under Minn. Stat. Section Chapter 245, Minnesota Rules, parts 9520.0500 to 9520.0670, or other rules adopted by the commissioner.” 3.Limitation of Retail Registrations: The City overhauled its tobacco licensing process in 2018, limiting the number of tobacco licenses in the City by raising the minimum age of entrance to a tobacco establishment to 21, and outlining a smoking prohibition, where smoking by a person shall not be permitted inside any licensed premises. The legislative findings provided by the City Council at that time recognized that tobacco use was identified as the cause of several serious health problems and economic consequences, and as a means to protect minors and young adults associated with the use and initiation, with 95% of adult smokers beginning before the age of 21. Although there is some discrepancy between the Minnesota State Demographer’s population estimate and the 2018-2022 American Community Survey data, approximately 30% of Brooklyn Center’s residents are under age 18. 4.Zoning Compliance: The City would be able to review an applicant’s location for compliance with its zoning regulations during the vetting process by OCM. Page 66 of 465 PC 01/30/2025 Page 5 5.License Compliance Checks: Compliance Checks must be done once per year for age verification and local ordinance requirements. Other Considerations Municipal Registration The local government, as part of the registration process for cannabis retailers or other cannabis/hemp businesses seeking a retail endorsement, may: •Require payment of a registration fee or renewal fee, including an “initial registration fee” of $500 or half the amount of the applicable initial license fee, whichever is less, and a “renewal registration fee” of $1,000 or half the amount of the applicable renewal license fee, whichever is less. •A local government may refuse a registration or license renewal in situations where the license is associated with an individual or business who no longer holds a valid license, has failed to pay the local registration or renewal fee, or has been found in non-compliance with a preliminary or renewal compliance check. •A local government must conduct compliance checks for cannabis and hemp businesses holding retail registrations at least once per calendar year (e.g. age verification, compliance with local ordinance pursuant to 342.13). Additional Information City staff has received communication from individuals and companies regarding the establishment of cannabis dispensaries. In 2023, the Minnesota Legislature created the Local Government Cannabis Aid, which is funded through a 10% gross receipts tax on retail sales of cannabis products in Minnesota. From the Cannabis Tax Revenue, 80% is deposited into the state’s General Fund and 20% is deposited into the Local Government Cannabis Aid account. On June 30 each year, 50% of the cannabis aid account balance is available to counties and 50% to cities. The distribution amount received will be proportional to the number of cannabis businesses located in the city as compared to the number of cannabis businesses in all cities. Governor Walz recently released his proposed biennial budget on January 16, 2025. As no licensed cannabis retailers are currently operating, no aid has been distributed. The budget, as currently proposed, would repeal the Local Cannabis Aid Account, reallocating those funds to the general fund. Ordinance Amendment (Text) As previously stated, the OCM identified March 14, 2025 as the new deadline for application submittals. The local enacted moratoria expired on December 31, 2024. It is in the City’s best interest to finalize a regulatory structure and registration process as soon as possible to be in compliance once those applicants become eligible to operate under their new licenses. In discussions with the City Attorney and other City staff, it was determined that, while other City Code chapters will require amendment, the City’s Unified Development Ordinance (Chapter 35) likely has the greatest impact and will require the most amount of time for review and consideration in advance of the OCM’s anticipated issuance of licenses in May or June 2025. As proposed, the City is seeking a text amendment to Chapter 35 (Unified Development Ordinance) to incorporate a new section (Section 35-4500) for the establishment of Adult-Use Cannabis businesses and Page 67 of 465 PC 01/30/2025 Page 6 their regulations. As proposed City staff, in partnership with the City Attorney, have created an allowable use table specific to Adult-Use Cannabis establishments that denotes where certain licensure types and uses are permitted in a zoning district, and whether they are considered a permitted use, conditional use, or accessory use. In reviewing requests for ordinance amendments, certain amendment criteria shall be considered as outlined under Section 35-71304 (Amendment Criteria). The Planning Commission and City Council shall review the necessary submittal requirements, facts, circumstances of the proposed amendment, and make a recommendation and decision on the amendment based on, but not limited to, consideration of the following criteria and policies: a.Whether there is a clear and public need or benefit; b.Whether the proposed amendment is consistent with and compatible with surrounding land use classifications; c.Whether all permitted uses in the proposed zoning district can be contemplated for development of the subject property; d.Whether there have been substantial physical or zoning classification changes in the area since the subject property was zoned; e.Whether there is an evident, broad public purpose in the case of City-initiated rezoning proposals; f.Whether the subject property will bear fully the UDO development restrictions for the proposed zoning districts; g.Whether the subject property is generally unsuited for uses permitted in the present zoning district, with respect to size, configuration, topography, or location; h.Whether the rezoning will result in the expansion of a zoning district, warranted by: 1)Comprehensive Planning; 2)The lack of developable land in the proposed zoning district; or 3)The best interests of the community. i.Whether the proposal demonstrates merit beyond the interests of an owner or owners of an individual parcel. j.The specific policies and recommendations of the Comprehensive Plan and other City plans; k.The purpose and intent of this UDO, or in the case of a map amendment, whether it meets the purpose and intent of the individual district; and l.If applicable, the adequacy to buffer or transition between potentially incompatible districts. City staff is specially requesting weigh in from the Planning Commission and City Council as to whether the identified Adult-Use Cannabis business license types are consistent and compatible with surrounding land uses and uses permitted within a designated district. City staff further requests feedback on the minimum distancing (buffer) provisions from schools, daycare facilities that serve minors, or park attractions, as well as Residential Treatment Facilities, which are defined as, “any facility licensed or regulated by the Minnesota Department of Human Services that provides 24-hour-a-day care, lodging, or supervision outside a person’s home and which also provide chemical dependency or mental health services.” An additional point of discussion relates to potential minimum buffering between Cannabis Oriented Businesses, defined in Minnesota Statutes Chapter 342, which would be measured from the entrance from each building or tenancy and not from the property lines. City staff further requests direction as to the potential addition of a category that would regulate the siting Page 68 of 465 PC 01/30/2025 Page 7 of “Cannabis Colleges,” or if the respective Planning Commission and City Council prefers City staff to interpret these as, “nonresidential educational uses including Area Learning Centers (ALC), post- secondary schools, business schools, trade schools, and the like, but excluding public and private elementary and secondary schools.” These uses are either a permitted or conditional use in the MX-N2, MX-C, TOD, C, and MX-B Districts of the City. Finally, in reviewing the current provisions of Chapter 35, it was noted that the current definition of “Urban Agriculture,” as defined under Section 35-9200 (Definitions and Terms of Measurement), contains language that prohibits the cultivation of marijuana, which is in conflict with the State’s new provisions surrounding Adult-Use Cannabis. Please see below for the proposed amendment to this definition: RECOMMENDATION Based on the above noted findings, and in response to Section 35-71304 (Amendment Criteria) of the City Code, City staff recommends the Planning Commission recommend City Council adoption of certain ordinance amendments to Chapter 35 of the City Code of Ordinances to implement the provisions of Minnesota Statutes Chapter 342, which authorizes the City of Brooklyn Center to protect the public health, safety, and welfare of Brooklyn Center residents by regulating cannabis businesses within the legal boundaries of Brooklyn Center. Attachments Exhibit A- Draft Ordinance Language Adding New Section 35-4500 to the Brooklyn Center City Code of Ordinances Regarding the Establishment of Adult-Use Cannabis Business Zoning Regulations, and amending Section 35-9200 Definition of Urban Agriculture. Exhibit B- Public Hearing Notice, published in the Brooklyn Center Sun Post, and dated January 16, 2025. Exhibit C- Minnesota Office of Cannabis Management Guide for Local Governments on Adult-Use Cannabis, last revised January 6, 2025. Page 69 of 465 1 BR291-380-1004610.v5 CITY OF BROOKLYN CENTER Please take notice that on Monday, February 10, 2025, at approximately 7:00 p.m. at Brooklyn Center City Hall, located at 6301 Shingle Creek Parkway, Brooklyn Center, Minnesota, the City Council of the City of Brooklyn Center will conduct a first reading and consider incorporating new Section 35-4500 to Chapter 35 of the City Code of Ordinances regarding the establishment of adult- use cannabis business zoning regulations. Meeting materials can be accessed by visiting the City of Brooklyn Center’s website at: https://www.brooklyncentermn.gov/. A definite time for this ordinance to be considered cannot be given as it will depend on the progression of the agenda items. ORDINANCE NO._________ AN ORDINANCE ADDING NEW SECTION 35-4500 TO THE BROOKLYN CENTER CITY CODE OF ORDINANCES REGARDING THE ESTABLISHMENT OF ADULT-USE CANNABIS BUSINESS ZONING REGULATIONS THE CITY OF BROOKLYN CENTER DOES ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS: Article 1. The Brooklyn Center City Code of Ordinances Chapter 35 is amended to add Section 35- 4500, Adult Use Cannabis Business Zoning Regulations, to read in its entirety as follows: Section 35-4500. ADULT USE CANNABIS BUSINESS ZONING REGULATIONS Section 35-4501. GENERAL PROVISIONS. Section 35-4502. FINDINGS, PURPOSE, AND AUTHORITY. The City Council of Brooklyn Center makes the following legislative findings, and is authorized to adopt this ordinance as follows: a.PURPOSE. The purpose of this ordinance is to implement the provisions of Minnesota Statutes Chapter 342, which authorizes the City of Brooklyn Center to protect the public health, safety, and welfare of Brooklyn Center residents by regulating cannabis business within the legal boundaries of Brooklyn Center. b.FINDINGS. The City Council of Brooklyn Center finds and concludes that the proposed provisions are appropriate and lawful land use regulations for Brooklyn Center, that the proposed amendments will promote the community’s interest in reasonable stability in zoning for now and in the future, and that the proposed provisions are in the public interest and for the public good. c. AUTHORITY. The City Council of Brooklyn Center has the authority to adopt this ordinance pursuant to Minnesota Statutes Section 342.13(c), regarding the authority of a local unit of government to adopt reasonable restrictions of time, place, and manner of the operation of a cannabis business provided that such restrictions do not prohibit establishment or operation of cannabis businesses, and pursuant to Minnesota Statutes Section 462.357, regarding the authority of a local authority to adopt zoning ordinances. Section 35-4503. DEFINITIONS. The following words, terms and phrases, when used in this chapter, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this chapter, except where the context clearly indicates Exhibit A Page 70 of 465 2 a different meaning: Cannabis Cultivator. A cannabis business licensed to grow cannabis plants within the approved amount of space from seed or immature plant to mature plant. harvest cannabis flower from mature plant, package and label immature plants and seedlings and cannabis flower for sale to other cannabis businesses, transport cannabis flower to a cannabis manufacturer located on the same premises, and perform other actions approved by the office. Cannabis Delivery Business. A business with a cannabis delivery service license or delivery service endorsement from the State of Minnesota Office of Cannabis Management. Cannabis Flower. The harvested flower, bud, leaves, and stems of a cannabis plant. Cannabis flower includes adult-use cannabis flower and medical cannabis flower. Cannabis flower does not include cannabis seed, hemp plant parts, or hemp-derived consumer products. Cannabis Oriented Business. Any cannabis business governed by and defined in Minn. Stat. Chapter 342 as amended from time to time. Cannabis Plant. All parts of the plant of the genus Cannabis that is growing or has not been harvested and has a delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol concentration of more than 0.3 percent on a dry weight basis. Cannabis Product. "Cannabis product" means any of the following: cannabis concentrate; a product infused with cannabinoids, including but not limited to tetrahydrocannabinol, extracted or derived from cannabis plants or cannabis flower; or any other product that contains cannabis concentrate. Cannabis product includes adult-use cannabis products, including but not limited to edible cannabis products and medical cannabinoid products. Cannabis product does not include cannabis flower, artificially derived cannabinoid, lower-potency hemp edibles, hemp-derived consumer products, or hemp-derived topical products. Cannabis Retailer. A business with a cannabis retailer license, lower-potency hemp edible retailer license, or retail endorsement from the State of Minnesota Office of Cannabis Management. Cannabis Testing business. A business with a cannabis testing facility license or testing endorsement from the State of Minnesota Office of Cannabis Management. Cannabis Transportation business. A business with a cannabis transporter license or transportation endorsement from the State of Minnesota Office of Cannabis Management. Cannabis Wholesaling business. A business with a cannabis wholesaler license or wholesaling endorsement from the State of Minnesota Office of Cannabis Management. Day Care. For the purposes of this section, a location licensed with the Minnesota Department of Human Services to provide the care of a child in a residence or other facility outside the child's own home for gain or otherwise, on a regular basis, for any part of a 24-hour day. Hemp Business. Either of the following licensed under this chapter: (1) lower-potency hemp edible manufacturer; or (2) lower-potency hemp edible retailer. Hemp business does not include a person or entity licensed under chapter 18K to grow industrial hemp for commercial or research purposes or to process industrial hemp for commercial purposes. Page 71 of 465 3 Hemp Plant. All parts of the plant of the genus Cannabis that is growing or has not been harvested and has a delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol concentration of no more than 0.3 percent on a dry weight basis. Lower-Potency Hemp Edible. (a) “Lower-potency hemp edible” means any product that (1)Is intended to be eaten or consumed as a beverage by humans; (2)Contains hemp concentrate or an artificially derived cannabinoid, in combination with food ingredients; (3)Is not a drug; (4)Does not contain a cannabinoid derived from cannabis plants or cannabis flower; (5)Is a type of product approved for sale by the office or is substantially similar to a product approved by the office, including by not limited to product that resemble nonalcoholic beverages, candy, and baked goods; and (6)Meets either the requirements in paragraph (b) (b)A lower-potency hemp edible includes: (1) a product that: (i) consists of servings that contain no more than five milligrams of delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol; no more than 25 milligrams of cannabidiol, cannabigerol, cannabinol, or cannabichromene; any other cannabinoid authorized by the office; or any combination of those cannabinoids that does not exceed the identified amounts; (ii) does not contain more than a combined total of 0.5 milligrams of all other cannabinoids per serving; and (iii) does not contain an artificially derived cannabinoid other than delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol, except that a product may include artificially derived cannabinoids created during the process of creating the delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol that is added to the product, if no artificially derived cannabinoid is added to the ingredient containing delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol and the ratio of delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol to all other artificially derived cannabinoids is no less than 20 to one; or (2) A product that: (i) contains hemp concentrate processed or refined without increasing the percentage of targeted cannabinoids or altering the ratio of cannabinoids in the extracts or resins of a hemp plant or hemp plant parts beyond the variability generally recognized for the method used for processing or refining or by an amount needed to reduce the total THC in the hemp concentrate; and (ii) consists of servings that contain no more than five milligrams of total THC. Lower-Potency Hemp Edible Retailer. A business with a lower-potency hemp edible retailer license from the Office of Cannabis Management. Lower-Potency Hemp Edible Manufacturer. A business with a lower-potency hemp edible manufacturer license from the Office of Cannabis Management. Medical Cannabis Business. Medical cannabis business means an entity licensed by the OCM to engage in one or more of the following:(1) the cultivation of cannabis plants for medical cannabis flower; (2) the manufacture of medical cannabinoid products; and (3) the retail sale of medical cannabis flower and medical cannabinoid products. Page 72 of 465 4 Medical Cannabis Combination Business. Medical cannabis combination businesses may cultivate cannabis and manufacture cannabis and hemp products, and package such products for sale to customers, patients, or another licensed cannabis business. Medical cannabis combination businesses my operate up to one retail location in each congressional district. Medical Cannabis Retailer. Medical cannabis retailer means a cannabis business with a medical cannabis retail endorsement to provide medical cannabis flower, medical cannabinoid products, and medical cannabis paraphernalia to a patient or designated caregiver. Office of Cannabis Management. Minnesota Office of Cannabis Management, referred to as “OCM” in this ordinance. Park Attraction. A facility or location within a public park that is regularly used by minors, including but not limited to a playground or athletic field. Residential Treatment Facility. Any facility licensed or regulated by the Minnesota Department of Human Services that provides 24-hour-a-day care, lodging, or supervision outside a person’s home and which also provides chemical dependency or mental health services. Retail Registration. An approved registration issued by the City of Brooklyn Center to a cannabis retail business. (See Brooklyn Center City Code Chapter 23 for Retail Registration Regulations.) School. A public school, as defined in section 120A.05, subdivisions 9, 11, 13, and 17, or a nonpublic school, or church or religious organization in which a child is provided instruction in compliance with this section and section 120A.24, but does not include a home school. Section 35-4504. ORGANIZATION OF TABLE. a.USE CATEGORIES. The use categories provide a systematic basis for assigning present and future land uses into broad general classifications (e.g., household living, commercial, etc.). b.USE TYPES. The use categories are organized into specific use types based on common functional, product, or physical characteristics, such as the type and amount of activity, the type of customers or residents, how goods or services are sold or delivered, and site conditions. The use types identify the specific uses that are considered to fall within characteristics identified in the broader use category. For example, one-family or two-family are some of the specific use types that fall under the "household living" use category. c.SYMBOLS IN TABLE. The symbols used in Section 35-4200 are defined as follows: 1)Permitted Uses (P). A "P" in a cell indicates that a use type is allowed by-right in the respective zoning district subject to compliance with the use-specific standards set forth in the final “use- specific standards" column of the Table in this Chapter. Permitted uses are subject to all other applicable standards of this UDO. 2)Accessory Uses (A). An "A" in a cell indicates that a use type is allowed as an accessory use in the respective zoning district. An accessory use is one that is incidental and subordinate to the principal Page 73 of 465 5 use on the same lot. If a use is permitted in this Section as a principal use, it is also allowed as an accessory use. 3)Conditional Uses (C). A "C" in a cell indicates that a use type is allowed as a conditional use in the respective zoning district subject to compliance with the use specific standards set forth in the final “use-specific standards" column of the table in this Chapter and approval of a conditional use permit in accordance with the UDO. Conditional uses are subject to all other applicable standards of this UDO. 4)Prohibited Uses ( ). A blank cell indicates that the listed use type is prohibited in the respective zoning district. d.USE-SPECIFIC STANDARDS. The "use-specific standards" column of the Table in this Chapter cross reference standards that are specific to an individual use type and are applicable to that use in all districts unless otherwise stated in the use-specific standards. e.UNLISTED USES. If a use is not listed in the table in this Chapter, it shall be considered a Prohibited use, unless the City Council determines that the use is substantially similar in nature and potential impacts on the surrounding community as an existing use in the use table. f.USES ALLOWED BY STATUTE OR RULE. If a provision in Minnesota statute or rule expressly requires a city to allow a certain use or facility as a permitted or conditional use within a residential district, the use or facility shall be allowed as provided in law up to the number of people indicated in the particular statute or rule, unless a larger number is allowed in the district under this UDO. Section 35-4505. ADULT USE CANNABIS ALLOWABLE USE TABLE. P = PERMITTED USE, C = CONDITIONAL USE, I = INTERIM USE, A = ACCESSORY USE Residential Commercial/ Mixed Use Nonresidential Use- Specific Standards R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 M X- N1 M X- N2 M X- C TO D C MX- B I O ADULT USE CANNABIS Retailer P P P P P A A Cultivator (Ag) C C 35-4302 (b) Manufacturer, Process, Extract C C Wholesaler P P Transporter P P 35-4406 Testing Facility P P Page 74 of 465 6 Delivery Services A A A A A P P Medical Cannabis Combination Business C C C C C C C 35-4302 (b) Medical Cannabis Retailer P P P P P A A LPHE Retailer P P P P P A A LPHE Manufacturer P P Section 35-4506. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS. a.CANNABIS ORIENTED BUSINESS 1)Registration. A.No individual or entity may operate a cannabis retail business within the City of Brooklyn Center without first registering with the Brooklyn Center Business Licensing Division per regulations outlined in Chapter 23 of the Brooklyn Center Code of Ordinances. 2)Buffer Requirements. A.Registration must not be granted within 500 feet of any school, daycare facility that serves minors, or attraction within a public park that is regularly used by minors. B.Registration must not be granted within 500 feet of any Residential Treatment Facility. C.The buffers established in this section will be established on the date the city receives the request from the OCM for certification pursuant to city code section XXX. D.The measurement must be made from the main entrance of each building or tenancy and not from the property lines, except for attractions within a public park, which will be measured from closest boundary of the park attraction. E.Nothing in this section shall prohibit a cannabis business from continuing to operate at the same location if a school, daycare facility that serves minors, or attraction within a public park establishes within the buffer. b.CULTIVATION. The cultivation of all cannabis must only occur within the principal structure. Outdoor commercial cultivation of cannabis is prohibited. c.HOME OCCUPATIONS. Cannabis businesses, as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 342.01 shall not be permitted as home occupations. d.LIGHTING. Performance standards for lighting shall be pursuant to Minnesota Administrative Rules relating to Adult-Use Cannabis and Brooklyn Center City Code Section 35-5400. Page 75 of 465 7 e.ODOR CONTROL. A cannabis business must maintain a ventilation and filtration system sufficient to meet the requirements for odor control established by Minnesota Statute, Administrative Rules, or City Code. f.STORAGE. Cannabis or Cannabis products shall not be stored outside at any time. Section 35-4507. SEVERABILITY. If any section, clause, provision, or portion of this ordinance is adjudged unconstitutional or invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this ordinance shall not be affected thereby. Section 35-4508. EFFECTIVE DATE. This ordinance shall take effect following its passage and publication in accordance with state law. Page 76 of 465 1 CITY OF BROOKLYN CENTER Please take notice that on Monday, February 10, 2025, at approximately 7:00 p.m. at Brooklyn Center City Hall, located at 6301 Shingle Creek Parkway, Brooklyn Center, Minnesota, the City Council of the City of Brooklyn Center will conduct a first reading and consider the adoption of the following ordinance amending Section 35-9200 of the City Code of Ordinances regarding the definition of Urban Agriculture. Meeting materials can be accessed by visiting the City of Brooklyn Center’s website at: https://www.brooklyncentermn.gov/. A definite time for this ordinance to be considered cannot be given as it will depend on the progression of the agenda items. ORDINANCE NO. ________ AN ORDINANCE AMENDING SECTION 35-9200 OF THE CITY CODE OF ORDINANCES REGARDING THE DEFINITION OF URBAN AGRICULTURE THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF BROOKLYN CENTER DOES ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS: Article I. Brooklyn Center City Code, Section 35-9200. is amended by adding the following double- underlined language and deleting the following stricken language: Urban Agriculture. The use of a parcel of land not exceeding five acres in size for the cultivation of food and/or horticultural crops, composting, aquaponics, aquaculture, and/or hydroponics. This use may include the production or sale of food products from food grown on the premises and accessory keeping of bees’ subject to City regulations. but does not include cultivation of marijuana. Article II. Severability. Should any section or part of this ordinance be declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, such decision will not affect the validity of the ordinance as a whole or any part other than the part declared invalid. Article III. Effective Date. This ordinance shall become effective after adoption and upon thirty days following its legal publication. Adopted this ____ day of _____________, 2025. _______________________________ April Graves, Mayor ATTEST: _________________________ Barb Suciu, City Clerk Date of Publication Effective Date (Strikeout indicates matter to be deleted, double-underline indicates new matter.) Page 77 of 465 Exhibit B Page 78 of 465 Page 1 A Guide for Local Governments on Adult-Use Cannabis Version 2.1 | Updated January 6, 2025 Exhibit C Page 79 of 465 Page 2 Table of Contents Introduction ................................................................................................ 3 About OCM ................................................................................................. 4 Cannabis License Types ................................................................................ 5 Adult-Use Cannabis Law .............................................................................. 7 Cannabis Licensing Process .......................................................................... 8 General Authorities ................................................................................... 11 Zoning and Land Use .................................................................................. 13 Local Approval Process .............................................................................. 16 Inspections and Compliance Checks ........................................................... 21 Municipal Cannabis Stores ......................................................................... 22 Creating Your Local Ordinance ................................................................... 23 Additional Information – Tobacco Sales ....................................................... 24 Additional Resources ................................................................................. 25 Page 80 of 465 Page 3 Introduction This guide serves as a general overview of Minnesota’s new adult-use cannabis law, and how local governments can expect to be involved. The guide also provides important information about Minnesota’s new Office of Cannabis Management (OCM), and the office’s structure, roles, and responsibilities. While medical cannabis continues to play an important role in the state’s cannabis environment, this guide is primarily focused on the adult-use cannabis law and marketplace. The following pages outline the variety of cannabis business licenses that will be issued, provide a broad summary of important aspects of the adult-use cannabis law, and cover a wide range of expectations and authorities that relate to local governments. This guide also provides best practices and important requirements for developing a local cannabis ordinance. Chapter 342 of Minnesota law was established by the State Legislature in 2023 and was updated in 2024. Mentions of “adult-use cannabis law” or “the law” throughout this guide refer to Chapter 342 and the changes made to it. As of this guide's date of publication, final state regulations governing the adult-use cannabis market have not yet been published. A draft of the rules is available on our Rulemaking webpage (https://mn.gov/ocm/laws/rulemaking.jsp). The first draft of rules is based on substantial input OCM has received through surveys, meetings, and conversations that took place since fall 2023, as well as OCM’s review of Minnesota’s cannabis statute and cannabis rules in other states. OCM will publish in the State Register a notice of intent to adopt rules, which will prompt a 30-day formal comment period. Watch the OCM website for updates. This guide is not a substitute for legal advice, nor does it seek to provide legal advice. Local governments and municipal officials seeking legal advice should consult an attorney. Page 81 of 465 Page 4 About OCM Minnesota’s Office of Cannabis Management is the state regulatory office created to oversee the implementation and regulation of the adult-use cannabis market, the medical cannabis market, and the consumer hemp industry. Housed within OCM are the Division of Medical Cannabis (effective July 1, 2024), which operates the medical cannabis program, and the Division of Social Equity, which promotes development, stability, and safety in communities that have experienced a disproportionate, negative impact from cannabis prohibition and usage. OCM, through Chapter 342, is tasked with establishing rules and policy and exercising its regulatory authority over the Minnesota cannabis industry. In its duties, OCM is mandated to: • Promote public health and welfare. • Protect public safety. • Eliminate the illicit market for cannabis flower and cannabis products. • Meet the market demand for cannabis flower and cannabis products. • Promote a craft industry for cannabis flower and cannabis products. • Prioritize growth and recovery in communities that have experienced a disproportionate, negative impact from cannabis prohibition. OCM governs the application and licensing process for cannabis and hemp businesses, specific requirements for each type of license and their respective business activities and conducts enforcement and inspection activities across the Minnesota cannabis and hemp industries. Page 82 of 465 Page 5 License Types Minnesota law allows for 13 different types of business licenses, each fulfilling a unique role in the cannabis and hemp supply chain. In addition to license types below, OCM will also issue endorsements to license holders to engage in specific activities, including producing, manufacturing, and sale of medical cannabis for patients. Microbusiness Microbusinesses may cultivate cannabis and manufacture cannabis products and hemp products, and package such products for sale to customers or another licensed cannabis business. Microbusiness may also operate a single retail location. Mezzobusiness Mezzobusinesses may cultivate cannabis and manufacture cannabis products and hemp products, and package such products for sale to customers or another licensed cannabis business. Mezzobusiness may also operate up to three retail locations. Cultivator Cultivators may cultivate cannabis and package such cannabis for sale to another licensed cannabis business. Manufacturer Manufacturers may manufacture cannabis products and hemp products, and package such products for sale to a licensed cannabis retailer. Retailer Retailers may sell immature cannabis plants and seedlings, cannabis, cannabis products, hemp products, and other products authorized by law to customers and patients. Wholesaler Wholesalers may purchase and/or sell immature cannabis plants and seedlings, cannabis, cannabis products, and hemp products from another licensed cannabis business. Wholesalers may also import hemp-derived consumer products and lower- potency hemp edibles. Page 83 of 465 Page 6 License Types (continued) Transporter Transporters may transport immature cannabis plants and seedlings, cannabis, cannabis products, and hemp products to licensed cannabis businesses. Testing Facility Testing facilities may obtain and test immature cannabis plants and seedlings, cannabis, cannabis products, and hemp products from licensed cannabis businesses. Event Organizer Event organizers may organize a temporary cannabis event lasting no more than four days. Delivery Service Delivery services may purchase cannabis, cannabis products, and hemp products from retailers or cannabis business with retail endorsements for transport and delivery to customers. Medical Cannabis Combination Business Medical cannabis combination businesses may cultivate cannabis and manufacture cannabis and hemp products, and package such products for sale to customers, patients, or another licensed cannabis business. Medical cannabis combination businesses may operate up to one retail location in each congressional district. Lower-Potency Hemp Edible Manufacturer Lower-potency hemp edible manufacturers may manufacture and package lower-potency hemp edibles for consumer sale, and sell hemp concentrate and lower-potency hemp edibles to other cannabis and hemp businesses. Lower-Potency Hemp Edible Retailer Lower-potency hemp edible retailers may sell lower-potency hemp edibles to customers. Each license is subject to further restrictions on allowable activities. Maximum cultivation area and manufacturing allowances vary by license type. Allowable product purchase, transfer, and sale between licensees are subject to restrictions in the law. Page 84 of 465 Page 7 The Adult-Use Cannabis Law Minnesota’s new adult-use cannabis law permits the personal use, possession, and transportation of cannabis by those 21 years of age and older, and allows licensed businesses to conduct cultivation, manufacturing, transport, delivery, and sale of cannabis and cannabis products. For Individuals • Possession limits: o Flower - 2 oz. in public, 2 lbs. in private residence o Concentrate - 8 g o Edibles (including lower-potency hemp) - 800 mg THC • Consumption only allowed on private property or at licensed businesses with on-site consumption endorsements. Consumption not allowed in public. • Gifting cannabis to another individual over 21 years old is allowed, subject to possession limits. • Home cultivation is limited to four mature and four immature plants (eight total) in a single residence. Plants must be in an enclosed and locked space. • Home extraction using volatile substances (e.g., butane, ethanol) is not allowed. • Unlicensed sales are not allowed. For Businesses • Advertising: o May not include or appeal to those under 21 years old. o Must include proper warning statements. o May not include misleading claims or false statements. o Billboards are not allowed. • The flow of all products through the supply chain must be tracked by the state-authorized tracking system. • All products sold to consumers and patients must be tested for contaminants. • Home delivery is allowed by licensed businesses. Page 85 of 465 Page 8 The Cannabis Licensing Process The general licensing process will align with the adoption of rules and OCM will share more information about the timing of general licensing process. The general licensing process includes social equity applicants and non-social equity applicants. General Licensing: Cultivator, Manufacturer, Retailer, Mezzobusiness 1. Applicant completes application and submit application fees. If applicable, an applicant’s social equity applicant status may be verified. 2. Application vetted for minimum requirements by OCM. 3. Application (if qualified) entered into lottery drawing. 4. If selected in lottery, applicant completes background check process and submits attestation of labor-peace agreement. 5. If applicant successfully completes Step 5, OCM issues preliminary approval to applicant. 6. Once prepared for final licensure, applicant with preliminary approval submits business location and updates application accordingly. 7. OCM forwards completed application to local government. 8. Local government completes zoning certification of whether a proposed cannabis business complies with local zoning ordinances, and if applicable, whether the proposed business complies with state fire code and building code. (This is distinct from the retail registration approval process.) 9. OCM conducts site inspection. 10. If applicant successfully passes site inspection, OCM issues license, operations may commence except for retail activity.* Continued High-Level Pathway for Licensees Seeking to Conduct Retail Sales: Process for Required Local Retail Registration from Local Governments (Retailer, Mezzobusiness) 11. Licensed business seeks local retail registration from local government. 12. Local government approves applicant for retail registration through means determined by ordinance (see Page 19 for more information about the retail registration process). Page 86 of 465 Page 9 The Cannabis Licensing Process (cont.) 13. Applicant pays retail registration fee to the local government (see appendix for relevant fees in accordance with Minn. Stat., section 342.22). 14. Local government conducts compliance check for any applicable local ordinance established pursuant to Minn. Stat., section 342.13, if desired. 15. Local government ensures tax compliance, if applicable. 16. Local government issues retail registration to licensee. 17. Licensee is able to conduct retail sales now that they have received a state license and a local retail registration. *For businesses seeking a retail endorsement (microbusiness, mezzobusiness, and retailer), a valid local retail registration is required prior to the business commencing any retail sales. See Page 19 for information on the local retail registration process. General Licensing: Microbusiness, Wholesaler, Transporter, Testing Facility, Medical Cannabis Combination Business 1. Applicant complete application and submit application fees. If applicable, an applicant’s social equity applicant status may be verified. 2. Application vetted for minimum requirements by OCM. 3. For qualified applicants, applicant completes background check process and submits attestation of labor-peace agreement. 4. If applicant successfully completes Step 3, OCM issues preliminary approval to applicant. 5. Once prepared for final licensure, selected applicant submits business location and amends application accordingly. 6. OCM forwards completed application to local government. 7. Local government completes zoning certification of whether a proposed cannabis business complies with local zoning ordinances, and if applicable, whether the proposed business complies with state fire code and building code. (This is distinct from the retail registration approval process.) 8. OCM conducts site inspection. 9. If applicant successfully passes site inspection, OCM issues license, operations may commence except for retail activity.* Page 87 of 465 Page 10 The Cannabis Licensing Process (cont.) Continued High-Level Pathway for Licensees Seeking to Conduct Retail Sales: Process for Required Local Retail Registration from Local Governments (Microbusiness, Medical Cannabis Combination Businesses) 10. Licensed business seeks local retail registration from local government. 11. Local government approves applicant for retail registration through means determined by ordinance (see Page 19 for more information about the retail registration process). 12. Applicant pays retail registration fee to the local government (see appendix for relevant fees in accordance with Minn. Stat., section 342.22). 13. Local government conducts compliance check for any applicable local ordinance established pursuant to Minn. Stat., section 342.13, if desired. 14. Local government ensures tax compliance, if applicable. 15. Local government issues retail registration to licensee. 16. Licensee is able to conduct retail sales now that they have received a state license and a local retail registration. *For businesses seeking a retail endorsement (microbusiness, mezzobusiness, and retailer), a valid local retail registration is required prior to the business commencing any retail sales. See Page 19 for information on the local retail registration process. Applicant Responsibility All applicants and licensees are responsible for working with their local government to ensure their success in the zoning certification and, if applicable based on license type, the local retail registration process. This includes reviewing local ordinances and understanding how the local government will be selecting applicants for a retail registration (including if retail registrations will be limited). Local units of government have the statutory authority to limit retail registrations if they desire, and applicants should understand this prior to making decisions about site locations. OCM will not facilitate communication between applicants and units of local government, nor can it mediate disputes as they relate to local zoning compliance or retail registration. OCM is required to ask each local unit of government where an applicant intends to locate a business if that business has met all zoning and use requirements. Page 88 of 465 Page 11 General Authorities Local governments in Minnesota have various means of oversight over the cannabis market, as provided by the adult-use cannabis law. Local governments may not issue outright bans on cannabis business, or limit operations in a manner beyond what is provided by state law. Cannabis Retail Restrictions (342.13) Local governments may limit the number of retailers and microbusiness/mezzobusinesses with retail endorsements allowed within their locality, as long as there is at least one retail location per 12,500 residents. Local units of government are not obligated to seek out a business to register as cannabis business if they have not been approached by any potential applicants but cannot prohibit the establishment of a business if this population requirement is not met. Local units of government may also issue more than the minimum number of registrations. Per statutory direction, a municipal cannabis store (Page 24) cannot be included in the minimum number of registrations required. For population counts, the state demographer estimates will likely be utilized. Tribal Governments (342.13) OCM is prohibited from and will not issue state licenses to businesses in Indian Country without consent from a tribal nation. Tribal nations hold the authority to license tribal cannabis businesses on tribal lands – this process is separate than OCM’s licensing process and authority. Subject to compacting, Tribal nations may operate cannabis businesses off tribal lands. There will be more information available once the compacting processes are complete. Taxes (295.81; 295.82) Retail sales of taxable cannabis products are subject to the state and local sales and use tax and a 10% gross receipts tax. Cannabis gross receipts tax proceeds are allocated as follows: 20% to the local government cannabis aid account and 80% to the state general fund. Local taxes imposed solely on sale of cannabis products are prohibited. Cannabis retailers will be subject to the same real property tax classification as all other retail businesses. Real property used for raising, cultivating, processing, or storing cannabis plants, cannabis flower, or cannabis products for sale will be classified as commercial and industrial property. Page 89 of 465 Page 12 General Authorities (cont.) Retail Timing Restrictions (342.13) Local governments may prohibit retail sales of cannabis between the hours of 8 a.m. and 10 a.m. Monday-Saturday, and 9 p.m. and 2 a.m. the following day. Operating Multiple Locations with One License Certain cannabis licenses allow for multiple retail locations to be operated under a single license, with the following limitations: • Retailers: up to five retail locations. • Mezzobusinesses: up to three retail locations. • Microbusinesses: up to one retail location. • Medical cannabis combination businesses: one retail location per congressional district. Additionally, medical cannabis combination businesses may cultivate at more than one location within other limitations on cultivation. For all other license types, one license permits the operation of one location. Each retail location requires local certification and/or registration. Page 90 of 465 Page 13 Zoning and Land Use Buffer Guidelines (342.13) State law does not restrict how a local government conducts its zoning designations for cannabis businesses, except that they may prohibit the operation of a cannabis business within 1,000 feet of a school, or 500 feet of a day care, residential treatment facility, or an attraction within a public park that is regularly used by minors, including playgrounds and athletic fields. Zoning Guidelines While each locality conducts its zoning differently, a few themes have emerged across the country. For example, cannabis manufacturing facilities are often placed in industrial zones, while cannabis retailers are typically found in commercial/retail zones. Cannabis retail facilities align with general retail establishments and are prohibited from allowing consumption or use onsite and are also required to have plans to prevent the visibility of cannabis and hemp-derived products to individuals outside the retail location. Industrial hemp is an agricultural product and should be zoned as such. Cannabis businesses should be zoned under existing zoning ordinances in accordance with the license type or endorsed activities held by the cannabis business. Note that certain types of licenses may be able to perform multiple activities which may have different zoning analogues. In the same way municipalities may zone a microbrewery that predominately sells directly to onsite consumers differently than a microbrewery that sells packaged beer to retailers and restaurants, so too might a municipality wish to zone two microbusinesses based on the actual activities that each business is undertaking. Table 1, included on Pages 16 and 17, explains the types of activities that cannabis businesses might undertake, as well as some recommended existing zoning categories. Page 91 of 465 Page 14 Zoning and Land Use (cont.) Table 1: Cannabis and Hemp Business Activities Endorsed Activity License Type Eligible to Do Endorsed Activity Description of Activity Comparable Districts Municipal Considerations Cultivation • Cultivator • Mezzobusiness • Microbusiness • Medical Cannabis • Combination “Cultivation” means any activity involving the planting, growing, harvesting, drying, curing, grading, or trimming of cannabis plants, cannabis flower, hemp plants, or hemp plant parts. Indoor: Industrial, Commercial, Production Outdoor: Agricultural • Odor • Potential need for transportation from facility • Waste, water, and energy usage • Security Cannabis Manufacturing, Processing, Extraction • Manufacturer • Mezzobusiness • Medical Cannabis • Combination This group of endorsed activities turn raw, dried cannabis and cannabis parts into other types of cannabis products, e.g. edibles or topicals. Indoor: Industrial, Commercial, Production • Odor • Potential need for transportation from facility • Waste, water, and energy usage • Security Hemp Manufacturing • Lower-Potency Hemp Edible (LPHE) Manufacturing These businesses convert hemp into LPHE edible products. Indoor: Industrial, Commercial, Production • Odor • Waste, water, and energy Wholesale • Wholesale • Cultivator • Manufacturer • Mezzobusiness • Microbusiness • Medical Cannabis • Combination This activity and license type allows a business to purchase from a business growing or manufacturing cannabis or cannabis products and sell to a cannabis business engaged in retail. Indoor: Industrial, Commercial, Production • Need for transportation from facility • Security Page 92 of 465 Page 15 Zoning and Land Use (cont.) Table 1: Cannabis and Hemp Business Activities (continued) Endorsed Activity License Type Eligible to Do Endorsed Activity Description of Activity Comparable Districts Municipal Considerations Cannabis Retail • Retailer • Mezzobusiness • Microbusiness • Medical Cannabis • Combination This endorsed activity and license type allow a business to sell cannabis products directly to consumers. Indoor: Retail, Neighborhood Shopping Districts, Light Industrial, Existing districts where off-sale liquor or tobacco sales are allowed. • Micros may offer onsite consumption, similar to breweries. • Micros and Mezzos may include multiple activities: cultivation, manufacture, and/or retail. Transportation • Cannabis Transporter This license type allows a company to transport products from one license type to another. - • Fleet based businesses that will own multiple vehicles, but not necessarily hold a substantial amount of cannabis or cannabis products. Delivery • Cannabis Delivery This license type allows for transportation to the end consumer. - • Fleet based business that will own multiple vehicles, but not necessarily hold a substantial amount of cannabis or cannabis products. Events • Event Organizer This license entitles license holder to organize a temporary event lasting no more than four days. Anywhere that the city permits events to occur, subject to other restrictions related to cannabis use. • On site consumption. • Retail sales by a licensed or endorsed retail business possible. Page 93 of 465 Page 16 Local Approval Process Local governments play a critical role in the licensing process, serving as a near-final approval check on cannabis businesses nearing the awarding of a state license for operations. Once an applicant has been vetted by OCM and is selected for proceeding in the verification process, they are then required to receive the local government’s certification of zoning compliance and/or local retail registration before operations may commence. Local Certification of Zoning Compliance (342.13; 342.14) Following OCM’s vetting process, local governments must certify that the applicant with preliminary approval has achieved compliance with local zoning ordinances prior to the licensee receiving final approval from OCM to commence operations. During the application and licensing process for cannabis businesses, OCM will notify a local government when an applicant intends to operate within their jurisdiction and request a certification as to whether a proposed cannabis business complies with local zoning ordinances, and if applicable, whether the proposed business complies with state fire code and building code. According to Minnesota’s cannabis law, a local unit of government has 30 days to respond to this request for certification of compliance. If a local government does not respond to OCM’s request for certification of compliance within the 30 days, the cannabis law allows OCM to issue a license. OCM may not issue the final approval for a license if the local government has indicated they are not in compliance. OCM will work with local governments to access the licensing software system to complete this zoning certification process. Page 94 of 465 Page 17 Local Approval Process (cont.) Local Retail Registration Process (342.22) Once the licensing process begins, local government registration applies to licensed cannabis retailers or other cannabis/hemp businesses seeking to conduct retail sales. Several license types are authorized to conduct retail sales if they receive a retail endorsement from OCM. Prior to conducting retail sales under their business license, state law also requires the business receive a local retail registration. There are five license types that are eligible to conduct cannabis retail activity and will seek a retail registration from local governments: • Cannabis retailers • Microbusinesses • Mezzobusinesses • Medical cannabis combination businesses • Lower-potency hemp edible retailers Local governments must issue a retail registration after verifying that: • The business has a valid license issued by OCM. • The business has paid a registration fee or renewal fee to the local government. o Initial registration fees collected by a local government may be $500 or half the amount of the applicable initial license fee, whichever is less, and renewal registration fees may be $1,000 or half the amount of the applicable renewal license fee, whichever is less. • The business is found to be in compliance with Chapter 342 and local ordinances. • If applicable, the business is current on all property taxes and assessments for the proposed retail location. Local registrations may also be issued by counties if the respective local government transfers such authorities to the county. Page 95 of 465 Page 18 Local Approval Process (cont.) Option to Limit Retail Registrations for Cannabis Businesses: Determining a Process State law allows the option for a local government to place a limitation on the number of cannabis retailers, microbusiness, and mezzobusinesses with retail endorsements allowed within their locality via ordinance, as long as there is at least one retail location per 12,500 residents. Please see Page 13. Retail registrations for lower-potency hemp edible retailers and medical cannabis combination businesses are required but may NOT be limited in number by a local government. If a local government wishes to limit the number of cannabis retailers, microbusinesses, or mezzobusinesses via ordinance, state law does not define the process for a local government’s selection if there are more applicants than registrations available. Local units of government issuing retail registrations should consider how they will issue retail registrations. Local units of government may wish to consider whether they will accept applications during a specified application window or on a rolling basis. Local governments may wish to consider how to accommodate to the timing of accepting applications for retail registration as to not allocate all registrations at once. This may also include timelines that coincide with state licensing timelines as to limit bottlenecks. Additionally, local units of government should consider the process by which they will determine who gets a registration, e.g., through the use of a lottery, on a first-come/first- serve model, through a merit-based scoring system, etc. It is highly recommended that local governments work with an attorney to determine their specific process for selection if they wish to limit the number of retail registrations per section 342.13. It is also important to note that local governments are not required to limit the number of licensed cannabis retailers, microbusinesses, or mezzobusinesses, and instead local governments can determine a process that reviews requests/applications for retail registrations as they are received. Page 96 of 465 Page 19 Local Approval Process (cont.) Other Considerations Existing retail locations. Retailers in Minnesota’s medical cannabis program and lower- potency hemp edible program may currently be operating in a local government’s jurisdiction under active registrations. In the future, these active businesses will be required to obtain a license from OCM and will need a local retail registration to continue their operations. Local governments may wish to consider how businesses currently operating will be issued retail registrations when determining if and how to limit retail registrations. Local zoning approval does not guarantee retail registration. Zoning certification from local governments does not guarantee a local retail registration. This is a distinctly separate approval process. All applicants seeking retail activity will be required to obtain a zoning certification from the local government to be issued a state license. Local governments may wish to monitor the number of zoning certifications they provide to OCM to inform the likely volume of retail registration applicants. Page 97 of 465 Page 20 Local Approval Process (cont.) Local governments are permitted specific authorities for registration refusal and registration suspension, in addition to—and not in conflict with—OCM authorities. Registration and Renewal Refusals Local governments may refuse the registration and/or certification of a license renewal if the license is associated with an individual or business who no longer holds a valid license, has failed to pay the local registration or renewal fee, or has been found in noncompliance in connection with a preliminary or renewal compliance check. Local Registration Suspension (342.22) Local governments may suspend the local retail registration of a cannabis business or hemp business if the business is determined to not be operating in compliance with a local ordinance authorized by section 342.13 or if the operation of the business poses an immediate threat to the health and safety of the public. The local government must immediately notify OCM of the suspension if it occurs. OCM will review the suspension and may reinstate the registration or take enforcement action. Expedited Complaint Process (342.13) Per state law, OCM will establish an expedited complaint process during the rulemaking process to receive, review, read, and respond to complaints made by a local unit of government about a cannabis business. Upon promulgation of rules, OCM will publish the complaint process. At a minimum, the expedited complaint process shall require the office to provide an initial response to the complaint within seven days and perform any necessary inspections within 30 days. Within this process, if a local government notifies OCM that a cannabis business poses an immediate threat to the health or safety of the public, the office must respond within one business day. Page 98 of 465 Page 21 Inspections & Compliance Checks Local governments are permitted specific business inspection and compliance check authorities, in addition to—and not in conflict with—OCM authorities. Inspections and Compliance Checks (342.22) Local governments must conduct compliance checks for cannabis and hemp businesses holding retail registration at least once per calendar year. These compliance checks must verify compliance with age verification procedures and compliance with any applicable local ordinance established pursuant to section 342.13. OCM maintains inspection authorities for all cannabis licenses to verify compliance with operation requirements, product limits, and other applicable requirements of Chapter 342. Page 99 of 465 Page 22 Municipal Cannabis Stores As authorized in section 342.32, local governments are permitted to apply for a cannabis retail license to establish and operate a municipal cannabis store. State law requires OCM issue a license to a city or county seeking to operate a single municipal cannabis store if the city or county: • Submits required application information to OCM, • Meets minimum requirements for licensure, and • Pays applicable application and license fee. A municipal cannabis store will not be included in the total count of retail licenses issued by the state under Chapter 342. A municipal cannabis store cannot be counted as retail registration for purposes of determining whether a municipality’s cap on retail registrations imposed by ordinance. Page 100 of 465 Page 23 Creating Your Local Ordinance As authorized in section 342.13, a local government may adopt a local ordinance regarding cannabis businesses. Establishing local governments’ ordinances on cannabis businesses in a timely manner is critical for the ability for local cities or towns to establish local control as described in the law and is necessary for the success of the statewide industry and the ability of local governments to protect public health and safety. The cannabis market’s potential to create jobs, generate revenue, and contribute to economic development at the local and state level is supported through local ordinance work. The issuance of local certifications and registrations to prospective cannabis businesses is also dependent on local ordinances. • Local governments may not prohibit the possession, transportation, or use of cannabis, or the establishment or operation of a cannabis business licensed under state law. • Local governments may adopt reasonable restrictions on the time, place, and manner of cannabis business operations (see Page 14). • Local governments may adopt interim ordinances to protect public safety and welfare, as any studies and/or further considerations on local cannabis activities are being conducted, until January 1, 2025. A public hearing must be held prior to adoption of an interim ordinance. • If your local government wishes to operate a municipal cannabis store, the establishment and operation of such a facility must be considered in a local ordinance. Model Ordinance For additional guidance regarding the creation of a cannabis related ordinance, please reference the additional resources on page 27. Page 101 of 465 Page 24 Additional Information – Tobacco Sales Penalties Related to a Revocation or Suspension of Tobacco License A cannabis or hemp business license holder may also hold a tobacco license under Minnesota Statutes Chapter 461. However, tobacco cannot be sold in the cannabis retail location. Under section 461.12, Minnesota law allows a licensee’s authority to sell tobacco and related products under the section to be suspended and possibly revoked if the licensee also holds a cannabis or hemp business license under Chapter 342 or is a registrant under section 151.72 and that license or registration is revoked. This penalty also applies if the license holder is convicted of an offense under section 151.72 or has been convicted under any other statute for illegal sale of cannabis products. Clarifying Cannabis Businesses Authority Cannabis businesses will be able to sell vaporizers without a tobacco license. Under Minnesota Statutes, section 342.27, subd. 3(a), retail licensees are permitted to sell cannabis paraphernalia. Cannabis paraphernalia includes “all equipment, products, and materials of any kind that are knowingly or intentionally used primarily in ... ingesting, inhaling, or otherwise introducing cannabis products into the human body” [Minnesota Statutes, section 342.01, subd. 18(2)]. Therefore, Minnesota Statutes, section 342.27, subd. 3(a) specifically authorizes retail licensees to sell cannabis paraphernalia, which in this instance includes vaporizers. Page 102 of 465 Page 25 Additional Resources OCM Toolkit for Local Partners Please visit the OCM webpage (mn.gov/ocm/local-governments/) for additional information, including a toolkit of resources developed specifically for local government partners. The webpage will be updated as additional information becomes available and as state regulations are adopted. Toolkit resources include: • Appendix A: Cannabis Model Ordinance (mn.gov/ocm/lgg-appendix-a) • Appendix B: Retail Registration Form and Checklist (mn.gov/ocm/lgg-appendix-b) • Appendix C: Cannabis Flower and Hemp-Derived Cannabinoid Products Inspection Checklist (mn.gov/ocm/lgg-appendix-c) • Appendix D: Enforcement Notice from the Office of Cannabis Management (mn.gov/ocm/lgg-appendix-d) • Appendix E: Notice to Unlawful Cannabis Sellers (mn.gov/ocm/lgg-appendix-e) • Appendix F: Model Guidelines on Age Verification Compliance Checks Policy and Procedures (mn.gov/ocm/lgg-appendix-f) • Appendix G: Cannabis and Hemp Age Compliance Check Form (mn.gov/ocm/lgg- appendix-g) • Appendix H: Local Unit of Government Cannabis Licensing Contact, Delegation Form, and Accela Registration Instructions Guide (mn.gov/ocm/local- governments/contactform.jsp) • Appendix J: Local Approval for Early Cultivation (mn.gov/ocm/lgg-appendix-j) Local Organizations There are several organizations who also have developed resources to support local governments regarding the cannabis industry. Please feel free to contact the following for additional resources: • League of Minnesota Cities • Association of Minnesota Counties • Minnesota Public Health Law Center Page 103 of 465 1 BR291-380-1004610.v5 CITY OF BROOKLYN CENTER Please take notice that on Monday, February 24, 2025, at approximately 7:00 p.m. at Brooklyn Center City Hall, located at 6301 Shingle Creek Parkway, Brooklyn Center, Minnesota, the City Council of the City of Brooklyn Center will conduct a second reading and consider incorporating new Section 35-4500 to Chapter 35 of the City Code of Ordinances regarding the establishment of adult-use cannabis business zoning regulations. Meeting materials can be accessed by visiting the City of Brooklyn Center’s website at: https://www.brooklyncentermn.gov/. A definite time for this ordinance to be considered cannot be given as it will depend on the progression of the agenda items. ORDINANCE NO._________ AN ORDINANCE ADDING NEW SECTION 35-4500 TO THE BROOKLYN CENTER CITY CODE OF ORDINANCES REGARDING THE ESTABLISHMENT OF ADULT-USE CANNABIS BUSINESS ZONING REGULATIONS THE CITY OF BROOKLYN CENTER DOES ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS: Article 1. The Brooklyn Center City Code of Ordinances Chapter 35 is amended to add Section 35- 4500, Adult Use Cannabis Business Zoning Regulations, to read in its entirety as follows: Section 35-4500. ADULT USE CANNABIS BUSINESS ZONING REGULATIONS Section 35-4501. GENERAL PROVISIONS. Section 35-4502. FINDINGS, PURPOSE, AND AUTHORITY. The City Council of Brooklyn Center makes the following legislative findings, and is authorized to adopt this ordinance as follows: a. PURPOSE. The purpose of this ordinance is to implement the provisions of Minnesota Statutes Chapter 342, which authorizes the City of Brooklyn Center to protect the public health, safety, and welfare of Brooklyn Center residents by regulating cannabis business within the legal boundaries of Brooklyn Center. b. FINDINGS. The City Council of Brooklyn Center finds and concludes that the proposed provisions are appropriate and lawful land use regulations for Brooklyn Center, that the proposed amendments will promote the community’s interest in reasonable stability in zoning for now and in the future, and that the proposed provisions are in the public interest and for the public good. c. AUTHORITY. The City Council of Brooklyn Center has the authority to adopt this ordinance pursuant to Minnesota Statutes Section 342.13(c), regarding the authority of a local unit of government to adopt reasonable restrictions of time, place, and manner of the operation of a cannabis business provided that such restrictions do not prohibit establishment or operation of cannabis businesses, and pursuant to Minnesota Statutes Section 462.357, regarding the authority of a local authority to adopt zoning ordinances. Section 35-4503. DEFINITIONS. The following words, terms and phrases, when used in this chapter, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this chapter, except where the context clearly indicates Page 104 of 465 2 a different meaning: Cannabis Cultivator. A cannabis business licensed to grow cannabis plants within the approved amount of space from seed or immature plant to mature plant. harvest cannabis flower from mature plant, package and label immature plants and seedlings and cannabis flower for sale to other cannabis businesses, transport cannabis flower to a cannabis manufacturer located on the same premises, and perform other actions approved by the office. Cannabis Delivery Business. A business with a cannabis delivery service license or delivery service endorsement from the State of Minnesota Office of Cannabis Management. Cannabis Flower. The harvested flower, bud, leaves, and stems of a cannabis plant. Cannabis flower includes adult-use cannabis flower and medical cannabis flower. Cannabis flower does not include cannabis seed, hemp plant parts, or hemp-derived consumer products. Cannabis Oriented Business. Any cannabis business governed by and defined in Minn. Stat. Chapter 342 as amended from time to time. Cannabis Plant. All parts of the plant of the genus Cannabis that is growing or has not been harvested and has a delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol concentration of more than 0.3 percent on a dry weight basis. Cannabis Product. "Cannabis product" means any of the following: cannabis concentrate; a product infused with cannabinoids, including but not limited to tetrahydrocannabinol, extracted or derived from cannabis plants or cannabis flower; or any other product that contains cannabis concentrate. Cannabis product includes adult-use cannabis products, including but not limited to edible cannabis products and medical cannabinoid products. Cannabis product does not include cannabis flower, artificially derived cannabinoid, lower-potency hemp edibles, hemp-derived consumer products, or hemp-derived topical products. Cannabis Retailer. A business with a cannabis retailer license, lower-potency hemp edible retailer license, or retail endorsement from the State of Minnesota Office of Cannabis Management. Cannabis Testing business. A business with a cannabis testing facility license or testing endorsement from the State of Minnesota Office of Cannabis Management. Cannabis Transportation business. A business with a cannabis transporter license or transportation endorsement from the State of Minnesota Office of Cannabis Management. Cannabis Wholesaling business. A business with a cannabis wholesaler license or wholesaling endorsement from the State of Minnesota Office of Cannabis Management. Day Care. For the purposes of this section, a location licensed with the Minnesota Department of Human Services to provide the care of a child in a residence or other facility outside the child's own home for gain or otherwise, on a regular basis, for any part of a 24-hour day. Hemp Business. Either of the following licensed under this chapter: (1) lower-potency hemp edible manufacturer; or (2) lower-potency hemp edible retailer. Hemp business does not include a person or entity licensed under chapter 18K to grow industrial hemp for commercial or research purposes or to process industrial hemp for commercial purposes. Page 105 of 465 3 Hemp Plant. All parts of the plant of the genus Cannabis that is growing or has not been harvested and has a delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol concentration of no more than 0.3 percent on a dry weight basis. Lower-Potency Hemp Edible. (a) “Lower-potency hemp edible” means any product that (1) Is intended to be eaten or consumed as a beverage by humans; (2) Contains hemp concentrate or an artificially derived cannabinoid, in combination with food ingredients; (3) Is not a drug; (4) Does not contain a cannabinoid derived from cannabis plants or cannabis flower; (5) Is a type of product approved for sale by the office or is substantially similar to a product approved by the office, including by not limited to product that resemble nonalcoholic beverages, candy, and baked goods; and (6) Meets either the requirements in paragraph (b) (b) A lower-potency hemp edible includes: (1) a product that: (i) consists of servings that contain no more than five milligrams of delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol; no more than 25 milligrams of cannabidiol, cannabigerol, cannabinol, or cannabichromene; any other cannabinoid authorized by the office; or any combination of those cannabinoids that does not exceed the identified amounts; (ii) does not contain more than a combined total of 0.5 milligrams of all other cannabinoids per serving; and (iii) does not contain an artificially derived cannabinoid other than delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol, except that a product may include artificially derived cannabinoids created during the process of creating the delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol that is added to the product, if no artificially derived cannabinoid is added to the ingredient containing delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol and the ratio of delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol to all other artificially derived cannabinoids is no less than 20 to one; or (2) A product that: (i) contains hemp concentrate processed or refined without increasing the percentage of targeted cannabinoids or altering the ratio of cannabinoids in the extracts or resins of a hemp plant or hemp plant parts beyond the variability generally recognized for the method used for processing or refining or by an amount needed to reduce the total THC in the hemp concentrate; and (ii) consists of servings that contain no more than five milligrams of total THC. Lower-Potency Hemp Edible Retailer. A business with a lower-potency hemp edible retailer license from the Office of Cannabis Management. Lower-Potency Hemp Edible Manufacturer. A business with a lower-potency hemp edible manufacturer license from the Office of Cannabis Management. Medical Cannabis Business. Medical cannabis business means an entity licensed by the OCM to engage in one or more of the following:(1) the cultivation of cannabis plants for medical cannabis flower; (2) the manufacture of medical cannabinoid products; and (3) the retail sale of medical cannabis flower and medical cannabinoid products. Page 106 of 465 4 Medical Cannabis Combination Business. Medical cannabis combination businesses may cultivate cannabis and manufacture cannabis and hemp products, and package such products for sale to customers, patients, or another licensed cannabis business. Medical cannabis combination businesses my operate up to one retail location in each congressional district. Medical Cannabis Retailer. Medical cannabis retailer means a cannabis business with a medical cannabis retail endorsement to provide medical cannabis flower, medical cannabinoid products, and medical cannabis paraphernalia to a patient or designated caregiver. Office of Cannabis Management. Minnesota Office of Cannabis Management, referred to as “OCM” in this ordinance. Park Attraction. A facility or location within a public park that is regularly used by minors, including but not limited to a playground or athletic field. Residential Treatment Facility. Any facility licensed or regulated by the Minnesota Department of Human Services that provides 24-hour-a-day care, lodging, or supervision outside a person’s home and which also provides chemical dependency or mental health services. Retail Registration. An approved registration issued by the City of Brooklyn Center to a cannabis retail business. (See Brooklyn Center City Code Chapter 23 for Retail Registration Regulations.) School. A public school, as defined in section 120A.05, subdivisions 9, 11, 13, and 17, or a nonpublic school, or church or religious organization in which a child is provided instruction in compliance with this section and section 120A.24, but does not include a home school. Section 35-4504. ORGANIZATION OF TABLE. a. USE CATEGORIES. The use categories provide a systematic basis for assigning present and future land uses into broad general classifications (e.g., household living, commercial, etc.). b. USE TYPES. The use categories are organized into specific use types based on common functional, product, or physical characteristics, such as the type and amount of activity, the type of customers or residents, how goods or services are sold or delivered, and site conditions. The use types identify the specific uses that are considered to fall within characteristics identified in the broader use category. For example, one-family or two-family are some of the specific use types that fall under the "household living" use category. c. SYMBOLS IN TABLE. The symbols used in Section 35-4200 are defined as follows: 1) Permitted Uses (P). A "P" in a cell indicates that a use type is allowed by-right in the respective zoning district subject to compliance with the use-specific standards set forth in the final “use- specific standards" column of the Table in this Chapter. Permitted uses are subject to all other applicable standards of this UDO. 2) Accessory Uses (A). An "A" in a cell indicates that a use type is allowed as an accessory use in the respective zoning district. An accessory use is one that is incidental and subordinate to the principal Page 107 of 465 5 use on the same lot. If a use is permitted in this Section as a principal use, it is also allowed as an accessory use. 3) Conditional Uses (C). A "C" in a cell indicates that a use type is allowed as a conditional use in the respective zoning district subject to compliance with the use specific standards set forth in the final “use-specific standards" column of the table in this Chapter and approval of a conditional use permit in accordance with the UDO. Conditional uses are subject to all other applicable standards of this UDO. 4) Prohibited Uses ( ). A blank cell indicates that the listed use type is prohibited in the respective zoning district. d. USE-SPECIFIC STANDARDS. The "use-specific standards" column of the Table in this Chapter cross reference standards that are specific to an individual use type and are applicable to that use in all districts unless otherwise stated in the use-specific standards. e. UNLISTED USES. If a use is not listed in the table in this Chapter, it shall be considered a Prohibited use, unless the City Council determines that the use is substantially similar in nature and potential impacts on the surrounding community as an existing use in the use table. f. USES ALLOWED BY STATUTE OR RULE. If a provision in Minnesota statute or rule expressly requires a city to allow a certain use or facility as a permitted or conditional use within a residential district, the use or facility shall be allowed as provided in law up to the number of people indicated in the particular statute or rule, unless a larger number is allowed in the district under this UDO. Section 35-4505. ADULT USE CANNABIS ALLOWABLE USE TABLE. P = PERMITTED USE, C = CONDITIONAL USE, I = INTERIM USE, A = ACCESSORY USE Residential Commercial/ Mixed Use Nonresidential Use- Specific Standards R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 M X- N1 M X- N2 M X- C TO D C MX- B I O ADULT USE CANNABIS Retailer P P P P P A A Cultivator (Ag) C C 35-4302 (b) Manufacturer, Process, Extract C C Wholesaler P P Transporter P P 35-4406 Testing Facility P P Page 108 of 465 6 Delivery Services A A A A A P P Medical Cannabis Combination Business C C C C C C C 35-4302 (b) Medical Cannabis Retailer P P P P P A A LPHE Retailer P P P P P A A LPHE Manufacturer P P Section 35-4506. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS. a. CANNABIS ORIENTED BUSINESS 1) Registration. A. No individual or entity may operate a cannabis retail business within the City of Brooklyn Center without first registering with the Brooklyn Center Business Licensing Division per regulations outlined in Chapter 23 of the Brooklyn Center Code of Ordinances. 2) Buffer Requirements. A. Registration must not be granted within 300 feet of any school, daycare facility that serves minors, or attraction within a public park that is regularly used by minors. B. Registration must not be granted within 300 feet of any Residential Treatment Facility. C. The buffers established in this section will be established on the date the city receives the request from the OCM for certification pursuant to city code section XXX. D. The measurement must be made from the main entrance of each building or tenancy and not from the property lines, except for attractions within a public park, which will be measured from closest boundary of the park attraction. E. Nothing in this section shall prohibit a cannabis business from continuing to operate at the same location if a school, daycare facility that serves minors, or attraction within a public park establishes within the buffer. b. CULTIVATION. The cultivation of all cannabis must only occur within the principal structure. Outdoor commercial cultivation of cannabis is prohibited. c. HOME OCCUPATIONS. Cannabis businesses, as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 342.01 shall not be permitted as home occupations. d. LIGHTING. Performance standards for lighting shall be pursuant to Minnesota Administrative Rules relating to Adult-Use Cannabis and Brooklyn Center City Code Section 35-5400. Page 109 of 465 7 e. ODOR CONTROL. A cannabis business must maintain a ventilation and filtration system sufficient to meet the requirements for odor control established by Minnesota Statute, Administrative Rules, or City Code. f. STORAGE. Cannabis or Cannabis products shall not be stored outside at any time. Section 35-4507. SEVERABILITY. If any section, clause, provision, or portion of this ordinance is adjudged unconstitutional or invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this ordinance shall not be affected thereby. Section 35-4508. EFFECTIVE DATE. This ordinance shall take effect following its passage and publication in accordance with state law. Page 110 of 465 BR291\16\1010306.v1 Member introduced the following resolution and moved its adoption: CITY OF BROOKLYN CENTER HENNEPIN COUNTY RESOLUTION NO. 2025-___ RESOLUTION APPROVING SUMMARY PUBLICATION OF AN ORDINANCE ADDING NEW SECTION 35-4500 TO THE BROOKLYN CENTER CITY CODE OF ORDINANCES REGARDING THE ESTABLISHMENT OF ADULT-USE CANNABIS BUSINESS ZONING REGULATIONS WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Brooklyn Center acted at its February 24, 2025 meeting to adopt Ordinance No. 2025-___ “An Ordinance Adding New Section 35-4500 to the Brooklyn Center City Code of Ordinances Regarding the Establishment of Adult-Use Cannabis Business Zoning Regulations” (the “Ordinance”); and WHEREAS, Minnesota Statutes Section 412.191, subdivision 4 allows publication of adopted ordinances by title and summary in the case of lengthy ordinances or those containing maps or charts; and WHEREAS, the City Council determines publishing the entire text of the Ordinance is not in the best interests of the City as the Ordinance is readily available to the public on the City’s website and by contacting City Hall; and WHEREAS, the City Council determines the following summary clearly informs the public of the intent of Ordinance and where to obtain a copy of the full text. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the City Council of the City of Brooklyn Center hereby approves publication of the following summary language as publication of the Ordinance: CITY OF BROOKLYN CENTER SUMMARY PUBLICATION Ordinance No. 2025-___ AN ORDINANCE ADDING NEW SECTION 35-4500 TO THE BROOKLYN CENTER CITY CODE OF ORDINANCES REGARDING THE ESTABLISHMENT OF ADULT-USE CANNABIS BUSINESS ZONING REGULATIONS The Brooklyn Center City Council adopted the above-referenced ordinance adding Section 35- 4500 to the City Code of Ordinances. The ordinance includes legislative findings, purpose, and authority for the incorporation of new adult-use cannabis zoning regulations, including definitions, an adult-use cannabis allowable use table, and performance standards. The ordinance is in effect 30 days from this publication. The full text of the ordinance is available on the City’s website and can be obtained by contacting City Hall. Page 111 of 465 Date Mayor ATTEST: City Clerk The motion for the adoption of the foregoing resolution was duly seconded by member and upon vote being taken thereon, the following voted in favor thereof: and the following voted against the same: whereupon said resolution was declared duly passed and adopted. Page 112 of 465 Council Regular Meeting DATE: 2/24/2025 TO: City Council FROM: Ginny McIntosh, Planning Manager THROUGH: Jesse Anderson, Community Development Director BY: Ginny McIntosh, Planning Manager SUBJECT: An Ordinance Amending Section 35-9200 of the Brooklyn Center City Code of Ordinances Regarding the Definition of Urban Agriculture - Second Reading Requested Council Action: (1) Motion to approve a second reading and adopt an ordinance amending Section 35- 9200 of the Brooklyn Center City Code of Ordinances regarding the definition of “Urban Agriculture” by removing a restriction on the cultivation of marijuana; and (2) Motion to approve publication of the ordinance amendment in the Brooklyn Center Sun Post. Background: City staff requests the City Council approve a second reading and adopt an ordinance amendment to Section 35-9200 (Definitions and Terms of Measurement) of the Brooklyn Center City Code of Ordinances regarding the the definition of "Urban Agriculture" to remove a restriction prohibiting the cultivation of marijuana. This request is related to larger ordinance amendment requests outlined under Item 6.c regarding the implementation of certain provisions of Minnesota Statutes Chapter 342 and the regulation of adult-use cannabis businesses in the City of Brooklyn Center. City staff requests the restrictive language be removed in order to comply with the new state law provisions regarding adult-use cannabis. A copy of the Planning Commission Report dated January 30, 2025 (last revised February 10, 2025), and the language amending Section 35-9200 of the Brooklyn Center City Code of Ordinances regarding the definition of "Urban Agriculture," are included with this memorandum. Budget Issues: Inclusive Community Engagement: Antiracist/Equity Policy Effect: Strategic Priorities and Values: Page 113 of 465 -1 ATTACHMENTS: 1. Revised Staff Report with Exhibits - Ordinance Amendments for Adult-Use Cannabis Business Zoning Regulations (February 10, 2025) 2. Ordinance Amendment - Section 35-9200 of the City Code of Ordinances Regarding Definition of Urban Agriculture Page 114 of 465 PC 01/30/2025 Page 1 Planning Commission Report Date: January 30, 2025 Last Revised Date: February 10, 2025 Request: Ordinance Amendment (Text) to Chapter 35 – Adult-Use Cannabis Requested Action City staff is requesting the Planning Commission provide direction with respect to proposed amendments to Chapter 35 of the City Code of Ordinances (Unified Development Ordinance)—refer to Exhibit A. The proposed ordinance amendments are related to zoning requirements for Adult-Use Cannabis and Lower Potency Hemp Edibles (LPHE) and pursuant to new Minnesota legislation regarding the same. Local units of governments are tasked with providing guidance to potential Cannabis businesses regarding proper zoning districts and potential buffers for schools, daycares, play areas, and residential treatments centers. The amendments will add a new Adult-Use Cannabis section to the City’s UDO, including definitions, zoning regulations pursuant to license type issued by the state, and and other regulations determined by Minnesota statute Chapter 342 and related rules. The Office of Cannabis Management (OCM) initially expected to begin issuing licenses in early 2025; however, the initial lottery, which was to take place on December 2, 2024 was cancelled after State Cannabis regulators notified about two-thirds (640) of the 1,817 social equity license applicants that they would not be entered into the lottery as they did not meet the requirements of the Office of Cannabis Management. The timeline was subsequently revised to allow the time necessary to restructure the application process and review the rulemaking draft language. Image 1. Revised Licensing Cycle (Office of Cannabis Management) Page 115 of 465 PC 01/30/2025 Page 2 The OCM has started verification of the Social Equity Applicants on January 15, 2025, and the window will close on January 30, 2025. The license application will subsequently close for all applicants on March 14, 2025, and a new lottery is tentatively scheduled for May or June 2025. The public comment period for the proposed cannabis rules opened on January 13, 2025, and will remain open until February 12, 2025. As is required, a public hearing notice was published in the Brooklyn Center Sun Post on January 16, 2025—refer to Exhibit B. Background In July 2022, Minnesota Legislature made changes to Minnesota Statutes 151.72, that impacted the legal sale of products containing cannabinoids derived from hemp, and allowed consumers aged 21 or older to purchase products containing THC derived from hemp. Edible cannabinoid products could not contain more than five milligrams of any tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) in a single serving, or more than a total of 50 mgs of THC per package. Brooklyn Center currently has 16 businesses registered with the state for the sale of hemp-derived cannabinoids, including two municipal liquor stores and the golf course. In June 2023, the City of Brooklyn Center authorized a study and imposed a moratorium (interim ordinance) on the establishment of new uses, or the expansion of existing uses related to the sale of THC products in 2022 (Ordinance No. 2022-02). Additionally, the City established an ordinance to prohibit the use of cannabis and hemp products in public places (Ordinance No. 2023-05) and amended Chapter 23 of the City Code to address the licensing and sale of edible cannabinoid products within the City (Ordinance No. 2023-06). Then City Attorney Jason Hill prepared a presentation after the legalization of LPHE, outlining legislation and further steps the City would need to follow to be compliant with State Statute. In May 2023, the State of Minnesota passed the Adult-Use Cannabis Act, decriminalizing the possession, use, and growth of recreational marijuana for individuals aged 21 and older, and on August 1, 2023, the full decriminalization went into effect. The Minnesota Office of Cannabis Management (OCM) is responsible for developing the licensing process for a total of 13 different business types and establishing rules and logistics for retail operations, dispensaries, production, wholesale, micro/mezzo businesses, and delivery services, including both cannabis and Lower Potency Hemp Edibles (LPHE). Pursuant to the statutory scheme under new Minnesota Statutes Section 342, local governments have discretion over zoning, and the registration of businesses in each district which includes the conducting of random compliance checks on licensed businesses within the City. Local governments have the limited authority to suspend licenses for non-compliance; however, it must notify the OCM immediately. Office of Cannabis Management The role of the Office of Cannabis Management (OCM) is to regulate the cannabis industry statewide and provide guidance on the standards for the State. The OCM requires all cannabis and Lower Potency Hemp Edible businesses to obtain a license once the State of Minnesota has established the licensing process. It includes the Division of Medical Cannabis (effective July 1, 2024), which operates the medical cannabis program, and the Division of Social Equity, which promotes development, stability, and safety in communities that have experienced a disproportionate, negative impacts from cannabis prohibition and usage. The OCM released the Guide for Local Governments on Adult-Use Cannabis in August 2024; however, the Guide was subsequently revised in November 2024, and again in early January 2025 (refer to Exhibit C). This guide provides direction to local governments on licensing, zoning, and business types, and provides Page 116 of 465 PC 01/30/2025 Page 3 a model ordinance. The Office of Cannabis Management, through Chapter 342, may establish rules and policy and exercise regulatory authority over the Minnesota cannabis industry. The OCM also: • Notifies cities of a license application to check for zoning compliance; • Governs the application and licensing process for cannabis and hemp businesses, including the specific requirements for each type of license and their respective business activities; and •Conducts enforcement and inspection activities across Minnesota cannabis and hemp industries. Local Control/Next Steps Local governments may not issue outright bans on cannabis businesses, or limit operations in a manner beyond what is provided by a state law. As a first step, City staff held a work session on adult-use cannabis where City staff requested City Council’s authorization to proceed with proposed amendments to the City’s Unified Development Ordinance (UDO) or Chapter 35 and provide direction with respect to amendments relating to Adult-Use Cannabis and Lower Potency Hemp Edibles (LPHE) legislation. City staff will work with the City’s respective Planning Commission and City Council to identify and amend, as necessary, any City Codes to address the new provisions relating to Adult-Use Cannabis law. City staff has been in direct contact with the City of Bloomington, and has benchmarked other city ordinances to determine what other cities have done regarding cannabis measures, including: Brooklyn Park, Crystal, Minneapolis, Richfield, and Roseville. Cannabis Retail Restrictions (as laid out in MN Statutes 342.13) Local governments may limit the number of retailers and microbusinesses/mezzobusinesses with retail endorsements, but in no case can there be less than one retail location per 12,500 residents. State law requires the OCM to issue a license to a city or county seeking to operate a single municipal cannabis store if it so chooses; however, a municipal cannabis store is not included in the minimum number of registrations required. As the City of Brooklyn Center has 33,982 residents per the 2023 Minnesota State Demographer Estimates, the City would be expected to provide for at least three (3) of these license types. The City of Brooklyn Center would not be obligated to seek out a business to register as a cannabis business if it has not been approached by a potential applicant, but the City cannot prohibit the establishment of a business if the population requirement is has not been met. Generally, cannabis licenses allow for multiple retail locations in Minnesota to operate under a single license, with the following limitations: Retailers: up to 5 retail locations Mezzobusinesses: up to 3 retail locations Microbusinesses: up to 1 retail location Medical cannabis combination businesses: 1 retail location per congressional district, but ability to cultivate at more than 1 location within other limitations on cultivation All other license types: 1 license permits the operation of 1 location Note: Cannabis retail sales must be in standalone shops as the primary use and cannot be accessory to another use. Page 117 of 465 PC 01/30/2025 Page 4 The City of Brooklyn Center will be tasked with approving text amendments to Chapter 35 of the Unified Development Ordinance. The City Council will have to ultimately address licensing standards and adopt an amended ordinance if it would like to have any say in where these establishments can be located. Below are issues that need to be addressed, which have been identified as areas where the City has the authority to provide oversight: 1.Land Use/Zoning: Identifying which zoning districts cannabis businesses can operate within. The provided Guide for Local Governments on Adult-Use Cannabis (Exhibit C) provides some direction on where certain license types might be located in a community, and a table of “comparable districts,” as well as certain “municipal considerations,” such as potential nuisances like odors, security, transportation, on-site consumption, and fleet vehicle storage. It should be noted that any developments with certain covenants and restrictions prohibiting the growing, delivering, transporting, distributing, or sale of cannabis would prevail unless the restrictions were amended to allow for the use. As an example, Shingle Creek Crossing (Planned Unit Development) has prohibitions on marijuana, whether by prescription, medical recommendation, or otherwise. 2.Buffer Zones: Establishing buffers between cannabis businesses and sensitive locations such as schools (maximum 1,000 feet), daycares (maximum 500 feet), and residential treatment facilities (maximum 500 feet), or public park attractions regularly used by minors, including playgrounds and athletic fields (maximum 500 feet). A jurisdiction can adopt buffer requirements that prohibit the operation of a cannabis business within certain distances of other uses. Terms of measurement are not provided for but should use a measuring system consistent with the rest of its ordinances. Residential treatment facilities are defined under Minnesota Statutes Section 245.462 subd. 23, and are defined as a, “24-hour-a-day program under the treatment supervision of a mental health professional, in a community residential setting other than an acute care hospital or regional treatment center inpatient unit, that must be licensed as a residential treatment program for adults with mental illness under Minn. Stat. Section Chapter 245, Minnesota Rules, parts 9520.0500 to 9520.0670, or other rules adopted by the commissioner.” 3.Limitation of Retail Registrations: The City overhauled its tobacco licensing process in 2018, limiting the number of tobacco licenses in the City by raising the minimum age of entrance to a tobacco establishment to 21, and outlining a smoking prohibition, where smoking by a person shall not be permitted inside any licensed premises. The legislative findings provided by the City Council at that time recognized that tobacco use was identified as the cause of several serious health problems and economic consequences, and as a means to protect minors and young adults associated with the use and initiation, with 95% of adult smokers beginning before the age of 21. Although there is some discrepancy between the Minnesota State Demographer’s population estimate and the 2018-2022 American Community Survey data, approximately 30% of Brooklyn Center’s residents are under age 18. 4.Zoning Compliance: The City would be able to review an applicant’s location for compliance with its zoning regulations during the vetting process by OCM. Page 118 of 465 PC 01/30/2025 Page 5 5.License Compliance Checks: Compliance Checks must be done once per year for age verification and local ordinance requirements. Other Considerations Municipal Registration The local government, as part of the registration process for cannabis retailers or other cannabis/hemp businesses seeking a retail endorsement, may: •Require payment of a registration fee or renewal fee, including an “initial registration fee” of $500 or half the amount of the applicable initial license fee, whichever is less, and a “renewal registration fee” of $1,000 or half the amount of the applicable renewal license fee, whichever is less. •A local government may refuse a registration or license renewal in situations where the license is associated with an individual or business who no longer holds a valid license, has failed to pay the local registration or renewal fee, or has been found in non-compliance with a preliminary or renewal compliance check. •A local government must conduct compliance checks for cannabis and hemp businesses holding retail registrations at least once per calendar year (e.g. age verification, compliance with local ordinance pursuant to 342.13). Additional Information City staff has received communication from individuals and companies regarding the establishment of cannabis dispensaries. In 2023, the Minnesota Legislature created the Local Government Cannabis Aid, which is funded through a 10% gross receipts tax on retail sales of cannabis products in Minnesota. From the Cannabis Tax Revenue, 80% is deposited into the state’s General Fund and 20% is deposited into the Local Government Cannabis Aid account. On June 30 each year, 50% of the cannabis aid account balance is available to counties and 50% to cities. The distribution amount received will be proportional to the number of cannabis businesses located in the city as compared to the number of cannabis businesses in all cities. Governor Walz recently released his proposed biennial budget on January 16, 2025. As no licensed cannabis retailers are currently operating, no aid has been distributed. The budget, as currently proposed, would repeal the Local Cannabis Aid Account, reallocating those funds to the general fund. Ordinance Amendment (Text) As previously stated, the OCM identified March 14, 2025 as the new deadline for application submittals. The local enacted moratoria expired on December 31, 2024. It is in the City’s best interest to finalize a regulatory structure and registration process as soon as possible to be in compliance once those applicants become eligible to operate under their new licenses. In discussions with the City Attorney and other City staff, it was determined that, while other City Code chapters will require amendment, the City’s Unified Development Ordinance (Chapter 35) likely has the greatest impact and will require the most amount of time for review and consideration in advance of the OCM’s anticipated issuance of licenses in May or June 2025. As proposed, the City is seeking a text amendment to Chapter 35 (Unified Development Ordinance) to incorporate a new section (Section 35-4500) for the establishment of Adult-Use Cannabis businesses and Page 119 of 465 PC 01/30/2025 Page 6 their regulations. As proposed City staff, in partnership with the City Attorney, have created an allowable use table specific to Adult-Use Cannabis establishments that denotes where certain licensure types and uses are permitted in a zoning district, and whether they are considered a permitted use, conditional use, or accessory use. In reviewing requests for ordinance amendments, certain amendment criteria shall be considered as outlined under Section 35-71304 (Amendment Criteria). The Planning Commission and City Council shall review the necessary submittal requirements, facts, circumstances of the proposed amendment, and make a recommendation and decision on the amendment based on, but not limited to, consideration of the following criteria and policies: a.Whether there is a clear and public need or benefit; b.Whether the proposed amendment is consistent with and compatible with surrounding land use classifications; c.Whether all permitted uses in the proposed zoning district can be contemplated for development of the subject property; d.Whether there have been substantial physical or zoning classification changes in the area since the subject property was zoned; e.Whether there is an evident, broad public purpose in the case of City-initiated rezoning proposals; f.Whether the subject property will bear fully the UDO development restrictions for the proposed zoning districts; g.Whether the subject property is generally unsuited for uses permitted in the present zoning district, with respect to size, configuration, topography, or location; h.Whether the rezoning will result in the expansion of a zoning district, warranted by: 1)Comprehensive Planning; 2)The lack of developable land in the proposed zoning district; or 3)The best interests of the community. i.Whether the proposal demonstrates merit beyond the interests of an owner or owners of an individual parcel. j.The specific policies and recommendations of the Comprehensive Plan and other City plans; k.The purpose and intent of this UDO, or in the case of a map amendment, whether it meets the purpose and intent of the individual district; and l.If applicable, the adequacy to buffer or transition between potentially incompatible districts. City staff is specially requesting weigh in from the Planning Commission and City Council as to whether the identified Adult-Use Cannabis business license types are consistent and compatible with surrounding land uses and uses permitted within a designated district. City staff further requests feedback on the minimum distancing (buffer) provisions from schools, daycare facilities that serve minors, or park attractions, as well as Residential Treatment Facilities, which are defined as, “any facility licensed or regulated by the Minnesota Department of Human Services that provides 24-hour-a-day care, lodging, or supervision outside a person’s home and which also provide chemical dependency or mental health services.” An additional point of discussion relates to potential minimum buffering between Cannabis Oriented Businesses, defined in Minnesota Statutes Chapter 342, which would be measured from the entrance from each building or tenancy and not from the property lines. City staff further requests direction as to the potential addition of a category that would regulate the siting Page 120 of 465 PC 01/30/2025 Page 7 of “Cannabis Colleges,” or if the respective Planning Commission and City Council prefers City staff to interpret these as, “nonresidential educational uses including Area Learning Centers (ALC), post- secondary schools, business schools, trade schools, and the like, but excluding public and private elementary and secondary schools.” These uses are either a permitted or conditional use in the MX-N2, MX-C, TOD, C, and MX-B Districts of the City. Finally, in reviewing the current provisions of Chapter 35, it was noted that the current definition of “Urban Agriculture,” as defined under Section 35-9200 (Definitions and Terms of Measurement), contains language that prohibits the cultivation of marijuana, which is in conflict with the State’s new provisions surrounding Adult-Use Cannabis. Please see below for the proposed amendment to this definition: RECOMMENDATION Based on the above noted findings, and in response to Section 35-71304 (Amendment Criteria) of the City Code, City staff recommends the Planning Commission recommend City Council adoption of certain ordinance amendments to Chapter 35 of the City Code of Ordinances to implement the provisions of Minnesota Statutes Chapter 342, which authorizes the City of Brooklyn Center to protect the public health, safety, and welfare of Brooklyn Center residents by regulating cannabis businesses within the legal boundaries of Brooklyn Center. Attachments Exhibit A- Draft Ordinance Language Adding New Section 35-4500 to the Brooklyn Center City Code of Ordinances Regarding the Establishment of Adult-Use Cannabis Business Zoning Regulations, and amending Section 35-9200 Definition of Urban Agriculture. Exhibit B- Public Hearing Notice, published in the Brooklyn Center Sun Post, and dated January 16, 2025. Exhibit C- Minnesota Office of Cannabis Management Guide for Local Governments on Adult-Use Cannabis, last revised January 6, 2025. Page 121 of 465 1 BR291-380-1004610.v5 CITY OF BROOKLYN CENTER Please take notice that on Monday, February 10, 2025, at approximately 7:00 p.m. at Brooklyn Center City Hall, located at 6301 Shingle Creek Parkway, Brooklyn Center, Minnesota, the City Council of the City of Brooklyn Center will conduct a first reading and consider incorporating new Section 35-4500 to Chapter 35 of the City Code of Ordinances regarding the establishment of adult- use cannabis business zoning regulations. Meeting materials can be accessed by visiting the City of Brooklyn Center’s website at: https://www.brooklyncentermn.gov/. A definite time for this ordinance to be considered cannot be given as it will depend on the progression of the agenda items. ORDINANCE NO._________ AN ORDINANCE ADDING NEW SECTION 35-4500 TO THE BROOKLYN CENTER CITY CODE OF ORDINANCES REGARDING THE ESTABLISHMENT OF ADULT-USE CANNABIS BUSINESS ZONING REGULATIONS THE CITY OF BROOKLYN CENTER DOES ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS: Article 1. The Brooklyn Center City Code of Ordinances Chapter 35 is amended to add Section 35- 4500, Adult Use Cannabis Business Zoning Regulations, to read in its entirety as follows: Section 35-4500. ADULT USE CANNABIS BUSINESS ZONING REGULATIONS Section 35-4501. GENERAL PROVISIONS. Section 35-4502. FINDINGS, PURPOSE, AND AUTHORITY. The City Council of Brooklyn Center makes the following legislative findings, and is authorized to adopt this ordinance as follows: a.PURPOSE. The purpose of this ordinance is to implement the provisions of Minnesota Statutes Chapter 342, which authorizes the City of Brooklyn Center to protect the public health, safety, and welfare of Brooklyn Center residents by regulating cannabis business within the legal boundaries of Brooklyn Center. b.FINDINGS. The City Council of Brooklyn Center finds and concludes that the proposed provisions are appropriate and lawful land use regulations for Brooklyn Center, that the proposed amendments will promote the community’s interest in reasonable stability in zoning for now and in the future, and that the proposed provisions are in the public interest and for the public good. c. AUTHORITY. The City Council of Brooklyn Center has the authority to adopt this ordinance pursuant to Minnesota Statutes Section 342.13(c), regarding the authority of a local unit of government to adopt reasonable restrictions of time, place, and manner of the operation of a cannabis business provided that such restrictions do not prohibit establishment or operation of cannabis businesses, and pursuant to Minnesota Statutes Section 462.357, regarding the authority of a local authority to adopt zoning ordinances. Section 35-4503. DEFINITIONS. The following words, terms and phrases, when used in this chapter, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this chapter, except where the context clearly indicates Exhibit A Page 122 of 465 2 a different meaning: Cannabis Cultivator. A cannabis business licensed to grow cannabis plants within the approved amount of space from seed or immature plant to mature plant. harvest cannabis flower from mature plant, package and label immature plants and seedlings and cannabis flower for sale to other cannabis businesses, transport cannabis flower to a cannabis manufacturer located on the same premises, and perform other actions approved by the office. Cannabis Delivery Business. A business with a cannabis delivery service license or delivery service endorsement from the State of Minnesota Office of Cannabis Management. Cannabis Flower. The harvested flower, bud, leaves, and stems of a cannabis plant. Cannabis flower includes adult-use cannabis flower and medical cannabis flower. Cannabis flower does not include cannabis seed, hemp plant parts, or hemp-derived consumer products. Cannabis Oriented Business. Any cannabis business governed by and defined in Minn. Stat. Chapter 342 as amended from time to time. Cannabis Plant. All parts of the plant of the genus Cannabis that is growing or has not been harvested and has a delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol concentration of more than 0.3 percent on a dry weight basis. Cannabis Product. "Cannabis product" means any of the following: cannabis concentrate; a product infused with cannabinoids, including but not limited to tetrahydrocannabinol, extracted or derived from cannabis plants or cannabis flower; or any other product that contains cannabis concentrate. Cannabis product includes adult-use cannabis products, including but not limited to edible cannabis products and medical cannabinoid products. Cannabis product does not include cannabis flower, artificially derived cannabinoid, lower-potency hemp edibles, hemp-derived consumer products, or hemp-derived topical products. Cannabis Retailer. A business with a cannabis retailer license, lower-potency hemp edible retailer license, or retail endorsement from the State of Minnesota Office of Cannabis Management. Cannabis Testing business. A business with a cannabis testing facility license or testing endorsement from the State of Minnesota Office of Cannabis Management. Cannabis Transportation business. A business with a cannabis transporter license or transportation endorsement from the State of Minnesota Office of Cannabis Management. Cannabis Wholesaling business. A business with a cannabis wholesaler license or wholesaling endorsement from the State of Minnesota Office of Cannabis Management. Day Care. For the purposes of this section, a location licensed with the Minnesota Department of Human Services to provide the care of a child in a residence or other facility outside the child's own home for gain or otherwise, on a regular basis, for any part of a 24-hour day. Hemp Business. Either of the following licensed under this chapter: (1) lower-potency hemp edible manufacturer; or (2) lower-potency hemp edible retailer. Hemp business does not include a person or entity licensed under chapter 18K to grow industrial hemp for commercial or research purposes or to process industrial hemp for commercial purposes. Page 123 of 465 3 Hemp Plant. All parts of the plant of the genus Cannabis that is growing or has not been harvested and has a delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol concentration of no more than 0.3 percent on a dry weight basis. Lower-Potency Hemp Edible. (a) “Lower-potency hemp edible” means any product that (1)Is intended to be eaten or consumed as a beverage by humans; (2)Contains hemp concentrate or an artificially derived cannabinoid, in combination with food ingredients; (3)Is not a drug; (4)Does not contain a cannabinoid derived from cannabis plants or cannabis flower; (5)Is a type of product approved for sale by the office or is substantially similar to a product approved by the office, including by not limited to product that resemble nonalcoholic beverages, candy, and baked goods; and (6)Meets either the requirements in paragraph (b) (b)A lower-potency hemp edible includes: (1) a product that: (i) consists of servings that contain no more than five milligrams of delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol; no more than 25 milligrams of cannabidiol, cannabigerol, cannabinol, or cannabichromene; any other cannabinoid authorized by the office; or any combination of those cannabinoids that does not exceed the identified amounts; (ii) does not contain more than a combined total of 0.5 milligrams of all other cannabinoids per serving; and (iii) does not contain an artificially derived cannabinoid other than delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol, except that a product may include artificially derived cannabinoids created during the process of creating the delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol that is added to the product, if no artificially derived cannabinoid is added to the ingredient containing delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol and the ratio of delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol to all other artificially derived cannabinoids is no less than 20 to one; or (2) A product that: (i) contains hemp concentrate processed or refined without increasing the percentage of targeted cannabinoids or altering the ratio of cannabinoids in the extracts or resins of a hemp plant or hemp plant parts beyond the variability generally recognized for the method used for processing or refining or by an amount needed to reduce the total THC in the hemp concentrate; and (ii) consists of servings that contain no more than five milligrams of total THC. Lower-Potency Hemp Edible Retailer. A business with a lower-potency hemp edible retailer license from the Office of Cannabis Management. Lower-Potency Hemp Edible Manufacturer. A business with a lower-potency hemp edible manufacturer license from the Office of Cannabis Management. Medical Cannabis Business. Medical cannabis business means an entity licensed by the OCM to engage in one or more of the following:(1) the cultivation of cannabis plants for medical cannabis flower; (2) the manufacture of medical cannabinoid products; and (3) the retail sale of medical cannabis flower and medical cannabinoid products. Page 124 of 465 4 Medical Cannabis Combination Business. Medical cannabis combination businesses may cultivate cannabis and manufacture cannabis and hemp products, and package such products for sale to customers, patients, or another licensed cannabis business. Medical cannabis combination businesses my operate up to one retail location in each congressional district. Medical Cannabis Retailer. Medical cannabis retailer means a cannabis business with a medical cannabis retail endorsement to provide medical cannabis flower, medical cannabinoid products, and medical cannabis paraphernalia to a patient or designated caregiver. Office of Cannabis Management. Minnesota Office of Cannabis Management, referred to as “OCM” in this ordinance. Park Attraction. A facility or location within a public park that is regularly used by minors, including but not limited to a playground or athletic field. Residential Treatment Facility. Any facility licensed or regulated by the Minnesota Department of Human Services that provides 24-hour-a-day care, lodging, or supervision outside a person’s home and which also provides chemical dependency or mental health services. Retail Registration. An approved registration issued by the City of Brooklyn Center to a cannabis retail business. (See Brooklyn Center City Code Chapter 23 for Retail Registration Regulations.) School. A public school, as defined in section 120A.05, subdivisions 9, 11, 13, and 17, or a nonpublic school, or church or religious organization in which a child is provided instruction in compliance with this section and section 120A.24, but does not include a home school. Section 35-4504. ORGANIZATION OF TABLE. a.USE CATEGORIES. The use categories provide a systematic basis for assigning present and future land uses into broad general classifications (e.g., household living, commercial, etc.). b.USE TYPES. The use categories are organized into specific use types based on common functional, product, or physical characteristics, such as the type and amount of activity, the type of customers or residents, how goods or services are sold or delivered, and site conditions. The use types identify the specific uses that are considered to fall within characteristics identified in the broader use category. For example, one-family or two-family are some of the specific use types that fall under the "household living" use category. c.SYMBOLS IN TABLE. The symbols used in Section 35-4200 are defined as follows: 1)Permitted Uses (P). A "P" in a cell indicates that a use type is allowed by-right in the respective zoning district subject to compliance with the use-specific standards set forth in the final “use- specific standards" column of the Table in this Chapter. Permitted uses are subject to all other applicable standards of this UDO. 2)Accessory Uses (A). An "A" in a cell indicates that a use type is allowed as an accessory use in the respective zoning district. An accessory use is one that is incidental and subordinate to the principal Page 125 of 465 5 use on the same lot. If a use is permitted in this Section as a principal use, it is also allowed as an accessory use. 3)Conditional Uses (C). A "C" in a cell indicates that a use type is allowed as a conditional use in the respective zoning district subject to compliance with the use specific standards set forth in the final “use-specific standards" column of the table in this Chapter and approval of a conditional use permit in accordance with the UDO. Conditional uses are subject to all other applicable standards of this UDO. 4)Prohibited Uses ( ). A blank cell indicates that the listed use type is prohibited in the respective zoning district. d.USE-SPECIFIC STANDARDS. The "use-specific standards" column of the Table in this Chapter cross reference standards that are specific to an individual use type and are applicable to that use in all districts unless otherwise stated in the use-specific standards. e.UNLISTED USES. If a use is not listed in the table in this Chapter, it shall be considered a Prohibited use, unless the City Council determines that the use is substantially similar in nature and potential impacts on the surrounding community as an existing use in the use table. f.USES ALLOWED BY STATUTE OR RULE. If a provision in Minnesota statute or rule expressly requires a city to allow a certain use or facility as a permitted or conditional use within a residential district, the use or facility shall be allowed as provided in law up to the number of people indicated in the particular statute or rule, unless a larger number is allowed in the district under this UDO. Section 35-4505. ADULT USE CANNABIS ALLOWABLE USE TABLE. P = PERMITTED USE, C = CONDITIONAL USE, I = INTERIM USE, A = ACCESSORY USE Residential Commercial/ Mixed Use Nonresidential Use- Specific Standards R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 M X- N1 M X- N2 M X- C TO D C MX- B I O ADULT USE CANNABIS Retailer P P P P P A A Cultivator (Ag) C C 35-4302 (b) Manufacturer, Process, Extract C C Wholesaler P P Transporter P P 35-4406 Testing Facility P P Page 126 of 465 6 Delivery Services A A A A A P P Medical Cannabis Combination Business C C C C C C C 35-4302 (b) Medical Cannabis Retailer P P P P P A A LPHE Retailer P P P P P A A LPHE Manufacturer P P Section 35-4506. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS. a.CANNABIS ORIENTED BUSINESS 1)Registration. A.No individual or entity may operate a cannabis retail business within the City of Brooklyn Center without first registering with the Brooklyn Center Business Licensing Division per regulations outlined in Chapter 23 of the Brooklyn Center Code of Ordinances. 2)Buffer Requirements. A.Registration must not be granted within 500 feet of any school, daycare facility that serves minors, or attraction within a public park that is regularly used by minors. B.Registration must not be granted within 500 feet of any Residential Treatment Facility. C.The buffers established in this section will be established on the date the city receives the request from the OCM for certification pursuant to city code section XXX. D.The measurement must be made from the main entrance of each building or tenancy and not from the property lines, except for attractions within a public park, which will be measured from closest boundary of the park attraction. E.Nothing in this section shall prohibit a cannabis business from continuing to operate at the same location if a school, daycare facility that serves minors, or attraction within a public park establishes within the buffer. b.CULTIVATION. The cultivation of all cannabis must only occur within the principal structure. Outdoor commercial cultivation of cannabis is prohibited. c.HOME OCCUPATIONS. Cannabis businesses, as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 342.01 shall not be permitted as home occupations. d.LIGHTING. Performance standards for lighting shall be pursuant to Minnesota Administrative Rules relating to Adult-Use Cannabis and Brooklyn Center City Code Section 35-5400. Page 127 of 465 7 e.ODOR CONTROL. A cannabis business must maintain a ventilation and filtration system sufficient to meet the requirements for odor control established by Minnesota Statute, Administrative Rules, or City Code. f.STORAGE. Cannabis or Cannabis products shall not be stored outside at any time. Section 35-4507. SEVERABILITY. If any section, clause, provision, or portion of this ordinance is adjudged unconstitutional or invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this ordinance shall not be affected thereby. Section 35-4508. EFFECTIVE DATE. This ordinance shall take effect following its passage and publication in accordance with state law. Page 128 of 465 1 CITY OF BROOKLYN CENTER Please take notice that on Monday, February 10, 2025, at approximately 7:00 p.m. at Brooklyn Center City Hall, located at 6301 Shingle Creek Parkway, Brooklyn Center, Minnesota, the City Council of the City of Brooklyn Center will conduct a first reading and consider the adoption of the following ordinance amending Section 35-9200 of the City Code of Ordinances regarding the definition of Urban Agriculture. Meeting materials can be accessed by visiting the City of Brooklyn Center’s website at: https://www.brooklyncentermn.gov/. A definite time for this ordinance to be considered cannot be given as it will depend on the progression of the agenda items. ORDINANCE NO. ________ AN ORDINANCE AMENDING SECTION 35-9200 OF THE CITY CODE OF ORDINANCES REGARDING THE DEFINITION OF URBAN AGRICULTURE THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF BROOKLYN CENTER DOES ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS: Article I. Brooklyn Center City Code, Section 35-9200. is amended by adding the following double- underlined language and deleting the following stricken language: Urban Agriculture. The use of a parcel of land not exceeding five acres in size for the cultivation of food and/or horticultural crops, composting, aquaponics, aquaculture, and/or hydroponics. This use may include the production or sale of food products from food grown on the premises and accessory keeping of bees’ subject to City regulations. but does not include cultivation of marijuana. Article II. Severability. Should any section or part of this ordinance be declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, such decision will not affect the validity of the ordinance as a whole or any part other than the part declared invalid. Article III. Effective Date. This ordinance shall become effective after adoption and upon thirty days following its legal publication. Adopted this ____ day of _____________, 2025. _______________________________ April Graves, Mayor ATTEST: _________________________ Barb Suciu, City Clerk Date of Publication Effective Date (Strikeout indicates matter to be deleted, double-underline indicates new matter.) Page 129 of 465 Exhibit B Page 130 of 465 Page 1 A Guide for Local Governments on Adult-Use Cannabis Version 2.1 | Updated January 6, 2025 Exhibit C Page 131 of 465 Page 2 Table of Contents Introduction ................................................................................................ 3 About OCM ................................................................................................. 4 Cannabis License Types ................................................................................ 5 Adult-Use Cannabis Law .............................................................................. 7 Cannabis Licensing Process .......................................................................... 8 General Authorities ................................................................................... 11 Zoning and Land Use .................................................................................. 13 Local Approval Process .............................................................................. 16 Inspections and Compliance Checks ........................................................... 21 Municipal Cannabis Stores ......................................................................... 22 Creating Your Local Ordinance ................................................................... 23 Additional Information – Tobacco Sales ....................................................... 24 Additional Resources ................................................................................. 25 Page 132 of 465 Page 3 Introduction This guide serves as a general overview of Minnesota’s new adult-use cannabis law, and how local governments can expect to be involved. The guide also provides important information about Minnesota’s new Office of Cannabis Management (OCM), and the office’s structure, roles, and responsibilities. While medical cannabis continues to play an important role in the state’s cannabis environment, this guide is primarily focused on the adult-use cannabis law and marketplace. The following pages outline the variety of cannabis business licenses that will be issued, provide a broad summary of important aspects of the adult-use cannabis law, and cover a wide range of expectations and authorities that relate to local governments. This guide also provides best practices and important requirements for developing a local cannabis ordinance. Chapter 342 of Minnesota law was established by the State Legislature in 2023 and was updated in 2024. Mentions of “adult-use cannabis law” or “the law” throughout this guide refer to Chapter 342 and the changes made to it. As of this guide's date of publication, final state regulations governing the adult-use cannabis market have not yet been published. A draft of the rules is available on our Rulemaking webpage (https://mn.gov/ocm/laws/rulemaking.jsp). The first draft of rules is based on substantial input OCM has received through surveys, meetings, and conversations that took place since fall 2023, as well as OCM’s review of Minnesota’s cannabis statute and cannabis rules in other states. OCM will publish in the State Register a notice of intent to adopt rules, which will prompt a 30-day formal comment period. Watch the OCM website for updates. This guide is not a substitute for legal advice, nor does it seek to provide legal advice. Local governments and municipal officials seeking legal advice should consult an attorney. Page 133 of 465 Page 4 About OCM Minnesota’s Office of Cannabis Management is the state regulatory office created to oversee the implementation and regulation of the adult-use cannabis market, the medical cannabis market, and the consumer hemp industry. Housed within OCM are the Division of Medical Cannabis (effective July 1, 2024), which operates the medical cannabis program, and the Division of Social Equity, which promotes development, stability, and safety in communities that have experienced a disproportionate, negative impact from cannabis prohibition and usage. OCM, through Chapter 342, is tasked with establishing rules and policy and exercising its regulatory authority over the Minnesota cannabis industry. In its duties, OCM is mandated to: • Promote public health and welfare. • Protect public safety. • Eliminate the illicit market for cannabis flower and cannabis products. • Meet the market demand for cannabis flower and cannabis products. • Promote a craft industry for cannabis flower and cannabis products. • Prioritize growth and recovery in communities that have experienced a disproportionate, negative impact from cannabis prohibition. OCM governs the application and licensing process for cannabis and hemp businesses, specific requirements for each type of license and their respective business activities and conducts enforcement and inspection activities across the Minnesota cannabis and hemp industries. Page 134 of 465 Page 5 License Types Minnesota law allows for 13 different types of business licenses, each fulfilling a unique role in the cannabis and hemp supply chain. In addition to license types below, OCM will also issue endorsements to license holders to engage in specific activities, including producing, manufacturing, and sale of medical cannabis for patients. Microbusiness Microbusinesses may cultivate cannabis and manufacture cannabis products and hemp products, and package such products for sale to customers or another licensed cannabis business. Microbusiness may also operate a single retail location. Mezzobusiness Mezzobusinesses may cultivate cannabis and manufacture cannabis products and hemp products, and package such products for sale to customers or another licensed cannabis business. Mezzobusiness may also operate up to three retail locations. Cultivator Cultivators may cultivate cannabis and package such cannabis for sale to another licensed cannabis business. Manufacturer Manufacturers may manufacture cannabis products and hemp products, and package such products for sale to a licensed cannabis retailer. Retailer Retailers may sell immature cannabis plants and seedlings, cannabis, cannabis products, hemp products, and other products authorized by law to customers and patients. Wholesaler Wholesalers may purchase and/or sell immature cannabis plants and seedlings, cannabis, cannabis products, and hemp products from another licensed cannabis business. Wholesalers may also import hemp-derived consumer products and lower- potency hemp edibles. Page 135 of 465 Page 6 License Types (continued) Transporter Transporters may transport immature cannabis plants and seedlings, cannabis, cannabis products, and hemp products to licensed cannabis businesses. Testing Facility Testing facilities may obtain and test immature cannabis plants and seedlings, cannabis, cannabis products, and hemp products from licensed cannabis businesses. Event Organizer Event organizers may organize a temporary cannabis event lasting no more than four days. Delivery Service Delivery services may purchase cannabis, cannabis products, and hemp products from retailers or cannabis business with retail endorsements for transport and delivery to customers. Medical Cannabis Combination Business Medical cannabis combination businesses may cultivate cannabis and manufacture cannabis and hemp products, and package such products for sale to customers, patients, or another licensed cannabis business. Medical cannabis combination businesses may operate up to one retail location in each congressional district. Lower-Potency Hemp Edible Manufacturer Lower-potency hemp edible manufacturers may manufacture and package lower-potency hemp edibles for consumer sale, and sell hemp concentrate and lower-potency hemp edibles to other cannabis and hemp businesses. Lower-Potency Hemp Edible Retailer Lower-potency hemp edible retailers may sell lower-potency hemp edibles to customers. Each license is subject to further restrictions on allowable activities. Maximum cultivation area and manufacturing allowances vary by license type. Allowable product purchase, transfer, and sale between licensees are subject to restrictions in the law. Page 136 of 465 Page 7 The Adult-Use Cannabis Law Minnesota’s new adult-use cannabis law permits the personal use, possession, and transportation of cannabis by those 21 years of age and older, and allows licensed businesses to conduct cultivation, manufacturing, transport, delivery, and sale of cannabis and cannabis products. For Individuals • Possession limits: o Flower - 2 oz. in public, 2 lbs. in private residence o Concentrate - 8 g o Edibles (including lower-potency hemp) - 800 mg THC • Consumption only allowed on private property or at licensed businesses with on-site consumption endorsements. Consumption not allowed in public. • Gifting cannabis to another individual over 21 years old is allowed, subject to possession limits. • Home cultivation is limited to four mature and four immature plants (eight total) in a single residence. Plants must be in an enclosed and locked space. • Home extraction using volatile substances (e.g., butane, ethanol) is not allowed. • Unlicensed sales are not allowed. For Businesses • Advertising: o May not include or appeal to those under 21 years old. o Must include proper warning statements. o May not include misleading claims or false statements. o Billboards are not allowed. • The flow of all products through the supply chain must be tracked by the state-authorized tracking system. • All products sold to consumers and patients must be tested for contaminants. • Home delivery is allowed by licensed businesses. Page 137 of 465 Page 8 The Cannabis Licensing Process The general licensing process will align with the adoption of rules and OCM will share more information about the timing of general licensing process. The general licensing process includes social equity applicants and non-social equity applicants. General Licensing: Cultivator, Manufacturer, Retailer, Mezzobusiness 1. Applicant completes application and submit application fees. If applicable, an applicant’s social equity applicant status may be verified. 2. Application vetted for minimum requirements by OCM. 3. Application (if qualified) entered into lottery drawing. 4. If selected in lottery, applicant completes background check process and submits attestation of labor-peace agreement. 5. If applicant successfully completes Step 5, OCM issues preliminary approval to applicant. 6. Once prepared for final licensure, applicant with preliminary approval submits business location and updates application accordingly. 7. OCM forwards completed application to local government. 8. Local government completes zoning certification of whether a proposed cannabis business complies with local zoning ordinances, and if applicable, whether the proposed business complies with state fire code and building code. (This is distinct from the retail registration approval process.) 9. OCM conducts site inspection. 10. If applicant successfully passes site inspection, OCM issues license, operations may commence except for retail activity.* Continued High-Level Pathway for Licensees Seeking to Conduct Retail Sales: Process for Required Local Retail Registration from Local Governments (Retailer, Mezzobusiness) 11. Licensed business seeks local retail registration from local government. 12. Local government approves applicant for retail registration through means determined by ordinance (see Page 19 for more information about the retail registration process). Page 138 of 465 Page 9 The Cannabis Licensing Process (cont.) 13. Applicant pays retail registration fee to the local government (see appendix for relevant fees in accordance with Minn. Stat., section 342.22). 14. Local government conducts compliance check for any applicable local ordinance established pursuant to Minn. Stat., section 342.13, if desired. 15. Local government ensures tax compliance, if applicable. 16. Local government issues retail registration to licensee. 17. Licensee is able to conduct retail sales now that they have received a state license and a local retail registration. *For businesses seeking a retail endorsement (microbusiness, mezzobusiness, and retailer), a valid local retail registration is required prior to the business commencing any retail sales. See Page 19 for information on the local retail registration process. General Licensing: Microbusiness, Wholesaler, Transporter, Testing Facility, Medical Cannabis Combination Business 1. Applicant complete application and submit application fees. If applicable, an applicant’s social equity applicant status may be verified. 2. Application vetted for minimum requirements by OCM. 3. For qualified applicants, applicant completes background check process and submits attestation of labor-peace agreement. 4. If applicant successfully completes Step 3, OCM issues preliminary approval to applicant. 5. Once prepared for final licensure, selected applicant submits business location and amends application accordingly. 6. OCM forwards completed application to local government. 7. Local government completes zoning certification of whether a proposed cannabis business complies with local zoning ordinances, and if applicable, whether the proposed business complies with state fire code and building code. (This is distinct from the retail registration approval process.) 8. OCM conducts site inspection. 9. If applicant successfully passes site inspection, OCM issues license, operations may commence except for retail activity.* Page 139 of 465 Page 10 The Cannabis Licensing Process (cont.) Continued High-Level Pathway for Licensees Seeking to Conduct Retail Sales: Process for Required Local Retail Registration from Local Governments (Microbusiness, Medical Cannabis Combination Businesses) 10. Licensed business seeks local retail registration from local government. 11. Local government approves applicant for retail registration through means determined by ordinance (see Page 19 for more information about the retail registration process). 12. Applicant pays retail registration fee to the local government (see appendix for relevant fees in accordance with Minn. Stat., section 342.22). 13. Local government conducts compliance check for any applicable local ordinance established pursuant to Minn. Stat., section 342.13, if desired. 14. Local government ensures tax compliance, if applicable. 15. Local government issues retail registration to licensee. 16. Licensee is able to conduct retail sales now that they have received a state license and a local retail registration. *For businesses seeking a retail endorsement (microbusiness, mezzobusiness, and retailer), a valid local retail registration is required prior to the business commencing any retail sales. See Page 19 for information on the local retail registration process. Applicant Responsibility All applicants and licensees are responsible for working with their local government to ensure their success in the zoning certification and, if applicable based on license type, the local retail registration process. This includes reviewing local ordinances and understanding how the local government will be selecting applicants for a retail registration (including if retail registrations will be limited). Local units of government have the statutory authority to limit retail registrations if they desire, and applicants should understand this prior to making decisions about site locations. OCM will not facilitate communication between applicants and units of local government, nor can it mediate disputes as they relate to local zoning compliance or retail registration. OCM is required to ask each local unit of government where an applicant intends to locate a business if that business has met all zoning and use requirements. Page 140 of 465 Page 11 General Authorities Local governments in Minnesota have various means of oversight over the cannabis market, as provided by the adult-use cannabis law. Local governments may not issue outright bans on cannabis business, or limit operations in a manner beyond what is provided by state law. Cannabis Retail Restrictions (342.13) Local governments may limit the number of retailers and microbusiness/mezzobusinesses with retail endorsements allowed within their locality, as long as there is at least one retail location per 12,500 residents. Local units of government are not obligated to seek out a business to register as cannabis business if they have not been approached by any potential applicants but cannot prohibit the establishment of a business if this population requirement is not met. Local units of government may also issue more than the minimum number of registrations. Per statutory direction, a municipal cannabis store (Page 24) cannot be included in the minimum number of registrations required. For population counts, the state demographer estimates will likely be utilized. Tribal Governments (342.13) OCM is prohibited from and will not issue state licenses to businesses in Indian Country without consent from a tribal nation. Tribal nations hold the authority to license tribal cannabis businesses on tribal lands – this process is separate than OCM’s licensing process and authority. Subject to compacting, Tribal nations may operate cannabis businesses off tribal lands. There will be more information available once the compacting processes are complete. Taxes (295.81; 295.82) Retail sales of taxable cannabis products are subject to the state and local sales and use tax and a 10% gross receipts tax. Cannabis gross receipts tax proceeds are allocated as follows: 20% to the local government cannabis aid account and 80% to the state general fund. Local taxes imposed solely on sale of cannabis products are prohibited. Cannabis retailers will be subject to the same real property tax classification as all other retail businesses. Real property used for raising, cultivating, processing, or storing cannabis plants, cannabis flower, or cannabis products for sale will be classified as commercial and industrial property. Page 141 of 465 Page 12 General Authorities (cont.) Retail Timing Restrictions (342.13) Local governments may prohibit retail sales of cannabis between the hours of 8 a.m. and 10 a.m. Monday-Saturday, and 9 p.m. and 2 a.m. the following day. Operating Multiple Locations with One License Certain cannabis licenses allow for multiple retail locations to be operated under a single license, with the following limitations: • Retailers: up to five retail locations. • Mezzobusinesses: up to three retail locations. • Microbusinesses: up to one retail location. • Medical cannabis combination businesses: one retail location per congressional district. Additionally, medical cannabis combination businesses may cultivate at more than one location within other limitations on cultivation. For all other license types, one license permits the operation of one location. Each retail location requires local certification and/or registration. Page 142 of 465 Page 13 Zoning and Land Use Buffer Guidelines (342.13) State law does not restrict how a local government conducts its zoning designations for cannabis businesses, except that they may prohibit the operation of a cannabis business within 1,000 feet of a school, or 500 feet of a day care, residential treatment facility, or an attraction within a public park that is regularly used by minors, including playgrounds and athletic fields. Zoning Guidelines While each locality conducts its zoning differently, a few themes have emerged across the country. For example, cannabis manufacturing facilities are often placed in industrial zones, while cannabis retailers are typically found in commercial/retail zones. Cannabis retail facilities align with general retail establishments and are prohibited from allowing consumption or use onsite and are also required to have plans to prevent the visibility of cannabis and hemp-derived products to individuals outside the retail location. Industrial hemp is an agricultural product and should be zoned as such. Cannabis businesses should be zoned under existing zoning ordinances in accordance with the license type or endorsed activities held by the cannabis business. Note that certain types of licenses may be able to perform multiple activities which may have different zoning analogues. In the same way municipalities may zone a microbrewery that predominately sells directly to onsite consumers differently than a microbrewery that sells packaged beer to retailers and restaurants, so too might a municipality wish to zone two microbusinesses based on the actual activities that each business is undertaking. Table 1, included on Pages 16 and 17, explains the types of activities that cannabis businesses might undertake, as well as some recommended existing zoning categories. Page 143 of 465 Page 14 Zoning and Land Use (cont.) Table 1: Cannabis and Hemp Business Activities Endorsed Activity License Type Eligible to Do Endorsed Activity Description of Activity Comparable Districts Municipal Considerations Cultivation • Cultivator • Mezzobusiness • Microbusiness • Medical Cannabis • Combination “Cultivation” means any activity involving the planting, growing, harvesting, drying, curing, grading, or trimming of cannabis plants, cannabis flower, hemp plants, or hemp plant parts. Indoor: Industrial, Commercial, Production Outdoor: Agricultural • Odor • Potential need for transportation from facility • Waste, water, and energy usage • Security Cannabis Manufacturing, Processing, Extraction • Manufacturer • Mezzobusiness • Medical Cannabis • Combination This group of endorsed activities turn raw, dried cannabis and cannabis parts into other types of cannabis products, e.g. edibles or topicals. Indoor: Industrial, Commercial, Production • Odor • Potential need for transportation from facility • Waste, water, and energy usage • Security Hemp Manufacturing • Lower-Potency Hemp Edible (LPHE) Manufacturing These businesses convert hemp into LPHE edible products. Indoor: Industrial, Commercial, Production • Odor • Waste, water, and energy Wholesale • Wholesale • Cultivator • Manufacturer • Mezzobusiness • Microbusiness • Medical Cannabis • Combination This activity and license type allows a business to purchase from a business growing or manufacturing cannabis or cannabis products and sell to a cannabis business engaged in retail. Indoor: Industrial, Commercial, Production • Need for transportation from facility • Security Page 144 of 465 Page 15 Zoning and Land Use (cont.) Table 1: Cannabis and Hemp Business Activities (continued) Endorsed Activity License Type Eligible to Do Endorsed Activity Description of Activity Comparable Districts Municipal Considerations Cannabis Retail • Retailer • Mezzobusiness • Microbusiness • Medical Cannabis • Combination This endorsed activity and license type allow a business to sell cannabis products directly to consumers. Indoor: Retail, Neighborhood Shopping Districts, Light Industrial, Existing districts where off-sale liquor or tobacco sales are allowed. • Micros may offer onsite consumption, similar to breweries. • Micros and Mezzos may include multiple activities: cultivation, manufacture, and/or retail. Transportation • Cannabis Transporter This license type allows a company to transport products from one license type to another. - • Fleet based businesses that will own multiple vehicles, but not necessarily hold a substantial amount of cannabis or cannabis products. Delivery • Cannabis Delivery This license type allows for transportation to the end consumer. - • Fleet based business that will own multiple vehicles, but not necessarily hold a substantial amount of cannabis or cannabis products. Events • Event Organizer This license entitles license holder to organize a temporary event lasting no more than four days. Anywhere that the city permits events to occur, subject to other restrictions related to cannabis use. • On site consumption. • Retail sales by a licensed or endorsed retail business possible. Page 145 of 465 Page 16 Local Approval Process Local governments play a critical role in the licensing process, serving as a near-final approval check on cannabis businesses nearing the awarding of a state license for operations. Once an applicant has been vetted by OCM and is selected for proceeding in the verification process, they are then required to receive the local government’s certification of zoning compliance and/or local retail registration before operations may commence. Local Certification of Zoning Compliance (342.13; 342.14) Following OCM’s vetting process, local governments must certify that the applicant with preliminary approval has achieved compliance with local zoning ordinances prior to the licensee receiving final approval from OCM to commence operations. During the application and licensing process for cannabis businesses, OCM will notify a local government when an applicant intends to operate within their jurisdiction and request a certification as to whether a proposed cannabis business complies with local zoning ordinances, and if applicable, whether the proposed business complies with state fire code and building code. According to Minnesota’s cannabis law, a local unit of government has 30 days to respond to this request for certification of compliance. If a local government does not respond to OCM’s request for certification of compliance within the 30 days, the cannabis law allows OCM to issue a license. OCM may not issue the final approval for a license if the local government has indicated they are not in compliance. OCM will work with local governments to access the licensing software system to complete this zoning certification process. Page 146 of 465 Page 17 Local Approval Process (cont.) Local Retail Registration Process (342.22) Once the licensing process begins, local government registration applies to licensed cannabis retailers or other cannabis/hemp businesses seeking to conduct retail sales. Several license types are authorized to conduct retail sales if they receive a retail endorsement from OCM. Prior to conducting retail sales under their business license, state law also requires the business receive a local retail registration. There are five license types that are eligible to conduct cannabis retail activity and will seek a retail registration from local governments: • Cannabis retailers • Microbusinesses • Mezzobusinesses • Medical cannabis combination businesses • Lower-potency hemp edible retailers Local governments must issue a retail registration after verifying that: • The business has a valid license issued by OCM. • The business has paid a registration fee or renewal fee to the local government. o Initial registration fees collected by a local government may be $500 or half the amount of the applicable initial license fee, whichever is less, and renewal registration fees may be $1,000 or half the amount of the applicable renewal license fee, whichever is less. • The business is found to be in compliance with Chapter 342 and local ordinances. • If applicable, the business is current on all property taxes and assessments for the proposed retail location. Local registrations may also be issued by counties if the respective local government transfers such authorities to the county. Page 147 of 465 Page 18 Local Approval Process (cont.) Option to Limit Retail Registrations for Cannabis Businesses: Determining a Process State law allows the option for a local government to place a limitation on the number of cannabis retailers, microbusiness, and mezzobusinesses with retail endorsements allowed within their locality via ordinance, as long as there is at least one retail location per 12,500 residents. Please see Page 13. Retail registrations for lower-potency hemp edible retailers and medical cannabis combination businesses are required but may NOT be limited in number by a local government. If a local government wishes to limit the number of cannabis retailers, microbusinesses, or mezzobusinesses via ordinance, state law does not define the process for a local government’s selection if there are more applicants than registrations available. Local units of government issuing retail registrations should consider how they will issue retail registrations. Local units of government may wish to consider whether they will accept applications during a specified application window or on a rolling basis. Local governments may wish to consider how to accommodate to the timing of accepting applications for retail registration as to not allocate all registrations at once. This may also include timelines that coincide with state licensing timelines as to limit bottlenecks. Additionally, local units of government should consider the process by which they will determine who gets a registration, e.g., through the use of a lottery, on a first-come/first- serve model, through a merit-based scoring system, etc. It is highly recommended that local governments work with an attorney to determine their specific process for selection if they wish to limit the number of retail registrations per section 342.13. It is also important to note that local governments are not required to limit the number of licensed cannabis retailers, microbusinesses, or mezzobusinesses, and instead local governments can determine a process that reviews requests/applications for retail registrations as they are received. Page 148 of 465 Page 19 Local Approval Process (cont.) Other Considerations Existing retail locations. Retailers in Minnesota’s medical cannabis program and lower- potency hemp edible program may currently be operating in a local government’s jurisdiction under active registrations. In the future, these active businesses will be required to obtain a license from OCM and will need a local retail registration to continue their operations. Local governments may wish to consider how businesses currently operating will be issued retail registrations when determining if and how to limit retail registrations. Local zoning approval does not guarantee retail registration. Zoning certification from local governments does not guarantee a local retail registration. This is a distinctly separate approval process. All applicants seeking retail activity will be required to obtain a zoning certification from the local government to be issued a state license. Local governments may wish to monitor the number of zoning certifications they provide to OCM to inform the likely volume of retail registration applicants. Page 149 of 465 Page 20 Local Approval Process (cont.) Local governments are permitted specific authorities for registration refusal and registration suspension, in addition to—and not in conflict with—OCM authorities. Registration and Renewal Refusals Local governments may refuse the registration and/or certification of a license renewal if the license is associated with an individual or business who no longer holds a valid license, has failed to pay the local registration or renewal fee, or has been found in noncompliance in connection with a preliminary or renewal compliance check. Local Registration Suspension (342.22) Local governments may suspend the local retail registration of a cannabis business or hemp business if the business is determined to not be operating in compliance with a local ordinance authorized by section 342.13 or if the operation of the business poses an immediate threat to the health and safety of the public. The local government must immediately notify OCM of the suspension if it occurs. OCM will review the suspension and may reinstate the registration or take enforcement action. Expedited Complaint Process (342.13) Per state law, OCM will establish an expedited complaint process during the rulemaking process to receive, review, read, and respond to complaints made by a local unit of government about a cannabis business. Upon promulgation of rules, OCM will publish the complaint process. At a minimum, the expedited complaint process shall require the office to provide an initial response to the complaint within seven days and perform any necessary inspections within 30 days. Within this process, if a local government notifies OCM that a cannabis business poses an immediate threat to the health or safety of the public, the office must respond within one business day. Page 150 of 465 Page 21 Inspections & Compliance Checks Local governments are permitted specific business inspection and compliance check authorities, in addition to—and not in conflict with—OCM authorities. Inspections and Compliance Checks (342.22) Local governments must conduct compliance checks for cannabis and hemp businesses holding retail registration at least once per calendar year. These compliance checks must verify compliance with age verification procedures and compliance with any applicable local ordinance established pursuant to section 342.13. OCM maintains inspection authorities for all cannabis licenses to verify compliance with operation requirements, product limits, and other applicable requirements of Chapter 342. Page 151 of 465 Page 22 Municipal Cannabis Stores As authorized in section 342.32, local governments are permitted to apply for a cannabis retail license to establish and operate a municipal cannabis store. State law requires OCM issue a license to a city or county seeking to operate a single municipal cannabis store if the city or county: • Submits required application information to OCM, • Meets minimum requirements for licensure, and • Pays applicable application and license fee. A municipal cannabis store will not be included in the total count of retail licenses issued by the state under Chapter 342. A municipal cannabis store cannot be counted as retail registration for purposes of determining whether a municipality’s cap on retail registrations imposed by ordinance. Page 152 of 465 Page 23 Creating Your Local Ordinance As authorized in section 342.13, a local government may adopt a local ordinance regarding cannabis businesses. Establishing local governments’ ordinances on cannabis businesses in a timely manner is critical for the ability for local cities or towns to establish local control as described in the law and is necessary for the success of the statewide industry and the ability of local governments to protect public health and safety. The cannabis market’s potential to create jobs, generate revenue, and contribute to economic development at the local and state level is supported through local ordinance work. The issuance of local certifications and registrations to prospective cannabis businesses is also dependent on local ordinances. • Local governments may not prohibit the possession, transportation, or use of cannabis, or the establishment or operation of a cannabis business licensed under state law. • Local governments may adopt reasonable restrictions on the time, place, and manner of cannabis business operations (see Page 14). • Local governments may adopt interim ordinances to protect public safety and welfare, as any studies and/or further considerations on local cannabis activities are being conducted, until January 1, 2025. A public hearing must be held prior to adoption of an interim ordinance. • If your local government wishes to operate a municipal cannabis store, the establishment and operation of such a facility must be considered in a local ordinance. Model Ordinance For additional guidance regarding the creation of a cannabis related ordinance, please reference the additional resources on page 27. Page 153 of 465 Page 24 Additional Information – Tobacco Sales Penalties Related to a Revocation or Suspension of Tobacco License A cannabis or hemp business license holder may also hold a tobacco license under Minnesota Statutes Chapter 461. However, tobacco cannot be sold in the cannabis retail location. Under section 461.12, Minnesota law allows a licensee’s authority to sell tobacco and related products under the section to be suspended and possibly revoked if the licensee also holds a cannabis or hemp business license under Chapter 342 or is a registrant under section 151.72 and that license or registration is revoked. This penalty also applies if the license holder is convicted of an offense under section 151.72 or has been convicted under any other statute for illegal sale of cannabis products. Clarifying Cannabis Businesses Authority Cannabis businesses will be able to sell vaporizers without a tobacco license. Under Minnesota Statutes, section 342.27, subd. 3(a), retail licensees are permitted to sell cannabis paraphernalia. Cannabis paraphernalia includes “all equipment, products, and materials of any kind that are knowingly or intentionally used primarily in ... ingesting, inhaling, or otherwise introducing cannabis products into the human body” [Minnesota Statutes, section 342.01, subd. 18(2)]. Therefore, Minnesota Statutes, section 342.27, subd. 3(a) specifically authorizes retail licensees to sell cannabis paraphernalia, which in this instance includes vaporizers. Page 154 of 465 Page 25 Additional Resources OCM Toolkit for Local Partners Please visit the OCM webpage (mn.gov/ocm/local-governments/) for additional information, including a toolkit of resources developed specifically for local government partners. The webpage will be updated as additional information becomes available and as state regulations are adopted. Toolkit resources include: • Appendix A: Cannabis Model Ordinance (mn.gov/ocm/lgg-appendix-a) • Appendix B: Retail Registration Form and Checklist (mn.gov/ocm/lgg-appendix-b) • Appendix C: Cannabis Flower and Hemp-Derived Cannabinoid Products Inspection Checklist (mn.gov/ocm/lgg-appendix-c) • Appendix D: Enforcement Notice from the Office of Cannabis Management (mn.gov/ocm/lgg-appendix-d) • Appendix E: Notice to Unlawful Cannabis Sellers (mn.gov/ocm/lgg-appendix-e) • Appendix F: Model Guidelines on Age Verification Compliance Checks Policy and Procedures (mn.gov/ocm/lgg-appendix-f) • Appendix G: Cannabis and Hemp Age Compliance Check Form (mn.gov/ocm/lgg- appendix-g) • Appendix H: Local Unit of Government Cannabis Licensing Contact, Delegation Form, and Accela Registration Instructions Guide (mn.gov/ocm/local- governments/contactform.jsp) • Appendix J: Local Approval for Early Cultivation (mn.gov/ocm/lgg-appendix-j) Local Organizations There are several organizations who also have developed resources to support local governments regarding the cannabis industry. Please feel free to contact the following for additional resources: • League of Minnesota Cities • Association of Minnesota Counties • Minnesota Public Health Law Center Page 155 of 465 1 CITY OF BROOKLYN CENTER Please take notice that on Monday, February 24, 2025, at approximately 7:00 p.m. at Brooklyn Center City Hall, located at 6301 Shingle Creek Parkway, Brooklyn Center, Minnesota, the City Council of the City of Brooklyn Center will conduct a second reading and consider the adoption of the following ordinance amending Section 35-9200 of the City Code of Ordinances regarding the definition of Urban Agriculture. Meeting materials can be accessed by visiting the City of Brooklyn Center’s website at: https://www.brooklyncentermn.gov/. A definite time for this ordinance to be considered cannot be given as it will depend on the progression of the agenda items. ORDINANCE NO. ________ AN ORDINANCE AMENDING SECTION 35-9200 OF THE CITY CODE OF ORDINANCES REGARDING THE DEFINITION OF URBAN AGRICULTURE THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF BROOKLYN CENTER DOES ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS: Article I. Brooklyn Center City Code, Section 35-9200. is amended by adding the following double- underlined language and deleting the following stricken language: Urban Agriculture. The use of a parcel of land not exceeding five acres in size for the cultivation of food and/or horticultural crops, composting, aquaponics, aquaculture, and/or hydroponics. This use may include the production or sale of food products from food grown on the premises and accessory keeping of bees’ subject to City regulations. but does not include cultivation of marijuana. Article II. Severability. Should any section or part of this ordinance be declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, such decision will not affect the validity of the ordinance as a whole or any part other than the part declared invalid. Article III. Effective Date. This ordinance shall become effective after adoption and upon thirty days following its legal publication. Adopted this ____ day of _____________, 2025. _______________________________ April Graves, Mayor ATTEST: _________________________ Barb Suciu, City Clerk Date of Publication Effective Date (Strikeout indicates matter to be deleted, double-underline indicates new matter.) Page 156 of 465 Council Regular Meeting DATE: 2/24/2025 TO: City Council FROM: Dr. Reggie Edwards THROUGH: BY: Reggie Edwards, City Manager SUBJECT: Brooklyn Center Labor Agreement Requested Council Action: - Motion to approve a resolution for the labor agreement between the City of Brooklyn Center and the International Union of Operating Engineers, Local No. 70 Background: Periodically, the City of Brooklyn Center enters into labor agreements with city labor uniors. The City Charter for the City of Brooklyn Center states that the City Council is to fix the salary or wages of all officers and employees of the City. The City has negotiated in good faith with LOCAL NO. 70 (INTERNATIONAL UNION OF OPERATING ENGINEERS) a contract for the period beginning January 1, 2025, through December 31, 2026 (see attachment). Staff seek City Council approval of the labor agreement with LOCAL NO. 70 (INTERNATIONAL UNION OF OPERATING ENGINEERS) for the period beginning January 1, 2025, through December 31, 2026. Budget Issues: See classifications and wages in the attached agreement Inclusive Community Engagement: Antiracist/Equity Policy Effect: This agreement was negotiated following a citywide salary study of the City, which was a tool used to identify and address position and salary inequities. Strategic Priorities and Values: ATTACHMENTS: 1. City of Brooklyn Center Local No. 70 Contracty 2025-2026 2. 2025__ COUNCIL_RESOLUTION_LOCAL 70 Page 157 of 465 Page 158 of 465 AGREEMENT between CITY OF BROOKLYN CENTER and INTERNATIONAL UNION OF OPERATING ENGINEERS, LOCAL NO. 70 January 1, 2025 through December 31, 2026 Page 159 of 465 2 Table of Contents ARTICLE 1 – PURPOSE OF AGREEMENT ............................................................. 3 ARTICLE 2 – RECOGNITION .................................................................................. 3 ARTICLE 3 – DEFINITIONS .................................................................................... 4 ARTICLE 5 – UNION SECURITY ............................................................................. 4 ARTICLE 6 – EMPLOYER AUTHORITY ................................................................ 5 ARTICLE 7 – SAVINGS CLAUSE ............................................................................. 5 ARTICLE 8 – GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE ............................................................... 5 ARTICLE 9 – BENEFITS AND EXPECTATIONS .................................................... 9 ARTICLE 10 – WORK SCHEDULES ........................................................................ 9 ARTICLE 11 – DISCIPLINE ...................................................................................10 ARTICLE 12 – CALL BACK ....................................................................................10 ARTICLE 13 – LAY OFF .........................................................................................11 ARTICLE 14 – SENIORITY ....................................................................................11 ARTICLE 15 – SAFETY ..........................................................................................11 ARTICLE 16 – JOB POSTING ................................................................................12 ARTICLE 17 – WAGES ...........................................................................................12 ARTICLE 18 – DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING ................................................12 ARTICLE 19 – DURATION ....................................................................................12 Page 160 of 465 3 ARTICLE 1 – PURPOSE OF AGREEMENT This Agreement is entered into between the City of Brooklyn Center, hereinafter called the Employer, and Local No. 70, International Union of Operating Engineers, hereinafter called the Union. Section 1. The intent and purpose of this Agreement is to: Subd. 1. Establish certain hours, wages and other conditions of employment; Subd. 2. Establish procedures for the resolution of disputes concerning this Agreement’s interpretation and/or application; Subd. 3. Specify the full and complete understanding of the parties; and Subd. 4. Place in written form the parties’ agreement upon terms and conditions of employment for the duration of the Agreement. The employer and the Union, through this agreement, continue their dedication to the highest quality of public service. Both parties recognize this agreement as a pledge of this dedication. ARTICLE 2 – RECOGNITION Section 1. All public works employees in the position of Building Operating Engineer Lead and Building Operating Engineer employed by the City of Brooklyn Center, who are public employees within the meaning of Minn. Stat. 179A.03, subd. 14, excluding supervisory employees within the meaning of Minn. Stat. 179A.03, subd. 17, confidential employees within the meaning of Minn. Stat. 179A.03, subd. 4, and all other employees. Section 2. In the event the Employer and the Union are unable to agree as to the inclusion or exclusion of a new or modified job class, the issue shall be submitted to the Bureau of Mediation Services for determination. Page 161 of 465 4 ARTICLE 3 – DEFINITIONS Section 1. Definitions. Subd. 1. Union. International Union of Operating Engineers, Local No. 70. Subd. 2. Employer. The City of Brooklyn Center, or its designee. Subd. 3. Employee. Any person hired by the City of Brooklyn Center and is covered by this agreement. Subd. 4. Base Pay Rate. The employee’s hourly pay rate exclusive of any other special allowances. The Union agrees to indemnify and hold the employer harmless against any and all claims, suits, order, or judgments brought or issued against the employer as a result of any action taken or not taken by the employer under the provisions of this article. ARTICLE 4 – EMPLOYER SECURITY Section 1. The Union agrees that, during the life of this Agreement, it will make every effort to solve issues during negotiations, and failing that, in mediation. The Union may choose to strike in such circumstances allowed by State law. ARTICLE 5 – UNION SECURITY Section 1. The Employer shall deduct from each pay period the wages of employees who authorize such a deduction in writing an amount necessary to cover monthly Union dues. Such monies shall be remitted as directed by the Union. Section 2. The Union may designate certain employees from the bargaining unit to act as a steward and shall inform the Employer in writing of such choice and changes in the position of Steward and/or alternate. Page 162 of 465 5 Section 3. The Union shall have site visitation rights so long as it does not unduly disrupt operations. ARTICLE 6 – EMPLOYER AUTHORITY Section 1. The employer retains the full and unrestricted right to operate and manage all manpower, facilities, and equipment; to establish functions and programs; to set and amend budgets; to determine the utilization of technology; to establish and modify the organizational structure; to select, direct and determine the number of personnel; to establish work schedules; and to perform any inherent managerial function not specifically limited by this agreement. Subject to mandatory bargaining rights pursuant to applicable law, any term and condition of employment not specifically established or modified by this agreement shall remain solely within the discretion of the employer to modify, establish, or eliminate. Section 2. The employer shall provide a bulletin board for Union notices and announcements to be posted. ARTICLE 7 – SAVINGS CLAUSE Section 1. This Agreement is subject to the laws of the United States, the State of Minnesota and the signed municipality. In the event any provision of this Agreement shall be held contrary to law by a court of competent jurisdiction from whose final judgment or decree no appeal has been taken within the time provided, such provisions shall be voided. All other provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. The voided provision shall be renegotiated at the written request of either party. ARTICLE 8 – GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE Definition of a Grievance: A grievance is defied as a dispute or disagreement as to the interpretation or application of the specific terms and conditions of the Agreement. Page 163 of 465 6 Union Representatives: The Employer will recognize representatives designated by the Union as the grievance representatives of the bargaining unit having the duties and responsibilities established by this article. The Union shall notify the employer in writing of the names of such Union Representatives and of their successors when so designated. Processing of a Grievance: It is recognized and accepted by the Union and the employer that the processing of grievances as hereinafter provided is limited by the job duties and responsibilities of the employees and shall therefore be accomplished during normal working hours only when consistent with such employee duties and responsibilities. The aggrieved employee and the Union Representative shall be allowed a reasonable amount of time without loss in pay when a grievance is investigated and presented to the Employer during normal working hours provided the Employee and the Union Representative have notified and received the approval of the designated supervisor who has determined that such absence is reasonable and would not be detrimental to the work programs of the Employer. Section 1. Grievance Procedure: as defined at the beginning of this section, shall be resolved in conformance with the following procedure: Step 1. An employee must present a grievance within twenty-one (21) calendar days after the incident giving rise to the grievance that has occurred to the employee’s supervisor as designated by the employer. The employer-designated representative will discuss and respond to such Step one grievance within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of the grievance in time-stamped email. A grievance not resolved in Step 1 and appealed to Step 2 shall be placed in writing setting forth the nature of the grievance. The facts of which is based. The provision of provisions of the agreement allegedly violated and the remedy requested within ten (10) business days after the employer-designated representative’s final answer in Step 1. Any grievance not appealed in writing to Step 2 by the Union within ten (10) business days shall be considered waived. Step 2. If appealed the written grievance shall be presented by the Union Page 164 of 465 7 and discussed with employer-designated Step 2 representative. The employer-designated representative shall give the Union the employer’s Step 2 answer in writing within ten (10) business days after receipt of time-stamped email of such Step 2 grievance. A grievance not resolved in Step 2 may be appealed to Step 3 within ten (10) business days following the employer-designated representative’s final Step 2 answer. Any grievance not appealed in writing to Step 3 by Union within ten (10) business days shall be considered waived. Step 3. If appealed, the written grievance shall be presented by the Union and discussed with the employer-designated Step 3 representative. The employer-designated representative shall give the Union the employer’s answer in writing within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of such Step 3 grievance. A grievance not resolved in Step 3 may be appealed to Step 4 within ten (10) business days following the employer-designated representative’s final answer in Step 3. Any grievance not appealed in writing to Step 4by the Union within ten (10) business days shall be considered waived. Step 4. A grievance unresolved in Step 3 and appealed in Step 4 shall be submitted to arbitration subject to the provisions of the Public Employment Labor Relations Act of 1971, as amended. If the partied cannot agree upon arbitrator, the selection of an arbitrator shall be make in accordance with the “Rules Governing the Arbitration for Grievances” as established by the Public Employment Relations Board. Section 2. Arbitrator’s Authority: a) The arbitrator shall have no right to amend, modify, nullify, ignore, add to, or subtract from the terms and conditions of this agreement. The arbitrator shall consider and decide only the specific issue(s) submitted in writing by the employer and the Union and shall have no authority to make a decision on any other issue not so submitted. b) The arbitrator shall be without power to make decisions contrary to, or inconsistent with, or modifying or varying in any way the application of laws, rules, or regulations having the force and effect of law. The arbitrator’s decision shall be submitted in Page 165 of 465 8 writing within thirty (30) days following the close of the hearing or the submission of briefs by the parties, whichever be later, unless the partied agree to an extension. The decision shall be binding on both the employer and the Union and shall be based solely on the arbitrator’s interpretations or the express terms of this agreement and to the facts of the grievance presented. c) The fees and expenses for the arbitrator’s services and proceeding shall be borne equally by the employer and the Union provided that each party shall be responsible for compensating its own representatives and witnesses. If either party desires a verbatim record of the proceedings, it may cause such a record to be made, providing it pays for the record. If both parties desire a verbatim record of the proceedings the cost shall be shared equally. Waiver: If a grievance is not presented within the time limits set forth above, it shall be considered waived. If a grievance is not appealed to the next step within the specified time limit or any agreed extension thereof, it shall be considered settled on the basis of the employer’s last answer, If the employer does not answer a grievance or and appeal thereof within the specified time limits, the Union may elect to treat the grievance as denied at the step and immediately appeal the grievance to the next step. The time limit in each step may extended by mutual agreement of the employer and the Union. Choice of Remedy: If, as a result of the Employer response in Step 4, the grievance remains unresolved, and if the grievance involves the suspension, demotion, or discharge of any employee who has completed the required probationary period, the grievance may be appealed directly to Step 5 of the section or a procedure such as: Civil Service, Veteran’s Preference, or Gair Employment. If appealed to any procedure other that Step 5, the grievance is not subject to the arbitration procedure as provided in Step 5 of this section. The aggrieved Employee shall indicate in writing which procedure to be utilized – Step 5 of this section of another appeal procedure and shall sign a statement to that effect that the choice of any other learning precludes the aggrieved Employee from making a subsequent appeal through Step 5 of this section. Page 166 of 465 9 ARTICLE 9 – BENEFITS AND EXPECTATIONS Section1. Union employees will receive the same benefits and have the same workplace and job expectations as non-union employees. Such policies and expectations will be stated in the employee handbook and other official employer policy documentation. It includes, but is not limited to, such items as: • Overtime, compensatory time, flex time, holidays, vacation leave, sick leave, bereavement leave and jury duty • Probation • Safety • Drug and alcohol testing • Insurance • Progressive discipline ARTICLE 10 – WORK SCHEDULES Section 1. The sole authority in work schedules is the Employer. A pay period week consists of seven consecutive days (168 hours) beginning at 12:01 a.m. each Sunday and ending at midnight on Saturday. The normal workweek shall be five (5) consecutive days and consist of forty (40) hours worked a week and eight (8) hours a day, plus an unpaid lunch of at least thirty (30) minutes a day. Rest periods will be fifteen (15) minutes in each four-hour period for FLSA non-exempt employees. Rest periods are paid. Rest and meal periods may not be accumulated or taken at the end or beginning of the employee’s shift. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as a guarantee of a minimum or maximum number of hours the Employer may assign employees. The hours of work and work schedules within each division and department will be set by the department head, with approval of the City Manager. Section 2. The Employer will give two weeks’ advance notice to the employees affected by the establishment of shifts different from the employee’s normal work shift. Page 167 of 465 10 Section 3. In the event work is required because of unusual circumstances such as, but not limited to, fire, flood, snow, sleet, ice, or breakdown of municipal equipment or facilities, no advance notice need be given. All employees are subject to emergency work and each employee has an obligation to work overtime and call backs as requested. Shifts shall not exceed sixteen (16) hours of active continuous work, with a minimum of eight (8) hours before a return to work. ARTICLE 11 – DISCIPLINE Section 1. The parties agree to follow the City’s progressive disciplinary process as recorded in the employee manual with the following additions and/or verifications. An employee may ask for union representation in discussions related to verbal warnings, written or final warnings, or performance improvement plans (PIP). An employee may also ask for union representation in a Loudermill hearing in cases of suspension, promotion denial, step increase delay, demotion, or termination. In either case, the City will not deny such a request. ARTICLE 12 – CALL BACK Section 1. All employee’s shall be reasonably available in an emergency. Employer reserves the right to determine the meaning of “reasonably available” as needed. All employees must provide the employer with a current telephone number and address in writing. Section 2. An employee who receives a work-related call while off-duty, and is not required to report to work, shall be compensated a minimum of one (1) hour pay or actual call length, whichever is more, at one and one-half (1.5) times the employee’s base rate of pay. Multiple calls regarding the same situation will not be compensated at 1 hour of overtime per call. Multiple calls regarding the same situation that exceed an hour will be paid according to how long the situation took to resolve. Section 3. An employee called in for work at a time other than the employee’s scheduled shift will be compensated for a minimum of two (2) hours pay at one and one-half (1.5) times the employee’s base pay rate. The employee is only required to report for as long as the work takes, even if it’s less than two Page 168 of 465 11 (2) hours. An extension of an employee’s scheduled shift or an early report to an employee’s shift does not qualify as a call back. ARTICLE 13 – LAY OFF Section 1. Employees shall be laid off based on job classification seniority. Section 2. No full-time employees shall be laid off while temporary employees or part-time employees are employed within that division. Section 3. Employees laid off by the Employer shall retain recall rights for a period of one (1) year provided that the Employer, at its sole option, may extend the recall period for a period of up to one (1) additional year, upon written request of the employee. Upon notice of recall, an employee must, within fifteen (15) days, advise acceptance or refusal of recall in writing. Notice of recall shall be by certified mail/return receipt requested. Recall notice shall be sent to the employee’s last known address. It is the employee’s responsibility to notify the Employer of any change in address. ARTICLE 14 – SENIORITY Section 1. An employee’s seniority shall be terminated: 1. If the employee resigns, retires, or is discharged for cause or is otherwise separated from employment. 2. If, when recalled to work following a layoff, the employee fails to report to work as directed by the Employer, subject to the provisions of Article 15 – Lay Off. 3. If the employee’s rights to recall, following a lay-off, expire. ARTICLE 15 – SAFETY Section 1. The employer, employee, and the Union agree to jointly promote safe and healthy working conditions, to cooperate in safety matters and to Page 169 of 465 12 encourage all employees to work in a safe manner. All members are required to attend annual Safety Training provided by the Employer. ARTICLE 16 – JOB POSTING Section 1. The employer and the Union agree that job vacancies within the designated bargaining unit shall be posted internally as well as published externally. The employer shall notify the Union when seeking external candidates along with details of the posting such as qualifications required and shift. ARTICLE 17 – WAGES Section 1. Classifications and Wages per hour: Classification Year 1 Year 2 Building Operating Engineer Lead $41.911 $44.463 Building Operating Engineer $36.000 $39.739 The wages reflect the findings of the salary analysis project conducted in 2024. Section 2. Selection of Lead. Shall be by most senior qualified candidate. ARTICLE 18 – DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING Employees are required to abide by and comply with the Drug and Alcohol Testing Policy as adopted by the Employer. Local 70 supports a drug and alcohol free workplace. ARTICLE 19 – DURATION Page 170 of 465 13 Section 1. This Agreement shall be effective as of ratification and shall remain in full force and effect through the 31st day of December, 2026. In the event a successor agreement is not reached prior expiration, this agreement shall remain in full force. Intent to modify or change this agreement shall be given at least 90 days prior to expiration. Section 2. This agreement may be modified at any time upon mutual agreement between the Employer and the Union. Section 3. Retro-pay is implied back to December 31, 2026, if a successor agreement is not reached before expiration of this contract but upon ratification of a new contract. All employees who worked during a retro period shall receive applicable retro-pay regardless of if they were separated for any reason before receiving their retro-pay. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused these present to be duly executed. For: City of Brooklyn Center For : International Union of Operating Engineers, Local 70 ________________________________________ _________________________________________ April Graves, Mayor Scott Marsyla, Business Manager ________________________________________ _________________________________________ Dr. Reggie Edwards, Michael Dowdle, President City Manager Kirstie Doar, Recording Secretary __________________________ Travis Aslakson, Business Representative Page 171 of 465 14 _________________________________________ Union Steward ______________________________ _______________________________ Date: Date: TA/lr/opeiu#12 Contracts/Cty BC Page 172 of 465 Member ______ introduced the following resolution and moved its adoption: RESOLUTION NO. 2025-__ RESOLUTION APPROVING THE LABOR AGREEMENT FOR INTERNATIONAL UNION OF OPERATING ENGINEERS, LOCAL NO. 70 (LOCAL NO. 70) AND THE CITY OF BROOKLYN CENTER FOR THE PERIOD BEGINNING JANUARY 1, 2025, THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2026 WHEREAS, Section 2.07 of the City Charter for the City of Brooklyn Center states that the City Council is to fix the salary or wages of all officers and employees of the City; and WHEREAS, the City has negotiated in good faith with LOCAL NO. 70 (INTERNATIONAL UNION OF OPERATING ENGINEERS) a contract for the period beginning January 1, 2025, through December 31, 2026, as attached. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the City Council of the City of Brooklyn Center approves the Labor Agreement with LOCAL NO. 70 (INTERANTIONAL UNION OF OPERATING ENGINEERS) for the period beginning January 1, 2025, through December 31, 2026. _______February 24, 2025______________ _________________________________ Date Mayor ATTEST: ___________________________ City Clerk The motion for the adoption of the foregoing resolution was duly seconded by member and upon vote being taken thereon, the following voted in favor thereof: and the following voted against the same: whereupon said resolution was declared duly passed and adopted. Page 173 of 465 Council Regular Meeting DATE: 2/24/2025 TO: City Council FROM: THROUGH: BY: Barb Suciu, City Clerk SUBJECT: Resolution Remembering and Honoring Former City of Brooklyn Center Council Member Carol Kleven Requested Council Action: - Motion to approve a resolution remembering and honoring former City of Brooklyn Center City Council Member Carol Kleven Background: Budget Issues: Inclusive Community Engagement: Antiracist/Equity Policy Effect: Strategic Priorities and Values: ATTACHMENTS: 1. Resolution Remembering and Honoring Carol Kleven Page 174 of 465 Member _____introduced the following resolution and moved its adoption: RESOLUTION NO. _______ RESOLUTION REMEMBERING AND HONORING FORMER CITY OF BROOKLYN CENTER COUNCIL MEMBER CAROL KLEVEN WHEREAS, former Council member Carol Kleven passed away on January 31, 2025 at the age of 94; and WHEREAS, Ms. Kleven served as a Brooklyn Center Council member from January 1, 2011, through December 21, 2014; and WHEREAS, during her tenure as a council member Ms. Kleven was a leader for the city which contributed to the sound progress of the City of Brooklyn Center; and WHEREAS, with Ms. Kleven’s passing, the City of Brooklyn Center remembers her service and expresses deep sympathy to her family. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the City Council of the City of Brooklyn Center, Minnesota takes time remembering and honoring former City of Brooklyn Center Council member Carol Kleven February 24, 2025 Date Mayor ATTEST: City Clerk The motion for the adoption of the foregoing resolution was duly seconded by member and upon vote being taken thereon, the following voted in favor thereof: and the following voted against the same: whereupon said resolution was declared duly passed and adopted. Page 175 of 465 Council Regular Meeting DATE: 2/24/2025 TO: City Council FROM: THROUGH: BY: Barb Suciu, City Clerk SUBJECT: Brooklyn Center Administration Department Annual Presentation Requested Council Action: Background: Budget Issues: Inclusive Community Engagement: Antiracist/Equity Policy Effect: Strategic Priorities and Values: ATTACHMENTS: 1. 2.24.25 ADMIN ANNUAL RPT Page 176 of 465 2/20/2025 1 Administration Department Annual Report February 24, 2025, City Council Meeting Daren Nyquist, Deputy City Manager Overview 2 •Administration structure •Division presentations: Communications, IT, City Clerk •2025 Priorities 1 2 Page 177 of 465 2/20/2025 2 3 4 Communications 3 4 Page 178 of 465 2/20/2025 3 Core Functions •Employee newsletter •City newsletter •City website •City branding •Internal and external communications 5 Communications 2024 Accomplishments 6 Communications 5 6 Page 179 of 465 2/20/2025 4 7 Bablic website integration 8 Redesigned logo for Parks and Rec. 7 8 Page 180 of 465 2/20/2025 5 9 Established Social Media Calendar 10 2024 Social media metrics ResidentsNew followersTotal followersInteraction rate growth 2023 to 2024 PlatformEngagement rate growth 242225593267%City FacebookHighest 4853692,036100% Parks and Recreation Facebook Lowest 9 10 Page 181 of 465 2/20/2025 6 11 Managed social media platforms •Facebook •City •Fire Department •Liquor stores •Parks and Recreation •Police Department •Instagram •City •Liquor stores •Police Department •X (Twitter) •City •Fire Department •Liquor stores •Police Department •LinkedIn •City 12 2024 GovDelivery metrics Engagement rateBulletins sentNew subscribersTotal subscribers 66%1686024,904 11 12 Page 182 of 465 2/20/2025 7 13 Published 2024 Materials PagesPublication 12City newsletter ed. 235 16City newsletter ed. 236 12City newsletter ed. 237 12City newsletter ed. 238 16City newsletter ed. 239 12City newsletter ed. 240 36Parks and Recreation guide winter 38Parks and Recreation guide spring/summer 36Parks and Recreation guide fall 2025 Communication Priorities •Internal SharePoint development •Social media policy and presentation rollout •Combining specific recreation brochures and city newsletters •Redesign city website •Continue strengthening communications with diverse populations 14 13 14 Page 183 of 465 2/20/2025 8 15 Information Technology 16 Information Technology Core Services •Provide technology solutions to the organization that are efficient, secure, and accessible. •Provide technical support for city employees and departments •Secure and resilient network connectivity across city sites •High availability and redundancy for critical infrastructure •Ensure 24/7 uptime for first responders •Cyber security and compliance 15 16 Page 184 of 465 2/20/2025 9 17 Major Projects Completed in 2024 Completed the switch to Microsoft 365 and Office 365 What This Means •More email storage – Everyone now has 100GB of email space •Easier file sharing •Better security – Extra protection like Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA) •Lower IT costs •Always up to date Other Applications Available in M365 18 •Access to MS Power Platform •Other interesting applications •Microsoft Bookings •Microsoft Forms •Microsoft Planner •MS Power Automate 17 18 Page 185 of 465 2/20/2025 10 19 Retirement of PRI and Transition to SIP •For many years, our organization relied on Primary Rate Interface (PRI) technology, introduced in the late 1980s, as the backbone for our voice communications. This system supported our phone network and service provider connections. •Last year, we successfully transitioned 95% of the city's phones from PRI to Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) to improve efficiency and reliability. •This upgrade has modernized our phone system while reducing phone service costs by 60% or more. Major Projects Completed in 2024 20 Major Projects Completed in 2024 Upgraded Camera System City Hall As part of the public safety initiatives, camera systems have been upgraded. This helps improve safety for residents and staff in our facilities. 19 20 Page 186 of 465 2/20/2025 11 21 Major Projects Completed in 2024 Another Example 22 2025 IT Priorities Training for M365 and Office 365 applications •Provide workshops and training resources for employees •Draft how-to documentation with Scribe tools and share with all employees. Wireless Migration Total cost of ownership reduced by shifting to hosted solution. Modernize wireless configurations and cleaning up any potential security issues. This migration would secure our wireless network and bring us up to standards required by many Federal agencies.CJIS/HIPPA 21 22 Page 187 of 465 2/20/2025 12 23 Office of the City Clerk 24 City Clerk’s Office Core Functions •Advisory Commissions •Business Licensing •City Charter •City Code •City Council Support •Data Practices •Elections •Records Management 23 24 Page 188 of 465 2/20/2025 13 25 Advisory Commissions •Charter •Community Safety & Violence Prevention* •Cultural & Public Arts* •Financial •Housing •Park & Recreation •Planning Commission •Sister City * New commissions in 2024 2024 Year in Review 26 2024 Year in Review Business Licenses & Permits •22 different license types •99 licenses & permits processed 2 3 6 9 10 12 17 20 27 2024 Licenses 25 26 Page 189 of 465 2/20/2025 14 27 2024 Year in Review City Code •Codified 10 ordinances City Council Support •Processed 92 agenda packets •148 resolutions •92 sets of minutes Data Practices •Processed 89 data requests 2 44 9 12 17 22 22 City Council Agenda Packets 2024 28 2024 Year in Review Legislative changes •Extended hours for in-person absentee voting •Legalization of cannabis Three elections •A total of 16,224 residents voted •14,320 voted on election day or in-person absentee •97 election judges 22% 27% 79% 10%14% 71% 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% PNP Primary General 2020 & 2024 Percentage of Voter Turnout 2020 2024 27 28 Page 190 of 465 2/20/2025 15 29 2025 Priorities •Advisory Commission •Business Licensing •Processes & Procedures •Recodifying City Code •Records Retention •Contracts •Permanent Records 30 2025 Administration Department Strategic Priorities 29 30 Page 191 of 465 2/20/2025 16 31 2025 Strategic Priority #1 Build a system of process excellence within the Administration Department that can be modeled to the rest of the organization 1. Define core functions 2. Document the standard operating procedures that make up those functions 3. Clearly define ownership and accountability 32 2025 Priority #2 Begin developing a system of measuring work and impact, beginning with the Administration Department. Identify measures for success and start tracking •How much? •How well? •Who’s better off? 31 32 Page 192 of 465 2/20/2025 17 33 2025 Priority #3 Drive execution of organizational strategic priorities •Establish governance & accountability •Leadership responsibilities •Project management •Change management •Prioritize projects •Establish regular cadence of action plans •Focus on measuring impact and results 34 Questions 33 34 Page 193 of 465 Council Regular Meeting DATE: 2/24/2025 TO: City Council FROM: Angela Holm, Director of Finance THROUGH: BY: Angela Holm, Director of Finance SUBJECT: Resolution Establishing 2025 Organics Recycling Rates and Charges Requested Council Action: - Motion to: • Open the public hearing; • Take public input; and • Close the public hearing - Motion to approve: • Resolution for 2025 Organics Recycling Rates and Charges Background: In November 2018, Hennepin County made revisions to its Recycling Ordinance (Ordinance 13) requiring that organics collection services be made available to all households with recycling collection services. The ordinance offers flexibility to cities in meeting the requirements. Cities may contract for citywide services, or require trash haulers to provide the service. Up to this point, private haulers have provided the service in Brooklyn Center and residents have incurred an expense for the service on their regular garbage service billing. Effective April 1, 2025, the Hennepin Recycling Group (HRG) will provide organics collection services for member cities, including the City of Brooklyn Center. Residents will no longer be charged for organics collection from their trash hauler. Billing for organics collection will now be included as part of the utility billing services provided by City staff. Minnesota has a state statute (Minnesota State Statute 115A.93) requiring that residents who participate in an organics program are not charged more than those who do not participate. Cities are required by Hennepin County to offer organics, and state law requires that all residents must be charged for organics recycling service in communities where the service is available. While households are not required to participate in the organics program, they are not able to opt out of paying for the program. Similar to recycling, all residents help cover the cost of the organics program to make it accessible to all households. Organic recycling revenues and expenses will be included in the same enterprise fund as other HRG revenues and expenses for recycling. In December 2024, the rate charged to residents for recycling services was increased to $24.84 per quarter (61% Page 194 of 465 increase from 2024 rates). Staff are proposing an increase of $8.94 per quarter (36% increase from the current 2025 rate) for the remaining three quarters of 2025. The amended rate will be $33.78 per quarter. The proposed increase will cover the increased cost of $8.70 as well as maintain a modest cash reserve. This proposed change in rates will increase the average homeowner's quarterly utility bill by $8.94 to $289.64. Residents are reminded to review their bills and contact their trash hauler directly if billing for organics collection continues after April 1, 2025. Budget Issues: The City will incur an increased expense in the Recycling Utility fund due to the addition of this service to the Hennepin Recycling Group's monthly billing. This expense will be offset by commensurate charges to residents. Inclusive Community Engagement: Antiracist/Equity Policy Effect: Strategic Priorities and Values: ATTACHMENTS: 1. Resolution - 2025 Organic Collection Rates 2. Organics FAQs 3. HRG Organics Recycling Mailer Page 195 of 465 Member introduced the following resolution and moved its adoption: RESOLUTION NO. _______________ RESOLUTION ESTABLISHING 2025 ORGANICS RECYCLING RATES AND CHARGES WHEREAS, the City of Brooklyn Center is a member of the Hennepin Recycling Group (HRG), which is a joint powers group organized pursuant to Minnesota Statutes Section 471.59 (1987); and WHEREAS, the purpose of the joint powers agreement is to create an organization by which member cities may jointly and cooperatively provide for the efficient and economical collection, recycling and disposal of solid waste within and without their respective corporate boundaries in compliance with the Minnesota Waste Management Act, Minnesota Statutes Chapter 115A (1987); and WHEREAS, the HRG has established a curbside organics recycling program for its member cities to meet the requirements of Hennepin County Ordinance No. 13, Solid Waste Source Separation for Hennepin County; and WHEREAS, the City of Brooklyn Center must establish rates to fund the City’s organic waste recycling program and the cost for projected reimbursement of organic recycling charges from the HRG along with other program operating charges; and WHEREAS, the City Council has reviewed data provided on delinquent utility charges; and WHEREAS, Brooklyn Center Ordinance No. 2021-01 authorizes the City to establish rates for organic recycling services; and WHEREAS, the City Council authorizes the required intermittent rate changes pursuant to the HRG recycling program which will result in increased organics recycling charges increase if city resident participation in the program reaches 10%; and NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Brooklyn Center that the organic collection charges shall be as follows for all billings issued on or after April 1, 2025: 2025 ORGANIC COLLECTION RATE SCHEDULE Organic Collection Rates and Charges Minimum Charge per Household per quarter: $8.70 per quarter Page 196 of 465 Charges Delinquent account, quarterly charge No Additional Charge Certification for collection with property taxes (Utility accounts with an outstanding balance owed of $400.00 or greater) $50.00 February 24, 2025 Date Mayor ATTEST: City Clerk The motion for the adoption of the foregoing resolution was duly seconded by member and upon vote being taken thereon, the following voted in favor thereof: and the following voted against the same: whereupon said resolution was declared duly passed and adopted. Page 197 of 465 Organics Recycling Guide (PDF) https://www.hennepin.us/- /media/hennepinus/residents/recycling/documents/residential-organics-recycling-guide.pdf Organics Recycling FAQs When will I receive my curbside organics cart? Carts will only be delivered to residents who sign up for service. Residents who sign up by March 9, 2025, will receive their carts the week of March 24. Cart delivery will be paused as we work out the logistics of the collection routes. Cart delivery for residents who sign up after March 9 will resume in mid-April. After that residents who sign up for weekly curbside organics collection will receive their cart a few weeks after signing up. How is this different from backyard composting? Backyard composting is a great way to turn fruit and vegetable scraps, coffee grounds, leaves, and grass clippings into a nutrient-rich compost that you can use to improve your soil right at home. Organics recycling allows you to conveniently compost more materials without needing to maintain a backyard compost bin. Large-scale industrial composting facilities reach higher temperatures than backyard compost bins, killing bacteria and breaking down materials that backyard bins cannot. Additional materials accepted for organics recycling include dairy products, meat and bones, pizza boxes from delivery, and certified compostable products. What if I live in an apartment complex? Weekly curbside organics collection through the city is not available to those who live in an apartment complex. Organics can be brought for free to the Hennepin County Drop-Off Facility, 8100 Jefferson Highway, Brooklyn Park. Registered users can bring material to the drop-off at the Crystal Aquatics Center. Sign up to use the site at www.hrg-recycling.com/organics or https://app.smartsheet.com/b/form/446d0b7ba154468d92f31a82cf7b56ce I have concerns that my organics cart will smell. Collection of organic material shouldn't smell any more than regular garbage. With organics collection, residents are simply moving the organics contents from their garbage cart to their designated organics cart. Utilizing BPI Certified compostable bags will help contain material and keep your organics cart clean. Additionally, because curbside organics collection is weekly, materials will be picked up in a timely manner to help prevent smell issues. How do I deter bugs from my organics cart? Page 198 of 465 Bugs are naturally attracted to the contents of both garbage and organics carts. However, to help minimize odors and mitigate the presence of flies, ants, maggots or other insects in organics carts, the city recommends periodically cleaning your cart by rinsing it with warm water and a biodegradable detergent. Make sure to place your cart out for pick up each week, even if your cart is not full. Additionally, using BPI Certified compostable bags will help contain materials and keep your organics cart clean. Where can I find BPI certified compostable bags? BPI Certified compostable bags can be purchased at home improvement stores such as Menards, retailers such as Target and Walmart, and from many online stores. Brown paper bags are compostable, and you can use them for your organics recycling. Where can I find a collection container to use in my home? In-house collection containers can be found at many online stores, most local household goods and home improvement stores. There is a limited number available at the Brooklyn Park Operations & Maintenance Facility, 8300 Noble Avenue. Pick one up for free during office hours of Monday – Friday, 7:00 a.m. – 3:30 p.m. For more ideas, we encourage you to view slides from a presentation provided by Hennepin County for setting up organics recycling at home. https://www.hennepin.us/- /media/hennepinus/business/work-with-hennepin-county/environmental-education- activities/setting-up-organics-recycling.pdf What will the charge be? Currently garbage haulers are charging $5-$7.50 a month. Haulers will discontinue charging for the service in April and a new $2.90 a month charge will be added to your city utility bill. Once we reach 11% of residents signed up for service the charge will increase to $3.60 a month to cover the expense of adding trucks and drivers to service more households. How can I reduce my food waste Minnesotans throw away over 500,000 tons of food waste each year. An average family spends $1,866 every year to buy food they never eat. Hennepin County sponsors a Reduce Food Waste Challenge each year where you can learn tips and techniques to save your food. Here’s a downloadable handout with some food waste reduction tips: https://environmental-resources.myshopify.com/products/fruit-and-veggie- storage-guide Page 199 of 465 Join your neighbors – get started with weekly curbside organics collection PR S R T S T D U. S . P O S T A G E PA I D TW I N C I T I E S , M N PE R M I T N O . 3 2 7 3 By participating in the organics recycling program, your food scraps and non-recyclable paper products are put to better use by being turned into compost – a valuable resource used in gardens, farms, and landscaping projects. Start participating now! This brochure includes information about how organics recycling works, what is accepted, and how to participate. All food • Fruits and vegetables • Meat, fish, and bones • Cheese, yogurt, and other dairy products and non-dairy alternatives • Eggs and egg shells • Pasta, beans, and rice • Bread and cereal • Nuts and shells Certified compostable products Look for the BPI logo on certified products. Only items with this logo are accepted. Food-soiled paper • Pizza boxes from delivery • Napkins and paper towels • Paper egg cartons Other compostable household items • Coffee grounds and filters • Cotton swabs with paper stems • Hair and nail clippings • Houseplants and flowers • Chopsticks, toothpicks, and popsicle sticks Organics Recycling Guide Learn why it’s important to compost the right things and find a detailed list of accepted and not accepted items at hennepin.us/organics#what-to-compost Not accepted: Glass • plastic and Styrofoam™ • food wrappers • produce stickers • diapers • animal waste • products not certified compostable If y o u n e e d t h i s i n f o r m a t i o n i n a n o t h e r l a n g u a g e or f o r m a t o r d i s a b i l i t y a c c o m m o d a t i o n s , e m a i l ac c e s s @ b r o o k l y n p a r k . o r g o r c a l l 7 6 3 - 4 9 3 - 8 0 0 0 Si n e c e s i t a s e s t a i n f o r m a c i ó n e n e s p a ñ o l : 76 3 - 4 9 3 - 8 0 0 0 Yo g x a v t a u k e v p a b , t h o v h u r a u 7 6 3 - 4 9 3 - 8 0 0 0 la w v m a m l i n r h i a v i b t u s n e e g t x h a i s l u s r a u k o j He n n e p i n R e c y c l i n g G r o u p 41 4 1 D o u g l a s D r i v e N o r t h Cr y s t a l , M N 5 5 4 2 2 Page 200 of 465 How does organics recycling work? It’s as easy as 1, 2, 3 Tips for collecting organics at home 1.2.3. Sort it. Separate your food scraps, coffee grounds, paper towels, and other organics into a certified compostable bag. Drop it. Place your bagged organics in the organics cart. Roll it. Put your organics cart out for weekly collection. Sign up for weekly curbside organics collection The city’s recycling contractor, Waste Management, offers weekly curbside organics collection to all households. All households pay for organics recycling through their utility bill, like regular recycling. Residents must sign up to receive an organics cart to get started. To sign up, visit hrg-recycling.com/organics. Organics are a resource, not a waste! By participating in the organics recycling program, your food scraps and compostable products become part of the organics recycling cycle that creates valuable compost that improves soils, reduces erosion, and decreases the need for chemical fertilizers. It starts with you collecting collect your food waste and other compostable items at home and putting your organics, bagged in certified compostable bags, in your organics recycling cart. Your hauler picks up your organics recycling and brings it to a commercial composting facility, where the materials are turned into nutrient-rich compost. Compost is used in gardens, farms, and landscaping projects to add nutrients to the soil to help plants grow. Why organics recycling matters Approximately one-third of trash is organic material, such as food scraps and compostable paper. Weekly curbside organics recycling allows residents to dispose of these materials (separate from yard waste) to divert material from the waste stream and create reusable compost instead. The organics recycling cycle Shrink your garbage cart By participating in organics recycling, you may be able to reduce your trash enough to switch to a smaller garbage cart. Contact your garbage hauler for more information. Note: Garbage cart sizes are approximate and may vary depending on your hauler. Large garbage About 95 gallons Medium garbage About 65 gallons Small garbage About 35 gallons Use a kitchen pail and line it with a compostable bag. Consider a vented container that allows moisture to evaporate, which will reduce odors and help your compostable bags last longer. Pick up a free kitchen pail while supplies last at the Brooklyn Park Operations and Maintenance building (8300 Noble Avenue North, Brooklyn Park). You can keep “wet” organics in your refrigerator or freezer, or place paper towels or newspaper at the bottom of your container. This all helps to slow the decomposition of food, reduce odors, and prevent flies. Keep non-compostable materials out. Receiving organics free of contamination allows local composters to produce clean, nutrient-rich compost that people want to use. If you aren’t sure if an item is compostable, put it in the trash. Focus on collecting food. Of all the organic materials that get thrown in the garbage, food scraps are the most common and produce the most nutrient-rich material. Label your containers so everyone in your household knows how to sort their waste. Order free labels for your recycling, organics recycling and trash bins at hennepin.us/organics. There are three ways to sign up for organics recycling: 1. Visit hrg-recycling.com/organics 2. Email BPOM@brooklynpark.org 3. Call 763-493-8006 A list of frequently asked questions and other resources are available to view at hrg-recycling.com/organics. FAQs and other resources Page 201 of 465 Council Regular Meeting DATE: 2/24/2025 TO: City Council FROM: Ginny McIntosh, Planning Manager THROUGH: Jesse Anderson, Community Development Director BY: Ginny McIntosh, Planning Manager SUBJECT: Resolution Regarding the Recommended Approval of Planning Comission Application No. 2025-001 for an Approximately 8,910-Square Foot Expansion of CAPI's Immigrant Opportunity Center, Preliminary and Final Plat for CAPI USA Addition, and Associated Variances (5930 and 5950 Brooklyn Boulevard) Requested Council Action: 1) Motion to approve Planning Commission Application No. 2025-001 for an approximately 8,910-square foot expansion of CAPI's Immigrant Opportunity Center and related site improvements, a preliminary and final plat for CAPI USA Addition, and associated variances; and 2) Motion to approve a first reading of an ordinance amending Sections 35-2301, 35- 2302, and 35-5100 of the City Code of Ordinances regarding the maximum size of an individual non-residential use in the MX-N1 and MX-N2 (Neighborhood Mixed-Use) zoning districts to the maximum size of an individual retail use in the MX-N1 and MX-N2 (Neighborhood Mixed-Use) zoning districts, and set the second reading for March 10, 2025. Background: Property Owner CAPI USA (“the Applicant”) is requesting review and consideration of a proposal that would renovate the current CAPI headquarters, which are located in an approximately 10,688-square foot building, and construct an approximately 8,910- square foot, two-story expansion with certain site improvements for its new Immigrant Opportunity Center. The Applicant purchased the existing building and adjacent vacant lot, known as 5930 and 5950 Brooklyn Boulevard, in 2017. Following their purchase, CAPI USA underwent an interior renovation of the building, which was constructed in 1970, to accommodate a general remodel of the office space, installation of an elevator lift, minor work to the parking lot, and installation of a new fence and trash enclosure. CAPI’s desire to expand is a response to the rapid growth and community demand for their services. Their mission is to guide immigrants and refugees in their journey to self- determination and social equity through workforce development, food access, health and wellness programming, and economic empowerment services. According to 2023 American Community Survey (ACS) estimates, 21.6 percent of Brooklyn Center residents are foreign born. Due to the requests submitted as part of Planning Commission Application No. 2025- Page 202 of 465 001, a public hearing notice was published in the Brooklyn Center Sun Post on January 30, 2025. Mail notifications were sent to all physical addresses and taxpayer addresses located within 350 feet of the Subject Property, and a public hearing notice was published on the City website. A public hearing was held at the Planning Commission meeting on February 13, 2025 and two members of the public were in attendance, with a third online. One resident expressed support for the proposed expansion, and CAPI's commitment to the community's diversity, cultural appreciation, and immigrant services. Although no formal comment was submitted, City staff received one question earlier that day regarding potential sight obstructions of Brooklyn Boulevard from a neighboring resident who was in receipt of the public hearing notice. In reviewing their property location, City staff did not foresee there being any sight obstructions as they were located near the north end of the Subject Property. The resident further inquired on whether the City of Brooklyn Center provided direct funding to Applicant CAPI USA. Although not within the purview of the Planning Commission's scope of duties, the Applicant and City staff confirmed the City does not provide funding to CAPI. As has been done with other project proposals, the City has previously provided CAPI municipal support with grant applications and resolutions of support letters. The Commissioners engaged in a discussion surrounding various aspects of the expansion, including: parking needs, snow removal, screening, potential farmers' market operations, and their capital campaign. CAPI’s Director of Finance and Operations, David Monterrosa, and project Architect, Wale Falade (Locus Architecture) were available at the meeting to answer questions about the project and CAPI's operations. Mr. Falade outlined proposed areas of snow storage, and indicated plans to install a section of pervious pavement to allow for snow to percolate through the parking lot. The Commissioners engaged in a conversation around proposed tree preservation and landscaping, addressing existing tree removal and replacement. Mr. Falade indicated plans to only remove four (4) trees that are located in the proposed footprint of the addition, and outlined plans to provide for diverse plantings that are low maintenance and hardy. Additional discussion between the Applicant and Commissioners centered around proposed screening along Beard Avenue North, and how the Applicant would ensure visitors were not parking along the street, which is predominantly single-family residential. Mr. Falade described plans to plant double-layered juniper shrubs as a means to discourage people from parking off Beard Avenue North. He further indicated that the proposal would expand the existing parking lot to offer additional on-site parking for those utilizing CAPI's services or community garden space. Commissioners inquired on whether other properties might be affected if CAPI holds larger events. City staff noted that an outdoor farmers' market or other events would Page 203 of 465 need to apply for and receive approval of the City's Special Events Permit, which would address plans for on and off-site parking, tents, trash pickup, portable toilets, etc. as a means to minimize negative impacts to surrounding properties. The Commissioners further contemplated whether CAPI's parking lot expansion might result in overflow parking from the neighboring funeral home (Evans-Nordby), which is located on the north side of 60th Avenue North. City staff clarified that there needs to be a balance between the intent of the MX-N2 zoning district, which requires parking lots to be set behind buildings so as to be more pedestrian friendly, the new impervious coverage maximums, and ensuring adequate parking is provided on-site for typical daily traffic, and not worse case scenarios. As proposed, the Applicant's proposed parking lot expansion meets the maximum allowable parking requirements for a majority office use. One commissioner asked the Applicant to clarify the intended use of the two tenant spaces, which do not have defined users at this time. Mr. Monterrosa clarified they are looking for partners that align with CAPI's mission, and do not need to fill these spaces immediately. In the pre-development phase, the feedback from community members and stakeholders appeared to identify childcare as a major need, as well as legal clinics and mental health clinics. CAPI wants to choose a partner that complements their work in an expanded space. City staff has relayed to the Applicant that if they ultimately identify a childcare provider as one of the tenants, issuance of a conditional use permit (CUP) would be required. The Commissioners asked if the food shelf is open to the public or if a person needs to be a member. Mr. Monterrosa noted that the food shelf is open to the public. However, if a visitor is recurrent (more than one time), CAPI evaluates their situation and will work to formally register them for scheduled food shelf visits. This is beneficial to CAPI and its staff as it helps manage daily food shelf traffic and staffing. Following a question from a resident during the public hearing, the Commissioners asked if the Applicant could expound on the design. Mr. Falade described it as “CAPI Specific.” The design is a mixture of materials and is a metaphor for the integration of their client base into the broader community. One Commissioner asked if it will be designed with solar panels and if the proposed community garden will contribute to the farmers' market. Mr. Falade described it as "solar ready," but more funding is needed before any install would take place. Mr. Monterrosa noted the farmers' market is separate from the community garden. CAPI partners with local agricultural farmers to sell their products in the farmers’ market. The community garden will act as a training program to teach community members how to grow food. Additional questions surrounded how the community garden would be serviced with water. Mr. Falade indicated plans to install a cistern; however, access to domestic water would still be needed. Ultimately, the Planning Commission elected to unanimously (4-0) recommend City Council approval of Planning Commission Application No. 2025-001 for approval of (1) an ordinance amending Sections 35-2301, 35-2302, and 35-5100 of the City Code of Page 204 of 465 Ordinances regarding the maximum size of an individual non-residential use in the MX- N1 and MX-N2 Districts, to the maximum size of an individual retail use; (2) preliminary and final plat for CAPI USA ADDITION; (3) a major amendment to the site and building plan for the Subject Property located at 5930 and 5950 Brooklyn Boulevard that would construct an approximately 8,910-square foot, two-story addition and related site improvements; and (4) associated variances from Sections 35-2302 and 35-5100 regarding the maximum allowable build-to setback for a secondary frontage to allow for an approximately 120-foot setback along 60th Avenue North, and a deviation from a requirement that at least 50% of the first floor of the front facade of the primary building be located not more than 10 feet from the front lot line. A copy of the Planning Commission report (dated February 13, 2025), as well as copies of a draft resolution approving Planning Commission Application No. 2025-001, and ordinance language amending Sections 35-2301, 35-2302, and 35-5100, are included with this memorandum. Budget Issues: None to consider at this time. Inclusive Community Engagement: Antiracist/Equity Policy Effect: Strategic Priorities and Values: ATTACHMENTS: 1. Staff Report with Exhibits - Planning Commission Application No. 2025-001 2. Hennepin County Formal Plat Review Comment Letter - CAPI Expansion (February 14, 2025) 3. Approval Resolution - Planning Commission Application No. 2025-001 (CAPI USA) 4. Ordinance Amendment - Regarding Maximum Size of Individual Non-Residential Use in MX-N1 and MX-N2 Districts Page 205 of 465 Planning Commission Report Meeting Date: February 13, 2025 Application No. 2025-001 Applicant | Property Owner: CAPI USA Location: 5930 and 5950 Brooklyn Boulevard, Brooklyn Center, MN 55429 | 03-118- 21-12-0006 and 03-118-21-12-0101 Requests: Text Amendment, Preliminary/Final Plat, Site and Building Plan (Major Amendment), and Variances Map 1. Subject Property Location. Requested Action Property Owner CAPI USA (“the Applicant”) is requesting review and consideration of a proposal that would renovate CAPI’s current offices and construct an approximately 8,910-square foot, two-story expansion and certain site improvements for its new Immigrant Opportunity Center—refer to Exhibit A. The Applicant purchased the existing, approximately 10,688 square-foot building and adjacent vacant lot, known as 5930 and 5950 Brooklyn Boulevard, in 2017. Following their purchase, CAPI USA underwent an • Application Filed: 01/14/2025 • Review Period (60-day) Deadline: 03/15/2025 • Extension Declared: No • Extended Review Period Deadline: Page 206 of 465 interior renovation of the building, which was constructed in 1970, to accommodate a general remodel of the office space, installation of an elevator lift, minor work to the parking lot, and installation of a new fence and trash enclosure. CAPI’s desire to expand is a response to the rapid growth and community demand for their services. Their mission is to guide immigrants and refugees in their journey to self-determination and social equity through workforce development, food access, health and wellness programming, and economic empowerment services. According to 2023 American Community Survey (ACS) estimates, 21.6 percent of Brooklyn Center residents are foreign born. Due to the requests submitted as part of Planning Commission Application No. 2025-001, a public hearing notice was published in the Brooklyn Center Sun Post on January 30, 2025—refer to Exhibit B. Mail notifications were sent to all physical addresses and taxpayer addresses located within 350 feet of the Subject Property, and a public hearing notice was published on the City website. Background City staff initially became aware of the proposal in 2022, when the project architect reached out for clarification on the City’s Code requirements. It was also during this time that CAPI requested a resolution of support from City Council to apply to the LCDA Metropolitan Council Livable Communities Demonstration Account Predevelopment Grant. CAPI has since applied for two additional grants to help with their capital campaign to construct the new Immigrant Opportunity Center, and received funds for community engagement, feasibility studies, stormwater schematic design plans, and architectural site plans. The expansion would allow the Applicant to expand upon their service offerings, while providing additional tenant space for nonprofit partners, community events, and training spaces. Currently, CAPI offers employment search assistance, housing resources, benefits assistance, and civic engagement training as well. The Subject Property originally received site and building plan approval in 1970 under Planning Commission Application No. 70047 for what was originally intended to be a two-phase office development; however, the second office building was never constructed. At the time, the Subject Property was zoned in the C1 (Service/Office) District, which permitted offices, beauty and barber services, funeral and crematory services, financial institutions, daycares, and nursing homes in buildings three stories or less in height. BKBM Engineers was a long-time owner of 5930 Brooklyn Boulevard and the vacant parcel to the north, which is addressed as 5950 Brooklyn Boulevard. Site Data: 2040 Land Use Plan: Neighborhood Mixed Use (N-MU) Neighborhood: Garden City Current Zoning: Neighborhood Mixed Use 2 (MX-N2) District Site Area: Approximately 1.62 acres Surrounding Area: Direction 2040 Land Use Plan Zoning Existing Land Use North Neighborhood Mixed Use (N-MU) MX-N2 (Neighborhood Mixed-Use 2) Commercial (Evans-Nordby Funeral Home) South Neighborhood Mixed Use (N-MU) MX-N2 (Neighborhood Mixed-Use 2) Commercial (Old National Bank) Page 207 of 465 East Low Density Residential Low Density Residential Single Family Detached West Low Density Residential and PSP/Institutional Low Density Residential Undeveloped and Institutional (Cross of Glory Church) Existing Conditions Image 1. Existing Site Conditions at Subject Property and Neighboring Uses. Page 208 of 465 REQUESTS TEXT AMENDMENT Per Section 35-71301 (Applicability), an amendment of the City’s Unified Development Ordinance may be initiated by the City Council, Planning Commission, or a City property owner. Following discussions with City staff regarding the existing size of the building, the proposed uses, and requested building expansion, City staff indicated that the Applicant (Property Owner) would need to request an amendment to Chapter 35 of the City Code of Ordinances (Unified Development Ordinance) as the maximum size of an individual non-residential use is 10,000-square feet in the MX-N2 (Neighborhood Mixed-Use) District and 7,500- square feet in the MX-N1 (Neighborhood Mixed-Use) District. The existing size of CAPI building located at 5930 Brooklyn Boulevard already exceeds 10,000 square feet. The purpose of the MX-N2 (Neighborhood Mixed-Use) District, where the Subject Property is located, is to accommodate small-scale, mixed-use neighborhood activity centers with comfortable gathering places, that are located and scaled to provide minor/convenience services near low density residential neighborhoods and avoid strip development patterns or the creation of destination retail or business uses serving beyond the immediate neighborhoods. Similarly, the MX-N1 (Neighborhood Mixed-Use) District is to accommodate low- to medium-density residential and multi-family residential development with or without small-scale ground floor non-residential uses. These districts, which were adopted as new zoning districts in January 2023, were guided under the 2040 Comprehensive Plan new future land use designation of “Neighborhood Mixed-Use” or N-MU in 2019. Per the 2040 Plan: As proposed, the Applicant would be seeking text amendments to Chapter 35 (Unified Development Ordinance) that would amend the maximum size of an individual non-residential use to the maximum size of an individual retail use. The respective maximum size requirements of 10,000-square feet in the MX- N2 District, and 7,500-square feet in the MX-N1 District would remain in place. These changes will require an amendment to Sections 35-2301, 35-2302, and 35-5100: Section 35-2300. MIXED-USE DISTRICTS Section 35-2301. MX-N1 – NEIGHBORHOOD MIXED-USE b. MX-N1 DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS Page 209 of 465 Section 35-2302. MX-N2 – NEIGHBORHOOD MIXED-USE Building Setbacks A Front build-to line (min-max) 5-20 feet on primary and secondary street frontage B Side building setback (minimum) 10 feet C Rear building setback (minimum) 20 feet D Minimum lot size N/A Accessory Structure setback, Interior side or rear (minimum) 5 feet Other Standards E Structure height (maximum) 48 feet Density 15-31 Units/acre Accessory Structure height (maximum) 20 feet Maximum size of individual non-residential retail use 7,500 Square Feet Page 210 of 465 b. MX-N2 DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS Section 35-5100. DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS SUMMARY. (Strikeout indicates matter to be deleted, double-underline indicates new matter.) Building Setbacks A Front build-to line (min-max) 5-20 feet on primary and secondary street frontage B Side building setback (minimum) 10 feet C Rear building setback (minimum) 10 feet D Minimum lot size N/A Accessory Structure setback, Interior side or rear (minimum) 5 feet Other Standards E Structure height (maximum) 48 feet Density 15-31 Units/acre Accessory Structure height (maximum) 20 feet Maximum size of individual non-residential retail use 10,000 Square Feet Dimensional Standards Lot Dimensions (Minimum, only for lots created after the effective date) Zoning Districts R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 MX- N1 MX-N2 MX-C TOD C MX- B I O Lot area (Sq. ft/unit). 9,500 (Interior) 10,500 (Corner) 7,600 (One- family Interior), 8,500 (one- family corner), 5,000 (two- family) 4,000 2,200 1,400 -- -- Minimum 2 Acres Contiguous Parcel For Residential Use 2000 ft perimeter (max) -- -- -- -- Density (Units/acre) 3-5 3-10 5-15 10-25 20-31 15-31 15-31 10-60 31 – 130 -- -- -- -- Maximum size of individual non- residential retail use -- -- -- -- -- 7,500 SF 10,000 SF -- -- -- -- -- -- Page 211 of 465 App. No. 2025-001 PC 02/13/2025 Page 7 In reviewing requests for ordinance amendments, certain amendment criteria shall be considered as outlined under Section 35-71304 (Amendment Criteria). The Planning Commission and City Council shall review the necessary submittal requirements, facts, circumstances of the proposed amendment, and make a recommendation and decision on the amendment based on, but not limited to, consideration of the following criteria and policies: a. Whether there is a clear and public need or benefit; b. Whether the proposed amendment is consistent with and compatible with surrounding land use classifications; c. Whether all permitted uses in the proposed zoning district can be contemplated for development of the subject property; d. Whether there have been substantial physical or zoning classification changes in the area since the subject property was zoned; e. Whether there is an evident, broad public purpose in the case of City-initiated rezoning proposals; f. Whether the subject property will bear fully the UDO development restrictions for the proposed zoning districts; g. Whether the subject property is generally unsuited for uses permitted in the present zoning district, with respect to size, configuration, topography, or location; h. Whether the rezoning will result in the expansion of a zoning district, warranted by: 1) Comprehensive Planning; 2) The lack of developable land in the proposed zoning district; or 3) The best interests of the community. i. Whether the proposal demonstrates merit beyond the interests of an owner or owners of an individual parcel. j. The specific policies and recommendations of the Comprehensive Plan and other City plans; k. The purpose and intent of this UDO, or in the case of a map amendment, whether it meets the purpose and intent of the individual district; and l. If applicable, the adequacy to buffer or transition between potentially incompatible districts. The Neighborhood Mixed-Use District properties are located along Brooklyn Boulevard and Humboldt Avenue North. While the City desires to create amenity hubs along these corridors and for the neighboring residential neighborhoods, these areas are almost entirely developed as of today. Any new investment would either require redevelopment on select parcels, or investment into existing buildings. Map 2. Neighborhood Mixed-Use Districts (areas indicated in red). Page 212 of 465 App. No. 2025-001 PC 02/13/2025 Page 8 Since the adoption of the new code provisions under Chapter 35, City staff have begun to test these new provisions against real projects. City staff have, on a recurrent basis, come across situations where there is an existing user wanting to invest in their building, but are faced with existing nonconformities and/or multiple uses operating under a single owner or organization. Recent examples include: • Location siting for New Horizon Academy, who provides daycare and preschool care in buildings generally in excess of 10,000 square feet; • An existing health-oriented business that expressed interest in adding onto their lobby; and • CAPI’s proposal to expand their existing building to provide additional services and tenant space. In discussion with the City Attorney, City staff did not want to remove the maximum size restriction, but wanted to refine the types of businesses that would require size restrictions. In reviewing the purpose of the Neighborhood Mixed-Use designation and zoning districts, City staff determined that the greatest threat to preserving neighboring low-density residential neighborhoods would be to generate additional traffic or congestion. The proposed text amendment seeks to refine the current Unified Development Ordinance, which City staff views as a living document, to limit retail uses to no more than 7,500-square feet in the MX-N1 District and no more than 10,000-square feet in the MX-N2 District, respectively. This is as retail uses generally demand the greatest parking requirements, and the purpose of the Neighborhood Mixed-Use Districts and future land use designation is to provide for neighborhood-scale retail, office, and commercial uses. Large-scale non-residential uses like big box stores or large retail spaces are generally more likely to create disruptions in neighborhoods through increased traffic, noise, and lighting, which may negatively impact the overall character and livability of a neighborhood. A limitation on larger retail users fosters a focus on smaller-scale retail establishments that are more likely to be locally owned, community-focused, and serve the daily needs of residents, which is the purpose of the district. In general, there are few parcels where City staff feels a major user could locate along either Brooklyn Boulevard or Humboldt Avenue North as the average lot depth is too shallow for large-scale development. The other location is the City EDA-owned property located off 57th Avenue North and Logan Avenue North. The 2040 Comprehensive Plan notes that the Neighborhood Mixed-Use future land use designation was designed to integrate small-scale commercial and retail uses into the neighborhood fabric, and that several key nodes primarily located within the Brooklyn Boulevard Corridor could provide smaller-scale retail, restaurant, and service amenities to surrounding neighborhoods. By lifting the blanket maximum size restriction for non-residential uses and replacing it with a focus on retail uses, greater flexibility would be provided for non-retail businesses—such as offices or service- oriented uses, that often require larger spaces for their operations, but do not necessarily have the same disruptive impacts on residential areas as retail establishments do. By focusing on retail uses, the proposed amendment would ensure that large-scale commercial operations like big-box retailers or regional chain stores would have greater control, while non-retail uses, such as office space, medical and health uses, or cultural/social service organizations would be given greater latitude to contribute to the vibrancy of the neighborhood by encouraging diversity in the business types that locate along these thoroughfares and without infringing on the overall quality of life for residents. For context, the general size for a sit-down restaurant as contemplated within Shingle Creek Crossing, which is not zoned Neighborhood Mixed-Use District, is no more than 6,000 square feet. The Page 213 of 465 App. No. 2025-001 PC 02/13/2025 Page 9 approximately 15,000-square foot former CVS Pharmacy building located at 5801 Brooklyn Boulevard, is zoned MX-N2 (Neighborhood Mixed-Use) District and is therefore non-conforming with respect to size. By distinguishing between retail and non-retail uses, the proposed amendment is able to create a more targeted, business-friendly zoning regulation that allows businesses the space they need to grow (and in place), while adhering to the core purpose of the Neighborhood Mixed-Use Districts—which is to preserve the overall harmony and blending of residential and commercial activities. PRELMINARY AND FINAL PLAT Section 35-8105 (Combination of Land Parcels) outlines that in instances where “multiple parcels of land which are contiguous and adjacent,” and of which are “proposed to serve a single development use,” and “under common ownership,” shall be combined into a single parcel through platting or registered land survey (RLS). As proposed, the Applicant intends to re-plat and consolidate the Subject Property from three parcels down to one. The northern parcel, addressed as 5950 Brooklyn Boulevard, and noted as Parcels 1 and 2 on the provided preliminary plat, are currently vacant. It is proposed for a combination with identified Parcel 3, addressed as 5930 Brooklyn Boulevard, and currently improved with an existing office building and site improvements. Consolidation of these lots would allow for the Applicant to accommodate the proposed building expansion but also meet the requirements of Section 35-8105. The Applicant intends to dedicate certain portions of right-of-way along Brooklyn Boulevard and Beard Avenue North. These discussions were initially initiated with the City staff as the Applicant would not have met the MX-N2 District requirements outlined under Chapter 35 that require a minimum-maximum front build-to setback of between 5 and 20 feet, nor a requirement to locate a minimum of 50 percent (%) of the first floor of the front façade within 10 feet of the front property line. Although it was later determined as part of the design process that the Applicant would be unable to meet the latter requirement of locating 50 percent of the first floor within 10 feet of the property line due to an existing utility easement and sidewalk running along Brooklyn Boulevard, the dedication of right-of-way would allow the submitted proposal to meet the front build-to setback of between 5 and 20 feet. City Engineering reviewed the provided preliminary and final plat for the CAPI USA Addition and noted in their memorandum (Exhibit C) that a 10-foot drainage and utility easement would require dedication around the perimeter of the Subject Property. Additionally, there is an existing drainage and utility easements that requires vacation as part of the process to combine the three parcels into one. City Engineering has indicated they are in receipt of the necessary documentation to vacate this easement through a separate city approval process. Any easement vacations would need to be approved by City Council and filed before the new plat (CAPI USA Addition) could be filed at Hennepin County. As the Subject Property abuts County Road 152 (Brooklyn Boulevard) and was located within the Phase II Brooklyn Boulevard Corridor project area, City staff submitted the preliminary and final plats, and civil set to Hennepin County for review. The County will prepare a formal letter but conducted an initial review at their Plat Review Committee meeting on February 4, 2025, and did not appear to have any major concerns. They indicated they did not see a need for additional right-of-way to be dedicated; however, they did not appear opposed to it. City staff requests revisions to the provided preliminary and final plat to clearly define the boundaries and Page 214 of 465 App. No. 2025-001 PC 02/13/2025 Page 10 reflect dedication of right-of-way along Brooklyn Boulevard and Beard Avenue North, and the new property line. Any existing or proposed utilities should be noted on the preliminary plat per Section 35- 8106.b.2, and the zoning information provided on the preliminary plat should be revised to reflect the current zoning district of MX-N2. An updated certified abstract of title or registered property report shall be provided to the City planning staff and City Attorney for review and comment, and the Applicant shall address any comments as outlined as part of the Hennepin County plat review process. The preliminary and final plat should be recorded with Hennepin County prior to the release of any building permits. SITE AND BUILDING PLAN Image 2. Architectural Rendering of Proposed CAPI Expansion. Image 3. Conceptual Rendering of Proposed Building Expansion and Site Improvements on Subject Property. Page 215 of 465 App. No. 2025-001 PC 02/13/2025 Page 11 As proposed, the Applicant would expand their CAPI Immigrant Opportunity Center to include a technology resource center, community and training rooms, entrepreneur training, technical assistance, and financial services to develop and expand BIPOC-led small businesses in childcare, urban farming, and other sectors; expand public benefits eligibility screening, tax assistance, financial coaching, and homebuyer services; create an outdoor play area; expanded parking; and unattached greenhouse surrounded by community garden plots and green space. Due to increasing demand, the Applicant desires to provide newly expanded community resources and services to the surrounding community. Based on a review of the proposed project scope, the expansion of the building and revisions to the site improvements will trigger a major site and building plan amendment under Section 35-7605 (Major Amendments), which notes that, “the review of major amendments shall follow the procedure set forth above for the issuance of a new site and building plan approval.” Section 35-7601 (Applicability) further notes that site and building plan approval is required where the construction or erection of a new building or add on to an existing building would result in an increase in gross floor areas of all buildings by more than 10 percent (%), or the expansion of change of building or parcel use that results in a different intensity of use, including the requirement for additional parking. Additional triggers identified under Section 35-7605 include a: 20 percent (%) or greater change in the ground area covered by the project, or a 20 percent (%) or greater change in the number of parking spaces provided or required. Section 35-7604 (Site and Building Plan Criteria) provides that no site and building plan review application shall be approved unless it meets the following criteria: a. It fully complies with all applicable requirements of this UDO; b. It adequately protects residential uses from the potential adverse effects of a non- residential use; c. It is consistent with the use and character of surrounding properties; and d. It provides safe conditions for pedestrians or motorists and prevents the dangerous arrangement of pedestrian vehicular ways. Site Design The Applicant outlines in their narrative that they would renovate the interior of the approximately 10,688-square-foot existing building and construct an approximately 8,910-square foot new addition for offices, training rooms, tenant spaces, and an expansion for their food shelf. The exterior of the building would be expanded to the west towards Brooklyn Boulevard. Although City staff worked closely with the Applicant’s development team to address code provisions as outlined under Chapter 35, including consolidation of their lots into one parcel to accommodate the building’s expansion and unified ownership, and meeting maximum front build-to setback requirements, the Applicant requested approval of certain variances to address deficiencies to the maximum allowable front and secondary setbacks. These variance requests are addressed in the next section of the report. Alterations to the east side of the Subject Property would be minimal with the exception of a trash enclosure relocation to accommodate a parking lot expansion and secondary access off 60thAvenue North, and sitework for a landscaped courtyard, community gardening, and a future greenhouse. As proposed, there are no plans to alter the existing curb cut on Brooklyn Boulevard. Page 216 of 465 App. No. 2025-001 PC 02/13/2025 Page 12 Generally, the site’s design is informed by the organization’s operations, which are generally conducted Monday through Friday, from 8:30 to 4:30 p.m., and its food shelf program operating three days per week, from 10 a.m. to 4 p.m. Some evening and weekend programming does occur for special programs and events, and the Applicant indicates that the new site design would provide the additional space needed for CAPI’s farmers’ market and other outdoor events. A substantial portion of the site would be dedicated for a landscaped courtyard area, community gardening space, and a future greenhouse. The Applicant indicates in their submittal that they anticipate employing 46 full-time staff at their expanded facility, including workforce development specialists, case managers, and food shelf staff. Currently, CAPI serves over 10,000 individuals annually across various programs, including workforce training, general assistance, health access, and small business support. The newly expanded Immigrant Opportunity Center would allow for a potential 30% increase in service capacity. Dimensional Standards The MX-N2 (Neighborhood Mixed-Use) District where the Subject Property is located requires buildings to be located a minimum of 5 feet and a maximum of 20 feet from the primary and secondary street frontages, with remaining minimum 10-foot setbacks for the side interior and rear property lines. Additionally, at least 50 percent of the first floor of the front façade of the primary building shall be located not more than 10 feet from the front lot line. As proposed, the proposed expansion would be situated approximately 16.25 feet off the front build-to setback, and approximately 120 feet from the secondary build-to setback. Due to an existing utility line and easement and sidewalk along Brooklyn Boulevard, the Applicant will require approval of certain variances. Image 4. Existing and Proposed New Site Plan for Subject Property. Page 217 of 465 App. No. 2025-001 PC 02/13/2025 Page 13 Access |Circulation | Parking |Connection Hennepin County Review The Subject Property is situated along Brooklyn Boulevard (County Road 152). As Brooklyn Boulevard is a County highway, City staff submitted the preliminary and final plats, as well as the civil set to Hennepin County Transportation for review. A formal letter has not yet been issued, but the County conveyed to City staff that, following their Plat Review Committee meeting on February 4, 2025, there were no major concerns. The County indicated a general comfort with the new secondary access off the south side of 60th Avenue North, as well as the existing right-in, right-out access on Brooklyn Boulevard. Finally, the sidewalk on 60th Avenue North, while not currently connecting to anything beyond the site today, could prevent a future gap should sidewalks ever be installed to the east. Access and Circulation Access to the Subject Property currently limited to the single shared curb cut located off Brooklyn Boulevard. As proposed, the Applicant is proposing a second curb cut off 60th Avenue North, which City staff appreciates for the fact that the existing access of Brooklyn Boulevard is oftentimes congested and is in close proximity to the curb cut for Old National Bank (5920 Brooklyn Boulevard) to the south. The provision of a secondary access would provide some traffic relief. The additional access alone would provide for greater circulation in and through the Subject Property. The City Code requires a minimum of 24-feet in width for drive aisles to accommodate two-way traffic, and a minimum of 20 feet is required under Minnesota Fire Code for fire access purposes. As proposed, it appears the existing parking lot and proposed parking lot expansion would meet the minimum drive aisle width requirement: Image 5. Proposed Drive Aisle and Parking Space Dimensions. Parking The minimum parking space standards under Section 35-5504 (Parking Space Standards) for 90-degree, two-way parking are 8’8” (8.67 feet) wide by 18 feet deep, as measured with the curb overlay. As proposed, the existing and parking lot appears to meet this requirement. The Subject Property currently provides 43 total parking spaces (41 regular stalls, 2 ADA stalls). As proposed, a total of 63 parking spaces would be provided—this includes 4 ADA stalls. Assuming the entirety of the building and expansion are calculated as “office,” Section 35-5506 (Required Parking Spaces) requires the following: Page 218 of 465 App. No. 2025-001 PC 02/13/2025 Page 14 Assuming a total square footage of approximately 19,598-square feet, a maximum of 59 parking spaces would be required. 2020 Minnesota Accessibility Code requires a minimum of three (3) ADA parking spaces assuming a range of 51-75 parking spaces. Typically, the City would require a reduction of parking spaces; however, as the Applicant has not yet identified potential users for its two tenant spaces, and as the Applicant operates uses less typical to an office building, such as the dedicated food shelf and proposed farmer’s market, City staff is comfortable maintaining the proposed 63 parking spaces. If it is later determined that less parking is needed, City staff would suggest a widening of the parking spaces to 9 feet, which is more typically proposed, and would help minimize door dings. City staff requests that the submitted sets be updated to provide a parking space inventory/table with additional dimensions as the submitted plans provide minimal details. The Applicant indicates plans for a portion of the new parking lot to be comprised of pervious pavers (Pavedrain system). In analyzing the provided stormwater report, it is noted that the proposed conditions would result in approximately 0.98 acres of impervious, and 0.64 acres of pervious area. Assuming a 1.62- acre site, the proposed building expansion and new site improvements would result in a site that is approximately 60.5 percent impervious. The maximum allowable impervious percentage for the MX-N2 District is 80 percent. Connection The Subject Property is in a highly accessibly area of Brooklyn Center, as it is located along Brooklyn Boulevard. A new sidewalk was recently installed on the east side of Brooklyn Boulevard as part of the Phase II Brooklyn Boulevard modernization project, and a multi-use trail on the west side. There is an existing bus stop located towards the north end of the Subject Property that provides service for Route 723, and the Subject Property is a 0.5-mile walk from the Brooklyn Center Transit Center. As proposed, the Applicant intends to connect the main entrance to the sidewalk running along Brooklyn Boulevard and install bike racks with outdoor seating. Internally, the Applicant intends to run a sidewalk towards 60th Avenue North and along the dedicated community garden area. Lighting A photometric plan was submitted with the application submittal; however, the provided photometric plan does not include the southernmost existing parking lot and building into its scope to determine whether it meets the code provisions as outlined under Section 35-5400 (Exterior Lighting). Additionally, the wall-packs located on the existing building do not conform to City Code requirements and are only permitted in loading and service areas. City staff requests the provided photometric plan be revised to incorporate the entirety of the site and include the existing and proposed building and parking lot areas. In reviewing the provided photometric plan, the Applicant will need to revise the illumination levels along the proposed parking lot extension to meet the minimum and maximum site lighting levels of 0.2 foot- candles to 4 foot-candles for open-air parking lots, and a maximum uniformity ratio of 20:1. The Applicant Page 219 of 465 App. No. 2025-001 PC 02/13/2025 Page 15 should look for options to create more consistent lighting along the private sidewalk extension running north to 60th Avenue North as there appears to be significant drops in illumination between the light poles. The new main entry and northeast doors to the new building addition appear to meet the minimum 10 foot-candle requirements for primary building entrances and exits; however, the Applicant should revise the north door to meet the minimum foot-candle requirements. Image 6. Submitted Photometric Plan for the Subject Property (missing spot illuminations noted in red). Section 35- 5400 (Exterior Lighting) dictates that any photometric plan provided shall clearly demonstrate consistent levels of illumination across the existing open-air parking lot and avoid pockets of very low or high levels of illumination. Spot illuminations shall be provided to clearly demonstrate adherence to minimum and maximum illumination levels, uniformity, and the proposed mounting heights for the wall and parking lot lighting. The Applicant did provide fixture specifications with proper heights for landscaped areas and the parking lot. Trash | Screening Image 7. Existing and Proposed Trash Enclosure Location. Page 220 of 465 App. No. 2025-001 PC 02/13/2025 Page 16 The Applicant proposes to shift an existing trash enclosure located on the east of the property to accommodate an expansion of the parking lot. Sheet L1.0 (Site Furnishings Plan) references a proposed 8- foot metal panel enclosure with double swing gates and new concrete pad, which would replace an existing wood fence enclosure. All ground mounted equipment over 30-inches in height or greater than 12-cubic feet (e.g. transformers, mechanical) shall be effectively screened from public view. Similarly, any existing or new roof-mounted equipment shall also be screened from view through the use of parapets, wall/fencing materials, or paint compatible and complementary to the building. Architectural Materials Image 8. Existing and Proposed Alterations to the Subject Property. City Code requires the exterior wall finishes on any building to have no less than 60-percent face brick, natural or colored stone, pre-colored or factory stained or stained on site textured pre-cast concrete panels, textured concrete block, stucco, glass, fiberglass, or similar materials. As proposed, the Applicant intends to do minor exterior work to the existing, approximately 10,688- square foot building (e.g. painting of the brick, replacement of roof and roof coping). For the proposed addition, the Applicant proposes to use a mixture of stained acetylated wood, stucco, architectural precast panels, and glazing (glass). Page 221 of 465 App. No. 2025-001 PC 02/13/2025 Page 17 Image 9. Proposed Material Breakdown for West and South Elevations of Addition. The Applicant should revise their materials breakdown to incorporate the existing building, which appears to be predominantly comprised of brick and glazing. By incorporating the existing addition, City staff anticipates the minimum materials requirements will be met. Section 35-2302 (MX-N2 – Neighborhood Mixed-Use) requires each ground floor façade for a nonresidential use facing a public right-of-way to have transparent windows or other transparent glazed areas covering at least 50 percent (%) of the ground floor façade area between three (3) and eight (8) feet above sidewalk grade. Required glazed areas shall have a visible light transmittance ratio of 0.6 or higher, and shall not include reflective, heavily tinted, or black glass windows. Image 10. Window/Glazing Requirement for Ground Floor Façade (noted with red dash). Sheet A2.1 (Exterior Elevations) notes approximately 340 square feet of window along the west and south elevations, for a total of 46.5%. An additional 25-square feet would meet the minimum required 50% of glazing or windows for the ground floor façade. City staff requests the Applicant revise this sheet to Page 222 of 465 App. No. 2025-001 PC 02/13/2025 Page 18 account for the glazing on the north elevation of the new addition as it too is facing public right-of-way (Brooklyn Boulevard). The maximum allowable height in the MX-N2 District is 48 feet. As proposed, the two-story addition would be approximately 24.25 feet to the roof deck. Landscaping Image 11. Proposed Community Garden Space on Subject Property. The project submittal contains a planting plan (Sheet L5.0) as well as a site furnishings plan (Sheet L1.0). For the City’s mixed-use zoning districts, including the MX-N2 District where the Subject Property is located, Section 35-5603 (District Landscaping Requirements) sets minimum landscape requirements that are based off project valuation. Any landscaping shall be coordinated with lighting plans, and City staff requests the landscape plan be layered over the project utility plan to ensure no plantings will be located within utility easements or over utility lines, or that different plantings are selected for these areas. To promote species diversity and resilience, no more than 40 percent (%) of the total number of trees may be of the same species, and landscape vegetation should use native and resilient plant types where possible in order to promote landscape resiliency and reduce site maintenance requirements. Section 35-5513 (Parking Lot Landscaping) provides that any off-street parking facilities accommodating Page 223 of 465 App. No. 2025-001 PC 02/13/2025 Page 19 more than six (6) cars shall include landscaping adjacent to the lot, to the extent of at least 3 percent of the total surface area of all impervious parking areas. Additionally, and with certain exceptions, parking lot islands shall provide a minimum of one (1) deciduous tree per island. As proposed, a Boulevard Linden tree (deciduous) would be planted at each of the new parking lot islands. As part of the parking lot expansion, the Applicant notes a line of 55 sea green junipers along the eastern edge of the parking lot. City staff appreciate the use of junipers as they will provide some screening from headlights that might otherwise shine into the windows of residential homes along Beard Avenue North. Table 1. Planting Schedule for Subject Property. The Applicant intends to reserve a significant portion of the north site for a dedicated community garden with water connections, and a place for a future greenhouse. City staff discussed the greenhouse, and assuming the intended operations of the community garden and greenhouse are not of a commercial nature, the green house would likely be considered an “accessory structure.” This is noteworthy as there are different requirements for greenhouses and hoop houses as provided for under the commercial urban agriculture definition. An inventory of existing plantings identifies 17 plantings on the Subject Property. Of these, four (4) are scheduled for removal as they are located in proximity to where the new addition would be constructed. Despite this, a line of mature trees located along the southern property line would remain and a few located on the north and east ends of the Subject Property. The Applicant should identify these trees and update Sheet L5.0. The Applicant also proposes a dedicated landscaped courtyard with pedestrian level lighting, and a cistern located at the north side of the existing building. As currently proposed, this community garden area would be fenced. The site furnishings plan identifies areas for seating. Page 224 of 465 App. No. 2025-001 PC 02/13/2025 Page 20 Signs No specific signage requests were made as part of the Application submittal. The Subject Property currently has one (1) freestanding sign located on the Subject Property at this time, which will require removal to accommodate the new building addition and site improvements. Any new signage would be required to comply with the provisions outlined within Section 35-6000 (Signs) of the City Code. Engineering Review Principal Engineer Touyia Lee initially reviewed the submitted plan set and prepared a memorandum dated February 7, 2025—Refer to Exhibit C. Memo comments addressed include sheet-by-sheet responses o the provided plan set, platting requirements, general requirements, including the necessity of an NPDES permit and easement vacation, and construction and easement agreements pending approval of the project by City Council. Building Review Building Official Dan Grinsteinner conducted a cursory review of the proposal. Ultimately, building plans are subject to review and approval by the Building Official with respect to applicable codes and prior to the issuance of permits; however, it was noted that a fire sprinkler and monitoring system is required for installation throughout the building and is to be maintained at all times. Plans shall detail the locations and access points for any fire sprinkler room or wall connections. The proposed new elevator will require approval from the State. The Applicant will also need to meet any minimum ADA requirements with regard to the building and site improvements, and prior to issuance of any building permits, a SAC (Sewer Availability Charge) determination shall be submitted to the Metropolitan Council and any associated fees paid at time of permit issuance. The Applicant will need to coordinate with Hennepin County Health Department for any approvals for the food shelf and kitchen areas. Variance Variances may only be granted when the Applicant for the variance establishes that there are practical difficulties in complying with the zoning ordinance. Pursuant to Minnesota Statutes Section 462.357, subdivision 6, the City Council may only grant approval of a variance where “practical difficulties” exist as to the strict compliance with the City’s Unified Development Ordinance and each of the following criteria are satisfied (Note: Applicant responses are transcribed from their submitted documentation—Exhibit A): 1. The variance is in harmony with the general purposes and intent of the City’s Unified Development Ordinance. Applicant Response: The variance is in harmony and meets the intent and purpose of the MX-N2 district. The proposed building has a mix of offices, grocery store (food shelf), and meeting rooms permitted in the district. The proposal is NOT a strip development or destination retail. City Staff Response (Finding): The Applicant has worked with City staff to try to meet the requirements of the City’s new Unified Development Ordinance despite having a considerably large property with three frontages and a non-conforming office building. Despite revising plans, consolidating the parcels, and planning to dedicate right-of-way to meet these new requirements, the Applicant falls short of meeting the City’s requirements due to unique circumstances. Despite this, the Applicant has designed the proposed building expansion to try and meet the intended Page 225 of 465 App. No. 2025-001 PC 02/13/2025 Page 21 purpose of the City’s MX-N2 (Neighborhood Mixed-Use) District and dimensional standards while creating minimal impacts to the surrounding properties and residential neighborhood to the east. 2. The variance is consistent with the Comprehensive Plan. Applicant Response: The variance is consistent with the Comprehensive Plan and will fall in the future land use category of N-MU which guides land surrounding key neighborhood intersections for a mix of residential, retail and commercial/office uses. The proposal has a neighborhood scale building and plans for a plaza and community garden that will integrate well into the residential neighborhood bounding it and enhance the natural environment. City Staff Response (Finding): As is indicated by the Applicant, the Subject Property is located within the Neighborhood Mixed-Use (N-MU) future land use designation under the City’s 2040 Comprehensive Plan. The Subject Property also falls within Brooklyn Boulevard Overlay designation, which is a 1,200-foot (600 foot on each side of the centerline) corridor that calls attention to land adjacent to the roadway for special consideration at time of redevelopment. Both the Neighborhood Mixed-Use designation and Brooklyn Boulevard Overlay District are identified as key areas for change, and where the community is focused on creating a walkable, transit-connected, experience-based place that brings the City forward and offers new opportunities to existing and future residents. As it exists today, and as proposed, CAPI’s Immigrant Opportunity Center would provide service amenities to the surrounding neighborhoods. With its location along Brooklyn Boulevard, the recent Brooklyn Boulevard modernization project brought improved roadway conditions for automobile traffic, but also for pedestrians, bicyclists, and transit users. The proposed variances take into consideration the recently replaced sidewalk section running along the western edge of the proposed building addition. While the sidewalk will require replacement to facilitate the building expansion, the Applicant proposes a new entrance at the southwest corner of the new building and along Brooklyn Boulevard with outdoor seating and dedicated bike racks. Private sidewalks would directly connect to the public ways to the west, and there is an existing bus stop situated at the north end of the Subject Property. 3. The property owner proposes to use the property in a reasonable manner not permitted by this UDO. Applicant Response: The proposal would be used in a reasonable manner – an addition to CAPI’s existing office building that will include additional office space, meeting rooms, and expansion of the grocery store (culturally appropriate food shelf). The project is unable to comply with the setback requirements in the UDO. City Staff Response (Finding): The Property Owner intends to utilize the property in a manner permitted by the City’s Unified Development Ordinance. CAPI USA, who currently occupies the Subject Property, would construct additional office space for their organization, as well as meeting and training rooms. There are two tenant spaces proposed; however, the Applicant is still working to identify potential users. They had indicated the potential for a daycare in one of the tenant spaces—this use is permitted via issuance of a conditional use permit. If the Applicant decides to Page 226 of 465 App. No. 2025-001 PC 02/13/2025 Page 22 enter into an agreement with a daycare provider, the Applicant would submit a separate Planning Commission Application for separate consideration. Assuming the future proposed green house and community garden plots are conducted as a non- commercial operation, urban agriculture is permitted in the MX-N2 District as an accessory use. CAPI currently operates the CAPI Gardens Project, which empowers immigrants and refugees to become leaders through gardening and small-scale farming. CAPI’s current food shelf serves those in need by providing culturally specific foods and fresh fruits and vegetables. Groceries and related products are considered a permitted use in the MX-N2 District. If CAPI intends to host regular farmer’s markets or other outdoor events, they will likely need to submit an application to the City of Brooklyn Center for a special event permit. The City has approved regularly occurring events such as farmers’ markets at other locations in the City on a recurring basis, which helps streamline the approval process. 4. The plight of the landowner is due to circumstances unique to the property not created by the landowner. Image 12. Proposed Addition with Identified Utility Easement (in red) and Sidewalk Constraints (in grey). Page 227 of 465 App. No. 2025-001 PC 02/13/2025 Page 23 Applicant Response: a. Existing circumstances previously unknown to the property owner has made it difficult to comply with the setback requirements of the UDO. A utility line and easement runs on the west side of the property along Brooklyn Boulevard – this makes it difficult to have a building at a 10 ft set back from the Brooklyn Boulevard property line. b. The building proposal is an addition to an existing building set far inward from the north property line along 60th. An addition to the existing building that extends to the 10 ft setback along 60th Street is not feasible. City Staff Response (Finding): The plight of the landowner is due to circumstances unique to the property and not created by the landowner. The Subject Property is unique in the fact that it is technically a triple frontage parcel, and with access off Brooklyn Boulevard (west), 60th Avenue North (north), and Beard Avenue North (east). Given there is an existing office building centrally located on the lot, and on the south end of the Subject Property, this makes it extremely difficult to comply with the City’s new Unified Development Ordinance standards for front build-to and secondary setbacks in the MX-N2 District unless an exceptionally large building is constructed. Even if this were achieved, the Applicant would still require a variance due to certain utility and public way constraints along Brooklyn Boulevard. The variance request is only being made after the Applicant had already undertaken separate measures to try and conform with the City’s new Unified Development Ordinance, which was adopted in January 2023. These include the preparation of a preliminary and final plat to consolidate the Applicant’s three lots down to one parcel, and the dedication of certain right-of- way as a means to meet the minimum front build-to setback requirement of between 5 and 20 feet. Although the Applicant is able to achieve an approximately 16.25-foot setback assuming a new westerly property line along Brooklyn Boulevard, the Applicant is unable to meet a requirement specific to Neighborhood Mixed-Use District properties where “at least 50 percent of the first floor of the front façade of each primary building shall be located not more than ten feet from the front lot line.” As proposed, the building would be approximately 6 feet deficient in meeting the minimum 10-foot setback for 50 percent of the front building façade. As noted by the Applicant, there is an existing utility line and easement running north-south along Brooklyn Boulevard that makes it impossible for the Applicant to meet the aforementioned requirement unless the utility line and easement were relocated. There is also a section of concrete sidewalk that was installed as part of the Phase II Brooklyn Boulevard project. City staff has been clear that, where possible, they want minimal to no disruption to these newly installed improvements. The other variance request, as indicated above, is with respect to the maximum build-to line on a secondary frontage—in this case, 60th Avenue North. With the consolidation of the two lots to allow for the building’s expansion and comply with a City Code requirement requiring consolidation for parcels under common ownership (Section 35-8105), the resulting parcel is approximately 1.62 acres in size. Despite an approximately 9,000-square foot expansion, the northern extent of the new building addition will be located approximately 120 feet from the secondary property line along 60th Avenue North. This leaves the new building addition Page 228 of 465 App. No. 2025-001 PC 02/13/2025 Page 24 approximately 100 feet deficient in its maximum allowable setback off 60th Avenue North. 5. The variance, if granted, will not alter the essential character of the locality. Applicant Response: The variance will not alter the essential character of the locality. It will be in line with the UDO and enhance the public realm. City Staff Response (Finding): Preparation on the proposed building expansion began in advance of the City’s adoption of the new Unified Development Ordinance. The existing office building, which would remain, has sat at 5930 Brooklyn Boulevard since 1970, with the parcel to the north remaining vacant since the 1970s. Prior to this, there appears to have been housing located on the two lots comprising 5950 Brooklyn Boulevard. Although the building expansion would extend towards the north lot, the essential character of the property and surrounding locality would remain relatively the same with the exception of an expanded parking lot, community garden plots, and a future greenhouse. The variance request to not provide for at least 50 percent of the first floor of the front façade of each primary building within 10 feet of the front lot line should not negatively impact the essential character of the locality as other nearby redevelopments, such as Wangstad Commons, have recently come in under the City’s new regulations. It should be further noted that economic considerations alone shall not constitute a “practical difficulty.” In considering a variance application, “quasi-judicial” authority is exercised in that the City evaluates the facts presented against a legal standard. Prior to requesting consideration of a variance, an Applicant should always review all possible alternatives that would meet code requirements before applying for a variance. Anticipated Permitting and Conditions Following a review of the submittal materials and requests, approval of all application requests (i.e. text amendment, preliminary and final plat, major site and building plan amendment, and variances) are required in order to forward the application request. It should be reiterated that in order to approve the variance requests, satisfaction of all criteria is required. City staff recommends the following conditions be attached to any positive recommendation on the approval of Planning Commission Application No. 2025-001 for the Subject Property located at 5930 and 5950 Brooklyn Boulevard, which contemplates the approval of an approximately 8,910-square foot, two-story expansion and certain site improvements for CAPI USA: 1. Any major changes or modifications to this site and building plan, and as outlined within the City Code, can only be made by an amendment to the approved site and building plan and approval by City Council. 2. The building plans are subject to review and approval by the Building Official with respect to applicable codes prior to the issuance of permits. 3. The Applicant shall work to ensure all applicable Minnesota Fire Code requirements have been met as part of any site and building plan approval and any proposed modifications. a. A fire sprinkler and monitoring system is required to be installed and shall be maintained on a consistent basis per City Code requirements. 4. A SAC determination shall be submitted by the Applicant to the Metropolitan Council and any Page 229 of 465 App. No. 2025-001 PC 02/13/2025 Page 25 associated fees paid at time of any building permit issuance. 5. An application to and approval from the Hennepin County Health Department for the expanded food shelf and kitchen area. 6. Applicant shall revise the submitted photometric plan to provide a sitewide lighting plan for the existing and proposed building, parking lot, and landscaped areas, and with lighting in compliance with Section 35-5400 (Exterior Lighting). 7. Applicant shall comply with Section 35-5600 (Landscaping, Screening, and Fences) and revise provided landscape plan as necessary to identify any preserved plantings, and ensure planting locations are not within identified utility easements or over utility lines. a. Applicant shall ensure an irrigation system is in place or install a new system where necessary to facilitate maintenance of site lighting and green areas, and irrigation shop drawing shall be provided for review and approval prior to installation. 8. Any outside trash disposal facilities and rooftop or ground mechanical equipment shall be appropriately screened from view per City Code requirements and a detail sheet provided. 9. Applicant shall comply with all conditions or provisions noted in the Principal Engineer’s review memorandum, dated February 7, 2025. 10. Applicant shall submit a sign permit application for any proposed signage (e.g. wall, freestanding) and receive issuance of a permit prior to any installation. All signage shall conform to Section 35- 6000 (Signs) of the City Code. 11. Platting: a. Approval of the preliminary and final plat for CAPI USA ADDITION are contingent upon the addressing of comments by Principal Engineer Touyia Lee in a memorandum dated February 7, 2025, and the following additional revisions: i. Clearly denote area intended for right-of-way dedication and new property lines; ii. Any new or existing utility lines to be noted on preliminary plat per Section 35- 8106.b.2; and iii. Updating of zoning information on preliminary plat to reflect MX-N2 District. b. Final plat and mylar shall be subject to the provisions of Chapter 35 of the City Code of Ordinances. c. Addressing of final plat comments and/or requirements as provided by Hennepin County. d. Addressing of final plat comments and/or requirements from the City Attorney’s office, and specifically regarding an updated certified abstract of title. e. Vacation of existing drainage and utility easement. f. The successful recording of said plat (mylar) with Hennepin County in advance of building permit issuance. Recommendation Based on the above-noted findings, City staff recommend the Planning Commission recommend City Council: Approval of (1) an ordinance amending Sections 35-2301, 35-2302, and 35-5100 of the City Code of Ordinances regarding the maximum allowable size of a retail use in the Neighborhood Mixed-Use zoning districts, (2) preliminary and final plat for CAPI USA ADDITION, (3) a major amendment to the site and building plan for the Subject Property located at 5930 and 5950 Brooklyn Boulevard that would construct an approximately 8,910-square foot, two-story addition and related site improvements, and (4) variances to Sections 35-2302 and 35-5100 regarding the maximum allowable build-to setback for a secondary frontage to allow for an approximately 120 foot setback along 60th Avenue North, and a deviation from a requirement Page 230 of 465 App. No. 2025-001 PC 02/13/2025 Page 26 that at least 50% of the first floor of the front façade of the primary building be located not more than 10 feet from the front lot line, based on the submitted plans and findings of fact, as amended by the Conditions of Approval in the February 13, 2025 Planning Commission Report. Attachments Exhibit A – Planning Commission Application No. 2025-001, submitted January 14, 2025. Exhibit B – Public Hearing Notice, submitted for publication in the Brooklyn Center Sun Post, and dated January 30, 2025. Exhibit C – Review memorandum, prepared by Principal Engineer Touyia Lee, and last revised February 7, 2025. Page 231 of 465 Project Narrative CAPI USA operates as a multi-service nonprofit organization focused on supporting immigrants, refugees, and underserved communities in the Twin Cities. Through workforce development, food access, health and wellness programs, and economic empowerment services, we help individuals and families achieve long-term stability. CAPI Immigrant Opportunity Center – Addition and Renovation This application includes a request to combine 3 parcels owned by CAPI USA into a single lot for an addition to the existing building. CAPI is expanding their services at their current Brooklyn Center location to create a new Immigrant Opportunity Center. An 8,910 SF, 2-story addition will provide additional space for offices, training rooms, tenant spaces, and expansion of the food shelf. The addition will be located at the west side of the existing building along Brooklyn Boulevard with the main entry at the south facade of the addition. The interior of the existing building (10,688 SF) will be renovated. Exterior changes to the existing building are limited to painting the exterior brick and replacing the roofing and roof coping. The existing parking lot will be expanded to the north with an additional entry to 60th Avenue North. The expanded parking lot will provide parking for clients and guests as well as providing space for CAPI’s farmer’s market and other outdoor events. Site work will also include a landscaped courtyard area and provide utilities for a future greenhouse. Operations & Staffing •The new Immigrant Opportunity Center (IOC) will serve as a hub for our expanding programs. •Hours of operation will align with our core services, typically Monday–Friday, 8:30 AM–4:30 PM, with some evening and weekend availability for special programs and events. •We anticipate housing approximately 46 full-time staff within the new facility, including workforce development specialists, case managers, and food shelf staff. Community Impact •The expansion will allow us to increase capacity to serve more individuals and families, providing vital services in employment training, small business support, and social services. •The IOC will create a welcoming space where immigrants and refugees can access culturally specific resources, direct assistance, and financial education. •This project will have a direct positive impact on the surrounding neighborhoods, bringing essential services closer to those in need and supporting local businesses through entrepreneurship programs and economic development initiatives. Number of People Served Exhibit A Page 232 of 465 • Currently, CAPI serves over 10,000 individuals annually across various programs, including workforce training, assistance, health access, and small business support. • Our small business assistance program will support 12 businesses with technical assistance, financing guidance, and compliance support. • With the new center, we anticipate a 30% increase in service capacity. Food Shelf Operations • CAPI’s Food Shelf Program is a critical component of our Basic Needs services, ensuring food security for individuals and families facing economic hardship. • The food shelf operates 3 days a week 10am to 4pm, serving an average of 450 households per month and distributing 320,000 pounds of food annually. • With the expansion, we will have increased storage and distribution capacity, allowing us to serve more families and enhance access to culturally relevant food items. Page 233 of 465 4453 Nicollet Avenue, Minneapolis MN 55419 | www.locusarchitecture.com CAPI VARIANCE REQUEST 1)The variance is in harmony with the general purposes and intent of this UDO; a.The variance is in harmony and meets the intent and purpose of the MX-N2 district. The proposed building has mixed of offices, grocery store (food shelf), and meeting rooms permitted in the district. The proposal is NOT a strip development or destination retail. 2)The variance is consistent with the Comprehensive Plan; a.The variance is consistent with the Comprehensive Plan and will fall in the future land use category of N-MU which guides land surrounding key neighborhood intersections for a mix of residential, retail and commercial/office uses. The proposal has a neighborhood scale building and plans for plaza and community garden that will integrate well into the residential neighborhood bounding it and enhance the natural environment. 3)3) The property owner proposes to use the property in a reasonable manner not permitted by this UDO; a.The proposal would be used in a reasonable manner – an addition to CAPI’s existing office building that will include additional office space, meeting rooms, and expansion of the grocery store (culturally appropriate food shelf). The project is unable to comply with the setback requirements in the UDO. 4)4) The plight of the landowner is due to circumstances unique to the property not created by the landowner. a.Existing circumstances previously unknown to the property owner has made it difficult to comply with the setback requirements of the UDO. A utility line and easement run on the west side of the property along Brooklyn Boulevard – this makes it difficult to have a building at 10ft set back from the Brooklyn Boulevard property line. b.The building proposal is an addition to an existing building set far inward from the north property line along 60th. An addition to the existing building that extends to the 10ft setback along 60th Street is not feasible. 5)The variance, if granted, will not alter the essential character of the locality. a.The variance will not alter the essential character of the locality. It will be in line with the UDO and enhance the public realm. Page 234 of 465 B R O O K L Y N B L V D 60TH AVE N BE A R D A V E N PROJECT LOCATION B R O O K L Y N B L V D . ( E ) S I D E W A L K EXISTING BUILDING PARKING 60TH AVE N BE A R D A V E N PROPERTY LINES, TYP 82' - 0" 86 ' - 3 " 1 6 ' - 3 " 10 ' - 0 " M I N PROPERTY LINE, TYP SETBACK LINE, TYP M I N 5 ' - 0 " 34' - 11" M A X 2 0 ' - 0 " 11 0 ' - 3 " FUTURE GREENHOUSE SHED MIN 10' - 0" MI N 10 ' - 0 " 5930 BROOKLYN BLVD BUILDING ADDITION tcc860.11 tcc860.69 860.96 tcc861.76 LightPole 8 6 2 . 1 Bench Serv 861.0 8 6 2 . 1 tcc861.90 8 6 2 . 2 8 6 2 . 1 tcc861.57Catch Basinrim=860.85 C HV 8 6 1 . 6 8 6 1 . 5 LightPole tcc861.11 tcc860.68 8 6 1 . 0 8 6 1 . 1 8 6 0 . 2 8 6 0 . 2 tcc860.49 tcc859.73 859.20 859.35 tcc859.90Sign 86 0 . 1 86 0 . 3 FFE860.3 859.7 12"860.5 14"860.4 12"861.7 12"862.0 860.6 S Sanitary Manhole t c = 8 6 0 . 2 4 tcc860.18 859.49 8 5 9 . 6 tcc859.45 8 5 9 . 8 859.2 860.1 860.2 859.4 859.7 859.1 Sign 8 5 9 . 9 8 5 9 . 7 Sign LightPole tcc860.30 tcc859.71 18"859.9 18"859.9 tcc859.91 18"860.1 12"859.8 18"860.0 tcc860.00 Catch Basin 859.1 859.7 859.9 860.1 860.1 14"860.0 tcc860.05 20"860.1 12"859.8 14"860.2 tcc860.21 859.1 24"860.3 14"860.4 12"859.9 tcc860.22 Sign Sign tcc860.26 859.5 859.8 tcc860.23 859.8 859.8859.9 tcc860.14 tcc860.14 tcc860.18 859.9 Sign tcc860.18 859.8tcc860.15 859.3 Catch Basin 859.4tcc860.19 tcc860.18 tcc860.04 tcc860.22 859.7 859.1 859.0 Catch Basin E G 858.5 859.6 36"860.4860.6 860.8 861.0 859.8 859.9 860.8 859.6 Sign tcc859.33 tcc858.83 T tped 859.2 858.8 859.1 858.7 Sign tcc858.48 tcc858.36 857.39 Sign 858.5 857.6 tcc857.80tcc857.86 tcc858.00 S Sanitary Manholerim=858.15 tcc858.33 tcc858.92 858.4 857.9 Gate Valve tcc858.76 tcc858.41 Catch Basin 858.13 858.7 859.0 859.3 859.3 859.5 859.3 60th Avenue North (60' Wide Public Right-of-Way) N 89°28'24" E 206.93 80 . 8 80 . 8 10 10 10 10 1 0 10 10 5 5N 89°28'24" E 220.41 S 0 0 ° 5 2 ' 3 4 " W 1 6 1 . 6 0 S 0 0 ° 5 2 ' 3 4 " W 1 6 1 . 6 0 N 0 4 ° 5 8 ' 2 6 " W 1 3 2 . 0 4 80 . 8 80 . 8 B R O O K L Y N B L V D . ( C o u n t y R o a d N o . 1 5 2 ) 81.0 66 . 1 81.0 66 . 1 BE A R D A V E N U E 61.5 WO O D F E N C E ADMIRAL LANE 42.0 EA S T L I N E O F L O T 4 0 , A U D S U B D . N o . 2 1 6 (6 0 ' p u b l i c r i g h t o f w a y ) 30 ' R I G H T O F W A Y P E R A V A I L A B L E M A P S 30 30 11 85 . 2 17 1 . 4 86 0 859 8 6 0 S 89°28'24" W 246.22 W E S T L I N E O F L O T 4 0 , A U D . S U B D . N o . 2 1 6 BE A R D A V E . N . A S D E D I C A T E D I N T H E P L A T O F S T E E N A D D I T I O N 31.0 42.0 42.0 52.0 30 60 60 60 Partially Abandoned N 0 4 ° 3 4 ' 3 9 " W 1 6 1 . 9 5 859.3 858.3 859.0858.7 Gate Valve 858.7 H Handhole Riser 861.1 859.7 859.2 859.3 859.7860.4 860.4 859.4 859.3 860.1860.2 859.8 860.4860.6 859.7 860.5 860.0 859.4 860.2 860.3 859.7 859.0 858.9 859.0 858.8 858.2 858.2 857.9 858.6 859.0 859.2 859.2 859.2 859.0 858.8 858.6 857.7 857.8 858.6 858.9 859.0 859.3 FFE860.3 magnail magnail magnail 860.0 FFE860.3 Catch Basinrim=857.1515" inv=853.42 857.82Tccb Catch Basinrim=857.2015" inv=852.66 tnh861.53 magnail magnail 12" HDPE 12 " H D P E 12" R C P 6" C I P W a t e r m a n i 8" V C P S a n i t a r y S e w e r 10 10 11 14 Drainage & Utility Easement per the plat of STEEN ADDITION NORTH LINE OF THE SOUTH 323.2 FEET OF LOT 40, AUDITORS SUBDIVISION NO. 216 MEASURED ALONG THE EAST LINE OF LOT 40. PARCEL 1 NORTH LINE OF THE SOUTH 242.4 FEET OF LOT 40, AUDITORS SUBDIVISION NO. 216 AS MEASURED ALONG THE EAST LINE OF LOT 40. N 89°28'24" E 11.20 PARCEL 2 PARCEL 3 SOUTH LINE OF LOT 40, AUDITOR'S SUBDIVISION NO. 216 12" PVCrim=857.93inv=853.11 inv=850.22 2-S-Brick BuildingNo. 5930 rim=858.48inv=855.33 rim= 858.43N inv=855.01W inv=854.50E inv=855.02 rim=858.48inv=855.44 ConcreteSlab Concrete Post tw862.2bw860.2 tw862.2bw860.3 tw862.2bw860.2 Vault Sign tw860.6bw860.0 inv=848.60 i n v = 8 5 1 . 6 9 inv=851.88 co n c r e t e concrete BITUMINOUSSURFACE c o n c r e t e 14 Parking Stalls 8 Parking Stalls 7 P a r k i n g S t a l l s 12 P a r k i n g S t a l l s N 89°28'24" E 30.01 40.7 5 N 42 ° 1 4 ' 5 9 " E Dr a i n a g e & U t i l i t y E a s e m e n t p e r th e p l a t o f S T E E N A D D I T I O N 1 0 ' S i d e w a l k E a s e m e n t p e r D o c . N o . 1 0 3 2 8 8 0 C a t c h B a s i n JLM not found JLM not found ST R E E T P E R D O C . N o . 3 1 3 4 5 8 4 P E R PL A T O F S T E E N A D D I T I O N Drainage, Utility & Sidewalk Easement per Doc. No. 10911724 & 5791357 Ad j o i n i n g P r o p e r t y O w n e r : HP M i n n e s o t a I L L C Ad j o i n i n g P r o p e r t y O w n e r : Es t e f a n y G a l l a r d o M o l i n a Ad j o i n i n g P r o p e r t y O w n e r : Ch a V a n g Ad j o i n i n g P r o p e r t y O w n e r : Lo w e l l S t u n i c k Ad j o i n i n g P r o p e r t y O w n e r : Ph i l l i p & A l e x u s C h a Ad j o i n i n g P r o p e r t y O w n e r : Ca r o l S j o q u i s t Adjoining Property Owner:Old National Bank Zoned MX-N2 Ad j o i n i n g P r o p e r t y O w n e r : Cr o s s o f G l o r y L u t h e r a n C h u r c h Ad j o i n i n g P r o p e r t y O w n e r : Ci t y o f B r o o k y n C e n t e r Adjoining Property Owner:Team Schutz, LLC overha n g 67 ° 3 8 ' 0 5 " NORTH LINE OF THE NE 1/4 OF SEC. 3 N 89°57'06" W 1734.87 N 89°57'06" W 1741.08 NE CORNER OF THE NE 1/4 OF SEC. 3, TWP. 118, R.21 W REVISION SUMMARY SURVEY FOR:DEVELOPMENT OF:TYPE OF SURVEY: CAPI USA ADDITION F:\survey\auditors subdivision - hennepin\216-40 - hennepin\40-216\01 Surveying - 90722\01 CAD\01 Source\01 Survey Base.dwg 1 OF 1 SHEET NO. PROJECT: 90722A DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: PRELIMINARY PLATCAPI USA FIELD BY: FB No: 1135-62 7601 73rd Avenue North Minneapolis, Minnesota 55428 (763) 560-3093 DemarcInc.com tm tm GRP Legal Description Miscellaneous Notes Legal description and easements per title commitment from Commercial Partners Title Commitment No. CP73715, dated May 10, 2024.Note: Property Address: 5930 & 5950 Brooklyn Boulevard, Brooklyn Center, MN 55430 PID No.: 03-118-21-12-0006 and 03-118-21-12-0101 Total Area of Parcel = 77,514 sq. ft. Property located in Section 3, Township 118, Range 21, Hennepin County, Minnesota. Bearings are based on North line of STEEN ADDITION. MN 1 MN 2 MN 3 MN 4 MN 5 Parcel 1: That part of Lot 1, Block 1, Steen Addition, embraced within the North 80.8 feet of the South 323.2 feet of Lot 40, Auditor's Subdivision 216, measured on the East line of said lot and with North and South lines parallel to the South line of said lot. Excepting therefrom the East 30 feet conveyed to the Village of Brooklyn Center for use as a public street or road by Deed Document No. 3134584. And Also Excepting therefrom all that part of the subject property: Which lies Southwesterly of a line run parallel with and distant 42 feet Northeasterly of the following described line: Beginning at a point on the North line of Section 3, Township 118 North, Range 21 West, distant 1734.87 feet West of the Northeast corner thereof; thence run Southeasterly at an angle of 67 degrees 38 minutes 05 seconds with said North section line for 102.12 feet; thence deflect to the right of an angle of 17 degrees 20 minutes 35.2 seconds for 1000 feet and there terminating; Together with a triangular piece adjoining and Northeasterly of the above described strip and Northeasterly of the following described line: Beginning at a point on the Northeasterly boundary of the above described strip, distant 30 feet Southeasterly of its intersection with the South line of 60th Avenue North; thence run Northeasterly to a point of said South line, distant 30 feet Easterly of said intersection; by amended Final Certificate filed as Document No. 4730734, according to the recorded plat thereof, and the situate in Hennepin County, Minnesota. Parcel 2: That part of Lot 1, Block 1, Steen Addition, embraced within that part of the North 80.8 feet of the South 242.4 feet of Lot 40, as measured along the East line of Lot 40, Auditor's Subdivision No. 216, Hennepin County, Minnesota, lying Easterly of a line drawn parallel to and 42 feet Northeasterly of the following described line: Commencing at the Northeast corner of Section 3, Township 118, Range 21; thence West along the North line of said Section 3, a distance of 1741.08 feet; thence Southeasterly, deflecting to the left 111 degrees, 58 minutes, 07.7 seconds, a distance of 104.54 feet to the point of beginning of the line to be described; thence Southeasterly, deflecting to the right 17 degrees, 20 minutes, 35.2 seconds, a distance of 1000 feet and there terminating. The South line and part of the East line of said Lot 40 are marked by Judicial Landmarks set pursuant to Torrens Case No. 10896. Parcel 3: That part of the South 161.6 feet of Lot 40 measured along the East line of Lot 40, Auditor's Subdivision No. 216, Hennepin County, Minnesota lying Easterly of a line drawn parallel to and 42 feet Northeasterly of the following described line: Commencing at the Northeast corner of Section 3, Township 118, Range 21; thence West along the North line of said Section 3, a distance of 1741.08 feet; thence Southeasterly deflecting to the left 111 degrees 58 minutes 07.7 seconds, a distance of 104.54 feet to the point of beginning of the line to be described; thence Southeasterly deflecting to the right 17 degrees 20 minutes 35.2 seconds a distance of 1000 feet and there terminating. Source of Information: City Address: City Phone: City of Brooklyn Center Zoning web site 6301 Shingle Creek Parkway, Brooklyn Center, MN 763-569-3300 Zoning Classification:MX-N2 Neighborhood Mixed Use NOTE: Zoning district listed is the new zoning District, current zoning is C-1 Building Setback Requirements for principal structures Front Yard Setback Side Yard Setback Rear Yard Setback Observed Required Notes Parking Tabulation Observed Required Notes Regular Spaces Handicapped Spaces Total Parking Spaces Maximum Height Bulk Restrictions Lot Area Other: Observed Required Notes Height Restrictions Observed Max. Allowed Notes 61.5 feet see note 2 stalls see note not measured 77,469 Sq. Ft. N/A see note 85.2 feet 10 feet N/A 41 stalls see note 43 stalls 48 feet N/A N/A NOTE: Because there may be a need for further interpretation of the applicable zoning codes, we refer you to the above referenced municipality and the applicable zoning codes. 10 feet Parking requirements dependent on use of property. Corner Yard Setback 171.4 feet see note Current Zoning Information Subject Property Address: 5930 & 5950 Brooklyn Boulevard, Brooklyn Center, MN 55430 5' Min. - 20' Max on primary & secondary street frontage SCALE IN FEET 0 6030 90 Benchmark Signed: ____________________________________________ Gregory R. Prasch Registration No. 24992 Prepared this 24th day of September 2024. I certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed land Surveyor under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Zoning & Development Information Property Currently Zoned: MX-N2 Neighborhood Mixed Use Proposed Zoning: MX-N2 Neighborhood Mixed Use Zoning Ordinance Requirements: Building Setbacks (for main structure) Front - 5' Min. - 20' Max on primary & secondary street frontage Side Yard - 10 feet Rear Yard - 10 feet Minimum Lot Size - N/A Minimum Lot Size - 10,000 sq.ft (non-residential use) Refer to City code for additional requirements Proposed Number of Lots = 1 Area of proposed: Lot 1, Block 1 = 70,766 sq.ft Right-of-Way dedication - Brooklyn Blvd = 1,900 sq.ft Right-of-Way dedication - Beard Ave = 4,848 sq.ft DEVELOPER: CAPI USA 5930 Brooklyn Blvd, Brooklyn Center, MN 55429 PROPERTY OWNER: CAPI USA 5930 Brooklyn Blvd, Brooklyn Center, MN 55429 SURVEYOR DemarcSurveying and Engineering 7601 73rd Avenue N. Brooklyn Park, MN 55428 Attn: Greg Prasch phone: 763-560-3093 e-mail: gregprasch@demarcinc.com Development Personnel Denotes Found Iron Monument Denotes Iron Monument Set Bollard Light Power Pole Sanitary Manhole Storm Manhole Manhole (use not determined) Catch Basin Communication Pedestal Riser Sign Telephone Pedestal Risertped cped Legend Gas Main Underground Communications Underground Electric Sanitary Sewer Storm Sewer Watermain Overhead Wires 12-20-24 additional field info Page 236 of 465 EA S T L I N E O F L O T 4 0 , A U D S U B D . N o . 2 1 6 SOUTH LINE OF LOT 40, AUDITOR'S SUBDIVISION NO. 216 NORTH LINE OF THE SOUTH 323.2 FEET OF LOT 40, AUDITORS SUBDIVISION NO. 216 MEASURED ALONG THE EAST LINE OF LOT 40. ALSO THE SOUTH LINE OF 60TH AVENUE NORTH NORTH LINE OF THE SOUTH 242.4 FEET OF LOT 40, AUDITORS SUBDIVISION NO. 216 AS MEASURED ALONG THE EAST LINE OF LOT 40. W E S T L I N E O F L O T 4 0 , A U D . S U B D . N o . 2 1 6 B o u n d a r y N 89°28'24" E 206.93 S 0 0 ° 5 2 ' 3 4 " W 1 6 1 . 6 0 30.01 S 0 0 ° 5 2 ' 3 4 " W 1 6 1 . 6 0 S 89°28'24" W 246.25 N 0 4 ° 5 8 ' 2 6 " W 1 3 2 . 0 4 N 89°28'24" E S 0 4 ° 5 8 ' 2 6 " E 2 9 4 . 0 8 S 0 0 ° 5 2 ' 3 4 " W 3 2 3 . 2 0 203.89 30.01 JLM not found Capped No. 8039 Drainage, Utility & Sidewalk Easement per Doc. No. 10911724 & 5791357 60 30 60 84 11.60 15.3 2 PK Nail Set PK Nail Set PK Nail Set L O T 1 B L O C K 1 BE A R D A V E N U E B R O O K L Y N B L V D E X C E P T I O N 42.0 80 . 8 N 0 4 ° 3 4 ' 3 9 " W 1 6 1 . 9 5 42.0 12.33 N 89°28'24" E 11.20 JLM not found PK Nail Set N 42 ° 1 4 ' 5 9 " E 40.7 5 St r e e t D e e d e d t o C i t y p e r D o c . N o . 3 1 3 4 5 8 4 30 30 3 0 PK Nail Set 30 67 ° 3 8 ' 0 5 " NORTH LINE OF THE NE 1/4 OF SEC. 3, TWP. 118, R. 21 N 89°57'06" W 1734.87N 89°57'06" W 1741.08 1 0 2 . 1 2 17°20'3 5 . 2 " 111° 5 8 ' 0 7 . 7 " 1 0 4 . 5 4 17°20'3 5 . 2 " 830.72 N 89°57'06" W NE CORNER OF THE NE 1/4 OF SEC. 3, TWP. 118, R.21 W HENNEPIN COUNTY CASTIRON MONUMENT FOUND 10 10 55 HENNEPIN COUNTY CASTIRON MONUMENT FOUND REFERENCEMONUMENT F:\survey\auditors subdivision - hennepin\216-40 - hennepin\40-216\01 Surveying - 90722\01 CAD\01 Source\02 Final Plat.dwg CAPI USA ADDITION 7601 73rd Avenue North Minneapolis, Minnesota 55428 (763) 560-3093 DemarcInc.com SCALE IN FEET 0 8040 120 BEARING REFERENCE: FOR THE PURPOSES OF THIS PLAT THE SOUTH LINE OF 60TH AVENUE NORTH IS ASSUMED TO BEAR NORTH 89°28'24" EAST. DENOTES 1/2 INCH BY 14 INCH IRON PIPE MONUMENT SET AND MARKED BY LICENSE NUMBER 24992, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. DENOTES FOUND OPEN END 1/2 INCH IRON PIPE MONUMENT, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CITY COUNCIL, CITY OF BROOKLYN CENTER, MINNESOTA This plat of CAPI USA ADDITION was approved and accepted by the City Council of the City of Brooklyn Center, Minnesota, at a regular meeting thereof held this______ day of _________________________, 20_____, and said plat is in compliance with the provisions of Minnesota Statutes, Section 505.03, Subdivision 2. City Council, City of Brooklyn Center, Minnesota By _____________________________________________, Mayor By _____________________________________________, Clerk COUNTY AUDITOR, Hennepin County, Minnesota I hereby certify that taxes payable in _________ and prior years have been paid for land described on this plat, dated this _______ day of ______________________, 20______. Daniel Rogan, Hennepin County Auditor By _________________________________________ Deputy SURVEY DIVISION, Hennepin County, Minnesota Pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, Sec. 383B.565 (1969) this plat has been approved this ______ day of _______________________, 20______. Chris F. Mavis, Hennepin County Surveyor By __________________________________________ REGISTRAR OF TITLES, Hennepin County, Minnesota I hereby certify that the within plat of CAPI USA ADDITION was filed in this office this _________ day of_______________________, 20______, at_______o'clock_____M. Amber Bougie, Registrar of Titles By__________________________________________Deputy COUNTY RECORDER, Hennepin County, Minnesota I hereby certify that the within plat of CAPI USA ADDITION was recorded in this office this _________ day of_______________________, 20______, at_______o'clock_____M. Amber Bougie, Hennepin County Recorder By__________________________________________Deputy I Gregory R. Prasch do hereby certify that this plat was prepared by me or under my direct supervision; that I am a duly Licensed Land Surveyor in the State of Minnesota; that this plat is a correct representation of the boundary survey; that all mathematical data and labels are correctly designated on this plat; that all monuments depicted on this plat have been, or will be correctly set within one year; that all water boundaries and wet lands as defined in Minnesota Statutes, Section 505.01, Subd. 3, as of the date of this certificate are shown and labeled on this plat; and all public ways are shown and labeled on this plat. Dated this ____________day of ____________________, 20 ______. ___________________________________________ Gregory R. Prasch, Licensed Land Surveyor Minnesota License No. 24992 STATE OF MINNESOTA COUNTY OF HENNEPIN This instrument was acknowledged before me on this ______ day of _______________________, 20_______ by Gregory R. Prasch. . Signature of Notary __________________________________ (Notary's Printed Name)_______________________________ Notary Public, ________________________ County, Minnesota My commission expires _______________________________ KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That CAPI USA, a Minnesota nonprofit corporation, owner of the following described property: Parcel 1: That part of Lot 1, Block 1, Steen Addition, embraced within the North 80.8 feet of the South 323.2 feet of Lot 40, Auditor's Subdivision 216, measured on the East line of said lot and with North and South lines parallel to the South line of said lot. Excepting therefrom the East 30 feet conveyed to the Village of Brooklyn Center for use as a public street or road by Deed Document No. 3134584. And Also Excepting therefrom all that part of the subject property: Which lies Southwesterly of a line run parallel with and distant 42 feet Northeasterly of the following described line: Beginning at a point on the North line of Section 3, Township 118 North, Range 21 West, distant 1734.87 feet West of the Northeast corner thereof; thence run Southeasterly at an angle of 67 degrees 38 minutes 05 seconds with said North section line for 102.12 feet; thence deflect to the right of an angle of 17 degrees 20 minutes 35.2 seconds for 1000 feet and there terminating; Together with a triangular piece adjoining and Northeasterly of the above described strip and Northeasterly of the following described line: Beginning at a point on the Northeasterly boundary of the above described strip, distant 30 feet Southeasterly of its intersection with the South line of 60th Avenue North; thence run Northeasterly to a point of said South line, distant 30 feet Easterly of said intersection; by amended Final Certificate filed as Document No. 4730734, according to the recorded plat thereof, and the situate in Hennepin County, Minnesota. Parcel 2: That part of Lot 1, Block 1, Steen Addition, embraced within that part of the North 80.8 feet of the South 242.4 feet of Lot 40, as measured along the East line of Lot 40, Auditor's Subdivision No. 216, Hennepin County, Minnesota, lying Easterly of a line drawn parallel to and 42 feet Northeasterly of the following described line: Commencing at the Northeast corner of Section 3, Township 118, Range 21; thence West along the North line of said Section 3, a distance of 1741.08 feet; thence Southeasterly, deflecting to the left 111 degrees, 58 minutes, 07.7 seconds, a distance of 104.54 feet to the point of beginning of the line to be described; thence Southeasterly, deflecting to the right 17 degrees, 20 minutes, 35.2 seconds, a distance of 1000 feet and there terminating. The South line and part of the East line of said Lot 40 are marked by Judicial Landmarks set pursuant to Torrens Case No. 10896. Parcel 3: That part of the South 161.6 feet of Lot 40 measured along the East line of Lot 40, Auditor's Subdivision No. 216, Hennepin County, Minnesota lying Easterly of a line drawn parallel to and 42 feet Northeasterly of the following described line: Commencing at the Northeast corner of Section 3, Township 118, Range 21; thence West along the North line of said Section 3, a distance of 1741.08 feet; thence Southeasterly deflecting to the left 111 degrees 58 minutes 07.7 seconds, a distance of 104.54 feet to the point of beginning of the line to be described; thence Southeasterly deflecting to the right 17 degrees 20 minutes 35.2 seconds a distance of 1000 feet and there terminating. Has caused the same to be surveyed and platted as CAPI USA ADDITION and does hereby dedicate to the public for public use the public way and drainage and utility easements as created by this plat. In witness whereof said CAPI USA, a Minnesota nonprofit corporation, has caused these presents to be signed by its proper officer this _______ day of ____________________, 20____. Signed: CAPI USA By _____________________________________________ its _____________________________________________ STATE OF MINNESOTA COUNTY OF ________________ This instrument was acknowledged before me this ______ day of __________________, 20____, by _________________________________, ______________________________ of CAPI USA, a Minnesota nonprofit corporation, on behalf of the corporation. Signature of Notary __________________________________ (Notary's Printed Name)_______________________________ Notary Public, ________________________ County, Minnesota My commission expires _______________________________ R. T. DOC. NO.___________________________ C. R. DOC. NO.___________________________ DRAINAGE AND UTILITY EASEMENTS ARE SHOWN THUS: BEING 10 FEET IN WIDTH AND ADJOINING RIGHT OF WAY LINES AND BEING 5 FEET IN WIDTH AND ADJOINING LOT LINES. CITY REVIEW Page 237 of 465 Page 238 of 465 Page 239 of 465 Page 240 of 465 Page 241 of 465 Page 242 of 465 Page 243 of 465 Page 244 of 465 Page 245 of 465 Page 246 of 465 Page 247 of 465 Page 248 of 465 Page 249 of 465 Page 250 of 465 Page 251 of 465 G S S • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSURE COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE WORK AND/OR MATERIALS SUPPLIED. CONTRACTOR MUST COORDINATE ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION WORK INCLUDING ITEMS DONE BY OTHERS THAT MAY IMPACT CONSTRUCTION INCLUDED IN CONTRACT. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT THE SITE AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS RELATING TO THE NATURE AND SCOPE OF WORK. ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN IN THE LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS ARE BASED ON INFORMATION SUPPLIED TO LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BY OTHERS. TLAL-LI COLLABORATIVE OFFERS NO GUARANTEE, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, FOR THE ACCURACY OR RELIABILITY OF THE INDICATED EXISTING CONDITIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL CRITICAL EXISTING CONDITIONS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, EXISTING BUILDING LOCATIONS, UTILITY LOCATIONS AND INVERT ELEVATIONS, AND EXISTING SITE GRADES PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALIGNMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND AND ABOVE GRADE UTILITIES AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY PROTECTION FOR SAME BEFORE CONSTRUCTION / MATERIAL INSTALLATION BEGINS CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY PLAN LAYOUT AND DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN THE PLANS AND BRING TO THE ATTENTION OF THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT DISCREPANCIES WHICH MAY COMPROMISE THE DESIGN AND/OR INTENT OF THE PROJECT'S LAYOUT. ANY OBSERVED DEVIATIONS FROM CONDITIONS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ARCHITECT OR LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS ATTENTION IMMEDIATELY UPON DISCOVERY. NO WORK SHALL PROCEED IN THE AREAS OF ANY DISCOVERED DEVIATIONS UNTIL THE DIFFERENCES ARE RESOLVED. CONTRACTOR TO CONTAIN OPERATIONS WITHIN LIMITS OF WORK AT ALL TIMES. WORK OUTSIDE OF THESE LIMITS WILL BE DONE AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE UNLESS DIRECTED BY THE PROJECT MANAGER OR OWNER IN WRITING. LIMITS OF WORK SHOWN ON PLAN(S) MAY BE ADJUSTED IN FIELD BY THE PROJECT MANAGER IF DEEMED NECESSARY. CONTRACTOR MUST DAILY MONITOR FOR PUBLIC SAFETY AND STAY WITHIN LIMITS OF WORK, KEEP AREA CLEAN OF DEBRIS AND ANY OTHER CONSIDERATIONS AS DIRECTED BY THE PROJECT MANAGER. ANY DISTURBANCE CREATED BY CONSTRUCTION STAGING MUST BE REMOVED AND RESTORED TO ORIGINAL CONDITIONS. REFER TO CIVIL FOR DRAINAGE, EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL MEASURES AND REQUIREMENTS. REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR SPOT ELEVATIONS AND SLOPES INDICATING FINISH GRADES, UNLESS NOTED ON LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS. ELEVATIONS TO BE FIELD-VERIFIED. ADJUST AS NEEDED TO MATCH FINISH GRADES AND DRAINAGE SLOPES. ALIGNMENT AND GRADES OF PROPOSED WALKS, TRAILS AND/OR ROADWAYS ARE SUBJECT TO FIELD ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED TO CONFORM TO LOCALIZED TOPOGRAPHIC CONDITIONS AND TO MINIMIZE TREE REMOVAL AND GRADING. CHANGES IN THE ALIGNMENT AND GRADES MUST BE APPROVED BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ALL DRAINAGE, SLEEVING AND CONDUIT PLACEMENT OF ALL TRADES ON PROJECT. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT EXISTING ROADS, CURBS/GUTTERS, TRAILS, TREES, LAWNS AND SITE ELEMENTS DURING CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. DAMAGE TO SAME SHALL BE REPAIRED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. SEE LIGHTING PLANS FOR SPECIFIC LIGHTING LAYOUT AND OTHER ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AS STATED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL ELEMENTS AS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS AND GET APPROVAL FROM THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CONDUCTING ANY WORK. SIDEWALK TO BE STAKED BY CONTRACTOR FOR REVIEW BY PROJECT MANAGER AND/OR LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. CONTRACTOR TO SCORE CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PAVING AS SHOWN IN PLANS. ANY CHANGES TO THE SCORING LAYOUT MUST BE APPROVED BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AND/OR PROJECT MANAGER. CONCRETE TYPE 1 CONCRETE TYPE 2 DECOMPOSED STONE AGGREGATE HARDWOOD MULCH BEE LAWN MIX W/ OVERHEAD SPRAY IRRIGATION NATIVE TURF SEED - NOT IRRIGATED DECORATIVE ROCK MULCH AREAS WITH DRIP IRRIGATION STEEL EDGING BOULDERS STEPPING STONE PATH EXISTING TREE, TYP. B r o o k l y n B l v d 60th Ave N Be a r d A v e N PROPERTY LINE P R O P E R T Y L I N E PR O P E R T Y L I N E EA S E M E N T PROPOSED BUILDING EXPANSION EXISTING BUS STOP AND SEATING AREA EXISTING LIGHT POLE TO REMAIN, TYP. EXISTING TURF TO REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED E A S E M E N T EXISTING TURF NOT IRRIGATED EXISTING CAPI IMMIGRANT OPPORTUNITY CENTER FUTURE COMMUNITY GARDEN N.I.C. LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION FUTURE SHED N.I.C. FUTURE GREENHOUSE N.I.C. COMMUNITY GARDEN FENCE EXISTING ELECTRICAL BOX WATER CONNECTION - SEE CIVIL PARKING SIGNAGE - SEE CIVIL18" MAINTENANCE STRIP BIKE RACKS 8' HT. METAL PANEL TRASH ENCLOSURE - W/ DOUBLE SWING GATE C C EB D EXISTING NATURAL GAS METER PAVERS A A A A C CISTERN AND SLAB EXISTING FENCE TO REMAIN C C A B C D CUSTOM RAISED PLANTER W/ BENCH CUSTOM WATER FEATURE 04 ALT 05 ALT 06 ALT WASTE RECEPTACLE CUSTOM TERRACED BENCH SYSTEM E BENCHES, CHAIRS, AND TABLES GENERAL NOTES LEGEND - MATERIAL I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Landscape Architect under the laws of the state of Minnesota. SIGNED DATE LICENSE # copyright © 2023, Locus Architecture # Date Description DOCUMENT ISSUANCE PROJECT # PHASE DRAWN BY CHECKED BY SHEET NUMBER SHEET NAME 4453 Nicollet Ave, Minneapolis, MN 55419 612.706.5600 www.locusarchitecture.com 46692 Ana Nelson 202103-00 AHS AN SITE FURNISHINGS PLAN L1.0 5930 & 5950 BROOKLYN BLVD, BROOKLYN CENTER, MN 55429 CAPI IMMIGRANT OPPORTUNITY CENTER PROJECT TEAM STRUCTURAL MBJ 510 MARQUETTE AVE. S. STE 900 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 612-338-0713 MARSHA@MBJENG.COM CIVIL ENGINEERING PIERCE PINI & ASSOCIATES INC. 9298 CENTRAL AVE NE, SUITE 312 BLANE, MN 763-537-1311 PPA@PIERCEPINI.COM MEP VICTUS ENGINEERING 2327 WYCLIFF STREET, SUITE 230 SAINT PAUL, MN 55114 612-859-8299 WILLOW@VICTUSENGINEERING.COM LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE TLALLI COLLABORATIVE, LLC 323 WASHINGTON AVE #200 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55401 612-430-6655 ANELSON@TLALLICOLLABORATIVE.COM INTERIOR FMYH STUDIO 612-389-8691 ASHLEY@FMYH.CO DD 01.14.25 LAND USE SUBMITTAL 0'10' 20'40'60' SCALE = 1"=20' N 1" = 20'-0"1 OVERALL SITE FURNISHING PLAN LEGEND - KEYNOTES W/ ALTERNATES 01.14.25 Page 254 of 465 G S S EXISTING TREE, TYP. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • PLANT SCHEDULE TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER PLAN IF DISCREPANCIES IN QUANTITIES EXIST. SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER NOTES. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW THE SITE FOR DEFICIENCIES IN THE PLANT MATERIAL SELECTIONS AND OTHER SITE CONDITIONS WHICH MIGHT NEGATIVELY AFFECT PLANT ESTABLISHMENT, SURVIVAL OR WARRANTY. UNDESIRABLE PLANT MATERIAL SELECTIONS OR SITE CONDITIONS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO BEGINNING OF WORK. NO PLANT MATERIAL SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE ACCEPTED UNLESS APPROVAL IS REQUESTED OF THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BY THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THE SUBMISSION OF BID AND/OR QUOTATION. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR LAYOUT AND STAKING OF PLANT MATERIAL. MATERIAL SHALL BE LOCATED AND STAKED AS SHOWN ON PLAN(S). ALL STAKING AND BASE GRADING TO BE VERIFIED AND APPROVED BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT IN FIELD PRIOR TO ANY FINAL SURFACE MATERIAL INSTALLATIONS. ADJUSTMENTS IN LOCATION OF PROPOSED PLANT MATERIALS MAY BE NEEDED IN FIELD. LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT MUST BE NOTIFIED PRIOR TO ADJUSTMENT OF PLANT LOCATIONS. NO PLANTS SHALL BE INSTALLED UNTIL FINAL GRADING AND CONSTRUCTION HAVE BEEN COMPLETED IN THE IMMEDIATE AREA. PLANT MATERIALS TO BE INSTALLED PER PLANTING DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION AND PLANTING INSTALLATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS WORKING ON SITE. KEEP FINAL ELEVATIONS OF SOIL AND MULCH FROM BLOCKING INTENDED STORM WATER FLOW. SEE CIVIL AND/OR LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS FOR GRADING PLAN. SALVAGE TOPSOIL FOR REUSE FROM THE EARTHWORK AREAS AS APPROPRIATE AND/OR AS DIRECTED BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AND STOCKPILE IN LOCATION APPROVED BY OWNER. PROJECT MANAGER TO REVIEW, DIRECT AND APPROVE ALL REQUIRED SOIL CORRECTIONS PRIOR TO BASE MATERIAL PLACEMENT. CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT SOIL CONDITIONS AND COMPACTION ARE ADEQUATE TO ALLOW FOR PROPER DRAINAGE OF THE PROJECT SITE. UNDESIRABLE CONDITIONS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE LANDSCAPE. ARCHITECT PRIOR TO BEGINNING OF WORK. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO ENSURE PROPER SURFACE AND SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE IN ALL AREAS. UNDERGROUND UTILITIES SHALL BE INSTALLED SO THAT TRENCHES DO NOT CUT THROUGH ROOT SYSTEMS OF ANY EXISTING TREES TO REMAIN. EDGE AREAS WHERE TURF/SOD MEET PLANTING BEDS AS SHOWN IN PLANS AND AS DESCRIBED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. TURF AREAS DISTURBED DUE TO GRADING AND/OR OTHER CONSTRUCTION INCIDENTALS SHALL BE REPLACED, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. WHERE SOD ABUTS PAVED SURFACES, FINISHED GRADE OF SOD/SEED SHALL BE HELD 1" BELOW SURFACE ELEVATION OF TRAIL, SLAB, CURB, ETC. SOD SHALL BE LAID PARALLEL TO THE CONTOURS AND SHALL HAVE STAGGERED JOINTS. ON SLOPES STEEPER THAN 3:1 OR IN DRAINAGE SWALES, SOD SHALL BE STAKED SECURELY. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ONGOING MAINTENANCE SUCH AS WATERING AND WEEDING OF NEWLY INSTALLED MATERIALS, AND REPLACEMENTS, FOR ENTIRE WARRANTY PERIOD. SEE SPECIFICATIONS. ACTS OF VANDALISM OR DAMAGE WHICH MAY OCCUR PRIOR TO OWNER ACCEPTANCE SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. PROPERTY LINE EA S E M E N T B r o o k l y n B l v d 60th Ave N Be a r d A v e N EXISTING CAPI IMMIGRANT OPPORTUNITY CENTER LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION P R O P E R T Y L I N E PR O P E R T Y L I N E PROPOSED BUILDING EXPANSION SH 23 BG 30 CA 14 AS 17SH 26 RAISED PLANTERS TO BE PLANTED BY CLIENT / COMMUNITY, TYP. BG 34 SH 25 CA 17 CA 4 EH 8 CA 3 EH 8 CA 5 EH 8 CA 5 CL 30 BG 28 CL 22 BG 4 AS 7 CA 3 SH 12 AT 10 MP 2 BG 33 AS 12 CL 6 RH 16 AS 16 CL 6 CL 6 RH 16 CL 6 AS 16 CL 6 RH 12 AS 22 EH 20 AS 16 BG 17 EH 12 CA 8 RH 8 AS 8 RH 9 AS 8 SH 4 AS 5 RH 8 AS 10 RH 8 AS 8CL 11 CA 8 CA 6 CA 3 CA 3 CA 3 CA 3 RH 24 BG 7 BG 9 RH 20 BG 8 MP 2 BG 22 EH 16 CA 10 JC 55 AC 2 TA 1 TA 1 TA 1 OV 1 OV 1 TA 1 TA 1 TA 1 TA 1 TA 1 TA 1 OV 1 OV 1 OV 1 OV 1 AC 1 AC 1 TA 1 TA 1 TA 1 AC 1 FUTURE COMMUNITY GARDEN N.I.C. FUTURE SHED N.I.C. FUTURE GREENHOUSE N.I.C. COMMUNITY GARDEN FENCE PROPERTY LINE EXISTING BUS STOP AND SEATING AREA EXISTING LIGHT POLE TO REMAIN, TYP. EXISTING TURF TO REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED E A S E M E N T EXISTING FENCE TO REMAIN PLANTING SCHEDULE Key Qty Common Name Botanical Name Size Description TREE ORNAMENTAL MP 4 PRAIRIEFIRE FLOWERING CRABAPPLE MALUS ‘PRAIRIEFIRE’1.5" CAL. B&B TREE DECIDUOUS TA 12 BOULEVARD LINDEN TILIA AMERICANA 'BOULEVARD' 2" CAL. B&B OV 6 IRONWOOD OSTRYA VIRGINIANA 2" CAL. B&B AC 5 FALL FIESTA SUGAR MAPLE ACER SACCHARUM 'BAILSTA'2" CAL. B&B SHRUBS DECIDUOUS CA 92 NEON BURST DOGWOOD CORNUS ALBA 'BYBOUGHEN'#2 CONT. SHRUBS CONIFEROUS JC 55 SEA GREEN JUNIPER JUNIPERUS CHINENSIS 'SEA GREEN' #2 CONT. PERENNIALS RH 121 BLACK-EYED SUSAN RUDBECKIA HIRTA #1 CONT. OC 31 INTERRUPTED FERN OSMUNDA CLAYTONIANA #1 CONT. HB 26 BLUE MOUSE EARS MINIATURE HOSTA HOSTA 'BLUE MOUSE EARS'#1 CONT. AT 10 BUTTERFLY WEED ASCLEPIAS TUBEROSA #1 CONT. AS 150 PRAIRIE ONION ALLIUM STELLATUM #1 CONT. AP 19 MAIDENHAIR FERN ADIANTUM PEDATUM #1 CONT. GRASSES SH 90 PRAIRIE DROPSEED SPOROBOLUS HETEROLEPIS #1 CONT. EH 72 BOTTLEBRUSH GRASS ELYMUS HYSTRIX #1 CONT. CR 21 ROSY SEDGE CAREX ROSEA #1 CONT. CL 93 BLUE-JOINT GRASS CALAMAGROSTIS CANADENSIS #1 CONT. BG 192 BLUE GRAMA BOUTELOUA GRACILIS #1 CONT. I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Landscape Architect under the laws of the state of Minnesota. SIGNED DATE LICENSE # copyright © 2023, Locus Architecture # Date Description DOCUMENT ISSUANCE PROJECT # PHASE DRAWN BY CHECKED BY PROJECT TEAM SHEET NUMBER SHEET NAME 4453 Nicollet Ave, Minneapolis, MN 55419 612.706.5600 www.locusarchitecture.com 46692 Ana Nelson 202103-00 Author Checker PLANTING PLAN L5.0 5930 & 5950 BROOKLYN BLVD, BROOKLYN CENTER, MN 55429 CAPI IMMIGRANT OPPORTUNITY CENTER MBJ 510 MARQUETTE AVE. S. STE 900 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 612-338-0713 MARSHA@MBJENG.COM PIERCE PINI & ASSOCIATES INC. 9298 CENTRAL AVE NE, SUITE 312 BLANE, MN 763-537-1311 PPA@PIERCEPINI.COM STRUCTURAL CIVIL ENGINEER VICTUS ENGINEERING 2327 WAYCLIFF STREET, SUITE 230 SAINT PAUL, MN 55114 612-859-8299 WILLOW@VICTUSENGINEERING.COM MEP FMYH STUDIO 612-389-8691 ASHLEY@FMYH.CO INTERIOR TLALLI COLLABORATIVE, LLC 323 WASHINGTON AVE #200 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55401 612-430-6655 ANELSON@TLALLICOLLABORATIVE.COM LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE 01.14.25 LAND USE SUBMITTAL LEGEND - PLANTING PLANTING NOTES 0'10' 20'40'60' SCALE = 1"=20' N 1" = 20'-0"1 OVERALL PLANTING PLAN 01.14.25 Page 255 of 465 3 A2.1 2 A2.1 1 A2.1 4 A2.1 TENANT SPACE 900 SF TRAINING/MEETING 1290 SF TRAINING/MEETING 570 SF TRAINING/ MEETING 396 SF FOOD SHELF 1720 SF ELEVATOR PIT ELEVATION: +/-855.3 3 A2.1 2 A2.1 1 A2.1 4 A2.1 CAPI OFFICE 5958 SF TENANT SPACE 1207 SF SECOND LEVEL (E)110' - 9" FIRST LEVEL (E) 100' - 0" BO ROOF DECK - NEW124' - 3" SECOND LEVEL - NEW111' - 9" FIRST LEVEL - NEW 100' - 0" TO PARAPET - NEW127' - 5" PREFINISHED METAL CAP, TYP STAINED, ACETYLATED WOOD, TYP GLAZING, TYP EXISTING BRICK TO BE PAINTED, TYP. COLOR TBD STUCCO, TYP ARCHITECTURAL PRECAST, TYP NEW ADDITIONEXISTING BUILDING RTU WITH SCREENING EXISTING RTU WITHOUT SCREENING SECOND LEVEL (E) 110' - 9" BO ROOF DECK - NEW124' - 3" SECOND LEVEL - NEW 111' - 9" FIRST LEVEL - NEW 100' - 0" TO PARAPET - NEW 127' - 5" 3' - 0 " 8' - 0 " RTU WITH SCREENING 5' - 1 0 " SIGNAGE AREA, 55 SF PREFINISHED COLORED METAL TRIM PREFINISHED METAL FASCIA 3' - 6"2' - 3"3' - 6"5' - 2"4' - 11"7' - 2"3' - 8"8' - 2"3' - 8" PREFINISHED METAL CAP, TYP STAINED, ACETYLATED WOOD, TYPGLAZING, TYP STUCCO, TYP ARCHITECTURAL PRECAST, TYP 55 SF EXISTING BUILDING BEYOND BO ROOF DECK - NEW 124' - 3" SECOND LEVEL - NEW111' - 9" FIRST LEVEL - NEW100' - 0" TO PARAPET - NEW127' - 5" PREFINISHED METAL CAP, TYP STAINED, ACETYLATED WOOD, TYP GLAZING, TYP BRONZE ANODIZED ALUMINUM WINDOW FRAMES, TYP STUCCO, TYP ARCHITECTURAL PRECAST, TYP FIBER CEMENT SIDING, TYP, COLOR TO MATCH WINDOW FRAMES EXISTING BRICK TO BE PAINTED, TYP. COLOR TBD NEW ADDITIONEXISTING BUILDINGEXISTING BUILDINGNEW ADDITION EXISTING RTU WITHOUT SCREENING EXISTING RTU WITHOUT SCREENING RTU WITH SCREENING SECOND LEVEL (E) 110' - 9" BO ROOF DECK - (E) 122' - 1" FIRST LEVEL (E)100' - 0" BO ROOF DECK - NEW124' - 3" SECOND LEVEL - NEW111' - 9" FIRST LEVEL - NEW100' - 0" TO PARAPET - NEW127' - 5" 8' - 0 " 3' - 0 " MAIN ENTRY SIGNAGE AREA, 55 SF RTU WITH SCREENING 18' - 8"8' - 1"PREFINISHED METAL FASCIA PREFINISHED METAL CAP, TYPSTAINED, ACETYLATED WOOD, TYP GLAZING, TYP STUCCO, TYP ARCHITECTURAL PRECAST, TYP EXISTING BRICK TO BE PAINTED, TYP. COLOR TBD 55 SF NEW ADDITIONEXISTING BUILDING EXISTING RTU WITHOUT SCREENING STAINED, ACETYLATED WOOD STUCCO ARCHITECTURAL PRECAST 1632.35 SF 479.48 SF 166.77 SF 54.30% 15.95% 5.55% GLAZING 727.46 SF 24.20% MATERIAL BREAKDOWN ALONG WEST & SOUTH ADDITION ELEVATION - BROOKLYN BLVD GLAZING PERCENTAGE AT WEST AND SOUTH ADDITION ELEVATION - BROOKLYN BLVD 340 SF OF WINDOW = 46.5% (50% WOULD BE 365 SF) AREA OF WALL = 730 SF AREA OF WDW = 340 SF copyright © 2023, Locus Architecture # Date Description DOCUMENT ISSUANCE PROJECT # PHASE DRAWN BY CHECKED BY PREL I M I N A R Y NOT F O R CONS T R U C T I O N PROJECT TEAM SHEET NUMBER SHEET NAME 4453 Nicollet Ave, Minneapolis, MN 55419 612.706.5600 www.locusarchitecture.com 2024-002 Author Checker EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A2.1 5930 & 5950 BROOKLYN BLVD, BROOKLYN CENTER, MN 55429 CAPI IMMIGRANT OPPORTUNITY CENTER MBJ 510 MARQUETTE AVE. S. STE 900 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 612-338-0713 MARSHA@MBJENG.COM PIERCE PINI & ASSOCIATES INC. 9298 CENTRAL AVE NE, SUITE 312 BLAINE, MN 763-537-1311 PPA@PIERCEPINI.COM STRUCTURAL CIVIL VICTUS ENGINEERING 2327 WYCLIFF STREET, SUITE 230 SAINT PAUL, MN 55114 612-859-8299 WILLOW@VICTUSENGINEERING MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL & PLUMBING FMYH STUDIO 612-389-8691 ASHLEY@FMYH.CO INTERIOR DESIGN TLALLI COLLABORATIVE, LLC 323 N WASHINGTON AVE #200 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55401 612-430-6655 ANELSON@TLALLICOLLABORATIVE.COM LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE 1/8" = 1'-0"A2.1 3 NORTH ELEVATION 1/8" = 1'-0"A2.1 2 WEST ELEVATION - BROOKLYN BLVD 1/8" = 1'-0"A2.1 4 EAST ELEVATION 1/8" = 1'-0"A2.1 1 SOUTH ELEVATION 01.14.25 LAND USE SUBMITTAL Page 258 of 465 FIRST LEVEL (E) 100' -0" 30' - 0" 7' - 6 " 11 ' - 0 " 7' - 0" FIRST LEVEL (E) 100' -0" 7' - 6 " 11 ' - 0 " 60' - 0" GENERAL NOTES ELECTRICAL SITE ? ? 10 10 14 Bench G E S C H V E T FFE 860.3 859.7 860.6 859.9 12" PVC rim=857.93 inv=853.11 rim=858.48 inv=855.33 rim=858.48 inv=855.44 Catch Basin t c = 8 6 0 . 2 4 A. INSTALL ALL ELECTRICAL WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LATEST EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, FEDERAL, STATE, COUNTY, AND MUNICIPAL LAWS OR ORDINANCES GOVERNING THE PROJECT. PERFORM ALL WORK UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF A LICENSED MASTER ELECTRICIAN. NOTIFY THE ENGINEER, IN WRITING, OF ANY CONFLICTS PRIOR TO MAKING ANY CHANGES TO PLANS OR SPECIFICATIONS. B. JUNCTION BOXES AND CONNECTIONS ARE GENERALLY NOT SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE A COMPLETE SYSTEM OF RACEWAY AND CONDUCTORS AS REQUIRED FOR THE INDICATED CIRCUITRY. C. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF DEVICES WITH LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS. LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER LOCATIONS SHOWN ON ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. D. VERIFY LOCATIONS AND ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS OF ALL OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. E. PROVIDE SITE UNDERGROUND CONDUITS/ WIRING PER SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE SITE UNDERGROUND CONDUITS SIZED 1" MINIMUM, BURIED AT A DEPTH OF 36" MINIMUM. F. REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM FOR ADDITION INFORMATION REGARDING UNDERGROUND FEEDERS, ETC. G. INFORMATION SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS IS AS EXACT AS COULD BE SECURED. ABSOLUTE ACCURACY IS NOT GUARANTEED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS, MEASUREMENTS, LEVELS, SPACE REQUIREMENTS, POTENTIAL CONFLICTS WITH OTHER TRADES, ETC. AT THE SITE AND SHALL SATISFACTORILY ADAPT THEIR WORK TO ACTUAL CONDITIONS. THE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATICAL IN NATURE AND SHALL NOT BE SCALED. HOWEVER, THIS DOES NOT RELIEVE ANY SUB-CONTRACTOR FROM COORDINATING THEIR WORK WITH ALL OTHER TRADES AND FROM ADJUSTING THEIR WORK AS REQUIRED BY THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. ANY SLIGHT (WITHIN 10 FEET) LOCATION CHANGES SHALL BE DETERMINED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION AND WILL BE ACCOMMODATED AT NO CHARGE TO THE OWNER. B R O O K L Y N B L V D . ( E ) S I D E W A L K NEW ADDITION EXISTING BUILDING 60TH AVE N BE A R D A V E N PROPERTY LINES XA1 XA1 XB1 XB1 XB1 XB1 XB1 XB1 XB1 XB1 XB1 XC1 XC1 XC1 XC1 XC XB1 XB1 XB1 XC P05 P08 P08 P07 P07P07 P09 UTILITY TRANSFORMER XC XD1 XD1 XD1 XD1 XD1 XD1 XD2XD2XD2 XW1 XW1 XW2 XW2 XD2 XD2 XD2 XB1 1 1 I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the state of Minnesota. SIGNED DATE LICENSE # copyright © 2023, Locus Architecture # Date Description DOCUMENT ISSUANCE PROJECT # PHASE DRAWN BY CHECKED BY PROJECT TEAM SHEET NUMBER SHEET NAME 4453 Nicollet Ave, Minneapolis, MN 55419 612.706.5600 www.locusarchitecture.com WILLOW S. NICHOLS 49864 01/31/25 2024-002 ECM WSN ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN ES101 5930 & 5950 BROOKLYN BLVD, BROOKLYN CENTER, MN 55429 CAPI IMMIGRANT OPPORTUNITY CENTER MBJ 510 MARQUETTE AVE. S. STE 900 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 612-338-0713 MARSHA@MBJENG.COM PIERCE PINI & ASSOCIATES INC. 9298 CENTRAL AVE NE, SUITE 312 BLAINE, MN 763-537-1311 PPA@PIERCEPINI.COM STRUCTURAL CIVIL ENGINEERING VICTUS ENGINEERING 2327 WYCLIFF STREET, SUITE 230 SAINT PAUL, MN 55114 612-859-8299 WILLOW@VICTUSENGINEERING MEP FMYH STUDIO 612-389-8691 ASHLEY@FMYH.CO INTERIOR TLALLI COLLABORATIVE, LLC 323 N WASHINGTON AVE #200 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55401 612-430-6655 ANELSON@TLALLICOLLABORATIVE.COM LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE N KEYNOTES P05 PROVIDE L14-50 RECEPTACLE AT PARKING LOT LIGHT POLE (2#6, #6G, 1"C) FROM DEDICATED 50A CIRCUIT BREAKER AT PANEL LP12A IN ROOM 128 FOR FOOD TRUCK CONNECTION. VERIFY RECEPTACLE TYPE AND CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. P07 PROVIDE DUPLEX WP GFCI RECEPTACLE AT BOLLARD. P08 PROVIDE DUPLEX WP GFCI RECEPTACLE AT CATENARY LIGHTING SUPPORT POLE. P09 PROVIDE 2" CONDUIT PATHWAY FROM MDP IN ROOM 128 TO FUTURE GREENHOUSE LOCATION. 1" = 20'-0"1 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN 1 01.31.25 LAND USE RESUBMITTAL 01.14.25 LAND USE SUBMITTAL 12.04.24 100% DD Page 261 of 465 Calculation Summary Plan Area Avg (fc) Max (fc)Min (fc)Max/Min Courtyard Seating 11.51 38.4 0.2 192.00 New Parking Lot 1.15 2.4 0.2 12.00 North Covered Patio 8.85 11.1 5.4 2.06 North Entrance 10.40 10.4 10.4 1.00 North Side Entrance 11.30 11.3 11.3 1.00 Rock Garden 2.79 10.8 0.2 54.00 Sidewalk North End 2.59 12.8 0.1 128.00 South Entrance - Addition 11.20 11.3 11.1 1.02 South Patio 9.49 35.4 0.1 354.00 0 . 7 2 0 . 9 1 . 9 1 3 . 7 3 2 . 2 2 . 6 2 6 . 8 1 1 . 4 0 . 2 1 6 . 7 2 8 . 3 0 . 9 0 . 4 3 8 . 4 1 8 . 6 0 . 3 2 . 8 1 . 6 0 . 2 1 .3 0 .9 0.4 1.3 0 .5 0 .2 0.3 0 . 5 0 .5 0.4 0.4 0 .4 0 .4 0.4 0.4 0 .4 0 .5 0.4 0.4 0 .4 0.4 0 .5 0 .5 0.6 0.7 0 .7 0 .8 0.8 0.8 0 .9 0 .8 0.8 0.7 0 .6 0 .5 0 .6 0.8 1.0 1 .2 1 .3 1.4 1.4 1 .4 1 .5 1.5 1.6 1 .5 1 .3 1.1 0.6 0 .8 1 .1 1.4 1.9 2 .1 2 .0 1.8 1.7 1 .8 2 .0 2 . 2 2 . 2 1 .8 0.8 1.1 1 .6 2 .2 2.4 2 . 2 1 .9 1 .7 1 . 8 2 . 0 2 .3 2 .2 1 . 8 0 .7 0 . 9 1 . 3 1 .9 2 .3 1 . 7 1 1 . 1 1 1 . 0 7 . 9 5 . 4 3 .7 1 .1 0 .4 10.8 0 .2 1.3 2 .5 0.6 4.3 7.9 0.3 0.8 1.6 0.2 8.0 1.5 0.6 2.0 1.7 0.9 1.1 0.5 12.8 0.5 1.2 0.4 0.3 9.5 0.9 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.3 0.3 0.1 0.3 6.9 0.5 0.6 8.9 0.5 9.8 1.0 10.8 11.3 0.1 0.2 0.3 35.4 9.0 10.8 7.3 12.8 ? ? 10 10 14 Bench G E S C H V E T FFE 860.3 859.7 860.6 859.9 rim=858.48 inv=855.33 rim=858.48 inv=855.44 Catch Basin t c = 8 6 0 . 2 4 B R O O K L Y N B L V D . ( E ) S I D E W A L K NEW ADDITION EXISTING BUILDING 60TH AVE N BE A R D A V E N PROPERTY LINES XA1 XA1 XB1 XB1 XB1 XB1 XB1 XB1 XB1 XB1 XB1 XC1 XC1 XC1 XC1 XC XB1 XB1 XB1 XC XC XW1 XW1 XW2 XW2 XD1 XD1 XD1 XD1 XD1 XD1 XD2 XD2 XD2 XD2 XD2 XD2 EXISTING BUILDING MOUNTED LIGHTING ON SOUTH FACE AND EAST FACE OF BUILDING WILL REMAIN TO SERVE EXISTING PARKING AREA. 1 1 1 1 1 I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the state of Minnesota. SIGNED DATE LICENSE # copyright © 2023, Locus Architecture # Date Description DOCUMENT ISSUANCE PROJECT # PHASE DRAWN BY CHECKED BY PROJECT TEAM SHEET NUMBER SHEET NAME 4453 Nicollet Ave, Minneapolis, MN 55419 612.706.5600 www.locusarchitecture.com WILLOW S. NICHOLS 49864 01/31/25 2024-002 ECM WSN ELECTRICAL SITE PHOTOMETRIC PLAN E700 5930 & 5950 BROOKLYN BLVD, BROOKLYN CENTER, MN 55429 CAPI IMMIGRANT OPPORTUNITY CENTER MBJ 510 MARQUETTE AVE. S. STE 900 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 612-338-0713 MARSHA@MBJENG.COM PIERCE PINI & ASSOCIATES INC. 9298 CENTRAL AVE NE, SUITE 312 BLAINE, MN 763-537-1311 PPA@PIERCEPINI.COM STRUCTURAL CIVIL ENGINEERING VICTUS ENGINEERING 2327 WYCLIFF STREET, SUITE 230 SAINT PAUL, MN 55114 612-859-8299 WILLOW@VICTUSENGINEERING MEP FMYH STUDIO 612-389-8691 ASHLEY@FMYH.CO INTERIOR TLALLI COLLABORATIVE, LLC 323 N WASHINGTON AVE #200 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55401 612-430-6655 ANELSON@TLALLICOLLABORATIVE.COM LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE 1" = 20'-0" 1 ELECTRICAL SITE PHOTOMETRIC PLAN - FOR REFERENCE ONLY LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE TYPE DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODEL VOLTAGE WATTAGE CCT CRI MOUNTING NOTES XA1 UNIVERSAL POLE MOUNTED LED FIXTURE. TYPE 3 DISTRIBUTION. LITHONIA DSX0 LED P3 40K 80CRI T3M 120 V 69 W 4000 K POLE MOUNT FIXTURE ON 18' POLE XB1 6" DIAMETER CAST ALUMINUM BOLLARD, 39" HIGH. LUMINIS KIM LIGHTING LN601B L1L10 LD3 H39 35 120 120 V 11 W 3500 K BOLLARD XC CATENARY LIGHTING SUPPORT POLE LUMINIS TBD 120 V 0 W 0 K POLE 12' POLE XC1 18" DIAMETER, 5.35" TALL DIECAST ALUMINIUM CATENARY MOUNTED LED FIXTURE WITH COATED POLYMER LENS. LUMINIS CT101 L2L25 35K 120V CAT3 12IN STC 120 V 25 W 3500 K SUSPENDED - CATENARY XD1 4" DIAMETER LED CYLINDER - WET LOCATION LISTED LITHONIA LDN4 35/07 LO4 AR LD 120 V 9 W 3500 K RECESSED XD2 4" DIAMETER LED CYLINDER - WET LOCATION LISTED LITHONIA LDN4 35/10 LO4 AR LD 120 V 11 W 3500 K RECESSED XW1 4" DIAMETER WALL MOUNTED LED CYLINDER LUMINIS SYP400 L1L10 FLD 35 MVOLT 120 V 12 W 3500 K SURFACE WALL XW2 4" DIAMETER WALL MOUNTED LED CYLINDER LUMINIS SYP400 L1L20 FLD 35 MVOLT 120 V 23 W 3500 K SURFACE WALL 1 01.31.25 LAND USE RESUBMITTAL 01.14.25 LAND USE SUBMITTAL Page 262 of 465 Page 263 of 465 One Lithonia Way • Conyers, Georgia 30012 • Phone: 1-800-705-SERV (7378) • www.lithonia.com © 2011-2024 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. DSX0-LED Rev. 10/09/24 Page 1 of 9 COMMERCIAL OUTDOOR D-Series Size 0 LED Area Luminaire Specifications Catalog Number Notes Type Introduction The modern styling of the D-Series features a highly refined aesthetic that blends seamlessly with its environment. The D-Series offers the benefits of the latest in LED technology into a high performance, high efficacy, long-life luminaire. The photometric performance results in sites with excellent uniformity, greater pole spacing and lower power density. D-Series outstanding photometry aids in reducing the number of poles required in area lighting applications, with typical energy savings of 70% and expected service life of over 100,000 hours. EPA:0.44 ft2 (0.04 m2) Length:26.18" (66.5 cm) Width:14.06" (35.7 cm) Height H1:2.26" (5.7 cm) Height H2:7.46" (18.9 cm) Weight:23 lbs (10.4 kg) Hit the Tab key or mouse over the page to see all interactive elements. Ordering Information EXAMPLE: DSX0 LED P6 40K 70CRI T3M MVOLT SPA NLTAIR2 PIRHN DDBXD DSX0 LED Series LEDs Color temperature 2 Color Rendering Index 2 Distribution Voltage Mounting DSX0 LED Forward optics P1 P5 P2 P6 P3 P7 P4 Rotated optics P10 1 P12 1 P11 1 P13 1 (this section 70CRI only) 30K 3000K 40K 4000K 50K 5000K (this section 80CRI only, extended lead times apply) 27K 2700K 30K 3000K 35K 3500K 40K 4000K 50K 5000K 70CRI 70CRI 70CRI 80CRI 80CRI 80CRI 80CRI 80CRI AFR Automotive front row T1S Type I short T2M Type II medium T3M Type III medium T3LG Type III low glare 3 T4M Type IV medium T4LG Type IV low glare 3 TFTM Forward throw medium T5M Type V medium T5LG Type V low glare T5W Type V wide BLC3 Type III backlight control 3 BLC4 Type IV backlight control 3 LCCO Left corner cutoff 3 RCCO Right corner cutoff 3 MVOLT (120V-277V) 4 HVOLT (347V-480V) 5,6 XVOLT (277V-480V) 7,8 120 16, 24 208 16, 24 240 16, 24 277 16, 24 347 16, 24 480 16, 24 Shipped included SPA Square pole mounting (#8 drilling, 3.5" min. SQ pole) RPA Round pole mounting (#8 drilling, 3" min. RND pole) SPA5 Square pole mounting (#5 drilling. 3" min. SQ pole) 9 RPA5 Round pole mounting (#5 drilling, 3" min. RND pole) 9 SPA8N Square narrow pole mounting (#8 drilling, 3" min. SQ pole) WBA Wall bracket 10 MA Mast arm adapter (mounts on 2 3/8" OD horizontal tenon) Control options Other options Finish (required) Shipped installed NLTAIR2 PIRHN nLight AIR gen 2 enabled with bi-level motion / ambient sensor, 8-40' mounting height, ambient sensor enabled at 2fc. 11, 12, 18, 19 PIR High/low, motion/ambient sensor, 8-40’ mounting height, ambient sensor enabled at 2fc 13, 18, 19 PER NEMA twist-lock receptacle only (controls ordered separate) 14 PER5 Five-pin receptacle only (controls ordered separate) 14, 19 PER7 Seven-pin receptacle only (controls ordered separate) 14, 19 FAO Field adjustable output 15, 19 BL30 Bi-level switched dimming, 30% 16, 19 BL50 Bi-level switched dimming, 50% 16, 19 DMG 0-10v dimming wires pulled outside fixture (for use with an external control, ordered separately) 17 Shipped installed HS Houseside shield (black finish standard) 20 L90 Left rotated optics 1 R90 Right rotated optics 1 CCE Coastal Construction 21 HA 50°C ambient operation 22 BAA Buy America(n) Act and/or Build America Buy America Qualified SF Single fuse (120, 277, 347V) 24 DF Double fuse (208, 240, 480V) 24 Shipped separately EGSR External Glare Shield (reversible, field install required, matches housing finish) BSDB Bird Spikes (field install required) DDBXD Dark Bronze DBLXD Black DNAXD Natural Aluminum DWHXD White DDBTXD Textured dark bronze DBLBXD Textured black DNATXD Textured natural aluminum DWHGXD Textured white L H1 W H2 L H1 W H2 Items marked by a shaded background qualify for the Design Select program and ship in 15 days or less. To learn more about Design Select, visit www.acuitybrands.com/designselect. *See ordering tree for detailsDesign Select options indicated by this color background. Page 264 of 465 One Lithonia Way • Conyers, Georgia 30012 • Phone: 1-800-705-SERV (7378) • www.lithonia.com © 2011-2024 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. DSX0-LED Rev. 10/09/24 Page 2 of 9 COMMERCIAL OUTDOOR 1.750" for aluminum poles 2.750" - for other poles type Drilling Ordering Information Accessories Ordered and shipped separately. DLL127F 1.5 JU Photocell - SSL twist-lock (120-277V) 23 DLL347F 1.5 CUL JU Photocell - SSL twist-lock (347V) 23 DLL480F 1.5 CUL JU Photocell - SSL twist-lock (480V) 23 DSHORT SBK Shorting cap 23 DSX0HS P#House-side shield (enter package number P1-7, P10-13 in place of #) DSXRPA (FINISH) Round pole adapter (#8 drilling, specify finish) DSXRPA5 (FINISH) Round pole adapter #5 drilling (specify finish) DSXSPA5 (FINISH) Square pole adapter #5 drilling (specify finish) DSX0EGSR (FINISH) External glare shield (specify finish) DSX0BSDB (FINISH) Bird spike deterrent bracket (specify finish) Shield Accessories NOTES 1 Rotated optics available with packages P10, P11, P12 and P13. Must be combined with option L90 or R90. 2 30K, 40K, and 50K available in 70CRI and 80CRI. 27K and 35K only available with 80CRI. Contact Technical Support for other possible combinations. 3 T3LG, T4LG, BLC3, BLC4, LCCO, RCCO not available with option HS. 4 MVOLT driver operates on any line voltage from 120-277V (50/60 Hz). 5 HVOLT driver operates on any line voltage from 347-480V (50/60 Hz). 6 HVOLT not available with package P1, P2 and P10 when combined with option NLTAIR2 PIRHN or option PIR. 7 XVOLT operates with any voltage between 277V and 480V (50/60 Hz). 8 XVOLT not available in packages P1, P2 or P10. XVOLT not available with fusing (SF or DF). 9 SPA5 and RPA5 for use with #5 drilling only (Not for use with #8 drilling). 10 WBA cannot be combined with Type 5 distributions plus photocell (PER). 11 NLTAIR2 and PIRHN must be ordered together. For more information on nLight Air 2. 12 NLTAIR2 PIRHN not available with other controls including PIR, PER, PER5, PER7, FAO, BL30, BL50 and DMG. NLTAIR2 PIRHN not available with P1, P2 and P10 using HVOLT. NLTAIR2 PIRHN not available with P1, P2 and P10 using XVOLT. NLTAIR2 PIRHN not available with P1 using MVOLT. 13 PIR not available with NLTAIR2, PER, PER5, PER7, FAO BL30, BL50 and DMG. PIR not available with P1, P2 and P10 using HVOLT. PIR not available with P1, P2 and P10 using XVOLT. PIR not available with P1 using MVOLT. 14 PER/PER5/PER7 not available with NLTAIR2, PIR, BL30, BL50. Photocell ordered and shipped as a separate line item from Acuity Brands Controls. See accessories. Shorting Cap included. 15 FAO not available with other dimming control options NLTAIR2 PIRHN, PIR, PER5, PER7, BL30, BL50, or DMG. 16 BL30 and BL50 are not available with NLTAIR2 PIRHN, PIR, PER, PER5, PER7, FAO and DMG. BL30 or BL50 must specify 120, 277 or 347V. Consult tech support for 208, 240 or 480V. 17 DMG not available with NLTAIR2 PIRHN, PIR, PER, PER5, PER7, BL30, BL50 and FAO. 18 Reference Motion Sensor Default Settings table on page 4 to see functionality. 19 Reference Controls Options table on page 4. 20 Option HS not available with T3LG, T4LG, BLC3, BLC4, LCCO and RCCO distribution. Also available as a separate accessory; see Accessories information. 21 CCE option not available with option BS and EGSR. Contact Technical Support for availability. 22 Option HA not available with performance packages P6, P7, P12 and P13. 23 Requires luminaire to be specified with PER, PER5 or PER7 option. See Controls Table on page 4. 24 Single fuse (SF) requires 120V, 277V, or 347V. Double fuse (DF) requires 208V, 240V or 480V. XVOLT not available with fusing (SF or DF). Top of Pole 0.563" 1.325"0.400"(2 PLCS) Template #8 A Handhole B C D HANDHOLE ORIENTATION (from top of pole) 2.650" Tenon Mounting Slipfitter Tenon O.D. Mounting Single Unit 2 @ 180 2 @ 90 3 @ 90 3 @120 4 @ 90 2-3/8"RPA AS3-5 190 AS3-5 280 AS3-5 290 AS3-5 390 AS3-5 320 AS3-5 490 2-7/8"RPA AST25-190 AST25-280 AST25-290 AST25-390 AST25-320 AST25-490 4"RPA AST35-190 AST35-280 AST35-290 AST35-390 AST35-320 AST35-490 External Glare Shield (EGSR)House Side Shield (HS) Fixture Quantity & Mounting Configuration Single DM19 2 @ 180 DM28 2 @ 90 DM29 3 @ 90 DM39 3 @ 120 DM32 4 @ 90 DM49 Mounting Type DSX0 with SPA 0.44 0.88 0.96 1.18 --- 1.16 DSX0 with SPA5, SPA8N 0.51 1.02 1.06 1.26 ---1.29 DSX0 with RPA, RPA5 0.51 1.02 1.06 1.26 1.24 1.29 DSX0 with MA 0.64 1.28 1.24 1.67 1.70 1.93 DSX0 Area Luminaire - EPA *Includes luminaire and integral mounting arm. Other tenons, arms, brackets or other accessories are not included in this EPA data. Minimum Acceptable Outside Pole Dimension SPA #8 3.5" 3.5" 3.5"3.5"3.5" RPA #8 3" 3" 3"3"3" 3" SPA5 #5 3" 3" 3"3"3" RPA5 #5 3" 3"3"3"3"3" SPA8N #8 3" 3"3"3"3" Mounting Option Drilling Template Single 2 @ 180 2 @ 90 3 @ 90 3 @ 120 4 @ 90 Head Location Side B Side B & D Side B & C Side B, C & D Round Pole Only Side A, B, C & D Drill Nomenclature #8 DM19AS DM28AS DM29AS DM39AS DM32AS DM49AS Page 265 of 465 One Lithonia Way • Conyers, Georgia 30012 • Phone: 1-800-705-SERV (7378) • www.lithonia.com © 2011-2024 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. DSX0-LED Rev. 10/09/24 Page 3 of 9 COMMERCIAL OUTDOOR To see complete photometric reports or download .ies files for this product, visit Lithonia Lighting’s homepage. Photometric Diagrams Isofootcandle plots for the DSX0 LED P7 40K 70CRI. Distances are in units of mounting height (20'). LEGEND 0.1 fc 0.5 fc 1.0 fc T1S T2M T3M 4 3 2 1 0 -4 -3 -2 -1 4 3 2 1 0 4321 T3LG T4M TFTM T4LG T5M T5W T5LG AFR BLC3 BLC4 LCCO RCCO 4 3 2 1 0 43216 5 65 4 3 2 1 0 -4 -3 -2 -1 5 6 -5 -6 4 3 2 1 0 43216 5 65 4 3 2 1 0 -4 -3 -2 -1 5 6 -5 -6 4 3 2 1 0 43216 5 65 4 3 2 1 0 -4 -3 -2 -1 5 6 -5 -6 4 3 2 1 0 43216 5 65 4 3 2 1 0 -4 -3 -2 -1 5 6 -5 -6 4 3 2 1 0 43216 5 65 4 3 2 1 0 -4 -3 -2 -1 5 6 -5 -6 4 3 2 1 0 43216 5 65 4 3 2 1 0 -4 -3 -2 -1 5 6 -5 -6 4 3 2 1 0 43216 5 65 4 3 2 1 0 -4 -3 -2 -1 5 6 -5 -6 4 3 2 1 0 43216 5 65 4 3 2 1 0 -4 -3 -2 -1 5 6 -5 -6 4 3 2 1 0 43216 5 65 4 3 2 1 0 -4 -3 -2 -1 5 6 -5 -6 4 3 2 1 0 43216 5 65 4 3 2 1 0 -4 -3 -2 -1 5 6 -5 -6 4 3 2 1 0 43216 5 65 4 3 2 1 0 -4 -3 -2 -1 5 6 -5 -6 4 3 2 1 0 43216 5 65 4 3 2 1 0 -4 -3 -2 -1 5 6 -5 -6 4 3 2 1 0 43216 5 65 4 3 2 1 0 -4 -3 -2 -1 5 6 -5 -6 4 3 2 1 0 43216 5 65 4 3 2 1 0 -4 -3 -2 -1 5 6 -5 -6 4 3 2 1 0 43216 5 65 4 3 2 1 0 -4 -3 -2 -1 5 6 -5 -6 Page 266 of 465 One Lithonia Way • Conyers, Georgia 30012 • Phone: 1-800-705-SERV (7378) • www.lithonia.com © 2011-2024 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. DSX0-LED Rev. 10/09/24 Page 4 of 9 COMMERCIAL OUTDOOR Performance Data Current (A) Performance Package LED Count Drive Current (mA)Wattage 120V 208V 240V 277V 347V 480V Forward Optics (Non-Rotated) P1 20 530 34 0.28 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.07 P2 20 700 45 0.38 0.22 0.19 0.16 0.13 0.09 P3 20 1050 69 0.57 0.33 0.29 0.25 0.20 0.14 P4 20 1400 94 0.78 0.45 0.39 0.34 0.27 0.19 P5 40 700 89 0.75 0.43 0.38 0.33 0.26 0.19 P6 40 1050 136 1.14 0.66 0.57 0.49 0.39 0.29 P7 40 1300 170 1.42 0.82 0.71 0.62 0.49 0.36 Rotated Optics (Requires L90 or R90) P10 30 530 51 0.42 0.24 0.21 0.18 0.15 0.11 P11 30 700 67 0.57 0.33 0.28 0.25 0.20 0.14 P12 30 1050 103 0.86 0.50 0.43 0.37 0.30 0.22 P13 30 1300 129 1.07 0.62 0.54 0.46 0.37 0.27 Electrical Load Motion Sensor Default Settings Option Unoccupied Dimmed Level High Level (when occupied)Phototcell Operation Dwell Time Ramp-up Time Dimming Fade Rate PIR 30%100%Enabled @ 2FC 7.5 min 3 sec 5 min NLTAIR2 PIRHN 30%100%Enabled @ 2FC 7.5 min 3 sec 5 min Controls Options Nomenclature Description Functionality Primary control device Notes FAO Field adjustable output device installed inside the luminaire; wired to the driver dimming leads. Allows the luminaire to be manually dimmed, effectively trimming the light output. FAO device Cannot be used with other controls options that need the 0-10V leads DS (not available on DSX0) Drivers wired independently for 50/50 luminaire operation The luminaire is wired to two separate circuits, allowing for 50/50 operation. Independently wired drivers Requires two separately switched circuits. Consider nLight AIR as a more cost effective alternative. PER5 or PER7 Twist-lock photocell receptacle Compatible with standard twist-lock photocells for dusk to dawn operation, or advanced control nodes that provide 0-10V dimming signals. Twist-lock photocells such as DLL Elite or advanced control nodes such as ROAM. Pins 4 & 5 to dimming leads on driver, Pins 6 & 7 are capped inside luminaire. Cannot be used with other controls options that need the 0-10V leads. PIR Motion sensor with integral photocell. Sensor suitable for 8' to 40' mounting height. Luminaires dim when no occupancy is detected. Acuity Controls rSBG Cannot be used with other controls options that need the 0-10V leads. NLTAIR2 PIRHN nLight AIR enabled luminaire for motion sensing, photocell and wireless communication. Motion and ambient light sensing with group response. Scheduled dimming with motion sensor over-ride when wirelessly connected to the nLight Eclypse. nLight Air rSBG nLight AIR sensors can be programmed and commissioned from the ground using the ClAIRity Pro app. Cannot be used with other controls options that need the 0-10V leads. BL30 or BL50 Integrated bi-level device that allows a second control circuit to switch all light engines to either 30% or 50% light output BLC device provides input to 0-10V dimming leads on all drivers providing either 100% or dimmed (30% or 50%) control by a secondary circuit BLC UVOLT1 BLC device is powered off the 0-10V dimming leads, thus can be used with any input voltage from 120 to 480V Lumen Ambient Temperature (LAT) Multipliers Use these factors to determine relative lumen output for average ambient temperatures from 0-40°C (32-104°F). Ambient Lumen Multiplier 0°C 32°F 1.04 5°C 41°F 1.04 10°C 50°F 1.03 15°C 50°F 1.02 20°C 68°F 1.01 25°C 77°C 1.00 30°C 86°F 0.99 35°C 95°F 0.98 40°C 104°F 0.97 Projected LED Lumen Maintenance Data references the extrapolated performance projections for the platforms noted in a 25°C ambient, based on 10,000 hours of LED testing (tested per IESNA LM-80-08 and projected per IESNA TM-21-11). To calculate LLF, use the lumen maintenance factor that corresponds to the desired number of operating hours below. For other lumen maintenance values, contact factory. Operating Hours Lumen Maintenance Factor 0 1.00 25,000 0.94 50,000 0.89 100,000 0.80 70 CRI 80CRI 90CRI Lumen Multiplier Availability Lumen Multiplier Availability Lumen Multiplier Availability 5000K 102% Standard 92% Extended lead-time 71% (see note) 4000K 100% Standard 92% Extended lead-time 67% (see note) 3500K 100% (see note) 90% Extended lead-time 63% (see note) 3000K 96% Standard 87% Extended lead-time 61% (see note) 2700K 94% (see note) 85% Extended lead-time 57% (see note) LED Color Temperature / Color Rendering Multipliers Note: Some LED types are available as per special request. Contact Technical Support for more information. *Note: Calculated values are based on original performance package data. When calculating new values for given FAO position, use published values for each package based on input watts and lumens by optic type. FAO Position % Wattage % Lumen Output 8 100%100% 7 93%95% 6 80%85% 5 66%73% 4 54%61% 3 41%49% 2 29%36% 1 15%20% FAO Dimming Settings Page 267 of 465 One Lithonia Way • Conyers, Georgia 30012 • Phone: 1-800-705-SERV (7378) • www.lithonia.com © 2011-2024 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. DSX0-LED Rev. 10/09/24 Page 5 of 9 COMMERCIAL OUTDOOR Lumen values are from photometric tests performed in accordance with IESNA LM-79-08. Data is considered to be representative of configurations shown within the tolerances described within LM-79. Contact factory for performance data on any configurations not shown here. Forward Optics Performance Package System Watts LED Count Drive Current (mA)Distribution Type 30K 40K 50K (3000K, 70 CRI)(4000K, 70 CRI)(5000K, 70 CRI) Lumens B U G LPW Lumens B U G LPW Lumens B U G LPW P1 33W 20 530 T1S 4,906 1 0 1 148 5,113 1 0 1 154 5,213 1 0 1 157 T2M 4,545 1 0 2 137 4,736 1 0 2 143 4,829 1 0 2 145 T3M 4,597 1 0 2 138 4,791 1 0 2 144 4,885 1 0 2 147 T3LG 4,107 1 0 1 124 4,280 1 0 1 129 4,363 1 0 1 131 T4M 4,666 1 0 2 141 4,863 1 0 2 146 4,957 1 0 2 149 T4LG 4,244 1 0 1 128 4,423 1 0 1 133 4,509 1 0 1 136 TFTM 4,698 1 0 2 141 4,896 1 0 2 147 4,992 1 0 2 150 T5M 4,801 3 0 1 145 5,003 3 0 1 151 5,101 3 0 1 154 T5W 4,878 3 0 1 147 5,084 3 0 2 153 5,183 3 0 2 156 T5LG 4,814 2 0 1 145 5,018 2 0 1 151 5,115 2 0 1 154 BLC3 3,344 0 0 1 101 3,485 0 0 1 105 3,553 0 0 1 107 BLC4 3,454 0 0 2 104 3,599 0 0 2 108 3,670 0 0 2 111 RCCO 3,374 0 0 1 102 3,517 0 0 1 106 3,585 0 0 1 108 LCCO 3,374 0 0 1 102 3,517 0 0 1 106 3,585 0 0 1 108 AFR 4,906 1 0 1 148 5,113 1 0 1 154 5,213 1 0 1 157 P2 45W 20 700 T1S 6,328 1 0 1 140 6,595 1 0 1 146 6,724 1 0 1 149 T2M 5,862 1 0 2 130 6,109 1 0 2 135 6,228 1 0 2 138 T3M 5,930 1 0 3 131 6,180 1 0 3 137 6,301 1 0 3 140 T3LG 5,297 1 0 1 117 5,521 1 0 1 122 5,628 1 0 1 125 T4M 6,018 1 0 3 133 6,272 1 0 3 139 6,395 1 0 3 142 T4LG 5,474 1 0 1 121 5,705 1 0 1 126 5,816 1 0 1 129 TFTM 6,060 1 0 3 134 6,316 1 0 3 140 6,439 1 0 3 143 T5M 6,192 3 0 1 137 6,453 3 0 2 143 6,579 3 0 2 146 T5W 6,293 3 0 2 139 6,558 3 0 2 145 6,686 3 0 2 148 T5LG 6,210 2 0 1 138 6,472 3 0 1 143 6,598 3 0 1 146 BLC3 4,313 0 0 2 96 4,495 0 0 2 100 4,583 0 0 2 102 BLC4 4,455 0 0 2 99 4,643 0 0 2 103 4,733 0 0 2 105 RCCO 4,352 0 0 2 96 4,536 0 0 2 100 4,624 0 0 2 102 LCCO 4,352 0 0 2 96 4,536 0 0 2 100 4,624 0 0 2 102 AFR 6,328 1 0 1 140 6,595 1 0 1 146 6,724 1 0 1 149 P3 69W 20 1050 T1S 9,006 1 0 2 131 9,386 1 0 2 136 9,569 1 0 2 139 T2M 8,343 2 0 3 121 8,694 2 0 3 126 8,864 2 0 3 129 T3M 8,439 2 0 3 122 8,795 2 0 3 128 8,967 2 0 3 130 T3LG 7,539 1 0 2 109 7,857 1 0 2 114 8,010 1 0 2 116 T4M 8,565 2 0 3 124 8,926 2 0 3 129 9,100 2 0 3 132 T4LG 7,790 1 0 2 113 8,119 1 0 2 118 8,277 1 0 2 120 TFTM 8,624 1 0 3 125 8,988 1 0 3 130 9,163 2 0 3 133 T5M 8,812 3 0 2 128 9,184 4 0 2 133 9,363 4 0 2 136 T5W 8,955 4 0 2 130 9,333 4 0 2 135 9,515 4 0 2 138 T5LG 8,838 3 0 1 128 9,211 3 0 1 134 9,390 3 0 1 136 BLC3 6,139 0 0 2 89 6,398 0 0 2 93 6,522 0 0 2 95 BLC4 6,340 0 0 3 92 6,607 0 0 3 96 6,736 0 0 3 98 RCCO 6,194 1 0 2 90 6,455 1 0 2 94 6,581 1 0 2 95 LCCO 6,194 1 0 2 90 6,455 1 0 2 94 6,581 1 0 2 95 AFR 9,006 1 0 2 131 9,386 1 0 2 136 9,569 1 0 2 139 P4 93W 20 1400 T1S 11,396 1 0 2 122 11,877 1 0 2 128 12,109 2 0 2 130 T2M 10,557 2 0 3 113 11,003 2 0 3 118 11,217 2 0 3 121 T3M 10,680 2 0 3 115 11,130 2 0 3 120 11,347 2 0 3 122 T3LG 9,540 1 0 2 103 9,942 1 0 2 107 10,136 1 0 2 109 T4M 10,839 2 0 3 117 11,296 2 0 3 121 11,516 2 0 4 124 T4LG 9,858 1 0 2 106 10,274 1 0 2 110 10,474 1 0 2 113 TFTM 10,914 2 0 3 117 11,374 2 0 3 122 11,596 2 0 3 125 T5M 11,152 4 0 2 120 11,622 4 0 2 125 11,849 4 0 2 127 T5W 11,332 4 0 3 122 11,811 4 0 3 127 12,041 4 0 3 129 T5LG 11,184 3 0 1 120 11,656 3 0 2 125 11,883 3 0 2 128 BLC3 7,768 0 0 2 83 8,096 0 0 2 87 8,254 0 0 2 89 BLC4 8,023 0 0 3 86 8,362 0 0 3 90 8,524 0 0 3 92 RCCO 7,838 1 0 2 84 8,169 1 0 2 88 8,328 1 0 2 90 LCCO 7,838 1 0 2 84 8,169 1 0 2 88 8,328 1 0 2 90 AFR 11,396 1 0 2 122 11,877 1 0 2 128 12,109 2 0 2 130 Performance Data Lumen Output Page 268 of 465 One Lithonia Way • Conyers, Georgia 30012 • Phone: 1-800-705-SERV (7378) • www.lithonia.com © 2011-2024 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. DSX0-LED Rev. 10/09/24 Page 6 of 9 COMMERCIAL OUTDOOR Lumen values are from photometric tests performed in accordance with IESNA LM-79-08. Data is considered to be representative of configurations shown within the tolerances described within LM-79. Contact factory for performance data on any configurations not shown here. Forward Optics Performance Package System Watts LED Count Drive Current (mA)Distribution Type 30K 40K 50K (3000K, 70 CRI)(4000K, 70 CRI)(5000K, 70 CRI) Lumens B U G LPW Lumens B U G LPW Lumens B U G LPW P5 90W 40 700 T1S 12,380 2 0 2 137 12,902 2 0 2 143 13,154 2 0 2 146 T2M 11,468 2 0 3 127 11,952 2 0 3 133 12,185 2 0 3 135 T3M 11,601 2 0 3 129 12,091 2 0 3 134 12,326 2 0 4 137 T3LG 10,363 2 0 2 115 10,800 2 0 2 120 11,011 2 0 2 122 T4M 11,774 2 0 4 131 12,271 2 0 4 136 12,510 2 0 4 139 T4LG 10,709 1 0 2 119 11,160 2 0 2 124 11,378 2 0 2 126 TFTM 11,856 2 0 3 132 12,356 2 0 4 137 12,596 2 0 4 140 T5M 12,114 4 0 2 134 12,625 4 0 2 140 12,871 4 0 2 143 T5W 12,310 4 0 3 137 12,830 4 0 3 142 13,080 4 0 3 145 T5LG 12,149 3 0 2 135 12,662 3 0 2 141 12,908 3 0 2 143 BLC3 8,438 0 0 2 94 8,794 0 0 2 98 8,966 0 0 2 99 BLC4 8,715 0 0 3 97 9,083 0 0 3 101 9,260 0 0 3 103 RCCO 8,515 1 0 2 94 8,874 1 0 2 98 9,047 1 0 2 100 LCCO 8,515 1 0 2 94 8,874 1 0 2 98 9,047 1 0 2 100 AFR 12,380 2 0 2 137 12,902 2 0 2 143 13,154 2 0 2 146 P6 137W 40 1050 T1S 17,545 2 0 3 128 18,285 2 0 3 133 18,642 2 0 3 136 T2M 16,253 3 0 4 119 16,939 3 0 4 124 17,269 3 0 4 126 T3M 16,442 2 0 4 120 17,135 3 0 4 125 17,469 3 0 4 128 T3LG 14,687 2 0 2 107 15,306 2 0 2 112 15,605 2 0 2 114 T4M 16,687 2 0 4 122 17,391 3 0 5 127 17,730 3 0 5 129 T4LG 15,177 2 0 2 111 15,817 2 0 2 115 16,125 2 0 2 118 TFTM 16,802 2 0 4 123 17,511 2 0 4 128 17,852 2 0 5 130 T5M 17,168 4 0 2 125 17,893 5 0 3 131 18,241 5 0 3 133 T5W 17,447 5 0 3 127 18,183 5 0 3 133 18,537 5 0 3 135 T5LG 17,218 4 0 2 126 17,944 4 0 2 131 18,294 4 0 2 134 BLC3 11,959 0 0 3 87 12,464 0 0 3 91 12,707 0 0 3 93 BLC4 12,352 0 0 4 90 12,873 0 0 4 94 13,124 0 0 4 96 RCCO 12,067 1 0 3 88 12,576 1 0 3 92 12,821 1 0 3 94 LCCO 12,067 1 0 3 88 12,576 1 0 3 92 12,821 1 0 3 94 AFR 17,545 2 0 3 128 18,285 2 0 3 133 18,642 2 0 3 136 P7 171W 40 1300 T1S 20,806 2 0 3 122 21,683 2 0 3 127 22,106 2 0 3 129 T2M 19,273 3 0 4 113 20,086 3 0 4 118 20,478 3 0 4 120 T3M 19,497 3 0 5 114 20,319 3 0 5 119 20,715 3 0 5 121 T3LG 17,416 2 0 2 102 18,151 2 0 2 106 18,504 2 0 2 108 T4M 19,787 3 0 5 116 20,622 3 0 5 121 21,024 3 0 5 123 T4LG 17,997 2 0 2 105 18,756 2 0 2 110 19,121 2 0 2 112 TFTM 19,924 3 0 5 117 20,765 3 0 5 122 21,170 3 0 5 124 T5M 20,359 5 0 3 119 21,217 5 0 3 124 21,631 5 0 3 127 T5W 20,689 5 0 3 121 21,561 5 0 3 126 21,982 5 0 3 129 T5LG 20,418 4 0 2 120 21,279 4 0 2 125 21,694 4 0 2 127 BLC3 14,182 0 0 3 83 14,780 0 0 3 87 15,068 0 0 3 88 BLC4 14,647 0 0 4 86 15,265 0 0 4 89 15,562 0 0 4 91 RCCO 14,309 1 0 3 84 14,913 1 0 3 87 15,204 1 0 3 89 LCCO 14,309 1 0 3 84 14,913 1 0 3 87 15,204 1 0 3 89 AFR 20,806 2 0 3 122 21,683 2 0 3 127 22,106 2 0 3 129 Lumen Output Performance Data Page 269 of 465 One Lithonia Way • Conyers, Georgia 30012 • Phone: 1-800-705-SERV (7378) • www.lithonia.com © 2011-2024 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. DSX0-LED Rev. 10/09/24 Page 7 of 9 COMMERCIAL OUTDOOR Performance Data Lumen values are from photometric tests performed in accordance with IESNA LM-79-08. Data is considered to be representative of configurations shown within the tolerances described within LM-79. Contact factory for performance data on any configurations not shown here. Rotated Optics Performance Package System Watts LED Count Drive Current (mA)Distribution Type 30K 40K 50K (3000K, 70 CRI)(4000K, 70 CRI)(5000K, 70 CRI) Lumens B U G LPW Lumens B U G LPW Lumens B U G LPW P10 51W 30 530 T1S 7,399 3 0 3 145 7,711 3 0 3 151 7,862 3 0 3 154 T2M 6,854 3 0 3 135 7,144 3 0 3 140 7,283 3 0 3 143 T3M 6,933 3 0 3 136 7,225 3 0 3 142 7,366 3 0 3 145 T3LG 6,194 2 0 2 122 6,455 2 0 2 127 6,581 2 0 2 129 T4M 7,036 3 0 3 138 7,333 3 0 3 144 7,476 3 0 3 147 T4LG 6,399 2 0 2 126 6,669 2 0 2 131 6,799 2 0 2 134 TFTM 7,086 3 0 3 139 7,385 3 0 3 145 7,529 3 0 3 148 T5M 7,239 3 0 2 142 7,545 3 0 2 148 7,692 3 0 2 151 T5W 7,357 3 0 2 145 7,667 3 0 2 151 7,816 4 0 2 154 T5LG 7,260 3 0 1 143 7,567 3 0 1 149 7,714 3 0 1 152 BLC3 5,043 3 0 3 99 5,256 3 0 3 103 5,358 3 0 3 105 BLC4 5,208 3 0 3 102 5,428 3 0 3 107 5,534 3 0 3 109 RCCO 5,089 0 0 2 100 5,303 0 0 2 104 5,407 0 0 2 106 LCCO 5,089 0 0 2 100 5,303 0 0 2 104 5,407 0 0 2 106 AFR 7,399 3 0 3 145 7,711 3 0 3 151 7,862 3 0 3 154 P11 68W 30 700 T1S 9,358 3 0 3 138 9,753 3 0 3 143 9,943 3 0 3 146 T2M 8,669 3 0 3 127 9,034 3 0 3 133 9,211 3 0 3 135 T3M 8,768 3 0 3 129 9,138 3 0 3 134 9,316 3 0 3 137 T3LG 7,833 3 0 3 115 8,164 3 0 3 120 8,323 3 0 3 122 T4M 8,899 3 0 3 131 9,274 3 0 3 136 9,455 3 0 3 139 T4LG 8,093 3 0 3 119 8,435 3 0 3 124 8,599 3 0 3 126 TFTM 8,962 3 0 3 132 9,340 3 0 3 137 9,522 3 0 3 140 T5M 9,156 4 0 2 135 9,542 4 0 2 140 9,728 4 0 2 143 T5W 9,304 4 0 2 137 9,696 4 0 2 143 9,885 4 0 2 145 T5LG 9,182 3 0 1 135 9,569 3 0 1 141 9,756 3 0 1 143 BLC3 6,378 3 0 3 94 6,647 3 0 3 98 6,777 3 0 3 100 BLC4 6,587 3 0 3 97 6,865 3 0 3 101 6,999 3 0 3 103 RCCO 6,436 0 0 2 95 6,707 0 0 2 99 6,838 0 0 2 101 LCCO 6,436 0 0 2 95 6,707 0 0 2 99 6,838 0 0 2 101 AFR 9,358 3 0 3 138 9,753 3 0 3 143 9,943 3 0 3 146 P12 103W 30 1050 T1S 13,247 3 0 3 128 13,806 3 0 3 134 14,075 3 0 3 136 T2M 12,271 4 0 4 119 12,789 4 0 4 124 13,038 4 0 4 126 T3M 12,412 4 0 4 120 12,935 4 0 4 125 13,187 4 0 4 128 T3LG 11,089 3 0 3 107 11,556 3 0 3 112 11,782 3 0 3 114 T4M 12,597 4 0 4 122 13,128 4 0 4 127 13,384 4 0 4 129 T4LG 11,457 3 0 3 111 11,940 3 0 3 116 12,173 3 0 3 118 TFTM 12,686 4 0 4 123 13,221 4 0 4 128 13,479 4 0 4 130 T5M 12,960 4 0 2 125 13,507 4 0 2 131 13,770 4 0 2 133 T5W 13,170 4 0 3 127 13,726 4 0 3 133 13,994 4 0 3 135 T5LG 12,998 3 0 2 126 13,546 3 0 2 131 13,810 3 0 2 134 BLC3 9,029 3 0 3 87 9,409 3 0 3 91 9,593 3 0 3 93 BLC4 9,324 4 0 4 90 9,718 4 0 4 94 9,907 4 0 4 96 RCCO 9,110 1 0 2 88 9,495 1 0 2 92 9,680 1 0 2 94 LCCO 9,110 1 0 2 88 9,494 1 0 2 92 9,680 1 0 2 94 AFR 13,247 3 0 3 128 13,806 3 0 3 134 14,075 3 0 3 136 P13 129W 30 1300 T1S 15,704 3 0 3 122 16,366 3 0 3 127 16,685 4 0 4 130 T2M 14,547 4 0 4 113 15,161 4 0 4 118 15,457 4 0 4 120 T3M 14,714 4 0 4 114 15,335 4 0 4 119 15,634 4 0 4 121 T3LG 13,145 3 0 3 102 13,700 3 0 3 106 13,967 3 0 3 108 T4M 14,933 4 0 4 116 15,563 4 0 4 121 15,867 4 0 4 123 T4LG 13,582 3 0 3 105 14,155 3 0 3 110 14,431 3 0 3 112 TFTM 15,039 4 0 4 117 15,673 4 0 4 122 15,979 4 0 4 124 T5M 15,364 4 0 2 119 16,013 4 0 2 124 16,325 4 0 2 127 T5W 15,613 5 0 3 121 16,272 5 0 3 126 16,589 5 0 3 129 T5LG 15,409 3 0 2 120 16,059 3 0 2 125 16,372 4 0 2 127 BLC3 10,703 4 0 4 83 11,155 4 0 4 87 11,372 4 0 4 88 BLC4 11,054 4 0 4 86 11,520 4 0 4 89 11,745 4 0 4 91 RCCO 10,800 1 0 2 84 11,256 1 0 2 87 11,475 1 0 3 89 LCCO 10,800 1 0 2 84 11,255 1 0 2 87 11,475 1 0 3 89 AFR 15,704 3 0 3 122 16,366 3 0 3 127 16,685 4 0 4 130 Lumen Output Page 270 of 465 One Lithonia Way • Conyers, Georgia 30012 • Phone: 1-800-705-SERV (7378) • www.lithonia.com © 2011-2024 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. DSX0-LED Rev. 10/09/24 Page 8 of 9 COMMERCIAL OUTDOOR 27.70" 2.26" 14.06" 7.80" 28.00" 2.26" 14.06" 8.90" 32.17" 2.26" 14.06" 7.59" DSX0 with RPA, RPA5, SPA5, SPA8N mount Weight: 25 lbs Dimensions 2.41" 3.16" SPA (STANDARD ARM) 2.41"3.16" RPA 2.41" 3.16" SPA8N 4.25" RPA5 4.25" SPA5 DSX0 with WBA mount Weight: 27 lb DSX0 with MA mount Weight: 28 lbs Page 271 of 465 One Lithonia Way • Conyers, Georgia 30012 • Phone: 1-800-705-SERV (7378) • www.lithonia.com © 2011-2024 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. DSX0-LED Rev. 10/09/24 Page 9 of 9 COMMERCIAL OUTDOOR nLight Control - Sensor Coverage and Settings nLight Sensor Coverage Pattern NLTAIR2 PIRHN Top Side FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS INTENDED USE The sleek design of the D-Series Size 0 reflects the embedded high performance LED technology. It is ideal for many commercial and municipal applications, such as parking lots, plazas, campuses, and pedestrian areas. CONSTRUCTION Single-piece die-cast aluminum housing has integral heat sink fins to optimize thermal management through conductive and convective cooling. Modular design allows for ease of maintenance and future light engine upgrades. The LED driver is mounted in direct contact with the casting to promote low operating temperature and long life. Housing driver compartment is completely sealed against moisture and environmental contaminants (IP66). Vibration rated per ANSI C136.31 for 3G. Low EPA (0.44 ft2) for optimized pole wind loading. FINISH Exterior parts are protected by a zinc-infused Super Durable TGIC thermoset powder coat finish that provides superior resistance to corrosion and weathering. A tightly controlled multi-stage process ensures a minimum 3 mils thickness for a finish that can withstand extreme climate changes without cracking or peeling. Available in both textured and non-textured finishes. COASTAL CONSTRUCTION (CCE) Optional corrosion resistant construction is engineered with added corrosion protection in materials and/or pre-treatment of base material under super durable paint. Provides additional corrosion protection for applications near coastal areas. Finish is salt spray tested to over 5,000 hours per ASTM B117 with scribe rating of 10. Additional lead-times may apply. OPTICS Precision-molded proprietary silicone lenses are engineered for superior area lighting distribution, uniformity, and pole spacing. Light engines are available in 3000 K, 4000 K or 5000 K (70 CRI) configurations. 80CRI configurations are also available. The D-Series Size 0 has zero uplight and qualifies as a Nighttime Friendly™ product, meaning it is consistent with the LEED® and Green Globes™ criteria for eliminating wasteful uplight. ELECTRICAL Light engine(s) configurations consist of high-efficacy LEDs mounted to metal- core circuit boards to maximize heat dissipation and promote long life (up to L80/100,000 hours at 25°C). Class 1 electronic drivers are designed to have a power factor >90%, THD <20%, and an expected life of 100,000 hours with <1% failure rate. Easily serviceable 10kV surge protection device meets a minimum Category C Low operation (per ANSI/IEEE C62.41.2). STANDARD CONTROLS The DSX0 LED area luminaire has a number of control options. DSX Size 0, comes standard with 0-10V dimming driver. Dusk to dawn controls can be utilized via optional NEMA twist-lock photocell receptacles. PIR integrated motion sensor with on-board photocell feature field-adjustable programing and are suitable for mounting heights up to 40 feet. Control option BL features a bi-level device that allows a second control circuit to switch all light engines to either 30% or 50% light output. nLIGHT AIR CONTROLS The DSX0 LED area luminaire is also available with nLight® AIR for the ultimate in wireless control. This powerful controls platform provides out-of-the-box basic motion sensing and photocontrol functionality and is suitable for mounting heights up to 40 feet. Once commissioned using a smartphone and the easy-to- use CLAIRITY app, nLight AIR equipped luminaries can be grouped, resulting in motion sensor and photocell group response without the need for additional equipment. Scheduled dimming with motion sensor over-ride can be achieved when used with the nLight Eclypse. Additional information about nLight Air can be found here. INSTALLATION Integral mounting arm allows for fast mounting using Lithonia standard #8 drilling and accommodates pole drilling's from 2.41 to 3.12" on center. The standard “SPA” option for square poles and the “RPA” option for round poles use the #8 drilling. For #5 pole drillings, use SPA5 or RPA5. Additional mountings are available including a wall bracket (WBA) and mast arm (MA) option that allows luminaire attachment to a 2 3/8” horizontal mast arm. LISTINGS UL listed to meet U.S. and Canadian standards. UL Listed for wet locations. Light engines are IP66 rated; luminaire is IP66 rated. Rated for -40°C minimum ambient. DesignLights Consortium® (DLC) Premium qualified product and DLC qualified product. Not all versions of this product may be DLC Premium qualified or DLC qualified. Please check the DLC Qualified Products List at www.designlights.org/ QPL to confirm which versions are qualified. International Dark-Sky Association (IDA) Fixture Seal of Approval (FSA) is available for all products on this page utilizing 3000K color temperature only. GOVERNMENT PROCUREMENT BAA – Buy America(n) Act: Product with the BAA option qualifies as a domestic end product under the Buy American Act as implemented in the FAR and DFARS. Product with the BAA option also qualifies as manufactured in the United States under DOT Buy America regulations. BABA – Build America Buy America: Product with the BAA option also qualifies as produced in the United States under the definitions of the Build America, Buy America Act. Please refer to www.acuitybrands.com/buy-american for additional information. WARRANTY 5-year limited warranty. This is the only warranty provided and no other statements in this specification sheet create any warranty of any kind. All other express and implied warranties are disclaimed. Complete warranty terms located at: www.acuitybrands.com/support/warranty/terms-and-conditions Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application. All values are design or typical values, measured under laboratory conditions at 25 °C. Specifications subject to change without notice. Page 272 of 465 PROJECT NAME: QUANTITY: TYPE: ORDERING CODE: LN601B/LN602B INLINE BOLLARD LN601B/LN602B Rev. 11/20/24 LUMINIS.COM Toll free: (866) 586-4647 | Fax: (514) 683-8872 | Email: info@luminis.com 260 Labrosse, Pointe-Claire (QC) Canada H9R 5L5 © 2024 Acuity Brands Lighting Canada, Inc. All rights reserved. Specifications subject to change without notice.Page 1 of 6 ➀ Heavy cast aluminum top cover. ➁ Optical system assembly. ➂ Access door to rotation mechanism. ➃ Ø6” (152mm) extruded aluminum body. ➄ Modules rotate 355º and are field-adjustable (shipped facing same direction). ➅ Cast aluminum internal mounting base.LN601B ➄ ➅ MATERIALS Inline is made of corrosion resistant 356 heavy duty cast aluminum alloy with a copper (CU) content of less than 0.1% with stainless steel hardware. ELECTRICAL DRIVER Driver is 0-10V dimming-ready (dims to 10%) with: 120-277 multi- volt compatibility (50-60Hz), operating temperatures of -40°C/-40°F to 55°C/131°F, output over voltage protection, output over current protection, output short circuit protection with auto-recovery. LED LIGHT ENGINE Offered in 2700K/3000K/3500K/4000K CCT with 80 CRI. Optional true amber LED for turtle sensitive areas. Wavelengths: 585nm to 597nm. 70% LED lumen maintenance at 60,000 hours (L70/B50) based on IESNA LM-80-08 LED extrapolated life, calculated per IESNA TM-21-21. FINISH Five-stage preparation process including preheating of cast aluminum parts for air extraction, and an environmentally friendly alloy sealant. Polyester powder coating is applied through an electrostatic process and oven cured for long term finish. CERTIFICATION UL Certified to Canadian and U.S. safety standards. Certified for use in wet locations. Rated IP65. Photometric testing performed by an independent laboratory in accordance with IES LM-79-08 standards at 25°C. Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application. WARRANTY 5-year limited warranty. This is the only warranty provided and no other statements in this specification sheet create any warranty of any kind. All other express and implied warranties are disclaimed. Complete warranty terms located at: https://www.acuitybrands.com/ support/warranty/terms-and-conditions MOUNTING Mounts with a set of 4 x 1/2”-13 x 18” lg. galvanized anchor bolts. See mounting details for more information. MEASUREMENTS ➀ ➁ ➂ ➃ LN602B LN601B-H39LN601B-H24 LN602B Ø6”(152mm) Ø6”(152mm) Ø6” (152mm) 14.8” (376mm) 14.8” (376mm) OAH 39” (991mm)OAH 24” (610mm) 28.4” (721mm) OAH 46” (1168mm) Page 273 of 465 LUMINIS.COM Toll free: (866) 586-4647 | Fax: (514) 683-8872 | Email: info@luminis.com 260 Labrosse, Pointe-Claire (QC) Canada H9R 5L5 © 2024 Acuity Brands Lighting Canada, Inc. All rights reserved. Specifications subject to change without notice.Page 2 of 6 LN601B/LN602B INLINE BOLLARD LN601B/LN602B Rev. 11/20/24 ORDERING CODE *SERIES *LIGHT OUTPUT *DISTRIBUTION *BOLLARD HEIGHT *CCT2 *VOLTAGE LN601B Static White L1L10 1116 lm / 11w L1L20 2143 lm / 23w L1L30 3156 lm / 36w L1L40 4191 lm / 53w True Amber L1LK2A 229 lm / 11w 1 Delivered lumens calculated at 4000K/80CRI except for amber. FLD distribution. Typical power consumption. Refer to LCF table for outputs at other CCTs. NR Narrow optics 15° FLD Flood optics 30° VWD Wide flood optics 55° LD3 Type III, Short For LCF refer to chart. H24 24" H39 39" 27K 2700K 30K 3000K 35K 3500K 40K 4000K AMB Wavelengths: 585nm to 597nm 120 120V 277 277V 347 347V 480 480V HVOLT 347V-480V MVOLT 120V-277V FUSE SURGE PROTECTOR GFI EMERGENCY *FINISH10 WOOD FINISH13 FS Fuse SP Surge protector CGF Circuit ground fault interruption receptacle with clear in-use cover3,4,5 GFI Circuit ground fault interruption receptacle3,4,6 REM7 Remote emergency battery, 90 min7,8,9 BKT Jet black BZT Bronze CHT Champagne DGT Gun metal GRT Titanium gray MST Matte silver SGT Steel gray WHT Snow white CMC Custom matched color11 RAL RAL color12 ADG American douglas BRC Birch CHN Chestnut CRY Cherry KNP Knotty pine MPL Maple OFL Oak RSW Rosewood TEK Teak WLN Walnut ENVIRONMENT LESS ANCHOR BOLTS MG Marine grade paint14 L/AB Less anchor bolts NOTES *- Denotes a required field 1- Available only with AMB. 2- For IDA certification compliance, luminaire must be ordered with 3000K or warmer. 3- Available only on LN601B-H39. 4- GFI and CGF requires 120V feed. GFI and CGF are installed 15” above grade. 5- CGF cover protrudes by 3.75” (95mm). 6- GFI cover protrudes by 1.75” (45mm). 7- 120V or 277V only. 8- Remote mount 50ft - 12” (305mm) square enclosure with access cover. Cable between fixture and remote box is provided by other. 9- California Title 20 Compliant. 10- For any standard finish, access door will be painted black to reduce glare and minimize uplight. Different access door color available on demand. 11- Contact factory to coordinate custom matching color. 12- Specify RAL number. 13- Faux wood finish not applied to the fixture head or accessories. For faux wood finish, access door will have same faux wood finish. See example in option details. Additional delay required. Not compatible with marine grade paint. 14- Marine grade paint for harsh, coastal environment and exposure to salt water. Additional delay required. Page 274 of 465 LUMINIS.COM Toll free: (866) 586-4647 | Fax: (514) 683-8872 | Email: info@luminis.com 260 Labrosse, Pointe-Claire (QC) Canada H9R 5L5 © 2024 Acuity Brands Lighting Canada, Inc. All rights reserved. Specifications subject to change without notice.Page 3 of 6 LN601B/LN602B INLINE BOLLARD LN601B/LN602B Rev. 11/20/24 ORDERING CODE *SERIES *LIGHT OUTPUT *DISTRIBUTION *CCT3 *VOLTAGE FUSE LN602B1 Static White L2L10 2232 lm / 22w L2L20 4286 lm / 46w L2L30 6312 lm / 72w L2L40 8382 lm / 106w True Amber L2LK2A 458 lm / 22w2 Delivered lumens calculated at 4000K/80CRI except for amber. FLD distribution. Typical power consumption. Refer to LCF table for outputs at other CCTs. NR Narrow optics 15° FLD Flood optics 30° VWD Wide flood optics 55° LD3 Type III, Short For LCF refer to chart. 27K 2700K 30K 3000K 35K 3500K 40K 4000K AMB Wavelengths: 585nm to 597nm 120 120V 277 277V 347 347V 480 480V HVOLT 347V-480V MVOLT 120V-277V FS Fuse SURGE PROTECTOR EMERGENCY *FINISH8 WOOD FINISH11 ENVIRONMENT SP Surge protector REM7 Remote emergency battery, 90 min4,5,6,7 BKT Jet black BZT Bronze CHT Champagne DGT Gun metal GRT Titanium gray MST Matte silver SGT Steel gray WHT Snow white CMC Custom matched color9 RAL RAL color10 ADG American douglas BRC Birch CHN Chestnut CRY Cherry KNP Knotty pine MPL Maple OFL Oak RSW Rosewood TEK Teak WLN Walnut MG Marine grade paint12 LESS ANCHOR BOLTS L/AB Less anchor bolts NOTES *- Denotes a required field 1- All light modules are factory-assembled in the same direction. They can be rotated in the field. 2- Available only with AMB. 3- For IDA certification compliance, luminaire must be ordered with 3000K or warmer. 4- 120V or 277V only. 5- Remote mount 50ft - 12” (305mm) square enclosure with access cover. Cable between fixture and remote box is provided by other. 6- California Title 20 Compliant. 7- Only the bottom light module will light up during emergency mode. 8- For any standard finish, access door will be painted black to reduce glare and minimize uplight. Different access door color available on demand. 9- Contact factory to coordinate custom matching color. 10- Specify RAL number. 11- Faux wood finish not applied to the fixture head or accessories. For faux wood finish, access door will have same faux wood finish. See example in option details. Additional delay required. Not compatible with marine grade paint. 12- Marine grade paint for harsh, coastal environment and exposure to salt water. Additional delay required. Page 275 of 465 LUMINIS.COM Toll free: (866) 586-4647 | Fax: (514) 683-8872 | Email: info@luminis.com 260 Labrosse, Pointe-Claire (QC) Canada H9R 5L5 © 2024 Acuity Brands Lighting Canada, Inc. All rights reserved. Specifications subject to change without notice.Page 4 of 6 LN601B/LN602B INLINE BOLLARD LN601B/LN602B Rev. 11/20/24 TYPICAL PHOTOMETRY SUMMARY LN601B-L1L40-NR LN601B-L1L40-FLD LN601B-L1L40-LD3LN601B-L1L40-VWD Total Lms: 3939 Lumens Total Input Watts: 53 W Efficacy: 74 Lumens/Watt BUG: B0-U1-G0 CCT/CRI: 4000K/80 Maximum Candela: 27389 @ 0°/42.5°V Total Lms: 4191 Lumens Total Input Watts: 53 W Efficacy: 79 Lumens/Watt BUG: B0-U1-G0 CCT/CRI: 4000K/80 Maximum Candela: 12608 @ 0°/40°V Total Lms: 4065 Lumens Total Input Watts: 53 W Efficacy: 77 Lumens/Watt BUG: B0-U1-G0 CCT/CRI: 4000K/80 Maximum Candela: 7814 @ 0°/40°V Total Lms: 3185 Lumens Total Input Watts: 53 W Efficacy: 60 Lumens/Watt BUG: B0-U1-G1 CCT/CRI: 4000K/80 Maximum Candela: 3520 @ 0°/42.5°V LUMEN CONVERSION FACTOR (LCF) CCT CRI LCF 2700K 80 0.94 3000K 80 0.97 3500K 80 0.99 4000K 80 1.00 LUMEN CONVERSION FACTOR (LCF) DISTRIBUTION LCF NR 0.94 FLD 1.00 VWD 0.97 LD3 0.76 All Photometry shown use the 80CRI 4000K LEDs. Please visit our web site www.luminis.com for complete I.E.S. file. 6847 13695 20542 27389 R15-L1L40 1954 3907 5861 7814 R55-L1L40 3152 6304 9456 12608 R30-L1L40 880 1760 2640 3520 TYP3-L1L40 Page 276 of 465 LUMINIS.COM Toll free: (866) 586-4647 | Fax: (514) 683-8872 | Email: info@luminis.com 260 Labrosse, Pointe-Claire (QC) Canada H9R 5L5 © 2024 Acuity Brands Lighting Canada, Inc. All rights reserved. Specifications subject to change without notice.Page 5 of 6 LN601B/LN602B INLINE BOLLARD LN601B/LN602B Rev. 11/20/24 MOUNTING DETAILS Base is secured with a set of (4) 1/2”-13 x 18” lg. galvanized anchor bolts. 2.8” (71mm) Anchor bolt projection above finished grade 4.25” (108mm) Bolt circle2.12” (54mm) 5.69” (144.5mm) 4 x 1/2”-13 BOLTS @ 90º FAUX WOOD Access door will have same faux wood finish. Faux wood finish not applied to rest of the fixture and accessories. Not compatible with marine grade finish. STANDARD COLOR For any standard finish, access door will be black color to reduce glare and minimize uplight. Different access door color available on demand. Access door Access door FINISH DETAILS Page 277 of 465 LUMINIS.COM Toll free: (866) 586-4647 | Fax: (514) 683-8872 | Email: info@luminis.com 260 Labrosse, Pointe-Claire (QC) Canada H9R 5L5 © 2024 Acuity Brands Lighting Canada, Inc. All rights reserved. Specifications subject to change without notice.Page 6 of 6 LN601B/LN602B INLINE BOLLARD LN601B/LN602B Rev. 11/20/24 GFI/CGF GFI and CGF options are installed 15” above grade. GFI cover protrudes by 1.75” (45mm). CGF cover protrudes by 3.75” (95mm). LN601B-H39 only. REM7 Remote mount 120/277V emergency battery pack (624 lm/90 min). Test switch provided within enclosure with 5” (127mm) leads. Max. distance 50ft. (15.2 M) 4.1”(104mm) 12”(305mm) 10”(254mm) (4) Mtg. holesØ 0.2” (5mm) GFI CGF OPTION DETAILS Page 278 of 465 PROJECT NAME: QUANTITY: TYPE: ORDERING CODE: CT101 CLERMONT PENDANT/CATENARY CT101 Rev. 11/18/24 LUMINIS.COM Toll free: (866) 586-4647 | Fax: (514) 683-8872 | Email: info@luminis.com 260 Labrosse, Pointe-Claire (QC) Canada H9R 5L5 © 2024 Acuity Brands Lighting Canada, Inc. All rights reserved. Specifications subject to change without notice.Page 1 of 4 ➀ Field adjustable suspension stem or silver braided power cable with aircraft safety cable. Also, offered with a catenary suspension attachment. ➁ Comfort optic series. ➂ Corrosion resistant diecast aluminum housing. ➃ Indirect LED lighting on highly reflective dome for visual comfort. ➄ Clear tempered glass. ➅ All stainless steel hardware ➀ ➁ ➂ ➃ ➄ ➅ MATERIALS Clermont is made of aluminum diecast offering exceptional precision and durability. The main housing is sealed with durable gasket. LED boards are hidden between coated polymer that diffuses and reflects the light at 96%. It is UV stabilized and antistatic, which does not attract dust. The driver is preinstalled inside the main housing, sealed with gasket, and secured with four captive screws which makes it easy for maintenance. ELECTRICAL DRIVER Standard driver is 0-10V dimming-ready (dims to 10%) with: 120-277 multi-volt compatibility (50-60Hz), operating temperature range of -40°C to +55°C -40°F to +131°F, output over voltage protection, output over current protection and output short circuit protection with auto- recovery. Optional 347/480V available. LED LIGHT ENGINE Offered in 2700K, 3000K, 3500K & 4000K / 80CRI. 70% LED lumen maintenance at 60,000 hours (L70/B50) based on IESNA LM-80-08 LED extrapolated life, calculated per IESNA TM-21-21. FINISH Five-stage preparation process includes preheating of cast aluminum parts for air extraction. Polyester powder coating is applied through an electrostatic process, and oven cured for long term finish. CERTIFICATION UL Certified to Canadian and U.S. safety standards. Certified for use in wet locations. Rated IP65/IK9. Photometric testing performed by an independent laboratory in accordance with IES LM-79-08 standards at 25°C. Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application. WARRANTY 5-year limited warranty. This is the only warranty provided and no other statements in this specification sheet create any warranty of any kind. All other express and implied warranties are disclaimed. Complete warranty terms located at: https://www.acuitybrands.com/ support/warranty/terms-and-conditions MOUNTING The mounting plate is designed to fit on a 4” (102mm) octagonal electrical box using 3.5” (89mm) C/C mounting holes. For STM, fixture must be installed on a finished ceiling for exterior applications and/or when exposed to inclement weather. For CAT3: see option details. MEASUREMENTS Maximum weight: 27 lbs (12 kg) 5.35” (136mm) 18” (457mm) 13” (330mm) CT101-STM CT101-SPG CT101-CAT3 Page 279 of 465 CT101 CLERMONT PENDANT/CATENARY CT101 Rev. 11/18/24 LUMINIS.COM Toll free: (866) 586-4647 | Fax: (514) 683-8872 | Email: info@luminis.com 260 Labrosse, Pointe-Claire (QC) Canada H9R 5L5 © 2024 Acuity Brands Lighting Canada, Inc. All rights reserved. Specifications subject to change without notice.Page 2 of 4 ORDERING CODE *SERIES *LIGHT OUTPUT *CCT3 *VOLTAGE *MOUNTING SUSPENSION LENGTH CT101 Static White L2L25 2639 lm / 25w L2L35 3695 lm / 35w L2L45 4360 lm / 45w L2L50 4996 lm / 55w L2L55 5604 lm / 65w Warm Dimming L2LDW 5000 lm / 57w1 Tunable White L2LWT 5000 lm / 57w2 Delivered lumens calculated at 4000K/80CRI for static white. Typical power consumption. Refer to LCF table for outputs at other CCTs. Delivered lumens calculated at 5000K/80CRI for warm dimming and tunable white. 27K 2700K 30K 3000K 35K 3500K 40K 4000K WDIM 2700K-4000K TUWH 2700K-5000K 120 120V 277 277V 347 347V 480 480V MVOLT 120V-277V HVOLT 347V-480V CAT3 Catenary suspension attachment SPG Silver braided power cord with aircraft cable4 STM Field-cuttable hang straight stem 12IN 12" 24IN 24" 36IN 36" 48IN 48" 60IN 60" Available up to 240” in 12” increments. Required field for SPG, STM. MOUNTING ACCESSORY CONTROLS FUSE SURGE PROTECTOR EMERGENCY STC Set of 3 stabilizer cables5 NLTH nLight AIR 2.0 integrated in head6 RD10 Remote driver7 FS Fuse SP Surge protector EM7 7W integral emergency battery, 90 min8 REM7 Remote emergency battery, 90 min, 7W9 *FINISH ENVIRONMENT BKT Jet black BZT Bronze CHT Champagne DGT Gun metal GRT Titanium gray MST Matte silver SGT Steel gray WHT Snow white CMC Custom matched color10 RAL RAL color11 MG Marine grade paint12 NT Natatorium suitable13 NOTES *- Denotes a required field 1- Available only with WDIM. Not available with 347V, 480V, HVOLT or EM7. 2- Available only with TUWH. Not available with 347V, 480V, HVOLT or EM7. 3- For IDA certification compliance, luminaire must be ordered with 3000K or warmer. 4- For interior applications only. 5- Available only with STM. 6- Not available with 347V, 480V, HVOLT, REM7, EM7, WDIM, TUWH. 7- Remote mount 50ft - 12” (305mm) square enclosure with access cover. The remote enclosure must be interior. Cable between fixture and remote box is provided by others. 8- Integral to luminaire housing. Integral is not suitable for temperatures under 0ºC (32ºF). Not available with 347V, 480V, HVOLT or RD10. 9- Remote mount 50ft - 12” (305mm) square enclosure with access cover. Not available with 347V, 480V or HVOLT. The remote enclosure must be interior. Cable between fixture and remote box is provided by others. 10- Contact factory to coordinate custom matching color. 11- Specify RAL number. 12- Marine grade paint for harsh, coastal environment and exposure to salt water. Additional delay required. 13- Available only in WHT and BKT. Page 280 of 465 CT101 CLERMONT PENDANT/CATENARY CT101 Rev. 11/18/24 LUMINIS.COM Toll free: (866) 586-4647 | Fax: (514) 683-8872 | Email: info@luminis.com 260 Labrosse, Pointe-Claire (QC) Canada H9R 5L5 © 2024 Acuity Brands Lighting Canada, Inc. All rights reserved. Specifications subject to change without notice.Page 3 of 4 TYPICAL PHOTOMETRY SUMMARY CT101-L2L25 CT101-L2L35 CT101-L2L50CT101-L2L45 LUMEN CONVERSION FACTOR (LCF) CCT CRI LCF 2700K 80 0.91 3000K 80 0.94 3500K 80 0.98 4000K 80 1.00 0-10V Input 1 CCT control 2700K CCT scale 5000K 0 10V 0-10V Input 2 Intensity control 1% Intensity scale 100% 0 10V User can modify the correlated color temperature (CCT) and intensity of the source using two slider controls or an intelligent lighting management system. 0-10V Input 1CCT & Intensity control 2700K Intensity & CCT scale 4000K 0 10V Warm dimming (0-10V) lowers the LED temperature (CCT) as it is dimmed. The lower the brightness, the warmer the CCT. TUNABLE WHITE WARM DIMMING Total Lms: 2647 Lumens Total Input Watts: 25 W Efficacy: 106 Lumens/Watt BUG: B1-U0-G0 CCT/CRI: 4000K/80 Maximum Candela: 866 @ 180°H/2°V Total Lms: 3695 Lumens Total Input Watts: 35 W Efficacy: 106 Lumens/Watt BUG: B1-U0-G1 CCT/CRI: 4000K/80 Maximum Candela: 1213 @ 180°H/2°V Total Lms: 4360 Lumens Total Input Watts: 45 W Efficacy: 97 Lumens/Watt BUG: B2-U0-G1 CCT/CRI: 4000K/80 Maximum Candela: 1431 @ 180°H/2°V Total Lms: 5012 Lumens Total Input Watts: 50 W Efficacy: 91 Lumens/Watt BUG: B2-U0-G1 CCT/CRI: 4000K/80 Maximum Candela: 1639 @ 180°H/2°V CT101-L2L55 CT101-L2LWT CT101-L2LDW Total Lms: 5622 Lumens Total Input Watts: 65 W Efficacy: 86 Lumens/Watt BUG: B2-U0-G1 CCT/CRI: 4000K/80 Maximum Candela: 1839 @ 180°H/2°V Total Lms: 5016 Lumens Total Input Watts: 57 W Efficacy: 88 Lumens/Watt BUG: B2-U0-G1 CCT/CRI: 4000K/80 Maximum Candela: 1641 @ 180°H/2°V Total Lms: 5016 Lumens Total Input Watts: 57 W Efficacy: 88 Lumens/Watt BUG: B2-U0-G1 CCT/CRI: 4000K/80 Maximum Candela: 1641 @ 180°H/2°V All Photometry shown use the 80CRI 4000K LEDs. Please visit our web site www.luminis.com for complete I.E.S. file. 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 Page 281 of 465 CT101 CLERMONT PENDANT/CATENARY CT101 Rev. 11/18/24 LUMINIS.COM Toll free: (866) 586-4647 | Fax: (514) 683-8872 | Email: info@luminis.com 260 Labrosse, Pointe-Claire (QC) Canada H9R 5L5 © 2024 Acuity Brands Lighting Canada, Inc. All rights reserved. Specifications subject to change without notice.Page 4 of 4 OPTION DETAILS CAT3 Cast aluminum catenary junction box with 4 sealed connectors by Luminis and pre-inserted into housing. Ready to accept 1/4” or 1/2” stainless steel suspension cable. Weight: 29.5 lbs (13.4 kg) / EPA: 0.19 ft² (Structural design, power cable, control cable, stainless steel catenary cable, cable fittings, and fittings for mounting to support structure provided by others.) SPG Silver braided power cord with onsite adjustable aircraft safety cable, consisting of 3 long cables joined Ø 4.50” (114mm) canopy. STM Heavy duty 45° hang straight swivel, with Ø 4.50” (114mm) canopy and universal mounting plate. Ø 7/8” (22mm) suspension stem with aircraft safety cable. STEM Ø 1/4” aircraft cable Catenary junction box 5.50” (140mm) 11”(276mm) 18” (452mm) STC Set of three stabilizer cables. For stem mount only. NLTH nLight AIR Control gen2 and black antenna. Available with SPG, STM or CAT3 ANGLE ADJUSTMENT MECHANISM 12 12 Power cable in: 3 conductor x 14 gauge AWG. The 2 cable glands located at the top can accommodate a cable ranging from 10mm - 14mm. Control cable in: The 2 cable glands on the bottom can accommodate a cable ranging from 6mm - 11mm. REM7 Remote mount 120/277V emergency battery pack (1110 lm/90 min). Test switch provided within enclosure with 5” (127mm) leads. Applicable for all mount options. Max. distance 50ft. (15.2 M) 4.10”(104mm) 12”(305mm)10”(254mm) 10”(254mm) (4) Mtg. holesØ 0.20” (5mm) Page 282 of 465 Page 283 of 465 LOCUS Architecture CAPI Immigrant Opportunity Center 2024-002 Brooklyn Center, Minnesota UNDERGROUND IRRIGATION 32 84 00 - 1 SECTION 32 84 00 - UNDERGROUND IRRIGATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Planting irrigation requirements (design-build subcontract). B. Related Sections: 1. Section 329200 – Lawns and Grasses. 2. Section 329300 – Planting. 3. Section 329220 – Native Seeding. 4. Division 22 Plumbing for water metering requirements. 5. Division 23 HVAC for water metering equipment. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Irrigation Association, “Landscape Irrigation Best Management Practices”, 2014 (IR BMP). 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Controllers, Climate-based: Weather-based irrigation controls that use real-time or historical weather information along with landscape parameters entered by the vendor to schedule or allow for irrigation when plants need water. B. Controllers, Sensor-based: Soil-moisture-based irrigation controls that are inserted into the soil to measure moisture enabling irrigation when the plants need water. C. Rain Sensors: A rain shut-off device designed to interrupt a scheduled cycle of an automatic irrigation system controller (i.e. timer) when a certain amount of rainfall has occurred. D. Main Piping: Downstream from point of connection to water distribution piping to, and including, control valves. Piping is under water-distribution -system pressure. E. Circuit Piping: Downstream from control valves to sprinklers, specialties, and drain valves. Piping is under pressure during flow. F. Drain Piping: Downstream from circuit-piping drain valves. Piping is not under pressure. G. Low Voltage: As defined in NFPA 70 for circuits and equipment operating at less than 50 V or for remote-control, signaling power-limited circuits. H. Hydrozone: Planting designed in clusters with similar water requirements to conserve water. Page 284 of 465 LOCUS Architecture CAPI Immigrant Opportunity Center 2024-002 Brooklyn Center, Minnesota UNDERGROUND IRRIGATION 32 84 00 - 2 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Planting Irrigation Submittal Package: For irrigation systems indicated to comply with specified performance requirements and design criteria. Include the following: 1. Project Analysis and Basis of Design: Statement of design clarifications and assumptions, including: a. Water sources to be used. b. Total landscape water demand based on area, effective rainfall, water window, assumed irrigation efficiency, and energy constraints for system operation. c. Temporary system needs, if applicable d. Indicate compliance with local water laws or regulations, permitting requirements and applicable codes. e. Connection requirements to Owner’s existing irrigation system, including required modifications. 2. Component Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include the following: a. Manufacturers, model numbers, product features and specifications. b. Rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. c. Labels indicating compliance with WaterSense or SWAT as applicable. 3. Drawings: Irrigation systems, drawn to scale, on which components are shown and coordinated with each other. Include the following: a. Adjustments necessary to avoid plantings and obstructions such as signs and light standards. 4. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. 2. Zoning Chart: Show each irrigation zone and its control valve. 3. Controller Timing Schedule: Indicate timing settings for each automatic controller zone. 4. Field quality -control reports. C. Closeout Submittals: 1. Operation and Maintenance Data: For sprinklers controllers and valves to include in operation and maintenance manuals. Include instructions indicating procedures for routine operation and maintenance of the irrigation system, including controllers, during first year of plant establishment, and one typical year including maintenance for climatic variations. Page 285 of 465 LOCUS Architecture CAPI Immigrant Opportunity Center 2024-002 Brooklyn Center, Minnesota UNDERGROUND IRRIGATION 32 84 00 - 3 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Planting Irrigation Specialist: Engage an experienced firm with minimum 3 years’ experience in work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and as follows: 1. Irrigation Association, Certified Irrigation Contractor (CIC). B. Pre-Installation Conference: Convene a pre-installation meeting minimum one week prior to commencing work of this Section. 1. Require attendance of parties directly affecting Work of this Section. 2. Review conditions of operations, procedures and coordination with related Work. 3. Agenda: a. Tour, inspect, and discuss conditions of planting materials. b. Review planting schedule and maintenance. c. Review required inspections. d. Review environmental procedures. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS / DESIGN CRITERIA A. General: Design and provide by irrigation system, by a qualified irrigation specialist, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. 1. Connect to and extend Owner’s existing irrigation system. a. Modify portions of existing irrigation system as required to accommodate new system. 2. Coverage: Indicated on Drawings. B. Irrigation Efficiency: Design and provide planting irrigation systems that complies with the following: 1. Reduces irrigation potable water use by 50 percent from a calculated mid- summer baseline. a. Calculate baseline irrigation usage for July as follows: 1) Baseline Usage = Landscaped Area X Evapotranspiration Rate X 0.62. b. Reduction Contribution: Reduction may be achieved by a combination of the following: 1) Irrigation efficiency. 2) Plant species, density, and microclimate factor. 3) Use of captured rainwater. 4) Use of recycled wastewater. Page 286 of 465 LOCUS Architecture CAPI Immigrant Opportunity Center 2024-002 Brooklyn Center, Minnesota UNDERGROUND IRRIGATION 32 84 00 - 4 5) Use of water treated and conveyed by a public agency specifically for non-potable uses. 2. Irrigation water usage meets specified irrigation water budget. 3. Landscape irrigation systems shall not direct water onto building exterior surfaces, foundations or exterior paved surfaces. Systems shall not generate runoff. 4. Irrigation zones shall be based on plant water needs with plants of similar need grouped together. a. Turfgrass shall not be grouped with other plantings on the same zone. C. Site Assessment: Conduct a Project site assessment as required to design system to meet specified performance requirements and design criteria, including weather data and physical site features. 1. Planting Areas: Indicated on Drawings (Landscape series). 2. Landscape Water Budgeting Calculations: Perform calculations as required to estimate water requirements and compare water allowance. a. Comply with IR BMP 3.2 and Appx B. b. If water requirement is greater than water budget, notify Architect to make landscape or planting adjustments. 3. Establish water window and frequency. 4. Calculate base irrigation schedule. 5. Design and provide separate irrigation zones as required to supply planting. 6. Identify specimen or heritage trees, or other special features. D. Water Sources for Irrigation: 1. Irrigation Water Sources: a. Connection to existing irrigation water source. b. Municipal potable water. 2. Point of Water Connection: Locate and determine. 3. Meters: Dedicated irrigation -only meters and flow sensors that measure and indicate the amount of water applied to the landscape. 4. Backflow Prevention: Assembly located downstream of POC at non-turfgrass areas and accessible for servicing, and also protected from vandalism, theft, and freezing. 5. Municipal Water Supplies: Calculate maximum safe flow rates. E. Irrigation Components, General: Select and provide as required to comply with specified performance requirements and design criteria. F. Sprinklers: Products with heads and nozzles that apply water uniformly to target areas indicated, and are compatible with water source quality indicated, and as follows: Page 287 of 465 LOCUS Architecture CAPI Immigrant Opportunity Center 2024-002 Brooklyn Center, Minnesota UNDERGROUND IRRIGATION 32 84 00 - 5 1. Calculations: Calculate the precipitation/application rate of the sprinklers for each zone. a. For turfgrass areas, specify a minimum low quarter distribution uniformity (DUlq) based upon size and geometry of the area. 2. Do not exceed manufacturer’s sprinkler spacing recommendations. 3. Do not include landscape areas less than 4 feet (1230 mm) in any dimension. 4. Do not include slopes greater than 1 unit vertical to 4 units horizontal (25- percent slope). 5. Design system so sprinklers operate within manufacturer’s recommended operating pressure. 6. Use matched precipitation rate sprinklers (+/– 5 percent) within a zone. 7. Design system to target each planting area with no overspray of impervious surfaces or adjacent planting areas. Prevent runoff of water from the site. Avoid above ground fixed risers near pedestrian walkways, bicycle paths, etc. 8. Space sprinklers a minimum of 2 inches from hard surface edges but farther than 2 inches where possible to minimize overspray, back ‐splash or wind drift. 9. Design for a pop‐up height of the sprinkler to clear interference from vegetation. 10. Design the system to avoid or eliminate low‐head drainage. G. Micro-Irrigation System: Equip with pressure regulators, filters, and flush end assemblies. Provide one or a combination of drip irrigation, micro-spray jets, micro- sprinklers, or bubbler-style watering system. 1. Calculations: Water delivery rate shall be proportional to the plant type and size. Determine application rate per zone, management allowed depletion factor, and monthly zone run times based on local historical evapotranspiration (ET). a. Create a separate schedule for plant establishment. 2. Design separate drip irrigation zones for each planting area where drip irrigation will be used. Do not mix subsurface drip with other drip areas. Design micro-irrigation zones separate from other sprinkler zones. 3. Emitter Type and Placement: Select emitter type and coordinate placement to accommodate soils, plants, and slopes indicated. 4. Piping: Looped where practical to improve system hydraulics and mitigate possible contamination of tubing if system is damaged. Avoid any dead ends that cannot be flushed. 5. Include pressure regulators, filtration filters, flush valves, and relief and check valves as required to regulate the system. a. Pressure Regulators: Not greater than 40 psi (275.8 kPa), filters, and flush end assemblies. H. Valves and Valve Boxes: Page 288 of 465 LOCUS Architecture CAPI Immigrant Opportunity Center 2024-002 Brooklyn Center, Minnesota UNDERGROUND IRRIGATION 32 84 00 - 6 1. Calculations: Designate an acceptable operating pressure range (minimum to maximum). Calculate the flow rate for each zone control valve. 2. Install valves to accommodate identified hydrozones. 3. Size zone control valve so that flow through valve is within manufacturer’s stated flow range, and so that pressure loss does not exceed 10 percent of static pressure. 4. Install valves above grade in a valve box large enough to service or access. 5. Locate valve boxes out of pedestrian pathways, equipment access. 6. Drainage Backfill: Cleaned gravel or crushed stone, graded from 3/4 inch (19 mm) minimum to 3 inches (75 mm) maximum. I. Pipes and Fittings: Design to comply with the following: 1. Calculations: a. Pressure loss for the “worst‐case” zone (largest or farthest from POC, or greatest elevation change). b. Flow in plastic pipe operating at full system capacity. 2. Piping: a. Working pressure rating of mainline pipe minimum of 200 psi or at least twice the anticipated design pressure of the system, whichever is greater. b. Mainline piping sized to optimize pressure/flow conditions and same pressure rating throughout. c. Lateral pipes pressure rating at least two times the operating pressure of sprinklers. d. Lateral piping sized to minimize pressure losses and optimize flow conditions. 3. Fittings and Connections: Suitable for the type of pipe, exposure, operating pressure and flow applications. a. Gasketed fittings on piping with restraints or thrust blocking. b. HDPE fittings of fusion or socket joined with same dimension ratio (DR) as pipe. c. Fittings for PE pipe of insert‐type or compression‐type, suitable for size and pressure rating of system, and using suitable clamps. d. Threaded PVC pipe for nipples of Schedule 80 or better. J. Controllers: Demand based irrigation controls, of weather-based, or soil moisture- based type, complying with the most current definitions and testing protocols published by Smart Water Application Technologies (SWAT). 1. Rain Sensors: Equip irrigation systems with rain sensors. 2. Controller Location: Interior. a. Interior Control Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 12, drip-proof, with locking cover and two matching keys. Page 289 of 465 LOCUS Architecture CAPI Immigrant Opportunity Center 2024-002 Brooklyn Center, Minnesota UNDERGROUND IRRIGATION 32 84 00 - 7 b. overall dimensions of controller. Include opening for wiring. Page 290 of 465 LOCUS Architecture CAPI Immigrant Opportunity Center 2024-002 Brooklyn Center, Minnesota UNDERGROUND IRRIGATION 32 84 00 - 8 3. Equipped irrigation systems with controllers that contain the following features: a. Multiple programming capabilities; minimum of three different programs to allow for separate schedules. b. Multiple start times (cycling, cycle/soak, stackable start times); minimum of three different start times to allow for multiple irrigation cycles on the same zone for areas prone to runoff. c. Variable run times. d. Variable scheduling; minimum of 14 days to allow for watering on even day scheduling, odd day scheduling, calendar day scheduling, and interval scheduling. e. Percent Up/Down Adjust, or water budget feature, that permits the user to increase or decrease the run-times or application rates for each zone by a prescribed percentage, by means of one adjustment without modifying the settings for that individual zone. f. Capability to accept external soil moisture and/or rain sensors. g. Non-volatile memory or self -charging battery circuit. h. Complete shutoff capability for total cessation of outdoor irrigation. 4. Wiring: UL 493, Type UF multiconductor, with solid-copper conductors; insulated cable; suitable for direct burial. a. Electrical Connections: Solid mechanical connection of copper conductors using a UL‐listed devices and waterproof kit for electrical insulation of connection. Connector assemblies listed under UL 486D. 5. Controller Map and Base Schedule: Laminated and placed adjacent to or within the controller. Include field modifications. Denote boundaries of each irrigation zone, and correlate with stations on controller. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Utilities: Contact utility locating service companies prior to installation to locate gas lines, electrical, telephone, cable TV and other applicable utilities. Do not being installation until underground utilities are located and marked. B. Protection: C. Verify that erosion and sedimentation controls are in place prior to installation of irrigation systems. D. Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Civil documents. E. Drain Pockets: Excavate to sizes indicated. Backfill with cleaned gravel or crushed stone, graded from 3/4 to 3 inches (19 to 75 mm), to 12 inches (300 mm) below grade. Cover gravel or crushed stone with sheet of asphalt-saturated felt and backfill remainder with excavated material. Page 291 of 465 LOCUS Architecture CAPI Immigrant Opportunity Center 2024-002 Brooklyn Center, Minnesota UNDERGROUND IRRIGATION 32 84 00 - 9 F. Install warning tape directly above pressure piping, 12 inches (300 mm) below finished grades, except 6 inches (150 mm) below subgrade under pavement and slabs. G. Set stakes to identify locations of proposed irrigation system. Obtain Architect's approval before excavation. H. Verify that water sources, points of connection, including pump stations, flow rate, and static and dynamic pressures meet design criteria. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install irrigation system in accordance with approved Irrigation Plan, and as follows: 1. Comply with product manufacturer’s written installation instructions as applicable. 2. Ensure all sprinklers and valve boxes are set to proper grade and that valve boxes are properly supported. 3. Wire valves in logical sequence (for example, walking order clockwise from the controller) for ease of maintenance. 4. Make all necessary final sprinkler adjustments to avoid unwanted overspray and to ensure sprinklers are precisely set to water only the target areas. B. Depth of Pipe Bury: Provide minimum cover over top of underground piping 1. Irrigation Main Piping: Minimum depth not less than 18 inches (450 mm) below average local frost depth. 2. Circuit Piping: 12 inches (300 mm). 3. Drain Piping: 12 inches (300 mm). 4. Sleeves: 24 inches (600 mm). C. Piping Installation: 1. Location and Arrangement: Drawings indicate location and arrangement of piping systems. Install piping as indicated unless deviations are approved on Coordination Drawings. 2. Install piping at minimum uniform slope of 0.5 percent down toward drain valves. 3. Install piping free of sags and bends. 4. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit valve servicing. 5. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. 6. Install unions adjacent to valves and to final connections to other components with NPS 2 (DN 50) or smaller pipe connection. 7. Install flanges adjacent to valves and to final connections to other components with NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) or larger pipe connection. Page 292 of 465 LOCUS Architecture CAPI Immigrant Opportunity Center 2024-002 Brooklyn Center, Minnesota UNDERGROUND IRRIGATION 32 84 00 - 10 D. Joint Construction: 1. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. 2. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. 3. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: a. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. b. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. 4. Flanged Joints: Select rubber gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. E. Valve Installation: 1. Underground Curb Valves: Install in curb-valve casings with tops flush with grade. 2. Aboveground Valves: Install as components of connected piping system. 3. Throttling Valves: Install in underground piping in boxes for automatic control valves. 4. Drain Valves: Install in underground piping in boxes for automatic control valves. F. Sprinkler Installation: 1. Install sprinklers after hydrostatic test is completed. 2. Install sprinklers at manufacturer's recommended heights. 3. Locate part-circle sprinklers to maintain a minimum distance of 4 inches (100 mm) from walls and 2 inches (50 mm) from other boundaries unless otherwise indicated. G. Control System Installation: 1. Equipment Mounting: Install interior controllers on wall. a. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. b. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. c. equipment. 2. Install control cable in same trench as irrigation piping and at least 2 inches (51 mm) below piping. Provide conductors of size not smaller than Page 293 of 465 LOCUS Architecture CAPI Immigrant Opportunity Center 2024-002 Brooklyn Center, Minnesota UNDERGROUND IRRIGATION 32 84 00 - 11 recommended by controller manufacturer. Install cable in separate sleeve under paved areas. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components. B. Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic -laminate equipment nameplates and signs on each automatic controller. 1. Text: In addition to identifying unit, distinguish between multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations. C. Warning Tapes: Arrange for installation of continuous, underground, detectable warning tapes over underground piping during backfilling of trenches. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: Perform tests and inspections as follows: 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. 2. Test the irrigation system to verify the operating pressure and ensure that there are no leaks and components are adjusted correctly to meet the design criteria 3. Charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 4. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, operate controllers and automatic control valves to confirm proper system operation. a. Program the irrigation controller with the irrigation schedule that will meet the landscape water requirement for the current time of year. b. The schedule will take into account site conditions and will mitigate runoff. c. Produce a written copy and post the controller settings so they can be used for review and reference. 5. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. B. Any irrigation product will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.5 STARTUP AND ADJUSTING A. Perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Verify that controllers are installed and connected according to the Page 294 of 465 LOCUS Architecture CAPI Immigrant Opportunity Center 2024-002 Brooklyn Center, Minnesota UNDERGROUND IRRIGATION 32 84 00 - 12 Contract Documents. 3. Verify that electrical wiring installation complies with manufacturer's submittal. B. Adjust settings of controllers. C. Adjust automatic control valves to provide flow rate at rated operating pressure required for each sprinkler circuit. D. Adjust sprinklers and devices, except those intended to be mounted aboveground, so they will be flush with, or not more than 1/2 inch (13 mm) above, finish grade. 3.6 CLEANING A. Flush dirt and debris from piping before installing sprinklers and other devices. 3.7 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain automatic control valves and controllers. END OF SECTION Page 295 of 465 Page 296 of 465 PIERCE PINI + ASSOCIATES, INC. C O N S U L T I N G C I V I L E N G I N E E R S 9 2 9 8 C E N T R A L A V E N U E N E , S U I T E 3 1 2 • B L A I N E , M N • 5 5 4 3 4 P H O N E : 7 6 3 . 5 3 7 . 1 3 1 1 • E M A I L : R H O N D A @ P I E R C E P I N I . C O M STORMWATER CALCULATIONS FOR CAPI Immigrant Opportunity Center January 14th, 2025 Revised: January 31st, 2025 I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. 41333 01/14/2025 Name: Reg. No. Date Page 297 of 465 – 2 – 9 2 9 8 C E N T R A L A V E N U E N E , S U I T E 3 1 2 • B L A I N E , M N • 5 5 4 3 4 P H O N E : 7 6 3 . 5 3 7 . 1 3 1 1 • E M A I L : R H O N D A @ P I E R C E P I N I . C O M INDEX 1. Drainage Narrative 2. Stormwater Calculations Summary 3. Drainage Maps a. Existing Conditions Drainage Map b. Proposed Conditions Drainage Map 4. HydroCAD Report 5. Geotechnical Report Page 298 of 465 CAPI Immigrant Opportunity Center PPA Project #24-019 Stormwater Narrative Page 1 of 3 STORMWATER MANGEMENT NARRATIVE Existing Conditions The existing site consists of a commercial building, parking lot, sidewalks and a large green space area. The total site area is 70,766 square feet (1.63 acres) of which 23,643 square feet (0.54 acre) is impervious and 47,123 square feet (1.08 acres) is pervious. Currently no stormwater management system exists onsite. The building roof discharges through scuppers and downspouts to grade and runoff from the existing sidewalk and parking lot flows into a series of catchbasins which discharge to city storm sewer in Beard Avenue. Runoff from the remainder of the site sheet flows offsite to the city streets. Soils borings and a geotechnical report were prepared for the site by Haugo Geotechnical Services. The existing onsite fill soils consist of poorly graded sand and poorly graded sand with silt overlain with coarse alluvial soils. The alluvial soils consist of fine to coarse grained poorly graded sand. Groundwater was encountered at elevations ranging from 847.5-849.0 which corresponds to approximately 10-12.5 feet below grade. Due to high groundwater and the existing building and utility infrastructure in the area, infiltration is infeasible and not practical for this project. Proposed Conditions The proposed project consists of the renovation and expansion of the existing building. The parking lot will also be expanded to the north with a new curb cut to 60th Avenue North. There will be new sidewalks, plazas, outdoor gathering spaces and gardens on the property. The proposed conditions will consist of 42,823 square feet (0.98 acre) of impervious area and 27,943 square feet (0.64 acre) of pervious area. Runoff from the site and roof will be collected via catchbasins, area drains and storm sewer pipe which route to the onsite stormwater management systems. The stormwater management for the site will consist of two stormwater filtration systems: • The north parking lot stormwater management system consists of a Pavedrain section underlain with rock storage. There is draintile at the bottom of the rock storage and the section is wrapped in an HDPE liner to prevent infiltration. The draintile flows into a Contech Jellyfish filtration vault which discharges to a manhole that connects to a city catchbasin in 60th Avenue North. There is an overflow pipe from the Pavedrain filtration section, for larger storm events that bypasses the filtration vault, that connects to a manhole that discharges to the city storm sewer. • The south parking lot stormwater management system consists of a 54” diameter corrugated metal pipe gallery. The pipe gallery is embedded in a rock section which is enveloped in a geotextile separating fabric. The pipe gallery flows to a Contech Jellyfish filtration vault that discharges to a manhole that connects to an existing city catchbasin in Brooklyn Boulevard. There is an overflow pipe from the pipe gallery, for larger events that bypasses the filtration vault, that connects to the same manhole that discharges to the city storm sewer. Page 299 of 465 CAPI Immigrant Opportunity Center PPA Project #24-019 Stormwater Narrative Page 2 of 3 Stormwater Management Requirements The Local Governing Unit for stormwater is the City of Brooklyn Center and the requirements are as follows: 1. Projects that disturb more than one acre and more than 50% of the site are required to meet rate control, volume control, and water quality requirements for the entire site. 2. Rate Control Requirements - Peak runoff rates may not exceed existing rates for the 2- year, 10-year, and 100-year, 24-hour, and 100-year, 10-day critical storm events. 3. Volume Control Requirements: Stormwater runoff volume abstraction via infiltration shall be provided onsite in the amount equivalent to 1.1-inch times the sum of the new and fully reconstructed impervious surfaces required to be treated. a. If infiltration is infeasible/prohibited, the required stormwater runoff volume shall be multiplied by 1.82. The filtration BMP shall provide this volume below the invert of the low overflow outlet. 4. Water Quality Requirements: There shall be no net increase in TP or TSS from pre- development land cover. a. Pre-development land cover is defined as the predominant land cover over the previous 10 years. The site meets the City of Brooklyn Center requirements as follows: 1. Rate Control Requirement – The following is a summary of the existing and proposed rates discharging from the site. The table shows the proposed rates for the 2-year, 10- year, 100-year, 24-hour, and 100-year, 10-day critical storm events are less than the existing conditions. Runoff Rate Summary Table Existing Conditions Rate (cfs) Proposed Conditions Rate (cfs) 2-Year Event 1.51 1.41 10-Year Event 4.51 1.58 100-Year Event 12.81 4.62 100-Year, 10-Day Critical 2.65 1.40 2. Water Quality Volume Requirement – The tables shows the proposed water quality volume provided for the 1.1” rain event water quality volume with 1.82 filtration multiplier. Water Quality Volume Summary – North System PaveDrain Filtration System Treatment Amount Total Impervious Area (SF) Total Site Required Volume (CF) (Imp. Area * (1.1”/12)*1.82) 19,462 3,247 Treatment System New Impervious Area (SF) Required Treatment Volume (CF)* Treatment Volume Provided (CF) Excess Volume (CF) Filtration System 19,462 3,244 4,142 895 Page 300 of 465 CAPI Immigrant Opportunity Center PPA Project #24-019 Stormwater Narrative Page 3 of 3 Water Quality Volume Summary – South System Pipe Gallery Filtration System Treatment Amount Total Impervious Area (SF) Total Site Required Volume (CF) (Imp. Area * (1.1”/12)*1.82) 21,623 3,607 Treatment System New Impervious Area (SF) Required Treatment Volume (CF)* Treatment Volume Provided (CF) Excess Volume (CF) Filtration System 21,623 3,607 4,893 1,286 3. Water Quality Requirement – The 1.1” volume with the 1.82 multiplier for filtration provided as shown in the above table. The water flows through a Contech Jellyfish water quality vault to meet the requirements of no net increase in TP or TSS. 4. 100-Year High Water Level (HWL) – The 100-year storm event HWL for the filtration system is: a. 857.44 feet for the north PaveDrain filtration system b. 856.34 feet for the south pipe gallery filtration system 5. Drawdown Time – Both filtration systems draw down in 72 hours according to the HydroCAD model. Sediment and Erosion Control Silt fence, catchbasin inserts and biologs will be placed within the site and along the perimeter of the disturbed construction area before construction to prevent sediment displacement from the site into the city street, storm sewer and construction stormwater management filtration systems. A rock construction entrance will be established, and site street sweeping performed throughout construction to address tracking from the site. Soil stockpiles will be covered when not used for more than 48 hours or temporarily seeded to prevent windblown sediment from transporting off- site. Permanent erosion control will consist of garden landscaping, seed, sod and pavement. Slopes and swales will be stabilized with a heavy-duty erosion control mat designed for the intended area. A SWPPP has been prepared and will be implemented for the project as the disturbance area is greater than one acre. An NPDES permit will be submitted for this project. Page 301 of 465 EX1 46,259 1.062 49 22,191 0.509 98 68,450 1.571 65 EX2 864 0.020 49 1,452 0.033 98 2,316 0.053 80 Total 47,123 1.082 49 23,643 0.543 98 70,766 1.625 65 P1 19,682 0.452 49 19,462 0.447 98 39,144 0.899 73 P2 6,779 0.156 49 21,623 0.496 98 28,402 0.652 86 P3 1,482 0.034 49 1,738 0.040 98 3,220 0.074 75 Total 27,943 0.641 49 42,823 0.983 98 70,766 1.625 79 Storm Event 2-Year 10-Year 100-Year 100-Yr 10-Day Crit Beard Ave (1E)1.37 4.23 12.22 2.55 Storm Event Existing Proposed Brooklyn Blvd (2E)0.14 0.28 0.59 0.10 2-Year 1.51 1.41 10-Year 4.51 1.58 100-Year 12.81 4.62 Storm Event 2-Year 10-Year 100-Year 100-Yr 10-Day Crit 100-Yr 10-Day Crit 2.65 1.40 Beard Ave (1R)0.63 0.63 2.81 0.63 Brooklyn Blvd (2R)0.78 0.95 1.81 0.77 4,142 4,893 3,247 3,607 895 1,286 Proposed Runoff Rates (CFS) Rate Summary Table (CFS) Total Site Provided Volume (CF)= Total Site Required Volume (CF)= Total Site Excess Volume (CF)= Treatment System Stormwater Management BMP Provided Treatment Volume (CF) 2P (P2)UG Pipe Gallery 4,893 Water Quality Volume (CMP) Treatement Amount Total Impervious Area (SF) Total Site Required Imp. Area * ((1.1"/12)*1.82)21,623 3,607 CN Value Impervious Area [SF] Total Site Provided Volume Existing Runoff Rates (CFS) Total Site Required Volume Provided Treatment Volume (CF) Water Quality Volume (Pavedrain) 1P (P1)Pavedrain with Rock Storage 4,142 Treatement Amount Total Impervious Area (SF) Total Site Required Volume (CF) Imp. Area * ((1.1"/12)*1.82) 19,462 3,247 CAPI Expansion PN: 24-019 Date: 1/31/25 Drainage Area Pervious Area [SF] Pervious Area [AC] Existing Conditions Total Area [SF]Impervious Area [AC]CN ValueImpervious Area [SF]CN Value Total Site Excess Volume Treatment System Stormwater Management BMP Proposed Conditions CN ValuePervious Area [AC] Impervious Area [AC] CN Value Total Area [AC] Total Area [AC]Total Area [SF] CN ValueDrainage Area Pervious Area [SF] Page 302 of 465 Legend Runoff to city sewer in Beard Ave Runoff to city sewer in Brooklyn Blvd Impervious Area Page 303 of 465 Legend Runoff to Pavedrain System. Pavedrain discharges to Beard Ave storm sewer Runoff to CMP System. CMP discharges to Brooklyn Blvd storm sewer Direct runoff to Brooklyn Blvd storm sewer Impervious Area Page 304 of 465 Existing Proposed EX1 Existing Buildign, Parking Lot, and Grass Lots EX2 West Boulevard P1 North Site P2 South Site P3 West Boulevard 1E Runoff to Beard Ave City Storm Sewer 1R Runoff to Beard Ave City Storm Sewer 2E Runoff to Brooklyn Blvd City Storm Sewer 2R Runoff to Brooklyn Blvd City Storm Sewer 1P Pavedrain w Jellyfish 2P SE CMP w Jellyfish Routing Diagram for CAPI Stormwater Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates, Printed 1/30/2025 HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Subcat Reach Pond Link Page 305 of 465 CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 2HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Area Listing (selected nodes) Area (acres) CN Description (subcatchment-numbers) 1.723 49 50-75% Grass cover, Fair, HSG A (EX1, EX2, P1, P2, P3) 1.526 98 Paved parking, HSG A (EX1, EX2, P1, P2, P3) 3.249 72 TOTAL AREA Page 306 of 465 CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 3HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Soil Listing (selected nodes) Area (acres) Soil Group Subcatchment Numbers 3.249 HSG A EX1, EX2, P1, P2, P3 0.000 HSG B 0.000 HSG C 0.000 HSG D 0.000 Other 3.249 TOTAL AREA Page 307 of 465 CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 4HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Pipe Listing (selected nodes) Line# Node Number In-Invert (feet) Out-Invert (feet) Length (feet) Slope (ft/ft) n Diam/Width (inches) Height (inches) Inside-Fill (inches) 1 1P 853.82 853.50 44.0 0.0073 0.012 12.0 0.0 0.0 2 1P 856.50 856.40 5.0 0.0200 0.010 12.0 0.0 0.0 3 2P 852.20 852.00 7.0 0.0286 0.012 12.0 0.0 0.0 4 2P 855.50 855.34 32.0 0.0050 0.012 8.0 0.0 0.0 Page 308 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 5HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Time span=0.00-72.00 hrs, dt=0.05 hrs, 1441 points Runoff by SCS TR-20 method, UH=SCS, Weighted-CN Reach routing by Stor-Ind+Trans method - Pond routing by Stor-Ind method Runoff Area=68,450 sf 32.42% Impervious Runoff Depth=0.44"Subcatchment EX1: Existing Buildign, Tc=6.0 min CN=65 Runoff=1.37 cfs 0.058 af Runoff Area=2,316 sf 62.69% Impervious Runoff Depth=1.15"Subcatchment EX2: West Boulevard Tc=6.0 min CN=80 Runoff=0.14 cfs 0.005 af Runoff Area=39,144 sf 49.72% Impervious Runoff Depth=0.77"Subcatchment P1: North Site Tc=6.0 min CN=73 Runoff=1.56 cfs 0.058 af Runoff Area=28,402 sf 76.13% Impervious Runoff Depth=1.54"Subcatchment P2: South Site Tc=6.0 min CN=86 Runoff=2.28 cfs 0.084 af Runoff Area=3,220 sf 53.98% Impervious Runoff Depth=0.87"Subcatchment P3: West Boulevard Tc=6.0 min CN=75 Runoff=0.15 cfs 0.005 af Inflow=1.37 cfs 0.058 afReach 1E: Runoff to Beard Ave City Storm Sewer Outflow=1.37 cfs 0.058 af Inflow=0.63 cfs 0.058 afReach 1R: Runoff to Beard Ave City Storm Sewer Outflow=0.63 cfs 0.058 af Inflow=0.14 cfs 0.005 afReach 2E: Runoff to Brooklyn Blvd City Storm Sewer Outflow=0.14 cfs 0.005 af Inflow=0.78 cfs 0.089 afReach 2R: Runoff to Brooklyn Blvd City Storm Sewer Outflow=0.78 cfs 0.089 af Peak Elev=854.35' Storage=581 cf Inflow=1.56 cfs 0.058 afPond 1P: Pavedrain w Jellyfish Outflow=0.63 cfs 0.058 af Peak Elev=853.35' Storage=952 cf Inflow=2.28 cfs 0.084 afPond 2P: SE CMP w Jellyfish Outflow=0.63 cfs 0.084 af Total Runoff Area = 3.249 ac Runoff Volume = 0.210 af Average Runoff Depth = 0.78" 53.04% Pervious = 1.723 ac 46.96% Impervious = 1.526 ac Page 309 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 6HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Subcatchment EX1: Existing Buildign, Parking Lot, and Grass Lots Runoff = 1.37 cfs @ 12.15 hrs, Volume= 0.058 af, Depth= 0.44" Runoff by SCS TR-20 method, UH=SCS, Weighted-CN, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86" Area (sf)CN Description 46,259 49 50-75% Grass cover, Fair, HSG A 22,191 98 Paved parking, HSG A 68,450 65 Weighted Average 46,259 67.58% Pervious Area 22,191 32.42% Impervious Area Tc Length Slope Velocity Capacity Description (min) (feet) (ft/ft) (ft/sec) (cfs) 6.0 Direct Entry, Subcatchment EX1: Existing Buildign, Parking Lot, and Grass Lots Runoff Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 1 0 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86" Runoff Area=68,450 sf Runoff Volume=0.058 af Runoff Depth=0.44" Tc=6.0 min CN=65 1.37 cfs Page 310 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 7HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Subcatchment EX1: Existing Buildign, Parking Lot, and Grass Lots Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.02 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.04 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.06 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.09 0.00 0.00 7.00 0.12 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.16 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.20 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.27 0.00 0.00 11.00 0.41 0.00 0.00 12.00 1.29 0.01 0.04 13.00 2.45 0.28 0.15 14.00 2.59 0.33 0.05 15.00 2.66 0.36 0.05 16.00 2.70 0.38 0.02 17.00 2.74 0.39 0.02 18.00 2.77 0.41 0.02 19.00 2.80 0.42 0.02 20.00 2.82 0.43 0.01 21.00 2.84 0.43 0.01 22.00 2.85 0.44 0.01 23.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 24.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 25.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 26.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 27.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 28.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 29.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 30.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 31.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 32.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 33.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 34.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 35.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 36.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 37.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 38.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 39.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 40.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 41.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 42.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 43.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 44.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 45.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 46.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 47.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 48.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 49.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 50.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 51.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 52.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 53.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 54.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 55.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 56.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 57.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 58.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 59.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 60.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 61.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 62.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 63.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 64.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 65.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 66.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 67.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 68.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 69.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 70.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 71.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 72.00 2.86 0.44 0.00 Page 311 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 8HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Subcatchment EX2: West Boulevard Runoff = 0.14 cfs @ 12.14 hrs, Volume= 0.005 af, Depth= 1.15" Runoff by SCS TR-20 method, UH=SCS, Weighted-CN, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86" Area (sf)CN Description 864 49 50-75% Grass cover, Fair, HSG A 1,452 98 Paved parking, HSG A 2,316 80 Weighted Average 864 37.31% Pervious Area 1,452 62.69% Impervious Area Tc Length Slope Velocity Capacity Description (min) (feet) (ft/ft) (ft/sec) (cfs) 6.0 Direct Entry, Subcatchment EX2: West Boulevard Runoff Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 0.15 0.14 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.1 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86" Runoff Area=2,316 sf Runoff Volume=0.005 af Runoff Depth=1.15" Tc=6.0 min CN=80 0.14 cfs Page 312 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 9HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Subcatchment EX2: West Boulevard Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.02 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.04 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.06 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.09 0.00 0.00 7.00 0.12 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.16 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.20 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.27 0.00 0.00 11.00 0.41 0.00 0.00 12.00 1.29 0.19 0.04 13.00 2.45 0.85 0.01 14.00 2.59 0.95 0.00 15.00 2.66 1.00 0.00 16.00 2.70 1.03 0.00 17.00 2.74 1.06 0.00 18.00 2.77 1.08 0.00 19.00 2.80 1.10 0.00 20.00 2.82 1.12 0.00 21.00 2.84 1.13 0.00 22.00 2.85 1.14 0.00 23.00 2.86 1.14 0.00 24.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 25.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 26.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 27.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 28.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 29.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 30.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 31.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 32.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 33.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 34.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 35.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 36.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 37.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 38.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 39.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 40.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 41.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 42.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 43.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 44.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 45.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 46.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 47.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 48.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 49.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 50.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 51.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 52.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 53.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 54.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 55.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 56.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 57.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 58.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 59.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 60.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 61.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 62.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 63.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 64.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 65.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 66.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 67.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 68.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 69.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 70.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 71.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 72.00 2.86 1.15 0.00 Page 313 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 10HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Subcatchment P1: North Site Runoff = 1.56 cfs @ 12.14 hrs, Volume= 0.058 af, Depth= 0.77" Runoff by SCS TR-20 method, UH=SCS, Weighted-CN, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86" Area (sf)CN Description 19,682 49 50-75% Grass cover, Fair, HSG A 19,462 98 Paved parking, HSG A 39,144 73 Weighted Average 19,682 50.28% Pervious Area 19,462 49.72% Impervious Area Tc Length Slope Velocity Capacity Description (min) (feet) (ft/ft) (ft/sec) (cfs) 6.0 Direct Entry, Subcatchment P1: North Site Runoff Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 1 0 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86" Runoff Area=39,144 sf Runoff Volume=0.058 af Runoff Depth=0.77" Tc=6.0 min CN=73 1.56 cfs Page 314 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 11HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Subcatchment P1: North Site Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.02 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.04 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.06 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.09 0.00 0.00 7.00 0.12 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.16 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.20 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.27 0.00 0.00 11.00 0.41 0.00 0.00 12.00 1.29 0.07 0.34 13.00 2.45 0.54 0.13 14.00 2.59 0.61 0.04 15.00 2.66 0.66 0.04 16.00 2.70 0.68 0.02 17.00 2.74 0.70 0.02 18.00 2.77 0.72 0.02 19.00 2.80 0.73 0.01 20.00 2.82 0.75 0.01 21.00 2.84 0.76 0.01 22.00 2.85 0.77 0.01 23.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 24.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 25.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 26.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 27.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 28.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 29.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 30.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 31.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 32.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 33.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 34.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 35.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 36.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 37.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 38.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 39.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 40.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 41.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 42.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 43.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 44.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 45.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 46.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 47.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 48.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 49.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 50.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 51.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 52.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 53.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 54.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 55.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 56.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 57.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 58.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 59.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 60.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 61.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 62.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 63.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 64.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 65.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 66.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 67.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 68.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 69.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 70.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 71.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 72.00 2.86 0.77 0.00 Page 315 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 12HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Subcatchment P2: South Site Runoff = 2.28 cfs @ 12.13 hrs, Volume= 0.084 af, Depth= 1.54" Runoff by SCS TR-20 method, UH=SCS, Weighted-CN, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86" Area (sf)CN Description 6,779 49 50-75% Grass cover, Fair, HSG A 21,623 98 Paved parking, HSG A 28,402 86 Weighted Average 6,779 23.87% Pervious Area 21,623 76.13% Impervious Area Tc Length Slope Velocity Capacity Description (min) (feet) (ft/ft) (ft/sec) (cfs) 6.0 Direct Entry, Subcatchment P2: South Site Runoff Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 2 1 0 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86" Runoff Area=28,402 sf Runoff Volume=0.084 af Runoff Depth=1.54" Tc=6.0 min CN=86 2.28 cfs Page 316 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 13HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Subcatchment P2: South Site Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.02 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.04 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.06 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.09 0.00 0.00 7.00 0.12 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.16 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.20 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.27 0.00 0.00 11.00 0.41 0.00 0.01 12.00 1.29 0.36 0.87 13.00 2.45 1.20 0.14 14.00 2.59 1.31 0.05 15.00 2.66 1.38 0.04 16.00 2.70 1.41 0.02 17.00 2.74 1.44 0.02 18.00 2.77 1.47 0.02 19.00 2.80 1.49 0.01 20.00 2.82 1.51 0.01 21.00 2.84 1.52 0.01 22.00 2.85 1.53 0.01 23.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 24.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 25.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 26.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 27.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 28.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 29.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 30.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 31.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 32.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 33.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 34.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 35.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 36.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 37.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 38.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 39.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 40.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 41.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 42.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 43.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 44.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 45.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 46.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 47.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 48.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 49.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 50.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 51.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 52.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 53.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 54.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 55.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 56.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 57.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 58.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 59.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 60.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 61.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 62.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 63.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 64.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 65.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 66.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 67.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 68.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 69.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 70.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 71.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 72.00 2.86 1.54 0.00 Page 317 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 14HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Subcatchment P3: West Boulevard Runoff = 0.15 cfs @ 12.14 hrs, Volume= 0.005 af, Depth= 0.87" Runoff by SCS TR-20 method, UH=SCS, Weighted-CN, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86" Area (sf)CN Description 1,482 49 50-75% Grass cover, Fair, HSG A 1,738 98 Paved parking, HSG A 3,220 75 Weighted Average 1,482 46.02% Pervious Area 1,738 53.98% Impervious Area Tc Length Slope Velocity Capacity Description (min) (feet) (ft/ft) (ft/sec) (cfs) 6.0 Direct Entry, Subcatchment P3: West Boulevard Runoff Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 0.16 0.15 0.14 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.1 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86" Runoff Area=3,220 sf Runoff Volume=0.005 af Runoff Depth=0.87" Tc=6.0 min CN=75 0.15 cfs Page 318 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 15HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Subcatchment P3: West Boulevard Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.02 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.04 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.06 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.09 0.00 0.00 7.00 0.12 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.16 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.20 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.27 0.00 0.00 11.00 0.41 0.00 0.00 12.00 1.29 0.10 0.04 13.00 2.45 0.62 0.01 14.00 2.59 0.70 0.00 15.00 2.66 0.75 0.00 16.00 2.70 0.77 0.00 17.00 2.74 0.79 0.00 18.00 2.77 0.81 0.00 19.00 2.80 0.83 0.00 20.00 2.82 0.84 0.00 21.00 2.84 0.85 0.00 22.00 2.85 0.86 0.00 23.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 24.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 25.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 26.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 27.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 28.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 29.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 30.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 31.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 32.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 33.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 34.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 35.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 36.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 37.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 38.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 39.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 40.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 41.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 42.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 43.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 44.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 45.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 46.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 47.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 48.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 49.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 50.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 51.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 52.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 53.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 54.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 55.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 56.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 57.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 58.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 59.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 60.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 61.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 62.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 63.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 64.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 65.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 66.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 67.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 68.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 69.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 70.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 71.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 72.00 2.86 0.87 0.00 Page 319 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 16HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Reach 1E: Runoff to Beard Ave City Storm Sewer [40] Hint: Not Described (Outflow=Inflow) Inflow Area =1.571 ac, 32.42% Impervious, Inflow Depth = 0.44" for 2-Year event Inflow = 1.37 cfs @ 12.15 hrs, Volume= 0.058 af Outflow = 1.37 cfs @ 12.15 hrs, Volume= 0.058 af, Atten= 0%, Lag= 0.0 min Routing by Stor-Ind+Trans method, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs Reach 1E: Runoff to Beard Ave City Storm Sewer Inflow Outflow Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 1 0 Inflow Area=1.571 ac 1.37 cfs 1.37 cfs Page 320 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 17HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Reach 1E: Runoff to Beard Ave City Storm Sewer Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Elevation (feet) Outflow (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.00 0.00 7.00 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 11.00 0.00 0.00 12.00 0.04 0.04 13.00 0.15 0.15 14.00 0.05 0.05 15.00 0.05 0.05 16.00 0.02 0.02 17.00 0.02 0.02 18.00 0.02 0.02 19.00 0.02 0.02 20.00 0.01 0.01 21.00 0.01 0.01 22.00 0.01 0.01 23.00 0.00 0.00 24.00 0.00 0.00 25.00 0.00 0.00 26.00 0.00 0.00 27.00 0.00 0.00 28.00 0.00 0.00 29.00 0.00 0.00 30.00 0.00 0.00 31.00 0.00 0.00 32.00 0.00 0.00 33.00 0.00 0.00 34.00 0.00 0.00 35.00 0.00 0.00 36.00 0.00 0.00 37.00 0.00 0.00 38.00 0.00 0.00 39.00 0.00 0.00 40.00 0.00 0.00 41.00 0.00 0.00 42.00 0.00 0.00 43.00 0.00 0.00 44.00 0.00 0.00 45.00 0.00 0.00 46.00 0.00 0.00 47.00 0.00 0.00 48.00 0.00 0.00 49.00 0.00 0.00 50.00 0.00 0.00 51.00 0.00 0.00 52.00 0.00 0.00 Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Elevation (feet) Outflow (cfs) 53.00 0.00 0.00 54.00 0.00 0.00 55.00 0.00 0.00 56.00 0.00 0.00 57.00 0.00 0.00 58.00 0.00 0.00 59.00 0.00 0.00 60.00 0.00 0.00 61.00 0.00 0.00 62.00 0.00 0.00 63.00 0.00 0.00 64.00 0.00 0.00 65.00 0.00 0.00 66.00 0.00 0.00 67.00 0.00 0.00 68.00 0.00 0.00 69.00 0.00 0.00 70.00 0.00 0.00 71.00 0.00 0.00 72.00 0.00 0.00 Page 321 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 18HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Reach 1R: Runoff to Beard Ave City Storm Sewer [40] Hint: Not Described (Outflow=Inflow) Inflow Area =0.899 ac, 49.72% Impervious, Inflow Depth = 0.77" for 2-Year event Inflow = 0.63 cfs @ 12.20 hrs, Volume= 0.058 af Outflow = 0.63 cfs @ 12.20 hrs, Volume= 0.058 af, Atten= 0%, Lag= 0.0 min Routing by Stor-Ind+Trans method, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs Reach 1R: Runoff to Beard Ave City Storm Sewer Inflow Outflow Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 0.7 0.65 0.6 0.55 0.5 0.45 0.4 0.35 0.3 0.25 0.2 0.15 0.1 0.05 0 Inflow Area=0.899 ac 0.63 cfs 0.63 cfs Page 322 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 19HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Reach 1R: Runoff to Beard Ave City Storm Sewer Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Elevation (feet) Outflow (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.00 0.00 7.00 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 11.00 0.00 0.00 12.00 0.13 0.13 13.00 0.21 0.21 14.00 0.04 0.04 15.00 0.04 0.04 16.00 0.02 0.02 17.00 0.02 0.02 18.00 0.02 0.02 19.00 0.01 0.01 20.00 0.01 0.01 21.00 0.01 0.01 22.00 0.01 0.01 23.00 0.00 0.00 24.00 0.00 0.00 25.00 0.00 0.00 26.00 0.00 0.00 27.00 0.00 0.00 28.00 0.00 0.00 29.00 0.00 0.00 30.00 0.00 0.00 31.00 0.00 0.00 32.00 0.00 0.00 33.00 0.00 0.00 34.00 0.00 0.00 35.00 0.00 0.00 36.00 0.00 0.00 37.00 0.00 0.00 38.00 0.00 0.00 39.00 0.00 0.00 40.00 0.00 0.00 41.00 0.00 0.00 42.00 0.00 0.00 43.00 0.00 0.00 44.00 0.00 0.00 45.00 0.00 0.00 46.00 0.00 0.00 47.00 0.00 0.00 48.00 0.00 0.00 49.00 0.00 0.00 50.00 0.00 0.00 51.00 0.00 0.00 52.00 0.00 0.00 Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Elevation (feet) Outflow (cfs) 53.00 0.00 0.00 54.00 0.00 0.00 55.00 0.00 0.00 56.00 0.00 0.00 57.00 0.00 0.00 58.00 0.00 0.00 59.00 0.00 0.00 60.00 0.00 0.00 61.00 0.00 0.00 62.00 0.00 0.00 63.00 0.00 0.00 64.00 0.00 0.00 65.00 0.00 0.00 66.00 0.00 0.00 67.00 0.00 0.00 68.00 0.00 0.00 69.00 0.00 0.00 70.00 0.00 0.00 71.00 0.00 0.00 72.00 0.00 0.00 Page 323 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 20HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Reach 2E: Runoff to Brooklyn Blvd City Storm Sewer [40] Hint: Not Described (Outflow=Inflow) Inflow Area =0.053 ac, 62.69% Impervious, Inflow Depth = 1.15" for 2-Year event Inflow = 0.14 cfs @ 12.14 hrs, Volume= 0.005 af Outflow = 0.14 cfs @ 12.14 hrs, Volume= 0.005 af, Atten= 0%, Lag= 0.0 min Routing by Stor-Ind+Trans method, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs Reach 2E: Runoff to Brooklyn Blvd City Storm Sewer Inflow Outflow Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 0.15 0.14 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.1 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0 Inflow Area=0.053 ac 0.14 cfs 0.14 cfs Page 324 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 21HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Reach 2E: Runoff to Brooklyn Blvd City Storm Sewer Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Elevation (feet) Outflow (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.00 0.00 7.00 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 11.00 0.00 0.00 12.00 0.04 0.04 13.00 0.01 0.01 14.00 0.00 0.00 15.00 0.00 0.00 16.00 0.00 0.00 17.00 0.00 0.00 18.00 0.00 0.00 19.00 0.00 0.00 20.00 0.00 0.00 21.00 0.00 0.00 22.00 0.00 0.00 23.00 0.00 0.00 24.00 0.00 0.00 25.00 0.00 0.00 26.00 0.00 0.00 27.00 0.00 0.00 28.00 0.00 0.00 29.00 0.00 0.00 30.00 0.00 0.00 31.00 0.00 0.00 32.00 0.00 0.00 33.00 0.00 0.00 34.00 0.00 0.00 35.00 0.00 0.00 36.00 0.00 0.00 37.00 0.00 0.00 38.00 0.00 0.00 39.00 0.00 0.00 40.00 0.00 0.00 41.00 0.00 0.00 42.00 0.00 0.00 43.00 0.00 0.00 44.00 0.00 0.00 45.00 0.00 0.00 46.00 0.00 0.00 47.00 0.00 0.00 48.00 0.00 0.00 49.00 0.00 0.00 50.00 0.00 0.00 51.00 0.00 0.00 52.00 0.00 0.00 Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Elevation (feet) Outflow (cfs) 53.00 0.00 0.00 54.00 0.00 0.00 55.00 0.00 0.00 56.00 0.00 0.00 57.00 0.00 0.00 58.00 0.00 0.00 59.00 0.00 0.00 60.00 0.00 0.00 61.00 0.00 0.00 62.00 0.00 0.00 63.00 0.00 0.00 64.00 0.00 0.00 65.00 0.00 0.00 66.00 0.00 0.00 67.00 0.00 0.00 68.00 0.00 0.00 69.00 0.00 0.00 70.00 0.00 0.00 71.00 0.00 0.00 72.00 0.00 0.00 Page 325 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 22HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Reach 2R: Runoff to Brooklyn Blvd City Storm Sewer [40] Hint: Not Described (Outflow=Inflow) Inflow Area =0.726 ac, 73.88% Impervious, Inflow Depth = 1.47" for 2-Year event Inflow = 0.78 cfs @ 12.14 hrs, Volume= 0.089 af Outflow = 0.78 cfs @ 12.14 hrs, Volume= 0.089 af, Atten= 0%, Lag= 0.0 min Routing by Stor-Ind+Trans method, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs Reach 2R: Runoff to Brooklyn Blvd City Storm Sewer Inflow Outflow Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 0.85 0.8 0.75 0.7 0.65 0.6 0.55 0.5 0.45 0.4 0.35 0.3 0.25 0.2 0.15 0.1 0.05 0 Inflow Area=0.726 ac 0.78 cfs 0.78 cfs Page 326 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 23HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Reach 2R: Runoff to Brooklyn Blvd City Storm Sewer Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Elevation (feet) Outflow (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.00 0.00 7.00 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 11.00 0.01 0.01 12.00 0.64 0.64 13.00 0.64 0.64 14.00 0.05 0.05 15.00 0.04 0.04 16.00 0.02 0.02 17.00 0.02 0.02 18.00 0.02 0.02 19.00 0.01 0.01 20.00 0.01 0.01 21.00 0.01 0.01 22.00 0.01 0.01 23.00 0.00 0.00 24.00 0.00 0.00 25.00 0.00 0.00 26.00 0.00 0.00 27.00 0.00 0.00 28.00 0.00 0.00 29.00 0.00 0.00 30.00 0.00 0.00 31.00 0.00 0.00 32.00 0.00 0.00 33.00 0.00 0.00 34.00 0.00 0.00 35.00 0.00 0.00 36.00 0.00 0.00 37.00 0.00 0.00 38.00 0.00 0.00 39.00 0.00 0.00 40.00 0.00 0.00 41.00 0.00 0.00 42.00 0.00 0.00 43.00 0.00 0.00 44.00 0.00 0.00 45.00 0.00 0.00 46.00 0.00 0.00 47.00 0.00 0.00 48.00 0.00 0.00 49.00 0.00 0.00 50.00 0.00 0.00 51.00 0.00 0.00 52.00 0.00 0.00 Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Elevation (feet) Outflow (cfs) 53.00 0.00 0.00 54.00 0.00 0.00 55.00 0.00 0.00 56.00 0.00 0.00 57.00 0.00 0.00 58.00 0.00 0.00 59.00 0.00 0.00 60.00 0.00 0.00 61.00 0.00 0.00 62.00 0.00 0.00 63.00 0.00 0.00 64.00 0.00 0.00 65.00 0.00 0.00 66.00 0.00 0.00 67.00 0.00 0.00 68.00 0.00 0.00 69.00 0.00 0.00 70.00 0.00 0.00 71.00 0.00 0.00 72.00 0.00 0.00 Page 327 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 24HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Pond 1P: Pavedrain w Jellyfish Inflow Area = 0.899 ac, 49.72% Impervious, Inflow Depth = 0.77" for 2-Year event Inflow = 1.56 cfs @ 12.14 hrs, Volume= 0.058 af Outflow = 0.63 cfs @ 12.20 hrs, Volume= 0.058 af, Atten= 60%, Lag= 3.3 min Primary = 0.63 cfs @ 12.20 hrs, Volume= 0.058 af Routing by Stor-Ind method, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs Peak Elev= 854.35' @ 12.29 hrs Surf.Area= 4,142 sf Storage= 581 cf Plug-Flow detention time= 10.0 min calculated for 0.058 af (100% of inflow) Center-of-Mass det. time= 10.0 min ( 815.4 - 805.3 ) Volume Invert Avail.Storage Storage Description #1B 854.00' 6,634 cf 58.75'W x 70.50'L x 4.47'H Field B 18,500 cf Overall - 1,916 cf Embedded = 16,584 cf x 40.0% Voids #2B 858.00' 428 cf PaveDrain S6-45 x 4480 Inside #1 Inside= 7.1"W x 5.6"H => 0.10 sf x 1.00'L = 0.1 cf Outside= 12.0"W x 5.6"H => 0.43 sf x 1.00'L = 0.4 cf 4480 Chambers in 64 Rows 7,061 cf Total Available Storage Storage Group B created with Chamber Wizard Device Routing Invert Outlet Devices #1 Primary 853.82'12.0" Round Culvert L= 44.0' RCP, end-section conforming to fill, Ke= 0.500 Inlet / Outlet Invert= 853.82' / 853.50' S= 0.0073 '/' Cc= 0.900 n= 0.012 Concrete pipe, finished, Flow Area= 0.79 sf #2 Device 1 856.50'12.0" Round PVC Overflow Outlet L= 5.0' CPP, end-section conforming to fill, Ke= 0.500 Inlet / Outlet Invert= 856.50' / 856.40' S= 0.0200 '/' Cc= 0.900 n= 0.010 PVC, smooth interior, Flow Area= 0.79 sf #3 Device 1 854.00'0.63 cfs Jellyfish JF6 at all elevations Primary OutFlow Max=0.63 cfs @ 12.20 hrs HW=854.32' (Free Discharge) 1=Culvert (Passes 0.63 cfs of 0.81 cfs potential flow) 2=PVC Overflow Outlet ( Controls 0.00 cfs) 3=Jellyfish JF6 (Exfiltration Controls 0.63 cfs) Page 328 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 25HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Pond 1P: Pavedrain w Jellyfish - Chamber Wizard Field B Chamber Model = PaveDrain S6-45 (PaveDrain 12x12 Block with gap storage) Inside= 7.1"W x 5.6"H => 0.10 sf x 1.00'L = 0.1 cf Outside= 12.0"W x 5.6"H => 0.43 sf x 1.00'L = 0.4 cf 12.0" Wide - 1.0" Nesting = 11.0" C-C Row Spacing 70 Chambers/Row x 1.00' Long = 70.00' Row Length +0.50' Row Offset = 70.50' Base Length 64 Rows x 12.0" Wide - 1.0" Nesting x 63 = 58.75' Base Width 48.0" Base + 5.6" Chamber Height = 4.47' Field Height 4,480 Chambers x 0.1 cf = 427.8 cf Chamber Storage 4,480 Chambers x 0.4 cf = 1,916.4 cf Displacement 18,500.4 cf Field - 1,916.4 cf Chambers = 16,583.9 cf Stone x 40.0% Voids = 6,633.6 cf Stone Storage Chamber Storage + Stone Storage = 7,061.3 cf = 0.162 af Overall Storage Efficiency = 38.2% Overall System Size = 70.50' x 58.75' x 4.47' 4,480 Chambers 685.2 cy Field 614.2 cy Stone Page 329 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 26HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Pond 1P: Pavedrain w Jellyfish Inflow Primary Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 1 0 Inflow Area=0.899 ac Peak Elev=854.35' Storage=581 cf 1.56 cfs 0.63 cfs Pond 1P: Pavedrain w Jellyfish Primary Stage-Discharge Discharge (cfs) 543210 El e v a t i o n ( f e e t ) 858 857 856 855 854 PVC Overflow Outlet Jellyfish JF6 Page 330 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 27HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Pond 1P: Pavedrain w Jellyfish Storage Stage-Area-Storage Storage (cubic-feet) 7,0006,0005,0004,0003,0002,0001,0000 El e v a t i o n ( f e e t ) 858 857 856 855 854 Field B PaveDrain S6-45 Page 331 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 28HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Pond 1P: Pavedrain w Jellyfish Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Storage (cubic-feet) Elevation (feet) Primary (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 2.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 5.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 7.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 10.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 12.50 0.30 424 854.26 0.61 15.00 0.04 15 854.01 0.04 17.50 0.02 7 854.00 0.02 20.00 0.01 4 854.00 0.01 22.50 0.00 2 854.00 0.00 25.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 27.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 30.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 32.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 35.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 37.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 40.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 42.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 45.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 47.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 50.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 52.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 55.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 57.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 60.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 62.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 65.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 67.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 70.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 Page 332 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 29HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Stage-Discharge for Pond 1P: Pavedrain w Jellyfish Elevation (feet) Primary (cfs) 854.00 0.00 854.05 0.20 854.10 0.29 854.15 0.39 854.20 0.51 854.25 0.63 854.30 0.63 854.35 0.63 854.40 0.63 854.45 0.63 854.50 0.63 854.55 0.63 854.60 0.63 854.65 0.63 854.70 0.63 854.75 0.63 854.80 0.63 854.85 0.63 854.90 0.63 854.95 0.63 855.00 0.63 855.05 0.63 855.10 0.63 855.15 0.63 855.20 0.63 855.25 0.63 855.30 0.63 855.35 0.63 855.40 0.63 855.45 0.63 855.50 0.63 855.55 0.63 855.60 0.63 855.65 0.63 855.70 0.63 855.75 0.63 855.80 0.63 855.85 0.63 855.90 0.63 855.95 0.63 856.00 0.63 856.05 0.63 856.10 0.63 856.15 0.63 856.20 0.63 856.25 0.63 856.30 0.63 856.35 0.63 856.40 0.63 856.45 0.63 856.50 0.63 856.55 0.64 856.60 0.67 Elevation (feet) Primary (cfs) 856.65 0.73 856.70 0.80 856.75 0.88 856.80 0.97 856.85 1.07 856.90 1.18 856.95 1.30 857.00 1.43 857.05 1.57 857.10 1.72 857.15 1.87 857.20 2.02 857.25 2.19 857.30 2.35 857.35 2.52 857.40 2.69 857.45 2.85 857.50 3.02 857.55 3.19 857.60 3.35 857.65 3.50 857.70 3.64 857.75 3.77 857.80 3.88 857.85 3.98 857.90 4.16 857.95 4.32 858.00 4.41 858.05 4.51 858.10 4.60 858.15 4.69 858.20 4.77 858.25 4.86 858.30 4.94 858.35 5.02 858.40 5.10 858.45 5.18 Page 333 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 30HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Stage-Area-Storage for Pond 1P: Pavedrain w Jellyfish Elevation (feet) Storage (cubic-feet) 854.00 0 854.05 83 854.10 166 854.15 249 854.20 331 854.25 414 854.30 497 854.35 580 854.40 663 854.45 746 854.50 828 854.55 911 854.60 994 854.65 1,077 854.70 1,160 854.75 1,243 854.80 1,325 854.85 1,408 854.90 1,491 854.95 1,574 855.00 1,657 855.05 1,740 855.10 1,822 855.15 1,905 855.20 1,988 855.25 2,071 855.30 2,154 855.35 2,237 855.40 2,319 855.45 2,402 855.50 2,485 855.55 2,568 855.60 2,651 855.65 2,734 855.70 2,816 855.75 2,899 855.80 2,982 855.85 3,065 855.90 3,148 855.95 3,231 856.00 3,314 856.05 3,396 856.10 3,479 856.15 3,562 856.20 3,645 856.25 3,728 856.30 3,811 856.35 3,893 856.40 3,976 856.45 4,059 856.50 4,142 856.55 4,225 856.60 4,308 Elevation (feet) Storage (cubic-feet) 856.65 4,390 856.70 4,473 856.75 4,556 856.80 4,639 856.85 4,722 856.90 4,805 856.95 4,887 857.00 4,970 857.05 5,053 857.10 5,136 857.15 5,219 857.20 5,302 857.25 5,384 857.30 5,467 857.35 5,550 857.40 5,633 857.45 5,716 857.50 5,799 857.55 5,881 857.60 5,964 857.65 6,047 857.70 6,130 857.75 6,213 857.80 6,296 857.85 6,378 857.90 6,461 857.95 6,544 858.00 6,627 858.05 6,742 858.10 6,848 858.15 6,939 858.20 7,005 858.25 7,022 858.30 7,031 858.35 7,040 858.40 7,049 858.45 7,058 Page 334 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 31HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Pond 2P: SE CMP w Jellyfish Inflow Area = 0.652 ac, 76.13% Impervious, Inflow Depth = 1.54" for 2-Year event Inflow = 2.28 cfs @ 12.13 hrs, Volume= 0.084 af Outflow = 0.63 cfs @ 12.05 hrs, Volume= 0.084 af, Atten= 72%, Lag= 0.0 min Primary = 0.63 cfs @ 12.05 hrs, Volume= 0.084 af Routing by Stor-Ind method, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs / 3 Peak Elev= 853.35' @ 12.33 hrs Surf.Area= 2,596 sf Storage= 952 cf Plug-Flow detention time= 12.3 min calculated for 0.083 af (100% of inflow) Center-of-Mass det. time= 9.9 min ( 791.7 - 781.9 ) Volume Invert Avail.Storage Storage Description #1A 852.50'0 cf 22.00'W x 118.00'L x 4.00'H Field A 10,384 cf Overall - 6,082 cf Embedded = 4,302 cf x 0.0% Voids #2A 852.50' 6,082 cf CMP Round 48 x 20 Inside #1 Effective Size= 48.0"W x 48.0"H => 12.57 sf x 20.00'L = 251.3 cf Overall Size= 48.0"W x 48.0"H x 20.00'L Row Length Adjustment= +10.00' x 12.57 sf x 4 rows 22.00' Header x 12.57 sf x 2 = 552.9 cf Inside 6,082 cf Total Available Storage Storage Group A created with Chamber Wizard Device Routing Invert Outlet Devices #1 Primary 852.20'12.0" Round Culvert L= 7.0' RCP, end-section conforming to fill, Ke= 0.500 Inlet / Outlet Invert= 852.20' / 852.00' S= 0.0286 '/' Cc= 0.900 n= 0.012 Concrete pipe, finished, Flow Area= 0.79 sf #2 Device 1 855.50'8.0" Round Overflow Outlet L= 32.0' CPP, end-section conforming to fill, Ke= 0.500 Inlet / Outlet Invert= 855.50' / 855.34' S= 0.0050 '/' Cc= 0.900 n= 0.012 Concrete pipe, finished, Flow Area= 0.35 sf #3 Device 1 852.50'0.63 cfs Jellyfish JF6 at all elevations Primary OutFlow Max=0.63 cfs @ 12.05 hrs HW=852.71' (Free Discharge) 1=Culvert (Passes 0.63 cfs of 0.97 cfs potential flow) 2=Overflow Outlet ( Controls 0.00 cfs) 3=Jellyfish JF6 (Exfiltration Controls 0.63 cfs) Page 335 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 32HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Pond 2P: SE CMP w Jellyfish - Chamber Wizard Field A Chamber Model = CMP Round 48 (Round Corrugated Metal Pipe) Effective Size= 48.0"W x 48.0"H => 12.57 sf x 20.00'L = 251.3 cf Overall Size= 48.0"W x 48.0"H x 20.00'L Row Length Adjustment= +10.00' x 12.57 sf x 4 rows 48.0" Wide + 24.0" Spacing = 72.0" C-C Row Spacing 5 Chambers/Row x 20.00' Long +10.00' Row Adjustment +4.00' Header x 2 = 118.00' Row Length 4 Rows x 48.0" Wide + 24.0" Spacing x 3 = 22.00' Base Width 48.0" Chamber Height = 4.00' Field Height 20 Chambers x 251.3 cf +10.00' Row Adjustment x 12.57 sf x 4 Rows + 22.00' Header x 12.57 sf x 2 = 6,082.1 cf Chamber Storage 10,384.0 cf Field - 6,082.1 cf Chambers = 4,301.9 cf Stone x 0.0% Voids = 0.0 cf Stone Storage Chamber Storage = 6,082.1 cf = 0.140 af Overall Storage Efficiency = 58.6% Overall System Size = 118.00' x 22.00' x 4.00' 20 Chambers 384.6 cy Field 159.3 cy Stone Page 336 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 33HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Pond 2P: SE CMP w Jellyfish Inflow Primary Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 2 1 0 Inflow Area=0.652 ac Peak Elev=853.35' Storage=952 cf 2.28 cfs 0.63 cfs Pond 2P: SE CMP w Jellyfish Primary Stage-Discharge Discharge (cfs) 10 El e v a t i o n ( f e e t ) 856 855 854 853 Overflow Outlet Jellyfish JF6 Page 337 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 34HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Pond 2P: SE CMP w Jellyfish Storage Stage-Area-Storage Storage (cubic-feet) 6,0005,0004,0003,0002,0001,0000 El e v a t i o n ( f e e t ) 856 855 854 853 Field A + CMP Round 48 Page 338 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 35HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Pond 2P: SE CMP w Jellyfish Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Storage (cubic-feet) Elevation (feet) Primary (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 2.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 5.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 7.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 10.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 12.50 0.34 849 853.29 0.63 15.00 0.04 1 852.50 0.04 17.50 0.02 0 852.50 0.02 20.00 0.01 0 852.50 0.01 22.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 25.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 27.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 30.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 32.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 35.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 37.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 40.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 42.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 45.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 47.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 50.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 52.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 55.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 57.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 60.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 62.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 65.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 67.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 70.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 Page 339 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 36HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Stage-Discharge for Pond 2P: SE CMP w Jellyfish Elevation (feet) Primary (cfs) 852.50 0.00 852.52 0.42 852.54 0.47 852.56 0.52 852.58 0.57 852.60 0.63 852.62 0.63 852.64 0.63 852.66 0.63 852.68 0.63 852.70 0.63 852.72 0.63 852.74 0.63 852.76 0.63 852.78 0.63 852.80 0.63 852.82 0.63 852.84 0.63 852.86 0.63 852.88 0.63 852.90 0.63 852.92 0.63 852.94 0.63 852.96 0.63 852.98 0.63 853.00 0.63 853.02 0.63 853.04 0.63 853.06 0.63 853.08 0.63 853.10 0.63 853.12 0.63 853.14 0.63 853.16 0.63 853.18 0.63 853.20 0.63 853.22 0.63 853.24 0.63 853.26 0.63 853.28 0.63 853.30 0.63 853.32 0.63 853.34 0.63 853.36 0.63 853.38 0.63 853.40 0.63 853.42 0.63 853.44 0.63 853.46 0.63 853.48 0.63 853.50 0.63 853.52 0.63 853.54 0.63 Elevation (feet) Primary (cfs) 853.56 0.63 853.58 0.63 853.60 0.63 853.62 0.63 853.64 0.63 853.66 0.63 853.68 0.63 853.70 0.63 853.72 0.63 853.74 0.63 853.76 0.63 853.78 0.63 853.80 0.63 853.82 0.63 853.84 0.63 853.86 0.63 853.88 0.63 853.90 0.63 853.92 0.63 853.94 0.63 853.96 0.63 853.98 0.63 854.00 0.63 854.02 0.63 854.04 0.63 854.06 0.63 854.08 0.63 854.10 0.63 854.12 0.63 854.14 0.63 854.16 0.63 854.18 0.63 854.20 0.63 854.22 0.63 854.24 0.63 854.26 0.63 854.28 0.63 854.30 0.63 854.32 0.63 854.34 0.63 854.36 0.63 854.38 0.63 854.40 0.63 854.42 0.63 854.44 0.63 854.46 0.63 854.48 0.63 854.50 0.63 854.52 0.63 854.54 0.63 854.56 0.63 854.58 0.63 854.60 0.63 Elevation (feet) Primary (cfs) 854.62 0.63 854.64 0.63 854.66 0.63 854.68 0.63 854.70 0.63 854.72 0.63 854.74 0.63 854.76 0.63 854.78 0.63 854.80 0.63 854.82 0.63 854.84 0.63 854.86 0.63 854.88 0.63 854.90 0.63 854.92 0.63 854.94 0.63 854.96 0.63 854.98 0.63 855.00 0.63 855.02 0.63 855.04 0.63 855.06 0.63 855.08 0.63 855.10 0.63 855.12 0.63 855.14 0.63 855.16 0.63 855.18 0.63 855.20 0.63 855.22 0.63 855.24 0.63 855.26 0.63 855.28 0.63 855.30 0.63 855.32 0.63 855.34 0.63 855.36 0.63 855.38 0.63 855.40 0.63 855.42 0.63 855.44 0.63 855.46 0.63 855.48 0.63 855.50 0.63 855.52 0.63 855.54 0.63 855.56 0.64 855.58 0.65 855.60 0.65 855.62 0.67 855.64 0.68 855.66 0.69 Elevation (feet) Primary (cfs) 855.68 0.71 855.70 0.73 855.72 0.75 855.74 0.77 855.76 0.79 855.78 0.82 855.80 0.84 855.82 0.87 855.84 0.89 855.86 0.92 855.88 0.95 855.90 0.98 855.92 1.01 855.94 1.05 855.96 1.08 855.98 1.11 856.00 1.14 856.02 1.18 856.04 1.21 856.06 1.25 856.08 1.28 856.10 1.31 856.12 1.35 856.14 1.38 856.16 1.41 856.18 1.44 856.20 1.47 856.22 1.50 856.24 1.53 856.26 1.56 856.28 1.58 856.30 1.61 856.32 1.63 856.34 1.64 856.36 1.65 856.38 1.65 856.40 1.65 856.42 1.68 856.44 1.70 856.46 1.72 856.48 1.75 856.50 1.77 Page 340 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 2-Year Rainfall=2.86"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 37HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Stage-Area-Storage for Pond 2P: SE CMP w Jellyfish Elevation (feet) Storage (cubic-feet) 852.50 0 852.55 14 852.60 40 852.65 74 852.70 114 852.75 158 852.80 207 852.85 260 852.90 317 852.95 376 853.00 439 853.05 504 853.10 572 853.15 642 853.20 715 853.25 789 853.30 866 853.35 944 853.40 1,024 853.45 1,106 853.50 1,189 853.55 1,274 853.60 1,359 853.65 1,446 853.70 1,535 853.75 1,624 853.80 1,714 853.85 1,805 853.90 1,897 853.95 1,990 854.00 2,083 854.05 2,177 854.10 2,272 854.15 2,367 854.20 2,462 854.25 2,558 854.30 2,655 854.35 2,751 854.40 2,848 854.45 2,944 854.50 3,041 854.55 3,138 854.60 3,235 854.65 3,331 854.70 3,428 854.75 3,524 854.80 3,620 854.85 3,715 854.90 3,810 854.95 3,905 855.00 3,999 855.05 4,092 855.10 4,185 Elevation (feet) Storage (cubic-feet) 855.15 4,277 855.20 4,368 855.25 4,458 855.30 4,548 855.35 4,636 855.40 4,723 855.45 4,809 855.50 4,893 855.55 4,976 855.60 5,058 855.65 5,138 855.70 5,216 855.75 5,293 855.80 5,367 855.85 5,440 855.90 5,510 855.95 5,578 856.00 5,643 856.05 5,706 856.10 5,766 856.15 5,822 856.20 5,875 856.25 5,924 856.30 5,968 856.35 6,008 856.40 6,042 856.45 6,068 856.50 6,082 Page 341 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 38HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Time span=0.00-72.00 hrs, dt=0.05 hrs, 1441 points Runoff by SCS TR-20 method, UH=SCS, Weighted-CN Reach routing by Stor-Ind+Trans method - Pond routing by Stor-Ind method Runoff Area=68,450 sf 32.42% Impervious Runoff Depth=1.19"Subcatchment EX1: Existing Buildign, Tc=6.0 min CN=65 Runoff=4.23 cfs 0.156 af Runoff Area=2,316 sf 62.69% Impervious Runoff Depth=2.28"Subcatchment EX2: West Boulevard Tc=6.0 min CN=80 Runoff=0.28 cfs 0.010 af Runoff Area=39,144 sf 49.72% Impervious Runoff Depth=1.73"Subcatchment P1: North Site Tc=6.0 min CN=73 Runoff=3.57 cfs 0.130 af Runoff Area=28,402 sf 76.13% Impervious Runoff Depth=2.80"Subcatchment P2: South Site Tc=6.0 min CN=86 Runoff=4.04 cfs 0.152 af Runoff Area=3,220 sf 53.98% Impervious Runoff Depth=1.88"Subcatchment P3: West Boulevard Tc=6.0 min CN=75 Runoff=0.32 cfs 0.012 af Inflow=4.23 cfs 0.156 afReach 1E: Runoff to Beard Ave City Storm Sewer Outflow=4.23 cfs 0.156 af Inflow=0.63 cfs 0.130 afReach 1R: Runoff to Beard Ave City Storm Sewer Outflow=0.63 cfs 0.130 af Inflow=0.28 cfs 0.010 afReach 2E: Runoff to Brooklyn Blvd City Storm Sewer Outflow=0.28 cfs 0.010 af Inflow=0.95 cfs 0.164 afReach 2R: Runoff to Brooklyn Blvd City Storm Sewer Outflow=0.95 cfs 0.164 af Peak Elev=855.32' Storage=2,194 cf Inflow=3.57 cfs 0.130 afPond 1P: Pavedrain w Jellyfish Outflow=0.63 cfs 0.130 af Peak Elev=854.24' Storage=2,547 cf Inflow=4.04 cfs 0.152 afPond 2P: SE CMP w Jellyfish Outflow=0.63 cfs 0.153 af Total Runoff Area = 3.249 ac Runoff Volume = 0.460 af Average Runoff Depth = 1.70" 53.04% Pervious = 1.723 ac 46.96% Impervious = 1.526 ac Page 342 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 39HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Subcatchment EX1: Existing Buildign, Parking Lot, and Grass Lots Runoff = 4.23 cfs @ 12.14 hrs, Volume= 0.156 af, Depth= 1.19" Runoff by SCS TR-20 method, UH=SCS, Weighted-CN, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28" Area (sf)CN Description 46,259 49 50-75% Grass cover, Fair, HSG A 22,191 98 Paved parking, HSG A 68,450 65 Weighted Average 46,259 67.58% Pervious Area 22,191 32.42% Impervious Area Tc Length Slope Velocity Capacity Description (min) (feet) (ft/ft) (ft/sec) (cfs) 6.0 Direct Entry, Subcatchment EX1: Existing Buildign, Parking Lot, and Grass Lots Runoff Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 4 3 2 1 0 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28" Runoff Area=68,450 sf Runoff Volume=0.156 af Runoff Depth=1.19" Tc=6.0 min CN=65 4.23 cfs Page 343 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 40HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Subcatchment EX1: Existing Buildign, Parking Lot, and Grass Lots Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.02 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.04 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.06 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.10 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.13 0.00 0.00 7.00 0.18 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.23 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.29 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.41 0.00 0.00 11.00 0.62 0.00 0.00 12.00 1.93 0.12 0.96 13.00 3.66 0.84 0.35 14.00 3.87 0.95 0.11 15.00 3.99 1.02 0.10 16.00 4.05 1.06 0.05 17.00 4.10 1.09 0.05 18.00 4.15 1.11 0.04 19.00 4.18 1.14 0.03 20.00 4.22 1.16 0.03 21.00 4.24 1.17 0.02 22.00 4.26 1.18 0.02 23.00 4.27 1.19 0.01 24.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 25.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 26.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 27.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 28.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 29.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 30.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 31.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 32.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 33.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 34.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 35.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 36.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 37.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 38.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 39.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 40.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 41.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 42.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 43.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 44.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 45.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 46.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 47.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 48.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 49.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 50.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 51.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 52.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 53.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 54.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 55.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 56.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 57.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 58.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 59.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 60.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 61.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 62.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 63.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 64.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 65.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 66.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 67.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 68.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 69.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 70.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 71.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 72.00 4.28 1.19 0.00 Page 344 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 41HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Subcatchment EX2: West Boulevard Runoff = 0.28 cfs @ 12.13 hrs, Volume= 0.010 af, Depth= 2.28" Runoff by SCS TR-20 method, UH=SCS, Weighted-CN, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28" Area (sf)CN Description 864 49 50-75% Grass cover, Fair, HSG A 1,452 98 Paved parking, HSG A 2,316 80 Weighted Average 864 37.31% Pervious Area 1,452 62.69% Impervious Area Tc Length Slope Velocity Capacity Description (min) (feet) (ft/ft) (ft/sec) (cfs) 6.0 Direct Entry, Subcatchment EX2: West Boulevard Runoff Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 0.3 0.28 0.26 0.24 0.22 0.2 0.18 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.1 0.08 0.06 0.04 0.02 0 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28" Runoff Area=2,316 sf Runoff Volume=0.010 af Runoff Depth=2.28" Tc=6.0 min CN=80 0.28 cfs Page 345 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 42HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Subcatchment EX2: West Boulevard Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.02 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.04 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.06 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.10 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.13 0.00 0.00 7.00 0.18 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.23 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.29 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.41 0.00 0.00 11.00 0.62 0.01 0.00 12.00 1.93 0.52 0.10 13.00 3.66 1.77 0.02 14.00 3.87 1.94 0.01 15.00 3.99 2.03 0.00 16.00 4.05 2.08 0.00 17.00 4.10 2.12 0.00 18.00 4.15 2.16 0.00 19.00 4.18 2.19 0.00 20.00 4.22 2.22 0.00 21.00 4.24 2.24 0.00 22.00 4.26 2.26 0.00 23.00 4.27 2.27 0.00 24.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 25.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 26.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 27.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 28.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 29.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 30.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 31.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 32.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 33.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 34.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 35.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 36.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 37.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 38.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 39.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 40.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 41.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 42.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 43.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 44.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 45.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 46.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 47.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 48.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 49.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 50.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 51.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 52.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 53.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 54.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 55.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 56.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 57.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 58.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 59.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 60.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 61.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 62.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 63.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 64.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 65.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 66.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 67.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 68.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 69.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 70.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 71.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 72.00 4.28 2.28 0.00 Page 346 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 43HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Subcatchment P1: North Site Runoff = 3.57 cfs @ 12.14 hrs, Volume= 0.130 af, Depth= 1.73" Runoff by SCS TR-20 method, UH=SCS, Weighted-CN, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28" Area (sf)CN Description 19,682 49 50-75% Grass cover, Fair, HSG A 19,462 98 Paved parking, HSG A 39,144 73 Weighted Average 19,682 50.28% Pervious Area 19,462 49.72% Impervious Area Tc Length Slope Velocity Capacity Description (min) (feet) (ft/ft) (ft/sec) (cfs) 6.0 Direct Entry, Subcatchment P1: North Site Runoff Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 4 3 2 1 0 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28" Runoff Area=39,144 sf Runoff Volume=0.130 af Runoff Depth=1.73" Tc=6.0 min CN=73 3.57 cfs Page 347 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 44HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Subcatchment P1: North Site Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.02 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.04 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.06 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.10 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.13 0.00 0.00 7.00 0.18 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.23 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.29 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.41 0.00 0.00 11.00 0.62 0.00 0.00 12.00 1.93 0.29 1.15 13.00 3.66 1.29 0.25 14.00 3.87 1.44 0.08 15.00 3.99 1.52 0.07 16.00 4.05 1.56 0.04 17.00 4.10 1.60 0.03 18.00 4.15 1.63 0.03 19.00 4.18 1.66 0.02 20.00 4.22 1.68 0.02 21.00 4.24 1.70 0.02 22.00 4.26 1.72 0.01 23.00 4.27 1.73 0.01 24.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 25.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 26.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 27.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 28.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 29.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 30.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 31.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 32.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 33.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 34.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 35.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 36.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 37.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 38.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 39.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 40.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 41.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 42.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 43.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 44.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 45.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 46.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 47.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 48.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 49.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 50.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 51.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 52.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 53.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 54.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 55.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 56.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 57.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 58.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 59.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 60.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 61.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 62.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 63.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 64.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 65.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 66.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 67.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 68.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 69.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 70.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 71.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 72.00 4.28 1.73 0.00 Page 348 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 45HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Subcatchment P2: South Site Runoff = 4.04 cfs @ 12.13 hrs, Volume= 0.152 af, Depth= 2.80" Runoff by SCS TR-20 method, UH=SCS, Weighted-CN, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28" Area (sf)CN Description 6,779 49 50-75% Grass cover, Fair, HSG A 21,623 98 Paved parking, HSG A 28,402 86 Weighted Average 6,779 23.87% Pervious Area 21,623 76.13% Impervious Area Tc Length Slope Velocity Capacity Description (min) (feet) (ft/ft) (ft/sec) (cfs) 6.0 Direct Entry, Subcatchment P2: South Site Runoff Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 4 3 2 1 0 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28" Runoff Area=28,402 sf Runoff Volume=0.152 af Runoff Depth=2.80" Tc=6.0 min CN=86 4.04 cfs Page 349 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 46HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Subcatchment P2: South Site Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.02 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.04 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.06 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.10 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.13 0.00 0.00 7.00 0.18 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.23 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.29 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.41 0.00 0.01 11.00 0.62 0.04 0.06 12.00 1.93 0.79 1.71 13.00 3.66 2.24 0.24 14.00 3.87 2.43 0.08 15.00 3.99 2.54 0.07 16.00 4.05 2.59 0.03 17.00 4.10 2.64 0.03 18.00 4.15 2.68 0.03 19.00 4.18 2.71 0.02 20.00 4.22 2.74 0.02 21.00 4.24 2.77 0.01 22.00 4.26 2.78 0.01 23.00 4.27 2.80 0.01 24.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 25.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 26.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 27.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 28.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 29.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 30.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 31.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 32.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 33.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 34.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 35.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 36.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 37.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 38.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 39.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 40.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 41.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 42.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 43.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 44.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 45.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 46.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 47.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 48.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 49.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 50.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 51.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 52.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 53.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 54.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 55.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 56.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 57.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 58.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 59.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 60.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 61.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 62.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 63.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 64.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 65.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 66.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 67.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 68.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 69.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 70.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 71.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 72.00 4.28 2.80 0.00 Page 350 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 47HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Subcatchment P3: West Boulevard Runoff = 0.32 cfs @ 12.14 hrs, Volume= 0.012 af, Depth= 1.88" Runoff by SCS TR-20 method, UH=SCS, Weighted-CN, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28" Area (sf)CN Description 1,482 49 50-75% Grass cover, Fair, HSG A 1,738 98 Paved parking, HSG A 3,220 75 Weighted Average 1,482 46.02% Pervious Area 1,738 53.98% Impervious Area Tc Length Slope Velocity Capacity Description (min) (feet) (ft/ft) (ft/sec) (cfs) 6.0 Direct Entry, Subcatchment P3: West Boulevard Runoff Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 0.34 0.32 0.3 0.28 0.26 0.24 0.22 0.2 0.18 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.1 0.08 0.06 0.04 0.02 0 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28" Runoff Area=3,220 sf Runoff Volume=0.012 af Runoff Depth=1.88" Tc=6.0 min CN=75 0.32 cfs Page 351 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 48HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Subcatchment P3: West Boulevard Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.02 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.04 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.06 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.10 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.13 0.00 0.00 7.00 0.18 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.23 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.29 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.41 0.00 0.00 11.00 0.62 0.00 0.00 12.00 1.93 0.35 0.11 13.00 3.66 1.42 0.02 14.00 3.87 1.57 0.01 15.00 3.99 1.66 0.01 16.00 4.05 1.70 0.00 17.00 4.10 1.74 0.00 18.00 4.15 1.78 0.00 19.00 4.18 1.81 0.00 20.00 4.22 1.83 0.00 21.00 4.24 1.85 0.00 22.00 4.26 1.87 0.00 23.00 4.27 1.88 0.00 24.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 25.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 26.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 27.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 28.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 29.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 30.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 31.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 32.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 33.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 34.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 35.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 36.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 37.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 38.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 39.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 40.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 41.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 42.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 43.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 44.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 45.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 46.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 47.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 48.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 49.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 50.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 51.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 52.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 53.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 54.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 55.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 56.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 57.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 58.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 59.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 60.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 61.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 62.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 63.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 64.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 65.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 66.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 67.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 68.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 69.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 70.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 71.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 72.00 4.28 1.88 0.00 Page 352 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 49HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Reach 1E: Runoff to Beard Ave City Storm Sewer [40] Hint: Not Described (Outflow=Inflow) Inflow Area =1.571 ac, 32.42% Impervious, Inflow Depth = 1.19" for 10-Year event Inflow = 4.23 cfs @ 12.14 hrs, Volume= 0.156 af Outflow = 4.23 cfs @ 12.14 hrs, Volume= 0.156 af, Atten= 0%, Lag= 0.0 min Routing by Stor-Ind+Trans method, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs Reach 1E: Runoff to Beard Ave City Storm Sewer Inflow Outflow Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 4 3 2 1 0 Inflow Area=1.571 ac 4.23 cfs 4.23 cfs Page 353 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 50HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Reach 1E: Runoff to Beard Ave City Storm Sewer Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Elevation (feet) Outflow (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.00 0.00 7.00 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 11.00 0.00 0.00 12.00 0.96 0.96 13.00 0.35 0.35 14.00 0.11 0.11 15.00 0.10 0.10 16.00 0.05 0.05 17.00 0.05 0.05 18.00 0.04 0.04 19.00 0.03 0.03 20.00 0.03 0.03 21.00 0.02 0.02 22.00 0.02 0.02 23.00 0.01 0.01 24.00 0.00 0.00 25.00 0.00 0.00 26.00 0.00 0.00 27.00 0.00 0.00 28.00 0.00 0.00 29.00 0.00 0.00 30.00 0.00 0.00 31.00 0.00 0.00 32.00 0.00 0.00 33.00 0.00 0.00 34.00 0.00 0.00 35.00 0.00 0.00 36.00 0.00 0.00 37.00 0.00 0.00 38.00 0.00 0.00 39.00 0.00 0.00 40.00 0.00 0.00 41.00 0.00 0.00 42.00 0.00 0.00 43.00 0.00 0.00 44.00 0.00 0.00 45.00 0.00 0.00 46.00 0.00 0.00 47.00 0.00 0.00 48.00 0.00 0.00 49.00 0.00 0.00 50.00 0.00 0.00 51.00 0.00 0.00 52.00 0.00 0.00 Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Elevation (feet) Outflow (cfs) 53.00 0.00 0.00 54.00 0.00 0.00 55.00 0.00 0.00 56.00 0.00 0.00 57.00 0.00 0.00 58.00 0.00 0.00 59.00 0.00 0.00 60.00 0.00 0.00 61.00 0.00 0.00 62.00 0.00 0.00 63.00 0.00 0.00 64.00 0.00 0.00 65.00 0.00 0.00 66.00 0.00 0.00 67.00 0.00 0.00 68.00 0.00 0.00 69.00 0.00 0.00 70.00 0.00 0.00 71.00 0.00 0.00 72.00 0.00 0.00 Page 354 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 51HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Reach 1R: Runoff to Beard Ave City Storm Sewer [40] Hint: Not Described (Outflow=Inflow) Inflow Area =0.899 ac, 49.72% Impervious, Inflow Depth = 1.73" for 10-Year event Inflow = 0.63 cfs @ 12.10 hrs, Volume= 0.130 af Outflow = 0.63 cfs @ 12.10 hrs, Volume= 0.130 af, Atten= 0%, Lag= 0.0 min Routing by Stor-Ind+Trans method, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs Reach 1R: Runoff to Beard Ave City Storm Sewer Inflow Outflow Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 0.7 0.65 0.6 0.55 0.5 0.45 0.4 0.35 0.3 0.25 0.2 0.15 0.1 0.05 0 Inflow Area=0.899 ac 0.63 cfs 0.63 cfs Page 355 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 52HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Reach 1R: Runoff to Beard Ave City Storm Sewer Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Elevation (feet) Outflow (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.00 0.00 7.00 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 11.00 0.00 0.00 12.00 0.40 0.40 13.00 0.63 0.63 14.00 0.25 0.25 15.00 0.07 0.07 16.00 0.04 0.04 17.00 0.03 0.03 18.00 0.03 0.03 19.00 0.02 0.02 20.00 0.02 0.02 21.00 0.02 0.02 22.00 0.01 0.01 23.00 0.01 0.01 24.00 0.00 0.00 25.00 0.00 0.00 26.00 0.00 0.00 27.00 0.00 0.00 28.00 0.00 0.00 29.00 0.00 0.00 30.00 0.00 0.00 31.00 0.00 0.00 32.00 0.00 0.00 33.00 0.00 0.00 34.00 0.00 0.00 35.00 0.00 0.00 36.00 0.00 0.00 37.00 0.00 0.00 38.00 0.00 0.00 39.00 0.00 0.00 40.00 0.00 0.00 41.00 0.00 0.00 42.00 0.00 0.00 43.00 0.00 0.00 44.00 0.00 0.00 45.00 0.00 0.00 46.00 0.00 0.00 47.00 0.00 0.00 48.00 0.00 0.00 49.00 0.00 0.00 50.00 0.00 0.00 51.00 0.00 0.00 52.00 0.00 0.00 Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Elevation (feet) Outflow (cfs) 53.00 0.00 0.00 54.00 0.00 0.00 55.00 0.00 0.00 56.00 0.00 0.00 57.00 0.00 0.00 58.00 0.00 0.00 59.00 0.00 0.00 60.00 0.00 0.00 61.00 0.00 0.00 62.00 0.00 0.00 63.00 0.00 0.00 64.00 0.00 0.00 65.00 0.00 0.00 66.00 0.00 0.00 67.00 0.00 0.00 68.00 0.00 0.00 69.00 0.00 0.00 70.00 0.00 0.00 71.00 0.00 0.00 72.00 0.00 0.00 Page 356 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 53HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Reach 2E: Runoff to Brooklyn Blvd City Storm Sewer [40] Hint: Not Described (Outflow=Inflow) Inflow Area =0.053 ac, 62.69% Impervious, Inflow Depth = 2.28" for 10-Year event Inflow = 0.28 cfs @ 12.13 hrs, Volume= 0.010 af Outflow = 0.28 cfs @ 12.13 hrs, Volume= 0.010 af, Atten= 0%, Lag= 0.0 min Routing by Stor-Ind+Trans method, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs Reach 2E: Runoff to Brooklyn Blvd City Storm Sewer Inflow Outflow Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 0.3 0.28 0.26 0.24 0.22 0.2 0.18 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.1 0.08 0.06 0.04 0.02 0 Inflow Area=0.053 ac 0.28 cfs 0.28 cfs Page 357 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 54HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Reach 2E: Runoff to Brooklyn Blvd City Storm Sewer Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Elevation (feet) Outflow (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.00 0.00 7.00 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 11.00 0.00 0.00 12.00 0.10 0.10 13.00 0.02 0.02 14.00 0.01 0.01 15.00 0.00 0.00 16.00 0.00 0.00 17.00 0.00 0.00 18.00 0.00 0.00 19.00 0.00 0.00 20.00 0.00 0.00 21.00 0.00 0.00 22.00 0.00 0.00 23.00 0.00 0.00 24.00 0.00 0.00 25.00 0.00 0.00 26.00 0.00 0.00 27.00 0.00 0.00 28.00 0.00 0.00 29.00 0.00 0.00 30.00 0.00 0.00 31.00 0.00 0.00 32.00 0.00 0.00 33.00 0.00 0.00 34.00 0.00 0.00 35.00 0.00 0.00 36.00 0.00 0.00 37.00 0.00 0.00 38.00 0.00 0.00 39.00 0.00 0.00 40.00 0.00 0.00 41.00 0.00 0.00 42.00 0.00 0.00 43.00 0.00 0.00 44.00 0.00 0.00 45.00 0.00 0.00 46.00 0.00 0.00 47.00 0.00 0.00 48.00 0.00 0.00 49.00 0.00 0.00 50.00 0.00 0.00 51.00 0.00 0.00 52.00 0.00 0.00 Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Elevation (feet) Outflow (cfs) 53.00 0.00 0.00 54.00 0.00 0.00 55.00 0.00 0.00 56.00 0.00 0.00 57.00 0.00 0.00 58.00 0.00 0.00 59.00 0.00 0.00 60.00 0.00 0.00 61.00 0.00 0.00 62.00 0.00 0.00 63.00 0.00 0.00 64.00 0.00 0.00 65.00 0.00 0.00 66.00 0.00 0.00 67.00 0.00 0.00 68.00 0.00 0.00 69.00 0.00 0.00 70.00 0.00 0.00 71.00 0.00 0.00 72.00 0.00 0.00 Page 358 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 55HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Reach 2R: Runoff to Brooklyn Blvd City Storm Sewer [40] Hint: Not Described (Outflow=Inflow) Inflow Area =0.726 ac, 73.88% Impervious, Inflow Depth = 2.71" for 10-Year event Inflow = 0.95 cfs @ 12.14 hrs, Volume= 0.164 af Outflow = 0.95 cfs @ 12.14 hrs, Volume= 0.164 af, Atten= 0%, Lag= 0.0 min Routing by Stor-Ind+Trans method, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs Reach 2R: Runoff to Brooklyn Blvd City Storm Sewer Inflow Outflow Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 1 0 Inflow Area=0.726 ac 0.95 cfs 0.95 cfs Page 359 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 56HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Reach 2R: Runoff to Brooklyn Blvd City Storm Sewer Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Elevation (feet) Outflow (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.00 0.00 7.00 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.01 0.01 11.00 0.06 0.06 12.00 0.74 0.74 13.00 0.65 0.65 14.00 0.64 0.64 15.00 0.07 0.07 16.00 0.04 0.04 17.00 0.03 0.03 18.00 0.03 0.03 19.00 0.02 0.02 20.00 0.02 0.02 21.00 0.02 0.02 22.00 0.01 0.01 23.00 0.01 0.01 24.00 0.00 0.00 25.00 0.00 0.00 26.00 0.00 0.00 27.00 0.00 0.00 28.00 0.00 0.00 29.00 0.00 0.00 30.00 0.00 0.00 31.00 0.00 0.00 32.00 0.00 0.00 33.00 0.00 0.00 34.00 0.00 0.00 35.00 0.00 0.00 36.00 0.00 0.00 37.00 0.00 0.00 38.00 0.00 0.00 39.00 0.00 0.00 40.00 0.00 0.00 41.00 0.00 0.00 42.00 0.00 0.00 43.00 0.00 0.00 44.00 0.00 0.00 45.00 0.00 0.00 46.00 0.00 0.00 47.00 0.00 0.00 48.00 0.00 0.00 49.00 0.00 0.00 50.00 0.00 0.00 51.00 0.00 0.00 52.00 0.00 0.00 Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Elevation (feet) Outflow (cfs) 53.00 0.00 0.00 54.00 0.00 0.00 55.00 0.00 0.00 56.00 0.00 0.00 57.00 0.00 0.00 58.00 0.00 0.00 59.00 0.00 0.00 60.00 0.00 0.00 61.00 0.00 0.00 62.00 0.00 0.00 63.00 0.00 0.00 64.00 0.00 0.00 65.00 0.00 0.00 66.00 0.00 0.00 67.00 0.00 0.00 68.00 0.00 0.00 69.00 0.00 0.00 70.00 0.00 0.00 71.00 0.00 0.00 72.00 0.00 0.00 Page 360 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 57HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Pond 1P: Pavedrain w Jellyfish Inflow Area = 0.899 ac, 49.72% Impervious, Inflow Depth = 1.73" for 10-Year event Inflow = 3.57 cfs @ 12.14 hrs, Volume= 0.130 af Outflow = 0.63 cfs @ 12.10 hrs, Volume= 0.130 af, Atten= 82%, Lag= 0.0 min Primary = 0.63 cfs @ 12.10 hrs, Volume= 0.130 af Routing by Stor-Ind method, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs Peak Elev= 855.32' @ 12.48 hrs Surf.Area= 4,142 sf Storage= 2,194 cf Plug-Flow detention time= 29.9 min calculated for 0.130 af (100% of inflow) Center-of-Mass det. time= 29.9 min ( 821.9 - 792.0 ) Volume Invert Avail.Storage Storage Description #1B 854.00' 6,634 cf 58.75'W x 70.50'L x 4.47'H Field B 18,500 cf Overall - 1,916 cf Embedded = 16,584 cf x 40.0% Voids #2B 858.00' 428 cf PaveDrain S6-45 x 4480 Inside #1 Inside= 7.1"W x 5.6"H => 0.10 sf x 1.00'L = 0.1 cf Outside= 12.0"W x 5.6"H => 0.43 sf x 1.00'L = 0.4 cf 4480 Chambers in 64 Rows 7,061 cf Total Available Storage Storage Group B created with Chamber Wizard Device Routing Invert Outlet Devices #1 Primary 853.82'12.0" Round Culvert L= 44.0' RCP, end-section conforming to fill, Ke= 0.500 Inlet / Outlet Invert= 853.82' / 853.50' S= 0.0073 '/' Cc= 0.900 n= 0.012 Concrete pipe, finished, Flow Area= 0.79 sf #2 Device 1 856.50'12.0" Round PVC Overflow Outlet L= 5.0' CPP, end-section conforming to fill, Ke= 0.500 Inlet / Outlet Invert= 856.50' / 856.40' S= 0.0200 '/' Cc= 0.900 n= 0.010 PVC, smooth interior, Flow Area= 0.79 sf #3 Device 1 854.00'0.63 cfs Jellyfish JF6 at all elevations Primary OutFlow Max=0.63 cfs @ 12.10 hrs HW=854.46' (Free Discharge) 1=Culvert (Passes 0.63 cfs of 1.26 cfs potential flow) 2=PVC Overflow Outlet ( Controls 0.00 cfs) 3=Jellyfish JF6 (Exfiltration Controls 0.63 cfs) Page 361 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 58HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Pond 1P: Pavedrain w Jellyfish - Chamber Wizard Field B Chamber Model = PaveDrain S6-45 (PaveDrain 12x12 Block with gap storage) Inside= 7.1"W x 5.6"H => 0.10 sf x 1.00'L = 0.1 cf Outside= 12.0"W x 5.6"H => 0.43 sf x 1.00'L = 0.4 cf 12.0" Wide - 1.0" Nesting = 11.0" C-C Row Spacing 70 Chambers/Row x 1.00' Long = 70.00' Row Length +0.50' Row Offset = 70.50' Base Length 64 Rows x 12.0" Wide - 1.0" Nesting x 63 = 58.75' Base Width 48.0" Base + 5.6" Chamber Height = 4.47' Field Height 4,480 Chambers x 0.1 cf = 427.8 cf Chamber Storage 4,480 Chambers x 0.4 cf = 1,916.4 cf Displacement 18,500.4 cf Field - 1,916.4 cf Chambers = 16,583.9 cf Stone x 40.0% Voids = 6,633.6 cf Stone Storage Chamber Storage + Stone Storage = 7,061.3 cf = 0.162 af Overall Storage Efficiency = 38.2% Overall System Size = 70.50' x 58.75' x 4.47' 4,480 Chambers 685.2 cy Field 614.2 cy Stone Page 362 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 59HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Pond 1P: Pavedrain w Jellyfish Inflow Primary Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 4 3 2 1 0 Inflow Area=0.899 ac Peak Elev=855.32' Storage=2,194 cf 3.57 cfs 0.63 cfs Pond 1P: Pavedrain w Jellyfish Primary Stage-Discharge Discharge (cfs) 543210 El e v a t i o n ( f e e t ) 858 857 856 855 854 PVC Overflow Outlet Jellyfish JF6 Page 363 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 60HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Pond 1P: Pavedrain w Jellyfish Storage Stage-Area-Storage Storage (cubic-feet) 7,0006,0005,0004,0003,0002,0001,0000 El e v a t i o n ( f e e t ) 858 857 856 855 854 Field B PaveDrain S6-45 Page 364 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 61HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Pond 1P: Pavedrain w Jellyfish Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Storage (cubic-feet) Elevation (feet) Primary (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 2.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 5.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 7.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 10.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 12.50 0.59 2,193 855.32 0.63 15.00 0.07 29 854.02 0.07 17.50 0.03 12 854.01 0.03 20.00 0.02 8 854.00 0.02 22.50 0.01 4 854.00 0.01 25.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 27.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 30.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 32.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 35.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 37.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 40.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 42.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 45.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 47.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 50.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 52.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 55.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 57.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 60.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 62.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 65.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 67.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 70.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 Page 365 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 62HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Stage-Discharge for Pond 1P: Pavedrain w Jellyfish Elevation (feet) Primary (cfs) 854.00 0.00 854.05 0.20 854.10 0.29 854.15 0.39 854.20 0.51 854.25 0.63 854.30 0.63 854.35 0.63 854.40 0.63 854.45 0.63 854.50 0.63 854.55 0.63 854.60 0.63 854.65 0.63 854.70 0.63 854.75 0.63 854.80 0.63 854.85 0.63 854.90 0.63 854.95 0.63 855.00 0.63 855.05 0.63 855.10 0.63 855.15 0.63 855.20 0.63 855.25 0.63 855.30 0.63 855.35 0.63 855.40 0.63 855.45 0.63 855.50 0.63 855.55 0.63 855.60 0.63 855.65 0.63 855.70 0.63 855.75 0.63 855.80 0.63 855.85 0.63 855.90 0.63 855.95 0.63 856.00 0.63 856.05 0.63 856.10 0.63 856.15 0.63 856.20 0.63 856.25 0.63 856.30 0.63 856.35 0.63 856.40 0.63 856.45 0.63 856.50 0.63 856.55 0.64 856.60 0.67 Elevation (feet) Primary (cfs) 856.65 0.73 856.70 0.80 856.75 0.88 856.80 0.97 856.85 1.07 856.90 1.18 856.95 1.30 857.00 1.43 857.05 1.57 857.10 1.72 857.15 1.87 857.20 2.02 857.25 2.19 857.30 2.35 857.35 2.52 857.40 2.69 857.45 2.85 857.50 3.02 857.55 3.19 857.60 3.35 857.65 3.50 857.70 3.64 857.75 3.77 857.80 3.88 857.85 3.98 857.90 4.16 857.95 4.32 858.00 4.41 858.05 4.51 858.10 4.60 858.15 4.69 858.20 4.77 858.25 4.86 858.30 4.94 858.35 5.02 858.40 5.10 858.45 5.18 Page 366 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 63HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Stage-Area-Storage for Pond 1P: Pavedrain w Jellyfish Elevation (feet) Storage (cubic-feet) 854.00 0 854.05 83 854.10 166 854.15 249 854.20 331 854.25 414 854.30 497 854.35 580 854.40 663 854.45 746 854.50 828 854.55 911 854.60 994 854.65 1,077 854.70 1,160 854.75 1,243 854.80 1,325 854.85 1,408 854.90 1,491 854.95 1,574 855.00 1,657 855.05 1,740 855.10 1,822 855.15 1,905 855.20 1,988 855.25 2,071 855.30 2,154 855.35 2,237 855.40 2,319 855.45 2,402 855.50 2,485 855.55 2,568 855.60 2,651 855.65 2,734 855.70 2,816 855.75 2,899 855.80 2,982 855.85 3,065 855.90 3,148 855.95 3,231 856.00 3,314 856.05 3,396 856.10 3,479 856.15 3,562 856.20 3,645 856.25 3,728 856.30 3,811 856.35 3,893 856.40 3,976 856.45 4,059 856.50 4,142 856.55 4,225 856.60 4,308 Elevation (feet) Storage (cubic-feet) 856.65 4,390 856.70 4,473 856.75 4,556 856.80 4,639 856.85 4,722 856.90 4,805 856.95 4,887 857.00 4,970 857.05 5,053 857.10 5,136 857.15 5,219 857.20 5,302 857.25 5,384 857.30 5,467 857.35 5,550 857.40 5,633 857.45 5,716 857.50 5,799 857.55 5,881 857.60 5,964 857.65 6,047 857.70 6,130 857.75 6,213 857.80 6,296 857.85 6,378 857.90 6,461 857.95 6,544 858.00 6,627 858.05 6,742 858.10 6,848 858.15 6,939 858.20 7,005 858.25 7,022 858.30 7,031 858.35 7,040 858.40 7,049 858.45 7,058 Page 367 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 64HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Pond 2P: SE CMP w Jellyfish Inflow Area = 0.652 ac, 76.13% Impervious, Inflow Depth = 2.80" for 10-Year event Inflow = 4.04 cfs @ 12.13 hrs, Volume= 0.152 af Outflow = 0.63 cfs @ 11.95 hrs, Volume= 0.153 af, Atten= 84%, Lag= 0.0 min Primary = 0.63 cfs @ 11.95 hrs, Volume= 0.153 af Routing by Stor-Ind method, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs / 3 Peak Elev= 854.24' @ 12.47 hrs Surf.Area= 2,596 sf Storage= 2,547 cf Plug-Flow detention time= (not calculated: outflow precedes inflow) Center-of-Mass det. time= 29.9 min ( 803.7 - 773.8 ) Volume Invert Avail.Storage Storage Description #1A 852.50'0 cf 22.00'W x 118.00'L x 4.00'H Field A 10,384 cf Overall - 6,082 cf Embedded = 4,302 cf x 0.0% Voids #2A 852.50' 6,082 cf CMP Round 48 x 20 Inside #1 Effective Size= 48.0"W x 48.0"H => 12.57 sf x 20.00'L = 251.3 cf Overall Size= 48.0"W x 48.0"H x 20.00'L Row Length Adjustment= +10.00' x 12.57 sf x 4 rows 22.00' Header x 12.57 sf x 2 = 552.9 cf Inside 6,082 cf Total Available Storage Storage Group A created with Chamber Wizard Device Routing Invert Outlet Devices #1 Primary 852.20'12.0" Round Culvert L= 7.0' RCP, end-section conforming to fill, Ke= 0.500 Inlet / Outlet Invert= 852.20' / 852.00' S= 0.0286 '/' Cc= 0.900 n= 0.012 Concrete pipe, finished, Flow Area= 0.79 sf #2 Device 1 855.50'8.0" Round Overflow Outlet L= 32.0' CPP, end-section conforming to fill, Ke= 0.500 Inlet / Outlet Invert= 855.50' / 855.34' S= 0.0050 '/' Cc= 0.900 n= 0.012 Concrete pipe, finished, Flow Area= 0.35 sf #3 Device 1 852.50'0.63 cfs Jellyfish JF6 at all elevations Primary OutFlow Max=0.63 cfs @ 11.95 hrs HW=852.70' (Free Discharge) 1=Culvert (Passes 0.63 cfs of 0.92 cfs potential flow) 2=Overflow Outlet ( Controls 0.00 cfs) 3=Jellyfish JF6 (Exfiltration Controls 0.63 cfs) Page 368 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 65HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Pond 2P: SE CMP w Jellyfish - Chamber Wizard Field A Chamber Model = CMP Round 48 (Round Corrugated Metal Pipe) Effective Size= 48.0"W x 48.0"H => 12.57 sf x 20.00'L = 251.3 cf Overall Size= 48.0"W x 48.0"H x 20.00'L Row Length Adjustment= +10.00' x 12.57 sf x 4 rows 48.0" Wide + 24.0" Spacing = 72.0" C-C Row Spacing 5 Chambers/Row x 20.00' Long +10.00' Row Adjustment +4.00' Header x 2 = 118.00' Row Length 4 Rows x 48.0" Wide + 24.0" Spacing x 3 = 22.00' Base Width 48.0" Chamber Height = 4.00' Field Height 20 Chambers x 251.3 cf +10.00' Row Adjustment x 12.57 sf x 4 Rows + 22.00' Header x 12.57 sf x 2 = 6,082.1 cf Chamber Storage 10,384.0 cf Field - 6,082.1 cf Chambers = 4,301.9 cf Stone x 0.0% Voids = 0.0 cf Stone Storage Chamber Storage = 6,082.1 cf = 0.140 af Overall Storage Efficiency = 58.6% Overall System Size = 118.00' x 22.00' x 4.00' 20 Chambers 384.6 cy Field 159.3 cy Stone Page 369 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 66HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Pond 2P: SE CMP w Jellyfish Inflow Primary Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 4 3 2 1 0 Inflow Area=0.652 ac Peak Elev=854.24' Storage=2,547 cf 4.04 cfs 0.63 cfs Pond 2P: SE CMP w Jellyfish Primary Stage-Discharge Discharge (cfs) 10 El e v a t i o n ( f e e t ) 856 855 854 853 Overflow Outlet Jellyfish JF6 Page 370 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 67HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Pond 2P: SE CMP w Jellyfish Storage Stage-Area-Storage Storage (cubic-feet) 6,0005,0004,0003,0002,0001,0000 El e v a t i o n ( f e e t ) 856 855 854 853 Field A + CMP Round 48 Page 371 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 68HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Pond 2P: SE CMP w Jellyfish Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Storage (cubic-feet) Elevation (feet) Primary (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 2.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 5.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 7.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 10.00 0.01 0 852.50 0.01 12.50 0.57 2,544 854.24 0.63 15.00 0.07 1 852.51 0.07 17.50 0.03 0 852.50 0.03 20.00 0.02 0 852.50 0.02 22.50 0.01 0 852.50 0.01 25.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 27.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 30.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 32.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 35.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 37.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 40.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 42.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 45.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 47.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 50.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 52.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 55.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 57.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 60.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 62.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 65.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 67.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 70.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 Page 372 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 69HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Stage-Discharge for Pond 2P: SE CMP w Jellyfish Elevation (feet) Primary (cfs) 852.50 0.00 852.52 0.42 852.54 0.47 852.56 0.52 852.58 0.57 852.60 0.63 852.62 0.63 852.64 0.63 852.66 0.63 852.68 0.63 852.70 0.63 852.72 0.63 852.74 0.63 852.76 0.63 852.78 0.63 852.80 0.63 852.82 0.63 852.84 0.63 852.86 0.63 852.88 0.63 852.90 0.63 852.92 0.63 852.94 0.63 852.96 0.63 852.98 0.63 853.00 0.63 853.02 0.63 853.04 0.63 853.06 0.63 853.08 0.63 853.10 0.63 853.12 0.63 853.14 0.63 853.16 0.63 853.18 0.63 853.20 0.63 853.22 0.63 853.24 0.63 853.26 0.63 853.28 0.63 853.30 0.63 853.32 0.63 853.34 0.63 853.36 0.63 853.38 0.63 853.40 0.63 853.42 0.63 853.44 0.63 853.46 0.63 853.48 0.63 853.50 0.63 853.52 0.63 853.54 0.63 Elevation (feet) Primary (cfs) 853.56 0.63 853.58 0.63 853.60 0.63 853.62 0.63 853.64 0.63 853.66 0.63 853.68 0.63 853.70 0.63 853.72 0.63 853.74 0.63 853.76 0.63 853.78 0.63 853.80 0.63 853.82 0.63 853.84 0.63 853.86 0.63 853.88 0.63 853.90 0.63 853.92 0.63 853.94 0.63 853.96 0.63 853.98 0.63 854.00 0.63 854.02 0.63 854.04 0.63 854.06 0.63 854.08 0.63 854.10 0.63 854.12 0.63 854.14 0.63 854.16 0.63 854.18 0.63 854.20 0.63 854.22 0.63 854.24 0.63 854.26 0.63 854.28 0.63 854.30 0.63 854.32 0.63 854.34 0.63 854.36 0.63 854.38 0.63 854.40 0.63 854.42 0.63 854.44 0.63 854.46 0.63 854.48 0.63 854.50 0.63 854.52 0.63 854.54 0.63 854.56 0.63 854.58 0.63 854.60 0.63 Elevation (feet) Primary (cfs) 854.62 0.63 854.64 0.63 854.66 0.63 854.68 0.63 854.70 0.63 854.72 0.63 854.74 0.63 854.76 0.63 854.78 0.63 854.80 0.63 854.82 0.63 854.84 0.63 854.86 0.63 854.88 0.63 854.90 0.63 854.92 0.63 854.94 0.63 854.96 0.63 854.98 0.63 855.00 0.63 855.02 0.63 855.04 0.63 855.06 0.63 855.08 0.63 855.10 0.63 855.12 0.63 855.14 0.63 855.16 0.63 855.18 0.63 855.20 0.63 855.22 0.63 855.24 0.63 855.26 0.63 855.28 0.63 855.30 0.63 855.32 0.63 855.34 0.63 855.36 0.63 855.38 0.63 855.40 0.63 855.42 0.63 855.44 0.63 855.46 0.63 855.48 0.63 855.50 0.63 855.52 0.63 855.54 0.63 855.56 0.64 855.58 0.65 855.60 0.65 855.62 0.67 855.64 0.68 855.66 0.69 Elevation (feet) Primary (cfs) 855.68 0.71 855.70 0.73 855.72 0.75 855.74 0.77 855.76 0.79 855.78 0.82 855.80 0.84 855.82 0.87 855.84 0.89 855.86 0.92 855.88 0.95 855.90 0.98 855.92 1.01 855.94 1.05 855.96 1.08 855.98 1.11 856.00 1.14 856.02 1.18 856.04 1.21 856.06 1.25 856.08 1.28 856.10 1.31 856.12 1.35 856.14 1.38 856.16 1.41 856.18 1.44 856.20 1.47 856.22 1.50 856.24 1.53 856.26 1.56 856.28 1.58 856.30 1.61 856.32 1.63 856.34 1.64 856.36 1.65 856.38 1.65 856.40 1.65 856.42 1.68 856.44 1.70 856.46 1.72 856.48 1.75 856.50 1.77 Page 373 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 10-Year Rainfall=4.28"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 70HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Stage-Area-Storage for Pond 2P: SE CMP w Jellyfish Elevation (feet) Storage (cubic-feet) 852.50 0 852.55 14 852.60 40 852.65 74 852.70 114 852.75 158 852.80 207 852.85 260 852.90 317 852.95 376 853.00 439 853.05 504 853.10 572 853.15 642 853.20 715 853.25 789 853.30 866 853.35 944 853.40 1,024 853.45 1,106 853.50 1,189 853.55 1,274 853.60 1,359 853.65 1,446 853.70 1,535 853.75 1,624 853.80 1,714 853.85 1,805 853.90 1,897 853.95 1,990 854.00 2,083 854.05 2,177 854.10 2,272 854.15 2,367 854.20 2,462 854.25 2,558 854.30 2,655 854.35 2,751 854.40 2,848 854.45 2,944 854.50 3,041 854.55 3,138 854.60 3,235 854.65 3,331 854.70 3,428 854.75 3,524 854.80 3,620 854.85 3,715 854.90 3,810 854.95 3,905 855.00 3,999 855.05 4,092 855.10 4,185 Elevation (feet) Storage (cubic-feet) 855.15 4,277 855.20 4,368 855.25 4,458 855.30 4,548 855.35 4,636 855.40 4,723 855.45 4,809 855.50 4,893 855.55 4,976 855.60 5,058 855.65 5,138 855.70 5,216 855.75 5,293 855.80 5,367 855.85 5,440 855.90 5,510 855.95 5,578 856.00 5,643 856.05 5,706 856.10 5,766 856.15 5,822 856.20 5,875 856.25 5,924 856.30 5,968 856.35 6,008 856.40 6,042 856.45 6,068 856.50 6,082 Page 374 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 71HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Time span=0.00-72.00 hrs, dt=0.05 hrs, 1441 points Runoff by SCS TR-20 method, UH=SCS, Weighted-CN Reach routing by Stor-Ind+Trans method - Pond routing by Stor-Ind method Runoff Area=68,450 sf 32.42% Impervious Runoff Depth=3.39"Subcatchment EX1: Existing Buildign, Tc=6.0 min CN=65 Runoff=12.22 cfs 0.444 af Runoff Area=2,316 sf 62.69% Impervious Runoff Depth=5.04"Subcatchment EX2: West Boulevard Tc=6.0 min CN=80 Runoff=0.59 cfs 0.022 af Runoff Area=39,144 sf 49.72% Impervious Runoff Depth=4.26"Subcatchment P1: North Site Tc=6.0 min CN=73 Runoff=8.63 cfs 0.319 af Runoff Area=28,402 sf 76.13% Impervious Runoff Depth=5.72"Subcatchment P2: South Site Tc=6.0 min CN=86 Runoff=7.91 cfs 0.311 af Runoff Area=3,220 sf 53.98% Impervious Runoff Depth=4.48"Subcatchment P3: West Boulevard Tc=6.0 min CN=75 Runoff=0.74 cfs 0.028 af Inflow=12.22 cfs 0.444 afReach 1E: Runoff to Beard Ave City Storm Sewer Outflow=12.22 cfs 0.444 af Inflow=2.81 cfs 0.319 afReach 1R: Runoff to Beard Ave City Storm Sewer Outflow=2.81 cfs 0.319 af Inflow=0.59 cfs 0.022 afReach 2E: Runoff to Brooklyn Blvd City Storm Sewer Outflow=0.59 cfs 0.022 af Inflow=1.81 cfs 0.338 afReach 2R: Runoff to Brooklyn Blvd City Storm Sewer Outflow=1.81 cfs 0.338 af Peak Elev=857.44' Storage=5,693 cf Inflow=8.63 cfs 0.319 afPond 1P: Pavedrain w Jellyfish Outflow=2.81 cfs 0.319 af Peak Elev=856.34' Storage=5,997 cf Inflow=7.91 cfs 0.311 afPond 2P: SE CMP w Jellyfish Outflow=1.64 cfs 0.310 af Total Runoff Area = 3.249 ac Runoff Volume = 1.124 af Average Runoff Depth = 4.15" 53.04% Pervious = 1.723 ac 46.96% Impervious = 1.526 ac Page 375 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 72HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Subcatchment EX1: Existing Buildign, Parking Lot, and Grass Lots Runoff = 12.22 cfs @ 12.14 hrs, Volume= 0.444 af, Depth= 3.39" Runoff by SCS TR-20 method, UH=SCS, Weighted-CN, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37" Area (sf)CN Description 46,259 49 50-75% Grass cover, Fair, HSG A 22,191 98 Paved parking, HSG A 68,450 65 Weighted Average 46,259 67.58% Pervious Area 22,191 32.42% Impervious Area Tc Length Slope Velocity Capacity Description (min) (feet) (ft/ft) (ft/sec) (cfs) 6.0 Direct Entry, Subcatchment EX1: Existing Buildign, Parking Lot, and Grass Lots Runoff Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37" Runoff Area=68,450 sf Runoff Volume=0.444 af Runoff Depth=3.39" Tc=6.0 min CN=65 12.22 cfs Page 376 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 73HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Subcatchment EX1: Existing Buildign, Parking Lot, and Grass Lots Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.03 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.06 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.11 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.16 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.23 0.00 0.00 7.00 0.31 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.40 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.50 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.71 0.00 0.00 11.00 1.06 0.00 0.00 12.00 3.32 0.66 4.27 13.00 6.31 2.58 0.82 14.00 6.66 2.85 0.26 15.00 6.87 3.00 0.23 16.00 6.97 3.08 0.12 17.00 7.06 3.15 0.11 18.00 7.14 3.21 0.09 19.00 7.21 3.26 0.08 20.00 7.26 3.31 0.06 21.00 7.31 3.34 0.05 22.00 7.34 3.37 0.04 23.00 7.36 3.38 0.02 24.00 7.37 3.39 0.01 25.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 26.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 27.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 28.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 29.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 30.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 31.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 32.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 33.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 34.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 35.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 36.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 37.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 38.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 39.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 40.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 41.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 42.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 43.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 44.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 45.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 46.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 47.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 48.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 49.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 50.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 51.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 52.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 53.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 54.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 55.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 56.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 57.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 58.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 59.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 60.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 61.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 62.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 63.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 64.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 65.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 66.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 67.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 68.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 69.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 70.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 71.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 72.00 7.37 3.39 0.00 Page 377 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 74HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Subcatchment EX2: West Boulevard Runoff = 0.59 cfs @ 12.13 hrs, Volume= 0.022 af, Depth= 5.04" Runoff by SCS TR-20 method, UH=SCS, Weighted-CN, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37" Area (sf)CN Description 864 49 50-75% Grass cover, Fair, HSG A 1,452 98 Paved parking, HSG A 2,316 80 Weighted Average 864 37.31% Pervious Area 1,452 62.69% Impervious Area Tc Length Slope Velocity Capacity Description (min) (feet) (ft/ft) (ft/sec) (cfs) 6.0 Direct Entry, Subcatchment EX2: West Boulevard Runoff Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 0.65 0.6 0.55 0.5 0.45 0.4 0.35 0.3 0.25 0.2 0.15 0.1 0.05 0 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37" Runoff Area=2,316 sf Runoff Volume=0.022 af Runoff Depth=5.04" Tc=6.0 min CN=80 0.59 cfs Page 378 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 75HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Subcatchment EX2: West Boulevard Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.03 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.06 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.11 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.16 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.23 0.00 0.00 7.00 0.31 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.40 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.50 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.71 0.02 0.00 11.00 1.06 0.10 0.01 12.00 3.32 1.49 0.25 13.00 6.31 4.06 0.03 14.00 6.66 4.39 0.01 15.00 6.87 4.57 0.01 16.00 6.97 4.67 0.00 17.00 7.06 4.75 0.00 18.00 7.14 4.82 0.00 19.00 7.21 4.88 0.00 20.00 7.26 4.94 0.00 21.00 7.31 4.98 0.00 22.00 7.34 5.01 0.00 23.00 7.36 5.03 0.00 24.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 25.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 26.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 27.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 28.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 29.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 30.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 31.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 32.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 33.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 34.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 35.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 36.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 37.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 38.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 39.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 40.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 41.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 42.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 43.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 44.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 45.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 46.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 47.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 48.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 49.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 50.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 51.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 52.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 53.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 54.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 55.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 56.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 57.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 58.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 59.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 60.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 61.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 62.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 63.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 64.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 65.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 66.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 67.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 68.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 69.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 70.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 71.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 72.00 7.37 5.04 0.00 Page 379 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 76HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Subcatchment P1: North Site Runoff = 8.63 cfs @ 12.13 hrs, Volume= 0.319 af, Depth= 4.26" Runoff by SCS TR-20 method, UH=SCS, Weighted-CN, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37" Area (sf)CN Description 19,682 49 50-75% Grass cover, Fair, HSG A 19,462 98 Paved parking, HSG A 39,144 73 Weighted Average 19,682 50.28% Pervious Area 19,462 49.72% Impervious Area Tc Length Slope Velocity Capacity Description (min) (feet) (ft/ft) (ft/sec) (cfs) 6.0 Direct Entry, Subcatchment P1: North Site Runoff Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37" Runoff Area=39,144 sf Runoff Volume=0.319 af Runoff Depth=4.26" Tc=6.0 min CN=73 8.63 cfs Page 380 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 77HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Subcatchment P1: North Site Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.03 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.06 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.11 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.16 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.23 0.00 0.00 7.00 0.31 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.40 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.50 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.71 0.00 0.00 11.00 1.06 0.03 0.07 12.00 3.32 1.06 3.42 13.00 6.31 3.35 0.53 14.00 6.66 3.65 0.17 15.00 6.87 3.82 0.15 16.00 6.97 3.91 0.08 17.00 7.06 3.99 0.07 18.00 7.14 4.05 0.06 19.00 7.21 4.11 0.05 20.00 7.26 4.16 0.04 21.00 7.31 4.20 0.03 22.00 7.34 4.23 0.02 23.00 7.36 4.25 0.01 24.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 25.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 26.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 27.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 28.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 29.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 30.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 31.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 32.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 33.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 34.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 35.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 36.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 37.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 38.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 39.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 40.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 41.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 42.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 43.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 44.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 45.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 46.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 47.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 48.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 49.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 50.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 51.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 52.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 53.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 54.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 55.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 56.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 57.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 58.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 59.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 60.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 61.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 62.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 63.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 64.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 65.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 66.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 67.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 68.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 69.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 70.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 71.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 72.00 7.37 4.26 0.00 Page 381 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 78HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Subcatchment P2: South Site Runoff = 7.91 cfs @ 12.13 hrs, Volume= 0.311 af, Depth= 5.72" Runoff by SCS TR-20 method, UH=SCS, Weighted-CN, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37" Area (sf)CN Description 6,779 49 50-75% Grass cover, Fair, HSG A 21,623 98 Paved parking, HSG A 28,402 86 Weighted Average 6,779 23.87% Pervious Area 21,623 76.13% Impervious Area Tc Length Slope Velocity Capacity Description (min) (feet) (ft/ft) (ft/sec) (cfs) 6.0 Direct Entry, Subcatchment P2: South Site Runoff Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37" Runoff Area=28,402 sf Runoff Volume=0.311 af Runoff Depth=5.72" Tc=6.0 min CN=86 7.91 cfs Page 382 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 79HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Subcatchment P2: South Site Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.03 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.06 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.11 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.16 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.23 0.00 0.00 7.00 0.31 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.40 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.50 0.02 0.01 10.00 0.71 0.07 0.05 11.00 1.06 0.23 0.19 12.00 3.32 1.94 3.63 13.00 6.31 4.70 0.44 14.00 6.66 5.04 0.14 15.00 6.87 5.24 0.12 16.00 6.97 5.34 0.06 17.00 7.06 5.42 0.05 18.00 7.14 5.50 0.05 19.00 7.21 5.56 0.04 20.00 7.26 5.62 0.03 21.00 7.31 5.66 0.03 22.00 7.34 5.69 0.02 23.00 7.36 5.71 0.01 24.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 25.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 26.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 27.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 28.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 29.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 30.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 31.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 32.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 33.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 34.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 35.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 36.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 37.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 38.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 39.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 40.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 41.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 42.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 43.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 44.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 45.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 46.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 47.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 48.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 49.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 50.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 51.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 52.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 53.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 54.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 55.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 56.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 57.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 58.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 59.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 60.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 61.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 62.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 63.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 64.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 65.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 66.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 67.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 68.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 69.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 70.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 71.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 72.00 7.37 5.72 0.00 Page 383 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 80HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Subcatchment P3: West Boulevard Runoff = 0.74 cfs @ 12.13 hrs, Volume= 0.028 af, Depth= 4.48" Runoff by SCS TR-20 method, UH=SCS, Weighted-CN, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37" Area (sf)CN Description 1,482 49 50-75% Grass cover, Fair, HSG A 1,738 98 Paved parking, HSG A 3,220 75 Weighted Average 1,482 46.02% Pervious Area 1,738 53.98% Impervious Area Tc Length Slope Velocity Capacity Description (min) (feet) (ft/ft) (ft/sec) (cfs) 6.0 Direct Entry, Subcatchment P3: West Boulevard Runoff Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 0.8 0.75 0.7 0.65 0.6 0.55 0.5 0.45 0.4 0.35 0.3 0.25 0.2 0.15 0.1 0.05 0 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37" Runoff Area=3,220 sf Runoff Volume=0.028 af Runoff Depth=4.48" Tc=6.0 min CN=75 0.74 cfs Page 384 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 81HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Subcatchment P3: West Boulevard Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.03 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.06 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.11 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.16 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.23 0.00 0.00 7.00 0.31 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.40 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.50 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.71 0.00 0.00 11.00 1.06 0.04 0.01 12.00 3.32 1.18 0.30 13.00 6.31 3.55 0.04 14.00 6.66 3.86 0.01 15.00 6.87 4.03 0.01 16.00 6.97 4.12 0.01 17.00 7.06 4.20 0.01 18.00 7.14 4.27 0.00 19.00 7.21 4.33 0.00 20.00 7.26 4.38 0.00 21.00 7.31 4.42 0.00 22.00 7.34 4.45 0.00 23.00 7.36 4.47 0.00 24.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 25.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 26.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 27.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 28.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 29.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 30.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 31.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 32.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 33.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 34.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 35.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 36.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 37.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 38.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 39.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 40.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 41.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 42.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 43.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 44.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 45.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 46.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 47.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 48.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 49.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 50.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 51.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 52.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 Time (hours) Precip. (inches) Excess (inches) Runoff (cfs) 53.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 54.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 55.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 56.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 57.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 58.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 59.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 60.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 61.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 62.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 63.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 64.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 65.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 66.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 67.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 68.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 69.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 70.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 71.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 72.00 7.37 4.48 0.00 Page 385 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 82HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Reach 1E: Runoff to Beard Ave City Storm Sewer [40] Hint: Not Described (Outflow=Inflow) Inflow Area =1.571 ac, 32.42% Impervious, Inflow Depth = 3.39" for 100-Year event Inflow = 12.22 cfs @ 12.14 hrs, Volume= 0.444 af Outflow = 12.22 cfs @ 12.14 hrs, Volume= 0.444 af, Atten= 0%, Lag= 0.0 min Routing by Stor-Ind+Trans method, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs Reach 1E: Runoff to Beard Ave City Storm Sewer Inflow Outflow Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Inflow Area=1.571 ac 12.22 cfs 12.22 cfs Page 386 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 83HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Reach 1E: Runoff to Beard Ave City Storm Sewer Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Elevation (feet) Outflow (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.00 0.00 7.00 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 11.00 0.00 0.00 12.00 4.27 4.27 13.00 0.82 0.82 14.00 0.26 0.26 15.00 0.23 0.23 16.00 0.12 0.12 17.00 0.11 0.11 18.00 0.09 0.09 19.00 0.08 0.08 20.00 0.06 0.06 21.00 0.05 0.05 22.00 0.04 0.04 23.00 0.02 0.02 24.00 0.01 0.01 25.00 0.00 0.00 26.00 0.00 0.00 27.00 0.00 0.00 28.00 0.00 0.00 29.00 0.00 0.00 30.00 0.00 0.00 31.00 0.00 0.00 32.00 0.00 0.00 33.00 0.00 0.00 34.00 0.00 0.00 35.00 0.00 0.00 36.00 0.00 0.00 37.00 0.00 0.00 38.00 0.00 0.00 39.00 0.00 0.00 40.00 0.00 0.00 41.00 0.00 0.00 42.00 0.00 0.00 43.00 0.00 0.00 44.00 0.00 0.00 45.00 0.00 0.00 46.00 0.00 0.00 47.00 0.00 0.00 48.00 0.00 0.00 49.00 0.00 0.00 50.00 0.00 0.00 51.00 0.00 0.00 52.00 0.00 0.00 Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Elevation (feet) Outflow (cfs) 53.00 0.00 0.00 54.00 0.00 0.00 55.00 0.00 0.00 56.00 0.00 0.00 57.00 0.00 0.00 58.00 0.00 0.00 59.00 0.00 0.00 60.00 0.00 0.00 61.00 0.00 0.00 62.00 0.00 0.00 63.00 0.00 0.00 64.00 0.00 0.00 65.00 0.00 0.00 66.00 0.00 0.00 67.00 0.00 0.00 68.00 0.00 0.00 69.00 0.00 0.00 70.00 0.00 0.00 71.00 0.00 0.00 72.00 0.00 0.00 Page 387 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 84HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Reach 1R: Runoff to Beard Ave City Storm Sewer [40] Hint: Not Described (Outflow=Inflow) Inflow Area =0.899 ac, 49.72% Impervious, Inflow Depth = 4.26" for 100-Year event Inflow = 2.81 cfs @ 12.30 hrs, Volume= 0.319 af Outflow = 2.81 cfs @ 12.30 hrs, Volume= 0.319 af, Atten= 0%, Lag= 0.0 min Routing by Stor-Ind+Trans method, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs Reach 1R: Runoff to Beard Ave City Storm Sewer Inflow Outflow Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 3 2 1 0 Inflow Area=0.899 ac 2.81 cfs 2.81 cfs Page 388 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 85HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Reach 1R: Runoff to Beard Ave City Storm Sewer Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Elevation (feet) Outflow (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.00 0.00 7.00 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 11.00 0.05 0.05 12.00 0.63 0.63 13.00 0.77 0.77 14.00 0.63 0.63 15.00 0.63 0.63 16.00 0.14 0.14 17.00 0.07 0.07 18.00 0.06 0.06 19.00 0.05 0.05 20.00 0.04 0.04 21.00 0.03 0.03 22.00 0.02 0.02 23.00 0.01 0.01 24.00 0.01 0.01 25.00 0.00 0.00 26.00 0.00 0.00 27.00 0.00 0.00 28.00 0.00 0.00 29.00 0.00 0.00 30.00 0.00 0.00 31.00 0.00 0.00 32.00 0.00 0.00 33.00 0.00 0.00 34.00 0.00 0.00 35.00 0.00 0.00 36.00 0.00 0.00 37.00 0.00 0.00 38.00 0.00 0.00 39.00 0.00 0.00 40.00 0.00 0.00 41.00 0.00 0.00 42.00 0.00 0.00 43.00 0.00 0.00 44.00 0.00 0.00 45.00 0.00 0.00 46.00 0.00 0.00 47.00 0.00 0.00 48.00 0.00 0.00 49.00 0.00 0.00 50.00 0.00 0.00 51.00 0.00 0.00 52.00 0.00 0.00 Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Elevation (feet) Outflow (cfs) 53.00 0.00 0.00 54.00 0.00 0.00 55.00 0.00 0.00 56.00 0.00 0.00 57.00 0.00 0.00 58.00 0.00 0.00 59.00 0.00 0.00 60.00 0.00 0.00 61.00 0.00 0.00 62.00 0.00 0.00 63.00 0.00 0.00 64.00 0.00 0.00 65.00 0.00 0.00 66.00 0.00 0.00 67.00 0.00 0.00 68.00 0.00 0.00 69.00 0.00 0.00 70.00 0.00 0.00 71.00 0.00 0.00 72.00 0.00 0.00 Page 389 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 86HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Reach 2E: Runoff to Brooklyn Blvd City Storm Sewer [40] Hint: Not Described (Outflow=Inflow) Inflow Area =0.053 ac, 62.69% Impervious, Inflow Depth = 5.04" for 100-Year event Inflow = 0.59 cfs @ 12.13 hrs, Volume= 0.022 af Outflow = 0.59 cfs @ 12.13 hrs, Volume= 0.022 af, Atten= 0%, Lag= 0.0 min Routing by Stor-Ind+Trans method, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs Reach 2E: Runoff to Brooklyn Blvd City Storm Sewer Inflow Outflow Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 0.65 0.6 0.55 0.5 0.45 0.4 0.35 0.3 0.25 0.2 0.15 0.1 0.05 0 Inflow Area=0.053 ac 0.59 cfs 0.59 cfs Page 390 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 87HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Reach 2E: Runoff to Brooklyn Blvd City Storm Sewer Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Elevation (feet) Outflow (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.00 0.00 7.00 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 11.00 0.01 0.01 12.00 0.25 0.25 13.00 0.03 0.03 14.00 0.01 0.01 15.00 0.01 0.01 16.00 0.00 0.00 17.00 0.00 0.00 18.00 0.00 0.00 19.00 0.00 0.00 20.00 0.00 0.00 21.00 0.00 0.00 22.00 0.00 0.00 23.00 0.00 0.00 24.00 0.00 0.00 25.00 0.00 0.00 26.00 0.00 0.00 27.00 0.00 0.00 28.00 0.00 0.00 29.00 0.00 0.00 30.00 0.00 0.00 31.00 0.00 0.00 32.00 0.00 0.00 33.00 0.00 0.00 34.00 0.00 0.00 35.00 0.00 0.00 36.00 0.00 0.00 37.00 0.00 0.00 38.00 0.00 0.00 39.00 0.00 0.00 40.00 0.00 0.00 41.00 0.00 0.00 42.00 0.00 0.00 43.00 0.00 0.00 44.00 0.00 0.00 45.00 0.00 0.00 46.00 0.00 0.00 47.00 0.00 0.00 48.00 0.00 0.00 49.00 0.00 0.00 50.00 0.00 0.00 51.00 0.00 0.00 52.00 0.00 0.00 Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Elevation (feet) Outflow (cfs) 53.00 0.00 0.00 54.00 0.00 0.00 55.00 0.00 0.00 56.00 0.00 0.00 57.00 0.00 0.00 58.00 0.00 0.00 59.00 0.00 0.00 60.00 0.00 0.00 61.00 0.00 0.00 62.00 0.00 0.00 63.00 0.00 0.00 64.00 0.00 0.00 65.00 0.00 0.00 66.00 0.00 0.00 67.00 0.00 0.00 68.00 0.00 0.00 69.00 0.00 0.00 70.00 0.00 0.00 71.00 0.00 0.00 72.00 0.00 0.00 Page 391 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 88HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Reach 2R: Runoff to Brooklyn Blvd City Storm Sewer [40] Hint: Not Described (Outflow=Inflow) Inflow Area =0.726 ac, 73.88% Impervious, Inflow Depth = 5.58" for 100-Year event Inflow = 1.81 cfs @ 12.36 hrs, Volume= 0.338 af Outflow = 1.81 cfs @ 12.36 hrs, Volume= 0.338 af, Atten= 0%, Lag= 0.0 min Routing by Stor-Ind+Trans method, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs Reach 2R: Runoff to Brooklyn Blvd City Storm Sewer Inflow Outflow Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 2 1 0 Inflow Area=0.726 ac 1.81 cfs 1.81 cfs Page 392 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 89HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Reach 2R: Runoff to Brooklyn Blvd City Storm Sewer Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Elevation (feet) Outflow (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.00 0.00 7.00 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.01 0.01 10.00 0.05 0.05 11.00 0.20 0.20 12.00 0.93 0.93 13.00 0.75 0.75 14.00 0.64 0.64 15.00 0.64 0.64 16.00 0.01 0.01 17.00 0.06 0.06 18.00 0.05 0.05 19.00 0.04 0.04 20.00 0.04 0.04 21.00 0.03 0.03 22.00 0.02 0.02 23.00 0.01 0.01 24.00 0.00 0.00 25.00 0.00 0.00 26.00 0.00 0.00 27.00 0.00 0.00 28.00 0.00 0.00 29.00 0.00 0.00 30.00 0.00 0.00 31.00 0.00 0.00 32.00 0.00 0.00 33.00 0.00 0.00 34.00 0.00 0.00 35.00 0.00 0.00 36.00 0.00 0.00 37.00 0.00 0.00 38.00 0.00 0.00 39.00 0.00 0.00 40.00 0.00 0.00 41.00 0.00 0.00 42.00 0.00 0.00 43.00 0.00 0.00 44.00 0.00 0.00 45.00 0.00 0.00 46.00 0.00 0.00 47.00 0.00 0.00 48.00 0.00 0.00 49.00 0.00 0.00 50.00 0.00 0.00 51.00 0.00 0.00 52.00 0.00 0.00 Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Elevation (feet) Outflow (cfs) 53.00 0.00 0.00 54.00 0.00 0.00 55.00 0.00 0.00 56.00 0.00 0.00 57.00 0.00 0.00 58.00 0.00 0.00 59.00 0.00 0.00 60.00 0.00 0.00 61.00 0.00 0.00 62.00 0.00 0.00 63.00 0.00 0.00 64.00 0.00 0.00 65.00 0.00 0.00 66.00 0.00 0.00 67.00 0.00 0.00 68.00 0.00 0.00 69.00 0.00 0.00 70.00 0.00 0.00 71.00 0.00 0.00 72.00 0.00 0.00 Page 393 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 90HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Pond 1P: Pavedrain w Jellyfish Inflow Area = 0.899 ac, 49.72% Impervious, Inflow Depth = 4.26" for 100-Year event Inflow = 8.63 cfs @ 12.13 hrs, Volume= 0.319 af Outflow = 2.81 cfs @ 12.30 hrs, Volume= 0.319 af, Atten= 67%, Lag= 10.0 min Primary = 2.81 cfs @ 12.30 hrs, Volume= 0.319 af Routing by Stor-Ind method, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs Peak Elev= 857.44' @ 12.30 hrs Surf.Area= 4,142 sf Storage= 5,693 cf Plug-Flow detention time= 51.4 min calculated for 0.319 af (100% of inflow) Center-of-Mass det. time= 51.4 min ( 830.6 - 779.2 ) Volume Invert Avail.Storage Storage Description #1B 854.00' 6,634 cf 58.75'W x 70.50'L x 4.47'H Field B 18,500 cf Overall - 1,916 cf Embedded = 16,584 cf x 40.0% Voids #2B 858.00' 428 cf PaveDrain S6-45 x 4480 Inside #1 Inside= 7.1"W x 5.6"H => 0.10 sf x 1.00'L = 0.1 cf Outside= 12.0"W x 5.6"H => 0.43 sf x 1.00'L = 0.4 cf 4480 Chambers in 64 Rows 7,061 cf Total Available Storage Storage Group B created with Chamber Wizard Device Routing Invert Outlet Devices #1 Primary 853.82'12.0" Round Culvert L= 44.0' RCP, end-section conforming to fill, Ke= 0.500 Inlet / Outlet Invert= 853.82' / 853.50' S= 0.0073 '/' Cc= 0.900 n= 0.012 Concrete pipe, finished, Flow Area= 0.79 sf #2 Device 1 856.50'12.0" Round PVC Overflow Outlet L= 5.0' CPP, end-section conforming to fill, Ke= 0.500 Inlet / Outlet Invert= 856.50' / 856.40' S= 0.0200 '/' Cc= 0.900 n= 0.010 PVC, smooth interior, Flow Area= 0.79 sf #3 Device 1 854.00'0.63 cfs Jellyfish JF6 at all elevations Primary OutFlow Max=2.81 cfs @ 12.30 hrs HW=857.44' (Free Discharge) 1=Culvert (Passes 2.81 cfs of 6.60 cfs potential flow) 2=PVC Overflow Outlet (Barrel Controls 2.18 cfs @ 3.70 fps) 3=Jellyfish JF6 (Exfiltration Controls 0.63 cfs) Page 394 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 91HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Pond 1P: Pavedrain w Jellyfish - Chamber Wizard Field B Chamber Model = PaveDrain S6-45 (PaveDrain 12x12 Block with gap storage) Inside= 7.1"W x 5.6"H => 0.10 sf x 1.00'L = 0.1 cf Outside= 12.0"W x 5.6"H => 0.43 sf x 1.00'L = 0.4 cf 12.0" Wide - 1.0" Nesting = 11.0" C-C Row Spacing 70 Chambers/Row x 1.00' Long = 70.00' Row Length +0.50' Row Offset = 70.50' Base Length 64 Rows x 12.0" Wide - 1.0" Nesting x 63 = 58.75' Base Width 48.0" Base + 5.6" Chamber Height = 4.47' Field Height 4,480 Chambers x 0.1 cf = 427.8 cf Chamber Storage 4,480 Chambers x 0.4 cf = 1,916.4 cf Displacement 18,500.4 cf Field - 1,916.4 cf Chambers = 16,583.9 cf Stone x 40.0% Voids = 6,633.6 cf Stone Storage Chamber Storage + Stone Storage = 7,061.3 cf = 0.162 af Overall Storage Efficiency = 38.2% Overall System Size = 70.50' x 58.75' x 4.47' 4,480 Chambers 685.2 cy Field 614.2 cy Stone Page 395 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 92HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Pond 1P: Pavedrain w Jellyfish Inflow Primary Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Inflow Area=0.899 ac Peak Elev=857.44' Storage=5,693 cf 8.63 cfs 2.81 cfs Pond 1P: Pavedrain w Jellyfish Primary Stage-Discharge Discharge (cfs) 543210 El e v a t i o n ( f e e t ) 858 857 856 855 854 PVC Overflow Outlet Jellyfish JF6 Page 396 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 93HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Pond 1P: Pavedrain w Jellyfish Storage Stage-Area-Storage Storage (cubic-feet) 7,0006,0005,0004,0003,0002,0001,0000 El e v a t i o n ( f e e t ) 858 857 856 855 854 Field B PaveDrain S6-45 Page 397 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 94HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Pond 1P: Pavedrain w Jellyfish Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Storage (cubic-feet) Elevation (feet) Primary (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 2.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 5.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 7.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 10.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 12.50 1.27 5,262 857.18 1.95 15.00 0.15 1,513 854.91 0.63 17.50 0.06 25 854.02 0.06 20.00 0.04 16 854.01 0.04 22.50 0.02 7 854.00 0.02 25.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 27.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 30.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 32.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 35.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 37.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 40.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 42.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 45.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 47.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 50.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 52.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 55.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 57.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 60.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 62.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 65.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 67.50 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 70.00 0.00 0 854.00 0.00 Page 398 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 95HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Stage-Discharge for Pond 1P: Pavedrain w Jellyfish Elevation (feet) Primary (cfs) 854.00 0.00 854.05 0.20 854.10 0.29 854.15 0.39 854.20 0.51 854.25 0.63 854.30 0.63 854.35 0.63 854.40 0.63 854.45 0.63 854.50 0.63 854.55 0.63 854.60 0.63 854.65 0.63 854.70 0.63 854.75 0.63 854.80 0.63 854.85 0.63 854.90 0.63 854.95 0.63 855.00 0.63 855.05 0.63 855.10 0.63 855.15 0.63 855.20 0.63 855.25 0.63 855.30 0.63 855.35 0.63 855.40 0.63 855.45 0.63 855.50 0.63 855.55 0.63 855.60 0.63 855.65 0.63 855.70 0.63 855.75 0.63 855.80 0.63 855.85 0.63 855.90 0.63 855.95 0.63 856.00 0.63 856.05 0.63 856.10 0.63 856.15 0.63 856.20 0.63 856.25 0.63 856.30 0.63 856.35 0.63 856.40 0.63 856.45 0.63 856.50 0.63 856.55 0.64 856.60 0.67 Elevation (feet) Primary (cfs) 856.65 0.73 856.70 0.80 856.75 0.88 856.80 0.97 856.85 1.07 856.90 1.18 856.95 1.30 857.00 1.43 857.05 1.57 857.10 1.72 857.15 1.87 857.20 2.02 857.25 2.19 857.30 2.35 857.35 2.52 857.40 2.69 857.45 2.85 857.50 3.02 857.55 3.19 857.60 3.35 857.65 3.50 857.70 3.64 857.75 3.77 857.80 3.88 857.85 3.98 857.90 4.16 857.95 4.32 858.00 4.41 858.05 4.51 858.10 4.60 858.15 4.69 858.20 4.77 858.25 4.86 858.30 4.94 858.35 5.02 858.40 5.10 858.45 5.18 Page 399 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 96HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Stage-Area-Storage for Pond 1P: Pavedrain w Jellyfish Elevation (feet) Storage (cubic-feet) 854.00 0 854.05 83 854.10 166 854.15 249 854.20 331 854.25 414 854.30 497 854.35 580 854.40 663 854.45 746 854.50 828 854.55 911 854.60 994 854.65 1,077 854.70 1,160 854.75 1,243 854.80 1,325 854.85 1,408 854.90 1,491 854.95 1,574 855.00 1,657 855.05 1,740 855.10 1,822 855.15 1,905 855.20 1,988 855.25 2,071 855.30 2,154 855.35 2,237 855.40 2,319 855.45 2,402 855.50 2,485 855.55 2,568 855.60 2,651 855.65 2,734 855.70 2,816 855.75 2,899 855.80 2,982 855.85 3,065 855.90 3,148 855.95 3,231 856.00 3,314 856.05 3,396 856.10 3,479 856.15 3,562 856.20 3,645 856.25 3,728 856.30 3,811 856.35 3,893 856.40 3,976 856.45 4,059 856.50 4,142 856.55 4,225 856.60 4,308 Elevation (feet) Storage (cubic-feet) 856.65 4,390 856.70 4,473 856.75 4,556 856.80 4,639 856.85 4,722 856.90 4,805 856.95 4,887 857.00 4,970 857.05 5,053 857.10 5,136 857.15 5,219 857.20 5,302 857.25 5,384 857.30 5,467 857.35 5,550 857.40 5,633 857.45 5,716 857.50 5,799 857.55 5,881 857.60 5,964 857.65 6,047 857.70 6,130 857.75 6,213 857.80 6,296 857.85 6,378 857.90 6,461 857.95 6,544 858.00 6,627 858.05 6,742 858.10 6,848 858.15 6,939 858.20 7,005 858.25 7,022 858.30 7,031 858.35 7,040 858.40 7,049 858.45 7,058 Page 400 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 97HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Summary for Pond 2P: SE CMP w Jellyfish Inflow Area = 0.652 ac, 76.13% Impervious, Inflow Depth = 5.72" for 100-Year event Inflow = 7.91 cfs @ 12.13 hrs, Volume= 0.311 af Outflow = 1.64 cfs @ 12.38 hrs, Volume= 0.310 af, Atten= 79%, Lag= 14.7 min Primary = 1.64 cfs @ 12.38 hrs, Volume= 0.310 af Routing by Stor-Ind method, Time Span= 0.00-72.00 hrs, dt= 0.05 hrs / 3 Peak Elev= 856.34' @ 12.38 hrs Surf.Area= 2,596 sf Storage= 5,997 cf Plug-Flow detention time= 61.8 min calculated for 0.310 af (100% of inflow) Center-of-Mass det. time= 60.4 min ( 824.8 - 764.5 ) Volume Invert Avail.Storage Storage Description #1A 852.50'0 cf 22.00'W x 118.00'L x 4.00'H Field A 10,384 cf Overall - 6,082 cf Embedded = 4,302 cf x 0.0% Voids #2A 852.50' 6,082 cf CMP Round 48 x 20 Inside #1 Effective Size= 48.0"W x 48.0"H => 12.57 sf x 20.00'L = 251.3 cf Overall Size= 48.0"W x 48.0"H x 20.00'L Row Length Adjustment= +10.00' x 12.57 sf x 4 rows 22.00' Header x 12.57 sf x 2 = 552.9 cf Inside 6,082 cf Total Available Storage Storage Group A created with Chamber Wizard Device Routing Invert Outlet Devices #1 Primary 852.20'12.0" Round Culvert L= 7.0' RCP, end-section conforming to fill, Ke= 0.500 Inlet / Outlet Invert= 852.20' / 852.00' S= 0.0286 '/' Cc= 0.900 n= 0.012 Concrete pipe, finished, Flow Area= 0.79 sf #2 Device 1 855.50'8.0" Round Overflow Outlet L= 32.0' CPP, end-section conforming to fill, Ke= 0.500 Inlet / Outlet Invert= 855.50' / 855.34' S= 0.0050 '/' Cc= 0.900 n= 0.012 Concrete pipe, finished, Flow Area= 0.35 sf #3 Device 1 852.50'0.63 cfs Jellyfish JF6 at all elevations Primary OutFlow Max=1.63 cfs @ 12.38 hrs HW=856.33' (Free Discharge) 1=Culvert (Passes 1.63 cfs of 7.20 cfs potential flow) 2=Overflow Outlet (Barrel Controls 1.00 cfs @ 2.96 fps) 3=Jellyfish JF6 (Exfiltration Controls 0.63 cfs) Page 401 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 98HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Pond 2P: SE CMP w Jellyfish - Chamber Wizard Field A Chamber Model = CMP Round 48 (Round Corrugated Metal Pipe) Effective Size= 48.0"W x 48.0"H => 12.57 sf x 20.00'L = 251.3 cf Overall Size= 48.0"W x 48.0"H x 20.00'L Row Length Adjustment= +10.00' x 12.57 sf x 4 rows 48.0" Wide + 24.0" Spacing = 72.0" C-C Row Spacing 5 Chambers/Row x 20.00' Long +10.00' Row Adjustment +4.00' Header x 2 = 118.00' Row Length 4 Rows x 48.0" Wide + 24.0" Spacing x 3 = 22.00' Base Width 48.0" Chamber Height = 4.00' Field Height 20 Chambers x 251.3 cf +10.00' Row Adjustment x 12.57 sf x 4 Rows + 22.00' Header x 12.57 sf x 2 = 6,082.1 cf Chamber Storage 10,384.0 cf Field - 6,082.1 cf Chambers = 4,301.9 cf Stone x 0.0% Voids = 0.0 cf Stone Storage Chamber Storage = 6,082.1 cf = 0.140 af Overall Storage Efficiency = 58.6% Overall System Size = 118.00' x 22.00' x 4.00' 20 Chambers 384.6 cy Field 159.3 cy Stone Page 402 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 99HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Pond 2P: SE CMP w Jellyfish Inflow Primary Hydrograph Time (hours) 727068666462605856545250484644424038363432302826242220181614121086420 Fl o w ( c f s ) 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Inflow Area=0.652 ac Peak Elev=856.34' Storage=5,997 cf 7.91 cfs 1.64 cfs Pond 2P: SE CMP w Jellyfish Primary Stage-Discharge Discharge (cfs) 10 El e v a t i o n ( f e e t ) 856 855 854 853 Overflow Outlet Jellyfish JF6 Page 403 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 100HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Pond 2P: SE CMP w Jellyfish Storage Stage-Area-Storage Storage (cubic-feet) 6,0005,0004,0003,0002,0001,0000 El e v a t i o n ( f e e t ) 856 855 854 853 Field A + CMP Round 48 Page 404 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 101HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Hydrograph for Pond 2P: SE CMP w Jellyfish Time (hours) Inflow (cfs) Storage (cubic-feet) Elevation (feet) Primary (cfs) 0.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 2.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 5.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 7.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 10.00 0.05 1 852.50 0.05 12.50 1.06 5,879 856.20 1.48 15.00 0.12 1,983 853.95 0.63 17.50 0.05 1 852.50 0.05 20.00 0.03 1 852.50 0.03 22.50 0.01 0 852.50 0.01 25.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 27.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 30.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 32.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 35.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 37.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 40.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 42.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 45.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 47.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 50.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 52.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 55.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 57.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 60.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 62.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 65.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 67.50 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 70.00 0.00 0 852.50 0.00 Page 405 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 102HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Stage-Discharge for Pond 2P: SE CMP w Jellyfish Elevation (feet) Primary (cfs) 852.50 0.00 852.52 0.42 852.54 0.47 852.56 0.52 852.58 0.57 852.60 0.63 852.62 0.63 852.64 0.63 852.66 0.63 852.68 0.63 852.70 0.63 852.72 0.63 852.74 0.63 852.76 0.63 852.78 0.63 852.80 0.63 852.82 0.63 852.84 0.63 852.86 0.63 852.88 0.63 852.90 0.63 852.92 0.63 852.94 0.63 852.96 0.63 852.98 0.63 853.00 0.63 853.02 0.63 853.04 0.63 853.06 0.63 853.08 0.63 853.10 0.63 853.12 0.63 853.14 0.63 853.16 0.63 853.18 0.63 853.20 0.63 853.22 0.63 853.24 0.63 853.26 0.63 853.28 0.63 853.30 0.63 853.32 0.63 853.34 0.63 853.36 0.63 853.38 0.63 853.40 0.63 853.42 0.63 853.44 0.63 853.46 0.63 853.48 0.63 853.50 0.63 853.52 0.63 853.54 0.63 Elevation (feet) Primary (cfs) 853.56 0.63 853.58 0.63 853.60 0.63 853.62 0.63 853.64 0.63 853.66 0.63 853.68 0.63 853.70 0.63 853.72 0.63 853.74 0.63 853.76 0.63 853.78 0.63 853.80 0.63 853.82 0.63 853.84 0.63 853.86 0.63 853.88 0.63 853.90 0.63 853.92 0.63 853.94 0.63 853.96 0.63 853.98 0.63 854.00 0.63 854.02 0.63 854.04 0.63 854.06 0.63 854.08 0.63 854.10 0.63 854.12 0.63 854.14 0.63 854.16 0.63 854.18 0.63 854.20 0.63 854.22 0.63 854.24 0.63 854.26 0.63 854.28 0.63 854.30 0.63 854.32 0.63 854.34 0.63 854.36 0.63 854.38 0.63 854.40 0.63 854.42 0.63 854.44 0.63 854.46 0.63 854.48 0.63 854.50 0.63 854.52 0.63 854.54 0.63 854.56 0.63 854.58 0.63 854.60 0.63 Elevation (feet) Primary (cfs) 854.62 0.63 854.64 0.63 854.66 0.63 854.68 0.63 854.70 0.63 854.72 0.63 854.74 0.63 854.76 0.63 854.78 0.63 854.80 0.63 854.82 0.63 854.84 0.63 854.86 0.63 854.88 0.63 854.90 0.63 854.92 0.63 854.94 0.63 854.96 0.63 854.98 0.63 855.00 0.63 855.02 0.63 855.04 0.63 855.06 0.63 855.08 0.63 855.10 0.63 855.12 0.63 855.14 0.63 855.16 0.63 855.18 0.63 855.20 0.63 855.22 0.63 855.24 0.63 855.26 0.63 855.28 0.63 855.30 0.63 855.32 0.63 855.34 0.63 855.36 0.63 855.38 0.63 855.40 0.63 855.42 0.63 855.44 0.63 855.46 0.63 855.48 0.63 855.50 0.63 855.52 0.63 855.54 0.63 855.56 0.64 855.58 0.65 855.60 0.65 855.62 0.67 855.64 0.68 855.66 0.69 Elevation (feet) Primary (cfs) 855.68 0.71 855.70 0.73 855.72 0.75 855.74 0.77 855.76 0.79 855.78 0.82 855.80 0.84 855.82 0.87 855.84 0.89 855.86 0.92 855.88 0.95 855.90 0.98 855.92 1.01 855.94 1.05 855.96 1.08 855.98 1.11 856.00 1.14 856.02 1.18 856.04 1.21 856.06 1.25 856.08 1.28 856.10 1.31 856.12 1.35 856.14 1.38 856.16 1.41 856.18 1.44 856.20 1.47 856.22 1.50 856.24 1.53 856.26 1.56 856.28 1.58 856.30 1.61 856.32 1.63 856.34 1.64 856.36 1.65 856.38 1.65 856.40 1.65 856.42 1.68 856.44 1.70 856.46 1.72 856.48 1.75 856.50 1.77 Page 406 of 465 MSE 24-hr 1 100-Year Rainfall=7.37"CAPI Stormwater Printed 1/30/2025Prepared by Pierce Pini and Associates Page 103HydroCAD® 10.00-26 s/n 09890 © 2020 HydroCAD Software Solutions LLC Stage-Area-Storage for Pond 2P: SE CMP w Jellyfish Elevation (feet) Storage (cubic-feet) 852.50 0 852.55 14 852.60 40 852.65 74 852.70 114 852.75 158 852.80 207 852.85 260 852.90 317 852.95 376 853.00 439 853.05 504 853.10 572 853.15 642 853.20 715 853.25 789 853.30 866 853.35 944 853.40 1,024 853.45 1,106 853.50 1,189 853.55 1,274 853.60 1,359 853.65 1,446 853.70 1,535 853.75 1,624 853.80 1,714 853.85 1,805 853.90 1,897 853.95 1,990 854.00 2,083 854.05 2,177 854.10 2,272 854.15 2,367 854.20 2,462 854.25 2,558 854.30 2,655 854.35 2,751 854.40 2,848 854.45 2,944 854.50 3,041 854.55 3,138 854.60 3,235 854.65 3,331 854.70 3,428 854.75 3,524 854.80 3,620 854.85 3,715 854.90 3,810 854.95 3,905 855.00 3,999 855.05 4,092 855.10 4,185 Elevation (feet) Storage (cubic-feet) 855.15 4,277 855.20 4,368 855.25 4,458 855.30 4,548 855.35 4,636 855.40 4,723 855.45 4,809 855.50 4,893 855.55 4,976 855.60 5,058 855.65 5,138 855.70 5,216 855.75 5,293 855.80 5,367 855.85 5,440 855.90 5,510 855.95 5,578 856.00 5,643 856.05 5,706 856.10 5,766 856.15 5,822 856.20 5,875 856.25 5,924 856.30 5,968 856.35 6,008 856.40 6,042 856.45 6,068 856.50 6,082 Page 407 of 465 September 13, 2024 HGTS Project Number: 24-0494 Mr. David Monterrosa CAPI 5930 Brooklyn Boulevard Brooklyn Center, MN 55429 Re: Geotechnical Exploration Report, Proposed CAPI Immigrant Center Expansion, 5930 Brooklyn Boulevard, Brooklyn Center, Minnesota Dear Mr. Monterrosa: We have completed the geotechnical exploration report for the proposed CAPI Immigrant Center Expansion in Brooklyn Center, Minnesota. A brief summary of our results and recommendations is presented below. Specific details regarding our procedures, results and recommendations follow in the attached geotechnical exploration report. Ten (10) soil borings were completed for this project that encountered a pavement section or about a foot of topsoil at the surface underlain by sandy native alluvial soils that extended to the termination depths of the borings. Except that 2 of the borings encountered Fill soils that extended to depths ranging from about 7 to 9 feet below the ground surface and some concrete debris was noted in the Fill. Groundwater was encountered in the soil borings at depths ranging from about 10 to 12 ½ feet below the ground surface. The pavement, topsoil and Fill are not suitable for foundation support and will need to be removed from below the building and oversize areas and replaced with suitable compacted engineered fill. In our opinion, the underlying native alluvial soils are suitable for foundation support. With the building pad prepared as recommended it is our opinion that the foundations for the proposed addition can be designed for a net allowable soil bearing capacity up to 3,000 pounds per square foot. Thank you for the opportunity to assist you on this project. If you have any questions or need additional information, please contact Paul Gionfriddo at 612-729-2959. Sincerely, Haugo GeoTechnical Services Paul Gionfriddo, P.E. Senior Engineer Page 408 of 465 GEOTECHNICAL EXPLORATION REPORT PROJECT: Proposed CAPI Immigrant Center Expansion 5930 Brooklyn Boulevard Brooklyn Center, Minnesota PREPARED FOR: CAPI 5930 Brooklyn Boulevard Brooklyn Center, MN 55429 PREPARED BY: Haugo GeoTechnical Services 2825 Cedar Avenue South Minneapolis, Minnesota 55407 Haugo GeoTechnical Services Project: 24-0494 September 13, 2024 I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Paul Gionfriddo, P.E. Senior Engineer License Number: 23093 Page 409 of 465 Table of Contents 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1 1.1 Project Description 1 1.2 Purpose 1 1.3 Site Description 1 1.4 Scope of Services 1 1.5 Documents Provided 2 1.6 Locations and Elevations 2 2.0 FIELD PROCEDURES 2 3.0 RESULTS 3 3.1 Soil Conditions 3 3.2 Groundwater 3 3.3 Laboratory Testing 4 3.4 OSHA Soil Classification 5 4.0 DISCUSSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS 5 4.1 Proposed Construction 5 4.2 Discussion 6 4.3 Site Grading Recommendations 8 4.4 Dewatering 10 4.5 Interior Slabs 10 4.6 Below Grade Walls 11 4.7 Exterior Slabs 12 4.8 Site Grading and Drainage 12 4.9 Utilities & Stormwater Management System 12 4.10 Infiltration Rates 13 4.11 Bituminous Pavement Recommendations 14 5.0 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS 15 5.1 Excavation 15 5.2 Observations 15 5.3 Backfill and Fills 15 5.4 Testing 15 5.5 Winter Construction 15 6.0 PROCEDURES 16 6.1 Soil Classification 16 6.2 Groundwater Observations 16 7.0 GENERAL 16 7.1 Subsurface Variations 16 7.2 Review of Design 16 7.3 Groundwater Fluctuations 16 7.4 Use of Report 17 7.5 Level of Care 17 APPENDIX Boring Location Sketch, Figure 1 Soil Boring Logs, SB-1 thru SB-10 Descriptive Terminology Page 410 of 465 1 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Project Description CAPI is preparing for construction of an approximate 10,000 square foot addition to the west side of their facility at 5930 Brooklyn Boulevard. The project will also include an approximate 15,000 to 25,000 cubic foot stormwater management system, new parking areas, a greenhouse and community garden. CAPI retained Haugo GeoTechnical Services (HGTS) to perform a geotechnical exploration to evaluate the suitability of site soil conditions to support the proposed improvements. 1.2 Purpose The purpose of this geotechnical exploration was to characterize subsurface soil and groundwater conditions and provide recommendations for foundation design and construction. 1.3 Site Description The proposed addition will be located on the west side of the existing building. At the time of this assessment, the project site included parking areas on the east and south sides of the existing building with the remainder of the property vacant and grass/lawn covered. Topography across the site was relatively flat with the elevations at the soil boring locations ranging from about 858 ½ to 861 ½ feet above mean sea level. Based on a brief review of historical aerial photographs available on Google Earth it appears that one home and possibly 2 homes existed on the overall property. One of the homes was located immediately north of the existing building and was removed sometime between 2002 and 2004. The second home was located further to the north and appears to have been removed sometime between 1991 and 2002. 1.4 Scope of Services Our services were performed in accordance with the Haugo GeoTechnical Services proposal 24-0494 dated June 28, 2024. Our scope of services was performed under the terms of our General Conditions and limited to the following tasks:  Performing private utility locates.  Completing seven (7) standard penetration test soil borings extending to nominal depths of 20 feet and three (3) borings extending to nominal depths of 30 feet.  Sealing the borings in accordance with Minnesota Department of Health requirements.  Visually/manually classifying samples recovered from the soil borings.  Performing laboratory moisture content and P-200 content tests on selected samples.  Preparing soil boring logs describing the materials encountered and the results of groundwater level measurements.  Preparing an engineering report describing current soil and groundwater conditions and providing recommendations for foundation and pavement design and construction and providing estimated soil infiltration rates. Page 411 of 465 2 1.5 Documents Provided To aid in preparing this proposal were provided a Request for Bid for Geotechnical Exploration Report (RFP) which included a project description and requirements of the geotechnical exploration. Included in the RFP was plan sheet “EX A – Boring Locations” that showed the proposed boring locations. We were also provided a plan sheet titled “CAPI Expansion Stormwater Management” that consisted of a civil schematic design narrative of the proposed improvements. The plan sheet was prepared by Locus Architecture/Pierce Pini & Associated but was not dated. 1.6 Locations and Elevations The soil boring locations was selected by CAPI, Locus Architecture and/or others members of the design team. HGTS staked the boring in the filed based on the plan Sheet EX A – Boring Locations that was included in the RFP. The approximate locations of the soil borings are shown on Figure 1, “Soil Boring Location Sketch,” in the Appendix. The sketch was prepared by HGTS using an aerial image from Google Earth as a base. HGTS obtained the GPS coordinates and ground surface elevations at the soil boring locations using GPS technology based on the US State Plane Coordinate System. GPS coordinates and ground surface elevations are shown on Figure 2 in the Appendix. 2.0 FIELD PROCEDURES The 10 standard penetration test borings were advanced on August 21st and 22nd, 2024 by HGTS with a rotary drilling rig, using continuous flight augers to advance the boreholes. Representative samples were obtained from the borings, using the split-barrel sampling procedures in general accordance with ASTM Specification D-1586. In the split-barrel sampling procedure, a 2-inch O.D. split-barrel spoon is driven into the ground with a 140- pound hammer falling 30 inches. The number of blows required to drive the sampling spoon the last 12 inches of an 18-inch penetration is recorded as the standard penetration resistance value, or "N" value. The results of the standard penetration tests are indicated on the boring logs. The samples were sealed in containers and provided to HGTS for testing and soil classification. A field log of each boring was prepared by HGTS. The logs contain visual classifications of the soil materials encountered during drilling, as well as the driller's interpretation of the subsurface conditions between samples and water observation notes. The final boring logs included with this report represents an interpretation of the field logs and include modifications based on visual/manual method observation of the samples. The soil boring logs, general terminology for soil description and identification, and classification of soils for engineering purposes are also included in the appendix. The soil boring log identify and describe the materials encountered, the relative density or consistency Page 412 of 465 3 based on the Standard Penetration resistance (N-value, “blows per foot”) and groundwater observations. The strata changes were inferred from the changes in the samples and auger cuttings. The depths shown as changes between strata are only approximate. The changes are likely transitions, variations can occur beyond the location of the boring. 3.0 RESULTS 3.1 Soil Conditions At the surface soil borings, SB-1 thru SB-8, encountered about a foot of topsoil that was composed of silty sand or poorly graded sand with silt that was dark brown to black in color and contained some roots. Soil borings SB-9 and SB-10 encountered a pavement section that consisted of about 3 inches of bituminous over about 5 ½ to 11 inches of aggregate base. Below the topsoil or pavement section soil borings SB-4 and SB-10 encountered Fill or Possible Fill that extend to depths ranging from about 7 to 9 ½ feet below the ground surface. The Fill was composed of poorly graded sand and poorly graded sand with silt that was brown or dark brown in color. Some concrete debris was noted in the Fill in each of these borings. Penetration resistance values (N-Values), shown as blows per foot (bpf) on the boring logs, within the Fill soils ranged from 5 to 17 bpf. These values indicate the soils had a loose to medium dense relative density. Below the topsoil, pavements or Fill the soil borings encountered native alluvial soils that extended to the termination depths of the borings. The alluvial soils consisted of fine to coarse grained poorly graded sand and poorly graded sand with silt that were brown in color. The exception was soil boring SB-5 which encountered sandy lean clay at about 19 ½ feet that extended to the termination depth of the boring at about 21 feet below the ground surface. N-Values within the sandy alluvial soils ranged from 2 to 26 bpf. These values indicate the soils had a very loose to medium dense relative density. The N-Value within the sandy lean clay was 13 bpf indicating the sandy lean clay had a stiff consistency. 3.2 Groundwater Groundwater was encountered in each of the soil borings at depths ranging from about 10 to 12 ½ feet below the ground surface while drilling and sampling corresponding to elevations ranging from about 846 ½ to 849 ½. The observed water levels are summarized in Table 1. Page 413 of 465 4 Table 1. Summary of Groundwater Levels Boring Number Measured Surface Elevation (feet) Approximate Depth to Groundwater (feet)* Approximate Groundwater Elevation (feet)* SB-1 860.1 12 ½ 847 ½ SB-2 861.4 12 ½ 849 SB-3 861.4 12 ½ 849 SB-4 860.1 12 ½ 847 ½ SB-5 858.8 10 849 SB-6 859.3 10 849 ½ SB-7 858.3 10 848 ½ SB-8 858.3 10 848 ½ SB-9 859.2 12 ½ 846 ½ SB-10 859.1 12 ½ 846 ½ * = Depths and elevations were rounded to the nearest ½ foot. Water levels were measured on the dates as noted on the boring logs and the period of water level observations was relatively short. Groundwater monitoring wells or piezometers would be required to more accurately determine water levels. Seasonal and annual fluctuations in the groundwater levels should be expected. 3.3 Laboratory Testing Laboratory moisture content and percent passing the #200 sieve (P-200) tests were performed on selected samples recovered from the soil borings. Table 2 summarizes the results of the laboratory tests and the test results are also shown on the boring logs adjacent to the sample tested. Moisture content ranged from about 11 ½ to 20 ½ percent. Table 2. Summary of Laboratory Tests Boring Number Sample Number Depth (feet) Moisture Content (%) * P-200 Content (%) * SB-1 SS-58 2 ½ 5 - SB-2 SS-68 2 ½ 4 ½ - SB-3 SS-78 2 ½ 7 - SB-4 SS-34 2 ½ 8 ½ - SB-5 SS-2 2 ½ 5 ½ 3 SB-5 SS-3 5 3 ½ 1 ½ SB-6 SS-10 2 ½ 4 ½ 4 SB-6 SS-12 7 ½ 6 ½ 1 ½ SB-7 SS-19 5 10 ½ 3 ½ SB-7 SS-21 10 19 ½ 2 ½ SB-8 SS-26 2 ½ 8 7 ½ SB-8 SS-27 5 14 ½ 8 SB-9 SS-42 2 ½ 8 10 SB-10 SS-50 2 ½ 9 13 *Moisture content and P-200 contents were rounded to the nearest ½ percent. Page 414 of 465 5 3.4 OSHA Soil Classification The soils encountered in the borings at the anticipated excavation depths consisted of; silty sand, poorly graded sand with silt and poorly graded sand meeting the ASTM Classifications of SM, SP-SM and SP. These soils will generally be Type C soils under Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) guidelines. An OSHA-approved qualified person should review the soil classification in the field. Excavations must comply with the requirements of OSHA 29 CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P, “Excavations and Trenches.” This document states excavation safety is the responsibility of the contractor. The project specifications should reference these OSHA requirements. 4.0 DISCUSSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS 4.1 Proposed Construction Addition The addition will be constructed to the west side of the existing building. The building structural system has not been determined but could be a structural steel or reinforced concrete structural system. The lateral system will be steel braced frames, CMU shear walls, or concrete shear walls depending on the primary structural system layout. Most of the building will be on grade with a potential basement under the north end of the addition. Based on the assumed construction, we anticipate that soil bearing pressures up to 3,000 pounds per square foot (psf) will be required for adequate foundation support. Finished floor grades were not provided; however, we assume the floor grades of the addition will match that of the existing facility and will be constructed at or near elevation 860.3 feet. We assume the basement level, if any, will be constructed about 10 feet below the main level corresponding to about elevation 850.3 feet Stormwater Management Based on information provided in the RFP the stormwater management system will likely consist of a 15,000 to 20,000 cubic foot underground storage and infiltration system but could potentially consist of a surface pond or infiltration basin. The underground system, if selected is assumed to consist of large diameter corrugated metal pipes supported on a bedding layer of gravel/rock. We further assume that the top of the system will bear at least 3 feet below the ground surface with the base of the system about 8 feet below the ground surface. The system will likely be situated near the location of soil borings SB-6 and SB-7. Community Garden, Rock Garden, Green House & Play Area A community garden, rock garden, green house and play area will be constructed on the north side of the existing facility. We were not provided any information regarding these structures and for the purposes of this evaluation we assume the community garden, rock garden and play are will not require any special subgrade improvements except for possibly removing any vegetation and topsoil. Page 415 of 465 6 We anticipate the greenhouse will likely consist of light gauge steel framing with glass panels that will likely be supported on circular pier foundations or conventional frost depth strip footings. The greenhouse will be a relatively light building and we estimate that column/footing loads will be less than 5 kips (5,000 pounds) and floor slab loads will be less than 250 pounds per square foot (psf). We assume the community garden, rock garden, green house and play area will be constructed at or near exiting site grades so that cuts or fills to attain design grades will be on the order of 2 feet or less. Pavements and Underground Utilities New parking and drive lanes will be constructed to the north of the existing parking area on the east side of the building. New pavements are assumed to be constructed to match existing pavement elevations. The parking lot expansion could also include new storm sewer installations. We have attempted to describe our understanding of the project. If the proposed loads exceed these values or if the design or location of the proposed addition changes, we should be informed. Additional analyses and revised recommendations may be necessary. 4.2 Discussion Addition Soil borings SB-1, SB-2 and SB-3 were completed within the proposed addition area and encountered about a foot of vegetation and topsoil at the surface. The vegetation and topsoil are not suitable for foundation support and will need to be removed and replaced as needed with suitable compacted engineered fill to attain design grades. It is our opinion that the underlying sandy native alluvial soils are generally suitable for foundation support. However, the upper portions of the native sand soils had a very loose relative density and will need to be compacted to increase their density and uniformity prior to placing additional fill and/or footings. Likewise, any soils disturbed during clearing and grubbing, grading or demolition activities will need to be compacted to increase their density and uniformity prior to placing additional fill and/or footings. The proposed addition will adjoin the existing building. Care will need to be taken when excavating near the existing building to avoid undermining the footings/foundations. It is unknown if the existing building has a basement or lower level. If the existing building does not have a lower level and the addition will include a basement level then shoring or underpinning the building will likely be required. Community Garden, Rock Garden, Green House & Play Area Soil borings SB-4, SB-5 and SB-8 were completed north of the existing building which will contain a community garden, rock garden or greenhouse and play area. Soil borings SB-4 was taken near or within the proposed play area and encountered about a foot of topsoil underlain by sandy Fill soils that extended to about 7 feet below the ground surface. The origin of the Fill is unknown but could be associated with construction or demolition of the home that formerly existed on the site. We are not aware of any documentation regarding placement or compaction of the Fill and the concern with undocumented Fill is the potential for unsuitable materials to be buried within that can settle Page 416 of 465 7 unfavorably. Some pieces of concrete debris were noted in the Fill. We typically do not recommend supporting new structures on undocumented Fill and typically recommend that it be removed and replaced or excavated, moisture conditioned and recompacted. Playground equipment generally does not exert heavy or excessive structural loads to the underlying soils and because of that we do not anticipate excessively large settlements will occur but, none the less, some settlement could occur and should be anticipated. Settlements, if any, are not anticipated to adversely affect the performance of the playground equipment and for that reason the Fill does not necessarily need to be removed. If that risk is unacceptable then the Fill should be excavated, any debris or other unsuitable material should be removed and the soil moisture conditioned and recompacted. Soil boring SB-5 was completed within the area of the community garden and encountered about a foot of topsoil at the surface that was underlain by sandy alluvial soils. We assume the vegetation and especially the topsoil will not be removed but will remain and be reused for the garden. Soil boring SB-8 was completed within the proposed rock garden or greenhouse area. The boring encountered about a foot of topsoil over sandy alluvial soils. The topsoil is not suitable for foundation support and will need to be removed with the propose greenhouse and oversize areas and replaced as needed with suitable compacted engineered fill to attain design grades. The underlying sands had a very loose relative density and will need to be compacted to increase their density and uniformity in order to provide adequate foundation support and reduce the potential for excessive total and differential settlements. Stormwater Management System Soil borings SB-6 and SB-7 were completed with the proposed stormwater management area and encountered about a foot topsoil over sandy native alluvial soil. We assume that the vegetation and topsoil at the surface will be removed regardless of which type of stormwater management system is selected. Laboratory P-200 tests of the underlying sandy soils showed P-200 contents less than 5 percent. These soils meet the ASTM classification of SP and are considered free draining soil materials. These soils are well suited for infiltration and are also well suited for pipe support. It is our opinion that the stormwater management system could consist of either a surface pond or infiltration basin or an underground system. Parking and Drive Areas Soil borings SB-9 and SB-10 were completed within the existing parking and drive lanes on the east and south side of the existing building. Below the pavement section soil boring SB-9 encountered sandy Fill and Possible Fill soils that extended to about 9 ½ feet below the ground surface. The origin of the Fill or Possible Fill is unknown but could be associated with construction of the existing building and/or underground utilities. The Fill and Possible Fill generally had a medium dense relative density which suggests the soil was compacted as it was placed and it appears to be generally suitable for pipe and pavement support. As noted in the paragraphs above we typically do not recommend supporting new structures on undocumented Fill and typically recommend that it be removed and replaced or excavated, moisture conditioned and recompacted. If new utilities will be installed, we recommend that the Fill or Possible Fill be further evaluated at that time. Any debris or other unsuitable Page 417 of 465 8 materials, if encountered, should be removed and replaced with suitable compacted engineered fill. The sandy soils encountered below the pavement section at boring SB-10, in our opinion are suitable for pipe and pavement support. Groundwater Groundwater was encountered in the borings at depths ranging from about 10 to 12 ½ feet below the ground surface corresponding to elevations ranging from about 846 ½ to 849 ½ feet. If the addition will not have a basement level, we do not anticipate that groundwater will be encountered and do not anticipate that dewatering will be required. If the addition will include a basement level, we assume the basement floor slab will bear at or near elevation 850.3 feet with the footings about 1 foot below that level corresponding to about elevation 949.3 feet. With groundwater encountered at elevations ranging from about 846 ½ to 849 ½, groundwater could be encountered and dewatering could be required. 4.3 Site Grading Recommendations Excavation One (1) home and possibly 2 homes formerly existed on the project site. We recommend that any remnants of the former structure, if encountered, be removed from within the proposed building and oversize areas and properly disposed of off-site. We recommend that all vegetation, topsoil, Fill and any soft or otherwise unsuitable soils, if encountered, be removed from below the proposed addition and oversize areas. Table 3 summarizes the anticipated excavation depths at the soil boring locations. Excavation depths may vary and could be deeper. It should be noted that the excavation depths presented in Table 3 do not account for the excavations required for foundation construction. Excavations for any foundations will likely extend deeper than shown in the table. Table 3. Anticipated Excavation Depths Boring Number Measured Surface Elevation (feet) Anticipated Excavation Depth (feet)* Anticipated Excavation Elevation (feet)* Approximate Groundwater Elevation (feet)* SB-1 860.1 1 (Addition) 859 847 ½ SB-2 861.4 1 (Addition) 860 ½ 849 SB-3 861.4 1 (Addition) 860 ½ 849 SB-4 860.1 1 (play area) 859 847 ½ SB-5 858.8 - (Garden) - 849 SB-6 859.3 1 (Pond) 858 ½ 849 ½ SB-7 858.3 1 (Pond) 857 ½ 848 ½ SB-8 858.3 1 (Greenhouse) 857 ½ 848 ½ SB-9 859.2 1 (Parking) 858 846 ½ SB-10 859.1 1 (Parking) 858 846 ½ * = Excavation and groundwater elevations were rounded to nearest ½ foot. Page 418 of 465 9 Oversizing In areas where the excavations extend below the proposed footing elevations, the excavations require oversizing. We recommend the perimeter of the excavation be extended a foot outside the proposed footprint for every foot below footing grade (1H:1V oversizing). The purpose of the oversizing is to provide lateral support of the foundation. Shoring/Underpinning and Excavations Near Existing Foundations At the anticipated foundation depths the soils will likely consist of sands meeting the ASTM classification SP or SP-SM which are an OSHA Type C soil. Foundation loads are transferred to the soil at an approximate 1:1 ratio (horizontal:vertical) down and away from the footing so that excavations for new foundations should not extend into that envelope. Since the soils are a Type C soil they could slough and you may need to increase the excavation slopes to 1 ½ : 1 or flatter. If those distances or slopes cannot be maintained then shoring or underpinning will likely be required. Options for shoring or underpinning could potentially include; helical anchors, micropiles, sheet pile, soil solidification or possibly performing the work segmentally so that only relatively small sections of the existing foundations are exposed at any given time. It must be noted that because the sandy soils will likely slough, completing the work segmentally will likely not be a practical or viable option. HGTS does not practice in underpinning or shoring system design. We assume that the project structural engineers will design a shoring or underpinning system, if required. It is our opinion that the estimated soil parameters presented in section 4.6 of this report can be used for underpinning or shoring system design as well as below grade wall design. If the soils below the existing foundations will be stabilized/solidified, soil solidification techniques could potentially include but not be linted to; chemical or cement grouting or compaction grouting. Some local contractors that can provided these services include but not be limited to Veit Companies or Carl Bolander & Sons. Fill Material Prior to placing any additional fill or foundations we recommend any loose sands or soil disturbed during excavation activities be surface compacted to increase their density and uniformity prior to placing additional fill and/or footings. We recommend the exposed soil be surface compacted with a large self-propelled vibratory compactor operating in vibratory mode. We recommend a minimum of 6 passes in each perpendicular direction Fill required to attain site grades may consist of any debris-free, non-organic mineral soil. We recommend using sand, similar to the on-site materials for ease of compaction and to provide a uniform subgrade. Except that fill or backfill placed in wet excavations or within 2 feet of the groundwater table consist of granular soil (sand) with less than 5 percent passing the number 200 sieve and at least 50 percent retained on the number 40 sieve. Alternately “clear rock” can be used in wet excavations. The on-site native alluvial sand soils appear to be generally suitable for reuse as structural fill or backfill. If these soils will be used or reused as fill or backfill, some moisture conditioning (wetting or drying) of the soil could be required to meet the recommend compaction levels. Topsoil or soils that are black in color are not suitable for reuse as structural fill or backfill. Page 419 of 465 10 Backfilling We recommend that backfill placed to attain site grades be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of its standard Proctor density (ASTM D 698). Granular fill classified as SP or SP-SM should be placed within 65 percent to 105 percent of its optimum moisture content as determined by the standard Proctor. Other fill soils should be placed within 3 percentage points above and 1 percentage point below its optimum moisture content as determined by the standard Proctor. All fill should be placed in thin lifts and be compacted with a large self-propelled vibratory compactor operating in vibratory mode. Foundations We recommend the perimeter footings bear a minimum of 42 inches below the exterior grade for frost protection. Interior footings may be placed immediately below the slab provided construction does not occur during below freezing weather conditions. Foundation elements in unheated areas should bear at least 5 feet below exterior grade for frost protection. We anticipate the foundations and floor slabs will bear on compacted engineered fill or native alluvial soils. With the building pad prepared as recommended, it is our opinion the footings can be designed for a net allowable bearing pressure up to 3,000 pounds per square foot (psf). Because the existing building will not likely settle along with the proposed addition, approximately 1 inch of differential settlement could occur between the existing building and the addition. To accommodate this settlement, we recommend installing expansion joints between the existing building and the addition or doweling the new footings into the existing footings. 4.4 Dewatering Groundwater was encountered in the borings at depths ranging from about 10 to 12 ½ feet below the ground surface corresponding to elevations ranging from about 846 ½ to 849 ½ feet. If the addition will include a basement level, then groundwater could be encountered and dewatering could be required. If dewatering is required, we recommend the groundwater level be temporarily lowered to a minimum of 2 feet below the lowest anticipated excavation elevation to allow for construction. In sand soils, we do not recommend attempting to dewater from within the excavation. Upward seepage will loosen and disturb the excavation, resulting in a “quick condition.” Rather, we recommend groundwater be drawn down below the anticipated excavation bottom. It may be appropriate to consult a dewatering contractor to review the soil boring logs, develop a dewatering plan and evaluate the impact of dewatering on adjacent structures. 4.5 Interior Slabs The anticipated floor subgrade will consist of compacted sandy engineered fill or sandy native alluvial soils. It is our opinion a modulus of subgrade reaction, k, of 100 pounds per square inch per inch of deflection (psi) may be used to design the floor. Page 420 of 465 11 If floor coverings or coatings less permeable than the concrete slab will be used, we recommend that a vapor retarder or vapor barrier be placed immediately beneath the slab. Some contractors prefer to bury the vapor barrier or vapor retarder beneath a layer of sand to reduce curling and shrinkage, but this practice often traps water between the slab and vapor retarder or barrier. Regardless of where the vapor retarder or vapor barrier is placed, we recommend consulting the floor covering manufacturer regarding the appropriate type, use and installation of the vapor retarder or vapor barrier to preserve the warranty. We recommend following all state and local building codes with regards to a radon mitigation plan beneath interior slabs. 4.6 Below Grade Walls The addition could potentially include a basement level. We recommend either placing a drainage composite against the backs of the exterior walls or backfilling adjacent to the walls with sand having less than 50 percent of the particles by weight passing the #40 sieve and less than 5 percent of the particles by weight passing the #200 sieve. The sand backfill should be placed within 2 feet horizontally of the wall. We recommend the balance of the backfill for the walls consist of sand however the sand may contain up to 20 percent of the particles by weight passing the #200 sieve. Soils meeting these requirements appear to be available on site. The soil encountered in the borings consisted of poorly graded sand and poorly graded sand with silt. These soils are considered free draining and that being the case, foundation drain tile may not necessarily be required. If drain tile is used, we recommend installing drain tile behind the below grade walls, adjacent to the wall footing and below the slab elevation. Preferably the drain tile should consist of perforated pipe embedded in gravel. A geotextile filter fabric should encase the pipe and gravel. The drain tile should be routed to a storm sewer, sump pump or other suitable disposal site. Below grade walls will have lateral loads from the surrounding soils transmitted to them. Active earth pressures can be used to design the below grade walls if the walls are allowed to rotate slightly. If wall rotation cannot be tolerated, then below grade wall design should be based on at-rest earth pressures. It is our opinion that the estimated soil parameters presented in Table 4 can be used for below grade wall design. These estimated soil parameters are based on the assumptions that the walls are drained, there are no surcharge loads within a horizontal distance equal to the height of the wall and the backfill is level. Table 4. Estimated Soil Parameters Soil Type Estimated Unit Weight (pcf) Estimated Friction Angle (degrees) At-Rest Pressure (pcf) Active Soil Pressure (pcf) Passive Soil Pressure (pcf) Sand (SP & SP-SM) 120 32 55 35 390 Other Soils (SM, SC-SM, SC, CL) 135 28 70 50 375 Page 421 of 465 12 Resistance to lateral earth pressures will be provided by passive resistance against the wall footings and by sliding resistance along the bottom of the wall footings. We recommend a sliding coefficient of 0.35. This value does not include a factor of safety. 4.7 Exterior Slabs Exterior slabs will likely be underlain by granular soils consisting of poorly graded sand with silt and poorly graded sand corresponding to the ASTM classifications SP-SM and SP, respectively. These soils are generally slightly to non-frost susceptible soils. That being the case, it is our opinion that special subgrade improvements in excess of topsoil stripping in advance of slab construction will not be required. 4.8 Site Grading and Drainage We recommend the site be graded to provide positive run-off away from the proposed addition. We recommend landscaped areas be sloped a minimum of 6 inches within 10 feet of the building and slabs be sloped a minimum of 2 inches. In addition, we recommend downspouts with long splash blocks or extensions. We recommend the lowest floor grades be constructed to meet City of Brooklyn Center requirements with respect to groundwater separation distances. In the absence of city requirements, we recommend maintaining and at least a 2-foot separation between the lowest floor slab and the 100-year flood level of nearby wetlands, storm water ponds or other surface water features. 4.9 Utilities & Stormwater Management System General If an underground stormwater management system is installed, we assume it will likely consist of a series of large diameter corrugate metal pipe such as a “Stormtech Chamber System or equivalent. With groundwater encountered in borings SB-6 and SB-7 at about 10 feet below the ground surface we’ve assumed the pipe will likely be on the order of 24 to 36 inches in diameter and the invert of the system will bear about 6 to 8 feet below the ground surface corresponding to elevations ranging from about elevation 850 ½ to 851 ½ feet. Underground stormwater systems are typically supported on a minimum 9- to 12-inch-thick layer of “stone” and typically require a minimum soil bearing capacity of 2,000 pounds per square foot (psf) for adequate foundation support. We recommend that the system be installed/constructed in accordance with manufacturer requirements. We further recommend that the “stone” base and “stone” fill or backfill meet the manufacturers’ requirement. Soil borings SB-6 and SB-7 were completed within the proposed stormwater management system area and groundwater was encountered in these borings at about 10 feet below the ground surface corresponding to elevation ranging from about 848 ½ to 849 ½ feet. See section 4.5 for dewatering considerations. Page 422 of 465 13 The follow paragraphs provide general recommendations for subgrade preparation. In the event these recommendations conflict with the storm system manufacturers requirements then the manufacturers requirements shall govern. Subgrade Preparation We recommend that all pavements, vegetation, topsoil and any soft or otherwise unsuitable materials, if encountered, be removed from within the proposed stormwater system area, oversize areas and pipe invert elevations. Based on the soil borings SB-6 and SB-7 we do not anticipate that soil correction in excess of stripping the vegetation and topsoil will be required for system installation Soil Bearing Pressure At the anticipted pipe invert elevations the soil boring encountered poorly graded sand that in our opinion is suitable for chamber support and will meet the 2,000 psf soil bearing requirement. Backfilling and Compaction Prior to placing the chambers and associated piping, we recommend that any loose soils or soils disturbed during construction activities be surface compacted to increase their density and uniformity. We anticipate that new pavements will be constructed over the top of the stormwater management system. We recommend that the stormwater system be backfilled and compacted to meet the manufacturer’s requirements with respect to backfill depths, compaction and material requirements. 4.10 Infiltration Rates We understand that stormwater run-off could be controlled via an underground stormwater management system of a surface pond/infiltration basin. The soils encountered in soil borings SB-6 and SB-7, completed with the storage system or pond location, consisted of sandy soils meeting the ASTM classification SP. It is our opinion that the infiltration rates presented in Table 5 can be used for stormwater chamber system design or pond/infiltration basin design. These values were obtained from the Minnesota Storm Water Manual. Table 5. Infiltration Rates Soil Description/ASTM Classification Hydrologic Soil Group Infiltration Rate (in/hr.) Poorly Graded Sand/ Poorly Graded Sand with Silt SP/SP-SM A 0.8 It should be noted that soil infiltration rates can vary due to; soil moisture content, soil compaction, the placement or introduction of fine-grained soils, topsoil or biofiltration media and changes or variations in local groundwater levels. These variations may result in additional construction costs and it is suggested that a contingency be provided for this purpose. Field tests (double ring infiltrometer) can be performed within the proposed infiltration basin area to verify infiltration rates of the in-situ soils. We would be pleased to provide these services if required or requested. Page 423 of 465 14 4.11 Bituminous Pavement Recommendations Traffic New parking areas will be constructed to the north of the existing parking lot on the east side of the building. Based on the plans provided it appears the parking lot will include about 35 parking stalls. We anticipate the parking lot will be used by automobiles and light trucks so that a light duty pavement section will suffice. Based on the number of parking stalls and the anticipated vehicle distribution we estimate that the pavements will be subjected to less than 50,000 Equivalent Single Axle Loads (ESAL’s) over a 20-year design life. Subgrade Preparation We recommend removing all vegetation and topsoil and any other soft or otherwise unsuitable materials from within the pavement subgrade. Backfill, if needed, to attain pavement subgrade elevation can consist of any mineral soil provided it is free of organic material or other deleterious materials. Granular fill classified as SP or SP-SM should be placed within 65 percent to 105 percent of its optimum moisture content as determined by the standard Proctor. Other fill or backfill should be placed with moisture contents within a range of 1 percentage point below and 3 percentage points above its optimum moisture content. The upper 3 feet of fill and backfill should be compacted to a minimum of 100 percent of its standard Proctor maximum dry dentistry. Prior to placing the aggregate base, we recommend compacting the subgrade with a large self- propelled vibratory compactor and perform compaction tests or possibly proof-rolling the subgrade soils to identify soft, weak, loose or unstable areas that may require additional sub- cuts. R-Value R-Value testing was beyond the scope of this project. The soil borings encountered predominantly sandy soils corresponding to the ASTM Classifications of SP and SP-SM. It is our opinion an assumed R-Value of 50 can be used for pavement design. Pavement Section It should be noted that the pavement sections presented are not absolutes. Depending on serviceability expectations, material availability, and cost, there could be circumstances under which alternative sections will be more practicable. Based on an estimated R-value of 50 and a maximum of 50,000 ESAL’s we recommend a light duty pavement section consisting of a minimum of 3 ½ inches of bituminous underlain by a minimum of 6 inches of aggregate base. If a heavy-duty pavement section is required, we recommend a minimum of 4 inches of bituminous underlain by a minimum of 6 inches of aggregate base. Materials We recommend aggregate base meeting MN/DOT Class 5 aggregate base. We recommend the aggregate base be compacted to 100 percent of its maximum standard Proctor dry density. We recommend that the bituminous wear and base courses meet the requirements of MN/Dot specification 2360 for bituminous mixes. We recommend the bituminous pavements be compacted to at least 92% of the maximum theoretical density. We recommend specifying concrete that has a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 4,000 psi. We recommend specifying 5 to 8 percent entrained air for exposed concrete to provide Page 424 of 465 15 resistance to freeze-thaw deterioration. We recommend slump, air content and compressive strength test of Portland cement concrete. 5.0 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS 5.1 Excavation The soils encountered in the borings at the anticipated excavation depths consisted of; silty sand, poorly graded sand with silt and poorly graded sand meeting the ASTM Classifications of SM, SP-SM and SP. These soils will generally be Type C soils under Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) guidelines. Temporary excavations in Type C soils should be constructed at a minimum of 1 ½ foot horizontal to every 1 foot vertical within excavations. Slopes constructed in this manner may still exhibit surface sloughing. If site constraints do not allow the construction of slopes with these dimensions, then temporary shoring may be required. 5.2 Observations A geotechnical engineer or a qualified engineering technician should observe the excavation subgrade to evaluate if the subgrade soils are similar to those encountered in the borings and adequate to support the proposed construction. 5.3 Backfill and Fills We recommend moisture conditioning all soils that will be used as fill or backfill in accordance with Section 4.3 above. We recommend that fill and backfill be placed in lifts not exceeding 4 to 12 inches, depending on the size of the compactor and materials used. 5.4 Testing We recommend density tests of backfill and fills placed for the proposed foundations. Samples of the proposed materials should be submitted to our laboratory prior to placement for evaluation of their suitability and to determine their optimum moisture content and maximum dry density (Standard Proctor). 5.5 Winter Construction If site grading and construction is anticipated to proceed during cold weather, all snow and ice should be removed from cut and fill areas prior to additional grading and placement of fill. No fill should be placed on frozen soil and no frozen soil should be used as fill or backfill. Concrete delivered to the site should meet the temperature requirements of ASTM and/or ACI. Concrete should not be placed on frozen soil. Concrete should be protected from freezing until the necessary strength is obtained. Frost should not be permitted to penetrate below the footings. Page 425 of 465 16 6.0 PROCEDURES 6.1 Soil Classification The drill crew chief visually and manually classified the soils encountered in the borings in general accordance with ASTM D 2488, “Description and Identification of Soils (Visual- Manual Procedure).” Soil terminology notes are included in the Appendix. The samples were returned to our laboratory for review of the field classification by a soils engineer. Samples will be retained for a period of 30 days. 6.2 Groundwater Observations Immediately after taking the final samples in the bottom of the boring, the hole was checked for the presence of groundwater. Immediately after removing the augers from the borehole the hole was once again checked and the depth to water and cave-in depths were noted. 7.0 GENERAL 7.1 Subsurface Variations The analyses and recommendations presented in this report are based on data obtained from a limited number of soil borings. Variations can occur away from the boring, the nature of which may not become apparent until additional exploration work is completed, or construction is conducted. A reevaluation of the recommendations in this report should be made after performing on-site observations during construction to note the characteristics of any variations. The variations may result in additional foundation costs and it is suggested that a contingency be provided for this purpose. It is recommended that we be retained to perform the observation and testing program during construction to evaluate whether the design is as expected, if any design changes have affected the validity of our recommendations, and if our recommendations have been correctly interpreted and implemented in the designs, specifications and construction methods. This will allow correlation of the soil conditions encountered during construction to the soil borings and will provide continuity of professional responsibility. 7.2 Review of Design This report is based on the design of the proposed structures as related to us for preparation of this report. It is recommended that we be retained to review the geotechnical aspects of the design and specifications. With the review, we will evaluate whether any changes have affected the validity of the recommendations and whether our recommendations have been correctly interpreted and implemented in the design and specifications. 7.3 Groundwater Fluctuations We made water level measurements in the borings at the times and under the conditions stated on the boring log. The data was interpreted in the text of this report. The period of observation was relatively short and fluctuations in the groundwater level may occur due to rainfall, Page 426 of 465 17 flooding, irrigation, spring thaw, drainage, and other seasonal and annual factors not evident at the time the observations were made. Design drawings and specifications and construction planning should recognize the possibility of fluctuations. 7.4 Use of Report This report is for the exclusive use of CAPI and their design team to use to design the proposed structures and prepare construction documents. In the absence of our written approval, we make no representation and assume no responsibility to other parties regarding this report. The data, analysis and recommendations may not be appropriate for other structures or purposes. We recommend that parties contemplating other structures or purposes contact us. 7.5 Level of Care Haugo GeoTechnical Services has used the degree of skill and care ordinarily exercised under similar circumstance by members of the profession currently practicing in this locality. No warranty expressed or implied is made. Page 427 of 465 APPENDIX Page 428 of 465 Haugo GeoTechnical Services, LLC 2825 Cedar Avenue S. Minneapolis, MN 55407 Figure #: 1 Drawn By: AMH Date: 9-5-2024 Scale: None Project #: 24-0494 Soil Boring Location Sketch Brooklyn Center, Minnesota Legend Approximate Soil Boring Location Disclaimer: Map and parcel data are believed to be accurate, but accuracy is not guaranteed. This is not a legal document and should not be substituted for a title search, appraisal, survey, or for zoning verification. SB-3 SB-2 SB-1 SB-10 SB-9 SB-8 SB-4 SB-7 SB-5 SB-6 Page 429 of 465 HGTS# 24-0494 Figure 2: GPS Boring Locations Referencing US State Plane Coordinate System Boring Number Elevation (US Feet) Northing Coordinate Easting Coordinate SB-1 860.1 1080946.46207258 2799043.46709407 SB-2 861.4 1080979.51599348 2799034.77525803 SB-3 861.4 1081030.79217671 2799046.95726086 SB-4 860.1 1081079.71401189 2799080.62928028 SB-5 858.8 1081142.08860577 2799142.02103022 SB-6 859.3 1081172.83724657 2799206.51076831 SB-7 858.3 1081083.69879408 2799200.89812013 SB-8 858.3 1081049.1580371 2799136.13548664 SB-9 859.2 1080966.67516692 2799189.46597399 SB-10 859.1 1080928.28763171 2799109.50661219 Page 430 of 465 Silty Sand, tracfe Grass, black, moist (Topsoil) (SP) Poorly Graded Sand, fine grained, brown, moist, very loose (Alluvium) (SP-SM) Poorly Graded Sand with Silt, fine grained, brown, moist, loose (Alluvium) (SP) Poorly Graded Sand, fine to medium grained, brown, moist to waterbearing at about 12.5 ft, loose (Alluvium) (SP) Poorly Graded Sand, medium to coarse grained, trace Gravel, brown, waterbearing, loose to medium dense (Alluvium) Bottom of borehole at 31.0 feet. AU 57 SS 58 SS 59 SS 60 SS 61 SS 62 SS 63 SS 64 SS 65 SS 66 3-2-2 (4) 3-4-3 (7) 4-3-4 (7) 9-3-4 (7) 2-3-5 (8) 2-3-4 (7) 4-4-4 (8) 3-3-3 (6) 11-10-10 (20) 5 NOTES GROUND ELEVATION 860.1 ft LOGGED BY NC/MS DRILLING METHOD Hollow Stem Auger/Split Spoon DRILLING CONTRACTOR HGTS- 45 GROUND WATER LEVELS: CHECKED BY PG DATE STARTED 8/22/24 COMPLETED 8/22/24 AT TIME OF DRILLING 12.50 ft / Elev 847.60 ft AT END OF DRILLING --- AFTER DRILLING --- HOLE SIZE 3 1/4 inches DE P T H (f t ) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 GR A P H I C LO G MATERIAL DESCRIPTION SA M P L E T Y P E NU M B E R RE C O V E R Y % (R Q D ) BL O W CO U N T S (N V A L U E ) SPT N VALUE 20 40 60 80 Mo i s t u r e C o n t e n t (% ) FINES CONTENT (%) 20 40 60 80 20 40 60 80 PL LLMC PAGE 1 OF 1 BORING NUMBER SB-1 CLIENT CAPI PROJECT NUMBER 24-0494 PROJECT NAME 5930 Brooklyn Boulevard PROJECT LOCATION Brooklyn Center, MN GE O T E C H B H P L O T S - G I N T S T D U S L A B . G D T - 9 / 1 3 / 2 4 1 1 : 2 6 - C : \ U S E R S \ A L I C E H A U G O \ H G T S D R O P B O X \ L A B H A U G O \ H A U G O G E O T E C H N I C A L S E R V I C E S \ G I N T P R O J E C T B A C K U P \ P R O J E C T S \ 2 4 - 0 4 9 4 B O R I N G L O G D R A F T . G P J Haugo GeoTechnical Services 2825 Cedar Ave South Minneapolis, MN, 55407 Telephone: 612-729-2959 Fax: 763-445-2238 Page 431 of 465 Silty Sand, trace Grass, black, moist (Topsoil) (SP) Poorly Graded Sand, fine to medium grained, brown, moist, loose (Alluvium) (SP) Poorly Graded Sand, medium to coarse grained, brown, waterbearing, loose to medium dense (Alluvium) Bottom of borehole at 31.0 feet. AU 67 SS 68 SS 69 SS 70 SS 71 SS 72 SS 73 SS 74 SS 75 SS 76 3-3-2 (5) 2-3-3 (6) 2-3-5 (8) 3-3-3 (6) 3-2-3 (5) 2-4-3 (7) 2-2-3 (5) 8-10-9 (19) 5-3-4 (7) 4.5 NOTES GROUND ELEVATION 861.4 ft LOGGED BY NC/MS DRILLING METHOD Hollow Stem Auger/Split Spoon DRILLING CONTRACTOR HGTS- 45 GROUND WATER LEVELS: CHECKED BY PG DATE STARTED 8/22/24 COMPLETED 8/22/24 AT TIME OF DRILLING 12.50 ft / Elev 848.90 ft AT END OF DRILLING --- AFTER DRILLING --- HOLE SIZE 3 1/4 inches DE P T H (f t ) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 GR A P H I C LO G MATERIAL DESCRIPTION SA M P L E T Y P E NU M B E R RE C O V E R Y % (R Q D ) BL O W CO U N T S (N V A L U E ) SPT N VALUE 20 40 60 80 Mo i s t u r e C o n t e n t (% ) FINES CONTENT (%) 20 40 60 80 20 40 60 80 PL LLMC PAGE 1 OF 1 BORING NUMBER SB-2 CLIENT CAPI PROJECT NUMBER 24-0494 PROJECT NAME 5930 Brooklyn Boulevard PROJECT LOCATION Brooklyn Center, MN GE O T E C H B H P L O T S - G I N T S T D U S L A B . G D T - 9 / 1 3 / 2 4 1 1 : 2 6 - C : \ U S E R S \ A L I C E H A U G O \ H G T S D R O P B O X \ L A B H A U G O \ H A U G O G E O T E C H N I C A L S E R V I C E S \ G I N T P R O J E C T B A C K U P \ P R O J E C T S \ 2 4 - 0 4 9 4 B O R I N G L O G D R A F T . G P J Haugo GeoTechnical Services 2825 Cedar Ave South Minneapolis, MN, 55407 Telephone: 612-729-2959 Fax: 763-445-2238 Page 432 of 465 Silty Sand, trace Roots, black, moist (Topsoil) (SP) Poorly Graded Sand, fine grained, brown, moist, very loose to loose (Alluvium) (SP) Poorly Graded Sand, medium to coarse grained, brown, wet to waterbearing at about 12.5 ft, loose to medium dense (Alluvium) Bottom of borehole at 31.0 feet. AU 77 SS 78 SS 79 SS 80 SS 81 SS 82 SS 83 SS 84 SS 85 SS 86 2-2-2 (4) 2-2-4 (6) 2-3-3 (6) 2-4-5 (9) 5-5-5 (10) 4-5-6 (11) 9-8-8 (16) 6-8-10 (18) 3-4-5 (9) 7 NOTES GROUND ELEVATION 861.4 ft LOGGED BY NC/MS DRILLING METHOD Hollow Stem Auger/Split Spoon DRILLING CONTRACTOR HGTS- 45 GROUND WATER LEVELS: CHECKED BY PG DATE STARTED 8/22/24 COMPLETED 8/22/24 AT TIME OF DRILLING 12.50 ft / Elev 848.90 ft AT END OF DRILLING --- AFTER DRILLING --- HOLE SIZE 3 1/4 inches DE P T H (f t ) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 GR A P H I C LO G MATERIAL DESCRIPTION SA M P L E T Y P E NU M B E R RE C O V E R Y % (R Q D ) BL O W CO U N T S (N V A L U E ) SPT N VALUE 20 40 60 80 Mo i s t u r e C o n t e n t (% ) FINES CONTENT (%) 20 40 60 80 20 40 60 80 PL LLMC PAGE 1 OF 1 BORING NUMBER SB-3 CLIENT CAPI PROJECT NUMBER 24-0494 PROJECT NAME 5930 Brooklyn Boulevard PROJECT LOCATION Brooklyn Center, MN GE O T E C H B H P L O T S - G I N T S T D U S L A B . G D T - 9 / 1 3 / 2 4 1 1 : 2 7 - C : \ U S E R S \ A L I C E H A U G O \ H G T S D R O P B O X \ L A B H A U G O \ H A U G O G E O T E C H N I C A L S E R V I C E S \ G I N T P R O J E C T B A C K U P \ P R O J E C T S \ 2 4 - 0 4 9 4 B O R I N G L O G D R A F T . G P J Haugo GeoTechnical Services 2825 Cedar Ave South Minneapolis, MN, 55407 Telephone: 612-729-2959 Fax: 763-445-2238 Page 433 of 465 Poorly Graded Sand with Silt, brown, moist (Topsoil) Poorly Graded Sand, fine to medium grained, trace Concrete, brown, moist (Fill) (SP) Poorly Graded Sand, fine to medium grained, brown, moist to waterbearing at about 12.5 ft, very loose to loose (Alluvium) Bottom of borehole at 21.0 feet. AU 33 SS 34 SS 35 SS 36 SS 37 SS 38 SS 39 SS 40 2-2-3 (5) 5-5-3 (8) 3-3-1 (4) 4-4-5 (9) 1-2-3 (5) 1-2-2 (4) 3-2-3 (5) 8.5 NOTES GROUND ELEVATION 860.1 ft LOGGED BY NC/MS DRILLING METHOD Hollow Stem Auger/Split Spoon DRILLING CONTRACTOR HGTS- 45 GROUND WATER LEVELS: CHECKED BY PG DATE STARTED 8/21/24 COMPLETED 8/21/24 AT TIME OF DRILLING 12.50 ft / Elev 847.60 ft AT END OF DRILLING --- AFTER DRILLING --- HOLE SIZE 3 1/4 inches DE P T H (f t ) 0 5 10 15 20 GR A P H I C LO G MATERIAL DESCRIPTION SA M P L E T Y P E NU M B E R RE C O V E R Y % (R Q D ) BL O W CO U N T S (N V A L U E ) SPT N VALUE 20 40 60 80 Mo i s t u r e C o n t e n t (% ) FINES CONTENT (%) 20 40 60 80 20 40 60 80 PL LLMC PAGE 1 OF 1 BORING NUMBER SB-4 CLIENT CAPI PROJECT NUMBER 24-0494 PROJECT NAME 5930 Brooklyn Boulevard PROJECT LOCATION Brooklyn Center, MN GE O T E C H B H P L O T S - G I N T S T D U S L A B . G D T - 9 / 1 3 / 2 4 1 1 : 2 7 - C : \ U S E R S \ A L I C E H A U G O \ H G T S D R O P B O X \ L A B H A U G O \ H A U G O G E O T E C H N I C A L S E R V I C E S \ G I N T P R O J E C T B A C K U P \ P R O J E C T S \ 2 4 - 0 4 9 4 B O R I N G L O G D R A F T . G P J Haugo GeoTechnical Services 2825 Cedar Ave South Minneapolis, MN, 55407 Telephone: 612-729-2959 Fax: 763-445-2238 Page 434 of 465 Silty Sand, trace Roots, dark brown, moist (Topsoil) (SP) Poorly Graded Sand, fine to medium grained, brown, moist to waterbearing at about 10 ft, very loose to loose (Alluvium) P-200 = 3 % P-200 = 1.5 % (CL) Sandy Lean Clay, grey, wet, stiff (Alluvium) Bottom of borehole at 21.0 feet. AU 1 SS 2 SS 3 SS 4 SS 5 SS 6 SS 7 SS 8 2-1-1 (2) 2-3-3 (6) 1-2-2 (4) 2-1-1 (2) 1-1-1 (2) 3-5-4 (9) 5-6-7 (13) 5.5 3.5 NOTES GROUND ELEVATION 858.8 ft LOGGED BY NC/MS DRILLING METHOD Hollow Stem Auger/Split Spoon DRILLING CONTRACTOR HGTS- 45 GROUND WATER LEVELS: CHECKED BY PG DATE STARTED 8/21/24 COMPLETED 8/21/24 AT TIME OF DRILLING 10.00 ft / Elev 848.80 ft AT END OF DRILLING --- AFTER DRILLING --- HOLE SIZE 3 1/4 inches DE P T H (f t ) 0 5 10 15 20 GR A P H I C LO G MATERIAL DESCRIPTION SA M P L E T Y P E NU M B E R RE C O V E R Y % (R Q D ) BL O W CO U N T S (N V A L U E ) SPT N VALUE 20 40 60 80 Mo i s t u r e C o n t e n t (% ) FINES CONTENT (%) 20 40 60 80 20 40 60 80 PL LLMC PAGE 1 OF 1 BORING NUMBER SB-5 CLIENT CAPI PROJECT NUMBER 24-0494 PROJECT NAME 5930 Brooklyn Boulevard PROJECT LOCATION Brooklyn Center, MN GE O T E C H B H P L O T S - G I N T S T D U S L A B . G D T - 9 / 1 3 / 2 4 1 1 : 2 7 - C : \ U S E R S \ A L I C E H A U G O \ H G T S D R O P B O X \ L A B H A U G O \ H A U G O G E O T E C H N I C A L S E R V I C E S \ G I N T P R O J E C T B A C K U P \ P R O J E C T S \ 2 4 - 0 4 9 4 B O R I N G L O G D R A F T . G P J Haugo GeoTechnical Services 2825 Cedar Ave South Minneapolis, MN, 55407 Telephone: 612-729-2959 Fax: 763-445-2238 Page 435 of 465 Poorly Graded Sand with Silt, dark brown, moist (Topsoil) (SP) Poorly Graded Sand, fine to medium grained, brown, moist to waterbearing at about 10 ft, very loose to loose (Alluvium) P-200 = 4 % P-200 = 1.5 % Bottom of borehole at 21.0 feet. AU 9 SS 10 SS 11 SS 12 SS 13 SS 14 SS 15 SS 16 3-3-2 (5) 2-2-2 (4) 1-1-2 (3) 1-2-2 (4) 1-3-2 (5) 1-1-4 (5) 2-3-5 (8) 4.5 6.5 NOTES GROUND ELEVATION 859.3 ft LOGGED BY NC/MS DRILLING METHOD Hollow Stem Auger/Split Spoon DRILLING CONTRACTOR HGTS- 45 GROUND WATER LEVELS: CHECKED BY PG DATE STARTED 8/21/24 COMPLETED 8/21/24 AT TIME OF DRILLING 10.00 ft / Elev 849.30 ft AT END OF DRILLING --- AFTER DRILLING --- HOLE SIZE 3 1/4 inches DE P T H (f t ) 0 5 10 15 20 GR A P H I C LO G MATERIAL DESCRIPTION SA M P L E T Y P E NU M B E R RE C O V E R Y % (R Q D ) BL O W CO U N T S (N V A L U E ) SPT N VALUE 20 40 60 80 Mo i s t u r e C o n t e n t (% ) FINES CONTENT (%) 20 40 60 80 20 40 60 80 PL LLMC PAGE 1 OF 1 BORING NUMBER SB-6 CLIENT CAPI PROJECT NUMBER 24-0494 PROJECT NAME 5930 Brooklyn Boulevard PROJECT LOCATION Brooklyn Center, MN GE O T E C H B H P L O T S - G I N T S T D U S L A B . G D T - 9 / 1 3 / 2 4 1 1 : 2 7 - C : \ U S E R S \ A L I C E H A U G O \ H G T S D R O P B O X \ L A B H A U G O \ H A U G O G E O T E C H N I C A L S E R V I C E S \ G I N T P R O J E C T B A C K U P \ P R O J E C T S \ 2 4 - 0 4 9 4 B O R I N G L O G D R A F T . G P J Haugo GeoTechnical Services 2825 Cedar Ave South Minneapolis, MN, 55407 Telephone: 612-729-2959 Fax: 763-445-2238 Page 436 of 465 Poorly Graded Sand with Silt, dark brown, moist (Topsoil) (SP) Poorly Graded Sand, fine to medium grained, brown, moist to waterbearing at about 10 ft, loose (Alluvium) P-200 = 3.5% P-200 = 2.5 % (SP) Poorly Graded Sand, medium to coarse grained, brown, waterbearing, very loose to loose (Alluvium) Bottom of borehole at 21.0 feet. AU 17 SS 18 SS 19 SS 20 SS 21 SS 22 SS 23 SS 24 2-3-3 (6) 3-2-3 (5) 1-2-3 (5) 2-2-3 (5) 1-1-2 (3) 4-4-6 (10) 5-5-5 (10) 10.5 19.5 NOTES GROUND ELEVATION 858.3 ft LOGGED BY NC/MS DRILLING METHOD Hollow Stem Auger/Split Spoon DRILLING CONTRACTOR HGTS- 45 GROUND WATER LEVELS: CHECKED BY PG DATE STARTED 8/21/24 COMPLETED 8/21/24 AT TIME OF DRILLING 10.00 ft / Elev 848.30 ft AT END OF DRILLING --- AFTER DRILLING --- HOLE SIZE 3 1/4 inches DE P T H (f t ) 0 5 10 15 20 GR A P H I C LO G MATERIAL DESCRIPTION SA M P L E T Y P E NU M B E R RE C O V E R Y % (R Q D ) BL O W CO U N T S (N V A L U E ) SPT N VALUE 20 40 60 80 Mo i s t u r e C o n t e n t (% ) FINES CONTENT (%) 20 40 60 80 20 40 60 80 PL LLMC PAGE 1 OF 1 BORING NUMBER SB-7 CLIENT CAPI PROJECT NUMBER 24-0494 PROJECT NAME 5930 Brooklyn Boulevard PROJECT LOCATION Brooklyn Center, MN GE O T E C H B H P L O T S - G I N T S T D U S L A B . G D T - 9 / 1 3 / 2 4 1 1 : 2 7 - C : \ U S E R S \ A L I C E H A U G O \ H G T S D R O P B O X \ L A B H A U G O \ H A U G O G E O T E C H N I C A L S E R V I C E S \ G I N T P R O J E C T B A C K U P \ P R O J E C T S \ 2 4 - 0 4 9 4 B O R I N G L O G D R A F T . G P J Haugo GeoTechnical Services 2825 Cedar Ave South Minneapolis, MN, 55407 Telephone: 612-729-2959 Fax: 763-445-2238 Page 437 of 465 Poorly Graded Sand with Silt, dark brown, moist (Topsoil) (SP-SM) Poorly Graded Sand with Silt, fine grained, brown, moist, very loose to loose (Alluvium) P-200 = 7.5 % P-200 = 8 % (SP) Poorly Graded Sand, medium to coarse graind, brown, moist to waterbearing at about 10 ft, very loose to medium dene (Alluvium) Bottom of borehole at 21.0 feet. AU 25 SS 26 SS 27 SS 28 SS 29 SS 30 SS 31 SS 32 2-1-2 (3) 3-3-5 (8) 1-2-2 (4) 2-2-4 (6) 1-2-3 (5) 1-1-2 (3) 9-10-7 (17) 8 14.5 NOTES GROUND ELEVATION 858.3 ft LOGGED BY NC/MS DRILLING METHOD Hollow Stem Auger/Split Spoon DRILLING CONTRACTOR HGTS- 45 GROUND WATER LEVELS: CHECKED BY PG DATE STARTED 8/21/24 COMPLETED 8/21/24 AT TIME OF DRILLING 10.00 ft / Elev 848.30 ft AT END OF DRILLING --- AFTER DRILLING --- HOLE SIZE 3 1/4 inches DE P T H (f t ) 0 5 10 15 20 GR A P H I C LO G MATERIAL DESCRIPTION SA M P L E T Y P E NU M B E R RE C O V E R Y % (R Q D ) BL O W CO U N T S (N V A L U E ) SPT N VALUE 20 40 60 80 Mo i s t u r e C o n t e n t (% ) FINES CONTENT (%) 20 40 60 80 20 40 60 80 PL LLMC PAGE 1 OF 1 BORING NUMBER SB-8 CLIENT CAPI PROJECT NUMBER 24-0494 PROJECT NAME 5930 Brooklyn Boulevard PROJECT LOCATION Brooklyn Center, MN GE O T E C H B H P L O T S - G I N T S T D U S L A B . G D T - 9 / 1 3 / 2 4 1 1 : 2 7 - C : \ U S E R S \ A L I C E H A U G O \ H G T S D R O P B O X \ L A B H A U G O \ H A U G O G E O T E C H N I C A L S E R V I C E S \ G I N T P R O J E C T B A C K U P \ P R O J E C T S \ 2 4 - 0 4 9 4 B O R I N G L O G D R A F T . G P J Haugo GeoTechnical Services 2825 Cedar Ave South Minneapolis, MN, 55407 Telephone: 612-729-2959 Fax: 763-445-2238 Page 438 of 465 Approximately 3 Inches of Bituminous Approximately 5.5 Inches of Aggregate Base (SP-SM) Poorly Graded Sand with Silt, fine grained, brown, moist, medium dense to loose (Alluvium) P-200 = 10 % (SP) Poorly Graded Sand, fine to medium grained, brown, moist to waterbearing at about 12.5 ft, very loose to loose (Alluvium) Bottom of borehole at 21.0 feet. AU 41 SS 42 SS 43 SS 44 SS 45 SS 46 SS 47 SS 48 9-12-14 (26) 14-15-11 (26) 5-5-5 (10) 2-3-3 (6) 1-1-1 (2) 1-1-1 (2) 2-1-2 (3) 8 NOTES GROUND ELEVATION 859.2 ft LOGGED BY NC/MS DRILLING METHOD Hollow Stem Auger/Split Spoon DRILLING CONTRACTOR HGTS- 45 GROUND WATER LEVELS: CHECKED BY PG DATE STARTED 8/21/24 COMPLETED 8/21/24 AT TIME OF DRILLING 12.50 ft / Elev 846.70 ft AT END OF DRILLING --- AFTER DRILLING --- HOLE SIZE 3 1/4 inches DE P T H (f t ) 0 5 10 15 20 GR A P H I C LO G MATERIAL DESCRIPTION SA M P L E T Y P E NU M B E R RE C O V E R Y % (R Q D ) BL O W CO U N T S (N V A L U E ) SPT N VALUE 20 40 60 80 Mo i s t u r e C o n t e n t (% ) FINES CONTENT (%) 20 40 60 80 20 40 60 80 PL LLMC PAGE 1 OF 1 BORING NUMBER SB-9 CLIENT CAPI PROJECT NUMBER 24-0494 PROJECT NAME 5930 Brooklyn Boulevard PROJECT LOCATION Brooklyn Center, MN GE O T E C H B H P L O T S - G I N T S T D U S L A B . G D T - 9 / 1 3 / 2 4 1 1 : 2 7 - C : \ U S E R S \ A L I C E H A U G O \ H G T S D R O P B O X \ L A B H A U G O \ H A U G O G E O T E C H N I C A L S E R V I C E S \ G I N T P R O J E C T B A C K U P \ P R O J E C T S \ 2 4 - 0 4 9 4 B O R I N G L O G D R A F T . G P J Haugo GeoTechnical Services 2825 Cedar Ave South Minneapolis, MN, 55407 Telephone: 612-729-2959 Fax: 763-445-2238 Page 439 of 465 Approximately 3 Inches of Bituminous Approximately 11 Inches of Aggregate Base Silty Sand, fine grained, with Concrete, dark brown, moist (Fill) P-200 = 13 % Poorly Graded Sand with Silt, fine grained, brown, moist (Possible Fill) (SP) Poorly Graded Sand, fine to medium grained, bgrown, wet to waterbearing at about 12.5 ft, very loose to loose (Alluvium) Bottom of borehole at 21.0 feet. AU 49 SS 50 SS 51 SS 52 SS 53 SS 54 SS 55 SS 56 7-11-6 (17) 10-7-7 (14) 2-3-3 (6) 3-3-3 (6) 1-2-3 (5) 1-2-2 (4) 2-3-4 (7) 9 NOTES GROUND ELEVATION 859.1 ft LOGGED BY NC/MS DRILLING METHOD Hollow Stem Auger/Split Spoon DRILLING CONTRACTOR HGTS- 45 GROUND WATER LEVELS: CHECKED BY PG DATE STARTED 8/22/24 COMPLETED 8/22/24 AT TIME OF DRILLING 12.50 ft / Elev 846.60 ft AT END OF DRILLING --- AFTER DRILLING --- HOLE SIZE 3 1/4 inches DE P T H (f t ) 0 5 10 15 20 GR A P H I C LO G MATERIAL DESCRIPTION SA M P L E T Y P E NU M B E R RE C O V E R Y % (R Q D ) BL O W CO U N T S (N V A L U E ) SPT N VALUE 20 40 60 80 Mo i s t u r e C o n t e n t (% ) FINES CONTENT (%) 20 40 60 80 20 40 60 80 PL LLMC PAGE 1 OF 1 BORING NUMBER SB-10 CLIENT CAPI PROJECT NUMBER 24-0494 PROJECT NAME 5930 Brooklyn Boulevard PROJECT LOCATION Brooklyn Center, MN GE O T E C H B H P L O T S - G I N T S T D U S L A B . G D T - 9 / 1 3 / 2 4 1 1 : 2 7 - C : \ U S E R S \ A L I C E H A U G O \ H G T S D R O P B O X \ L A B H A U G O \ H A U G O G E O T E C H N I C A L S E R V I C E S \ G I N T P R O J E C T B A C K U P \ P R O J E C T S \ 2 4 - 0 4 9 4 B O R I N G L O G D R A F T . G P J Haugo GeoTechnical Services 2825 Cedar Ave South Minneapolis, MN, 55407 Telephone: 612-729-2959 Fax: 763-445-2238 Page 440 of 465 Page 441 of 465 Exhibit B Page 442 of 465 M E M O R A N D U M DATE: February 7, 2025 TO: Ginny McIntosh, Planning Manager FROM: Touyia Lee, Principle Engineer SUBJECT: Public Works – Preliminary Site Plan / Plat Review 5930 Brooklyn Blvd - CAPI Immigrant Opportunity Center Public Works staff reviewed the following documents submitted for review for the proposed 5930 Brooklyn Blvd development known as CAPI Immigrant Opportunity Center. •2025-01-31 Land Use Resubmittal This document included the following: o Preliminary Plans o Preliminary Stormwater Report o Preliminary Plat (2025-01-31) o Geotechnical Exploration Report Subject to final staff Site Plan approval, the referenced plans must be revised in accordance with the following comments/revisions and approved prior to issuance of any permits. Plan Items C400 – Grading and Drainage Plan 1.Double check ADA grades within handicapped parking spaces, maximum 2.0% slope within spaces. C500 – Utility Plan 2.Denote all utilities including underground system as private. 3.Revisit design of secondary sanitary service connection on Brooklyn Blvd. C801 – City Details 4.City standard detail plates shall be updated to latest City details. L5.0 – City Details 1.Irrigation system as-built must be provided to the city upon completion of work. E700 – Electrical Site Photometric Plan 5.Site photometric plans shall also include lighting improvements to existing parking lot Exhibit C Page 443 of 465 Platting Requirement 6. A 10’ drainage and utility easement must be dedicated on the plat around the entire perimeter of the site. 7. Legal descriptions and easement vacation documents must be obtained for all existing easements to be vacated. Existing public easements as determined by the City must be vacated, and proposed easements must be dedicated as part of the preliminary and final platting process. The formal vacation document must contain an easement vacation description and depiction exhibit signed by a professional surveyor. 8. An updated certified abstract of title or registered property report must be provided to the City Planner and City Attorney for review at the time of the preliminary plat application (within 30 days of preliminary plat application). Additionally, this will need to stay current and be updated through the approval process as required to maintain and be current within 30 days of the release of final plat. General Items 9. The total disturbed area exceeds one acre, an NPDES permit is required. The total disturbed area is less than five acres; the City of Brooklyn Center has reviewed the plans per the Shingle Creek Watershed Commission rules. From preliminary review the applicant has met watershed’s rule requirements. A final stormwater management report must be provided upon completion. 10. The applicant shall be responsible for coordinating site development plans with all private utility companies (Xcel Energy, CenterPoint Energy, Qwest Communications, Comcast, etc. ) Applicant shall be responsible for verifying all utilities are absent from the easement proposed to be vacated. 11. The City has submitted the plans to Hennepin County for review. Applicant must meet requirements from the review. Agreements 12. During construction of the site improvements, and until the permanent turf and plantings are established, the developer will be required to reimburse the City for the administration and engineering inspection efforts. Please submit a deposit of $5,000 that the City can draw upon on a monthly basis. 13. A Construction Management Plan and Agreement is required that addresses general construction activities and management provisions, traffic control provisions, emergency management provisions, storm water pollution prevention plan provisions, tree protection provisions, general public welfare and safety provisions, definition of responsibility provisions, temporary parking provisions, overall site condition provisions and non-compliance provisions. A $5,000 deposit will be required as part of the non-compliance provision. 14. An overall Easement Agreement is required that will provide the City perpetual accessibility to all private utilities and storm drainage areas to inspect and enforce proper utility service and maintenance for the entire site. This easement agreement also includes private inspection, maintenance, and reporting responsibilities. Easements to provide utility service to the development should be dedicated as necessary. 15. Upon project completion, the applicant must submit an as-built survey of the property, improvements and utility service lines and structures, and provide certified record drawings for any associated private and/or public improvements prior to issuance of the certificate of occupancy. The survey must Page 444 of 465 also verify that all property corners have been established and are in place at the completion of the project as determined and directed by the City Engineer. 16. Inspection for the private site improvements must be performed by the developer’s design/project engineer. Upon project completion, the design/project engineer must formally certify through a letter that the project was built in conformance with the approved plans and under the design/project engineer’s immediate and direct supervision. The engineer must be certified in the State of Minnesota and must certify all required as-built drawings (which are separate from the as-built survey). Anticipated Permitting 17. A City of Brooklyn Center land disturbance permit is required. 18. A Water and Sewer Permit is required. 19. A Minnesota Pollution Control Agency NPDES storm water construction permit is required. 20. If applicable, applicant will need to obtain required permits to work in County right-of-way. 21. Other permits not listed herein may be required. It is the Responsibility of the applicant to obtain such permits as warranted. Prior to Issuance of Land Alteration 22. Copies of all required permits must be provided to the City. 23. Final construction plans and specification must be submitted and approved by the City Engineer. The final construction plans must be certified by a licensed engineer in the state of Minnesota. 24. The Construction Management Plan and Agreement has been executed and the associated separate cash escrow has been deposited with the City. 25. A preconstruction conference is scheduled and held with City staff and other entities designated by the City. All aforementioned items, comments and recommendations are provided based on the information submitted by the applicant at the time of this review. Subsequent approval of the final plan may require additional modifications based on engineering requirements associated with final design as established by the City Engineer and other public officials having jurisdiction over approval of the final site plans. Page 445 of 465 Hennepin County Transportation Project Delivery Public Works Facility, 1600 Prairie Drive, Medina, MN 55340 612-596-0300 | hennepin.us February 14, 2025 Ginny McIntosh Planning Manager City of Brooklyn Center 6301 Shingle Creek Parkway Brooklyn Center, MN 55430 Re: Preliminary and Final Plat Review – CAPI USA expansion (Received 1/28/2025) County State Aid Highway (CSAH) 152 (Brooklyn Boulevard) Hennepin County Plat Review ID #4139 (Reviewed 2/4/2025) Ms. McIntosh: Please consider the following county staff comments for the proposed parcel combination and CAPI USA facility expansion at 5930 and 5950 Brooklyn Boulevard (CSAH 152). Access: We support the location and expected operation of the existing right-in/right-out access on Brooklyn Boulevard as well as the proposed new full access on 60th Avenue. Right-of-way: No additional right of way needs along Brooklyn Boulevard were identified. Storm Water/Drainage: Staff appreciate utilization of permeable pavement on the site. The existing drainage patterns shall not be altered unless approved by Hennepin County. Watershed District approval and drainage calculations are required if the work alters existing drainage patterns. Post-construction flow rates entering Hennepin County’s drainage system, overland or through pipes, shall not exceed pre-construction rates for the two, 10 and 100-year events. When available, please provide the drainage report - this can be the same one submitted to the watershed district. Contact: Jordan Labat at 612-596-0703 or jordan.labat@hennepin.us Permits: Please inform the developer that all construction within county right of way requires an approved Hennepin County permit prior to beginning construction. This includes, but is not limited to, driveway and street access, drainage and utility construction, trail development, and landscaping. Contact: Doug Heidemann, Permits Coordinator at 612-596-0336 or douglas.heidemann@hennepin.us Please contact Chad Ellos at chad.ellos@hennepin.us or 612-596-0395 for any further discussion. Sincerely, Carla Stueve, PE County Highway Engineer Page 446 of 465 Hennepin County Property Map Date: 1/31/2025 Comments:PARCEL ID: 0311821120101 OWNER NAME: Capi Usa PARCEL ADDRESS: 5950 Brooklyn Blvd, Brooklyn Center MN 55429 PARCEL AREA: 0.84 acres, 36,493 sq ft A-T-B: Both SALE PRICE: $295,000 SALE DATE: 05/2007 SALE CODE: Vacant Land ASSESSED 2023, PAYABLE 2024 PROPERTY TYPE: Land-Commercial HOMESTEAD: Non-Homestead MARKET VALUE: $0 TAX TOTAL: $0.00 ASSESSED 2024, PAYABLE 2025 PROPERTY TYPE: Land Commercial HOMESTEAD: Non-Homestead MARKET VALUE: $0 This data (i) is furnished 'AS IS' with no representation as to completeness or accuracy; (ii) is furnished with no warranty of any kind; and (iii) is not suitable for legal, engineering or surveying purposes. Hennepin County shall not be liable for any damage, injury or loss resulting from this data. COPYRIGHT © HENNEPIN COUNTY 2025 1:4,800 Page 447 of 465 tcc860.11 tcc860.69 860.96 tcc861.76 LightPole 8 6 2 . 1 Bench Serv 861.0 8 6 2 . 1 tcc861.90 8 6 2 . 2 8 6 2 . 1 tcc861.57Catch Basinrim=860.85 C H V 8 6 1 . 6 8 6 1 . 5 LightPole tcc861.11 tcc860.68 8 6 1 . 0 8 6 1 . 1 8 6 0 . 2 8 6 0 . 2 tcc860.49 tcc859.73 859.20 859.35 tcc859.90Sign 86 0 . 1 86 0 . 3 FFE860.3 859.7 12"860.5 14"860.4 12"861.7 12"862.0 860.6 S Sanitary Manhole t c = 8 6 0 . 2 4 tcc860.18 859.49 8 5 9 . 6 tcc859.45 8 5 9 . 8 859.2 860.1 860.2 859.4 859.7 859.1 Sign 8 5 9 . 9 8 5 9 . 7 Sign LightPole tcc860.30 tcc859.71 18"859.9 18"859.9 tcc859.91 18"860.1 12"859.8 18"860.0 tcc860.00 Catch Basin 859.1 859.7 859.9 860.1 860.1 14"860.0 tcc860.05 20"860.1 12"859.8 14"860.2 tcc860.21 859.1 24"860.3 14"860.4 12"859.9 tcc860.22 Sign Sign tcc860.26 859.5 859.8 tcc860.23 859.8 859.8859.9 tcc860.14 tcc860.14 tcc860.18 859.9 Sign tcc860.18 859.8tcc860.15 859.3 Catch Basin 859.4tcc860.19 tcc860.18 tcc860.04 tcc860.22 859.7 859.1 859.0 Catch Basin E G 858.5 859.6 36"860.4860.6 860.8 861.0 859.8 859.9 860.8 859.6 Sign tcc859.33 tcc858.83 T tped 859.2 858.8 859.1 858.7 Sign tcc858.48 tcc858.36 857.39 Sign 858.5 857.6 tcc857.80tcc857.86 tcc858.00 S Sanitary Manholerim=858.15 tcc858.33 tcc858.92 858.4 857.9 Gate Valve tcc858.76 tcc858.41 Catch Basin 858.13 858.7 859.0 859.3 859.3 859.5 859.3 60th Avenue North (60' Wide Public Right-of-Way) N 89°28'24" E 206.93 80 . 8 80 . 8 10 10 10 10 1 0 10 10 5 5N 89°28'24" E 220.41 S 0 0 ° 5 2 ' 3 4 " W 1 6 1 . 6 0 S 0 0 ° 5 2 ' 3 4 " W 1 6 1 . 6 0 N 0 4 ° 5 8 ' 2 6 " W 1 3 2 . 0 4 80 . 8 80 . 8 B R O O K L Y N B L V D . ( C o u n t y R o a d N o . 1 5 2 ) 81.0 66 . 1 81.0 66 . 1 BE A R D A V E N U E 61.5 WO O D F E N C E ADMIRAL LANE 42.0 EA S T L I N E O F L O T 4 0 , A U D S U B D . N o . 2 1 6 (6 0 ' p u b l i c r i g h t o f w a y ) 30 ' R I G H T O F W A Y P E R A V A I L A B L E M A P S 30 30 11 85 . 2 17 1 . 4 86 0 859 8 6 0 S 89°28'24" W 246.22 W E S T L I N E O F L O T 4 0 , A U D . S U B D . N o . 2 1 6 BE A R D A V E . N . A S D E D I C A T E D I N T H E P L A T O F S T E E N A D D I T I O N 31.0 42.0 42.0 52.0 30 60 60 60 Partially Abandoned N 0 4 ° 3 4 ' 3 9 " W 1 6 1 . 9 5 859.3 858.3 859.0858.7 Gate Valve 858.7 H Handhole Riser 861.1 859.7 859.2 859.3 859.7860.4 860.4 859.4 859.3 860.1860.2 859.8 860.4860.6 859.7 860.5 860.0 859.4 860.2 860.3 859.7 859.0 858.9 859.0 858.8 858.2 858.2 857.9 858.6 859.0 859.2 859.2 859.2 859.0 858.8 858.6 857.7 857.8 858.6 858.9 859.0 859.3 FFE860.3 magnail magnail magnail 860.0 FFE860.3 Catch Basinrim=857.1515" inv=853.42 857.82Tccb Catch Basinrim=857.2015" inv=852.66 tnh861.53 magnail magnail 12" HDPE 12 " H D P E 12" R C P 6" C I P W a t e r m a n i 8" V C P S a n i t a r y S e w e r 10 10 11 14 Drainage & Utility Easement per the plat of STEEN ADDITION NORTH LINE OF THE SOUTH 323.2 FEET OF LOT 40, AUDITORS SUBDIVISION NO. 216 MEASURED ALONG THE EAST LINE OF LOT 40. PARCEL 1 NORTH LINE OF THE SOUTH 242.4 FEET OF LOT 40, AUDITORS SUBDIVISION NO. 216 AS MEASURED ALONG THE EAST LINE OF LOT 40. N 89°28'24" E 11.20 PARCEL 2 PARCEL 3 SOUTH LINE OF LOT 40, AUDITOR'S SUBDIVISION NO. 216 12" PVCrim=857.93inv=853.11 inv=850.22 2-S-Brick BuildingNo. 5930 rim=858.48inv=855.33 rim= 858.43N inv=855.01W inv=854.50E inv=855.02 rim=858.48inv=855.44 ConcreteSlab Concrete Post tw862.2bw860.2 tw862.2bw860.3 tw862.2bw860.2 Vault Sign tw860.6bw860.0 inv=848.60 i n v = 8 5 1 . 6 9 inv=851.88 co n c r e t e concrete BITUMINOUSSURFACE c o n c r e t e 14 Parking Stalls 8 Parking Stalls 7 P a r k i n g S t a l l s 12 P a r k i n g S t a l l s N 89°28'24" E 30.01 40. 7 5 N 4 2 ° 1 4 ' 5 9 " E Dr a i n a g e & U t i l i t y E a s e m e n t p e r th e p l a t o f S T E E N A D D I T I O N 1 0 ' S i d e w a l k E a s e m e n t p e r D o c . N o . 1 0 3 2 8 8 0 C a t c h B a s i n JLM not found JLM not found ST R E E T P E R D O C . N o . 3 1 3 4 5 8 4 P E R PL A T O F S T E E N A D D I T I O N Drainage, Utility & Sidewalk Easement per Doc. No. 10911724 & 5791357 Ad j o i n i n g P r o p e r t y O w n e r : HP M i n n e s o t a I L L C Ad j o i n i n g P r o p e r t y O w n e r : Es t e f a n y G a l l a r d o M o l i n a Ad j o i n i n g P r o p e r t y O w n e r : Ch a V a n g Ad j o i n i n g P r o p e r t y O w n e r : Lo w e l l S t u n i c k Ad j o i n i n g P r o p e r t y O w n e r : Ph i l l i p & A l e x u s C h a Ad j o i n i n g P r o p e r t y O w n e r : Ca r o l S j o q u i s t Adjoining Property Owner:Old National Bank Zoned MX-N2 Ad j o i n i n g P r o p e r t y O w n e r : Cr o s s o f G l o r y L u t h e r a n C h u r c h Ad j o i n i n g P r o p e r t y O w n e r : Ci t y o f B r o o k y n C e n t e r Adjoining Property Owner:Team Schutz, LLC overha n g 67 ° 3 8 ' 0 5 " NORTH LINE OF THE NE 1/4 OF SEC. 3 N 89°57'06" W 1734.87 N 89°57'06" W 1741.08 NE CORNER OF THE NE 1/4 OF SEC. 3, TWP. 118, R.21 W REVISION SUMMARY SURVEY FOR:DEVELOPMENT OF:TYPE OF SURVEY: CAPI USA ADDITION F:\survey\auditors subdivision - hennepin\216-40 - hennepin\40-216\01 Surveying - 90722\01 CAD\01 Source\01 Survey Base.dwg 1 OF 1 SHEET NO. PROJECT: 90722A DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: PRELIMINARY PLATCAPI USA FIELD BY: FB No: 1135-62 7601 73rd Avenue North Minneapolis, Minnesota 55428 (763) 560-3093 DemarcInc.com tm tm GRP Legal Description Miscellaneous Notes Legal description and easements per title commitment from Commercial Partners Title Commitment No. CP73715, dated May 10, 2024.Note: Property Address: 5930 & 5950 Brooklyn Boulevard, Brooklyn Center, MN 55430 PID No.: 03-118-21-12-0006 and 03-118-21-12-0101 Total Area of Parcel = 77,514 sq. ft. Property located in Section 3, Township 118, Range 21, Hennepin County, Minnesota. Bearings are based on North line of STEEN ADDITION. MN 1 MN 2 MN 3 MN 4 MN 5 Parcel 1: That part of Lot 1, Block 1, Steen Addition, embraced within the North 80.8 feet of the South 323.2 feet of Lot 40, Auditor's Subdivision 216, measured on the East line of said lot and with North and South lines parallel to the South line of said lot. Excepting therefrom the East 30 feet conveyed to the Village of Brooklyn Center for use as a public street or road by Deed Document No. 3134584. And Also Excepting therefrom all that part of the subject property: Which lies Southwesterly of a line run parallel with and distant 42 feet Northeasterly of the following described line: Beginning at a point on the North line of Section 3, Township 118 North, Range 21 West, distant 1734.87 feet West of the Northeast corner thereof; thence run Southeasterly at an angle of 67 degrees 38 minutes 05 seconds with said North section line for 102.12 feet; thence deflect to the right of an angle of 17 degrees 20 minutes 35.2 seconds for 1000 feet and there terminating; Together with a triangular piece adjoining and Northeasterly of the above described strip and Northeasterly of the following described line: Beginning at a point on the Northeasterly boundary of the above described strip, distant 30 feet Southeasterly of its intersection with the South line of 60th Avenue North; thence run Northeasterly to a point of said South line, distant 30 feet Easterly of said intersection; by amended Final Certificate filed as Document No. 4730734, according to the recorded plat thereof, and the situate in Hennepin County, Minnesota. Parcel 2: That part of Lot 1, Block 1, Steen Addition, embraced within that part of the North 80.8 feet of the South 242.4 feet of Lot 40, as measured along the East line of Lot 40, Auditor's Subdivision No. 216, Hennepin County, Minnesota, lying Easterly of a line drawn parallel to and 42 feet Northeasterly of the following described line: Commencing at the Northeast corner of Section 3, Township 118, Range 21; thence West along the North line of said Section 3, a distance of 1741.08 feet; thence Southeasterly, deflecting to the left 111 degrees, 58 minutes, 07.7 seconds, a distance of 104.54 feet to the point of beginning of the line to be described; thence Southeasterly, deflecting to the right 17 degrees, 20 minutes, 35.2 seconds, a distance of 1000 feet and there terminating. The South line and part of the East line of said Lot 40 are marked by Judicial Landmarks set pursuant to Torrens Case No. 10896. Parcel 3: That part of the South 161.6 feet of Lot 40 measured along the East line of Lot 40, Auditor's Subdivision No. 216, Hennepin County, Minnesota lying Easterly of a line drawn parallel to and 42 feet Northeasterly of the following described line:Commencing at the Northeast corner of Section 3, Township 118, Range 21; thence West along the North line of said Section 3, a distance of 1741.08 feet; thence Southeasterly deflecting to the left 111 degrees 58 minutes 07.7 seconds, a distance of 104.54 feet to the point of beginning of the line to be described; thence Southeasterly deflecting to the right 17 degrees 20 minutes 35.2 seconds a distance of 1000 feet and there terminating. Source of Information: City Address: City Phone: City of Brooklyn Center Zoning web site 6301 Shingle Creek Parkway, Brooklyn Center, MN 763-569-3300 Zoning Classification:MX-N2 Neighborhood Mixed Use NOTE: Zoning district listed is the new zoning District, current zoning is C-1 Building Setback Requirements for principal structures Front Yard Setback Side Yard Setback Rear Yard Setback Observed Required Notes Parking Tabulation Observed Required Notes Regular Spaces Handicapped Spaces Total Parking Spaces Maximum Height Bulk Restrictions Lot Area Other: Observed Required Notes Height Restrictions Observed Max. Allowed Notes 61.5 feet see note 2 stalls see note not measured 77,469 Sq. Ft. N/A see note 85.2 feet 10 feet N/A 41 stalls see note 43 stalls 48 feet N/A N/A NOTE: Because there may be a need for further interpretation of the applicable zoning codes, we refer you to the above referenced municipality and the applicable zoning codes. 10 feet Parking requirements dependent on use of property. Corner Yard Setback 171.4 feet see note Current Zoning Information Subject Property Address: 5930 & 5950 Brooklyn Boulevard, Brooklyn Center, MN 55430 5' Min. - 20' Max on primary & secondary street frontage SCALE IN FEET 0 6030 90 Benchmark Signed: ____________________________________________ Gregory R. Prasch Registration No. 24992 Prepared this 24th day of September 2024. I certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed land Surveyor under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Zoning & Development Information Property Currently Zoned: MX-N2 Neighborhood Mixed Use Proposed Zoning: MX-N2 Neighborhood Mixed Use Zoning Ordinance Requirements: Building Setbacks (for main structure) Front - 5' Min. - 20' Max on primary & secondary street frontage Side Yard - 10 feet Rear Yard - 10 feet Minimum Lot Size - N/A Minimum Lot Size - 10,000 sq.ft (non-residential use) Refer to City code for additional requirements Proposed Number of Lots = 1 Area of proposed: Lot 1, Block 1 = 70,766 sq.ft Right-of-Way dedication - Brooklyn Blvd = 1,900 sq.ft Right-of-Way dedication - Beard Ave = 4,848 sq.ft DEVELOPER: CAPI USA 5930 Brooklyn Blvd, Brooklyn Center, MN 55429 PROPERTY OWNER: CAPI USA 5930 Brooklyn Blvd, Brooklyn Center, MN 55429 SURVEYOR DemarcSurveying and Engineering 7601 73rd Avenue N. Brooklyn Park, MN 55428 Attn: Greg Prasch phone: 763-560-3093 e-mail: gregprasch@demarcinc.com Development Personnel Denotes Found Iron Monument Denotes Iron Monument Set Bollard Light Power Pole Sanitary Manhole Storm Manhole Manhole (use not determined) Catch Basin Communication Pedestal Riser Sign Telephone Pedestal Risertped cped Legend Gas Main Underground Communications Underground Electric Sanitary Sewer Storm Sewer Watermain Overhead Wires 12-20-24 additional field info Page 448 of 465 Page 449 of 465 Member introduced the following resolution and moved its adoption: RESOLUTION NO. RESOLUTION REGARDING THE RECOMMENDED APPROVAL OF PLANNING COMMISSION APPLICATION NO. 2025-001 FOR AN APPROXIMATELY 8,910-SQUARE FOOT EXPANSION OF CAPI’S IMMIGRANT OPPORTUNITY CENTER, PRELIMINARY AND FINAL PLAT FOR CAPI USA ADDITION, AND ASSOCIATED VARIANCES (5930 AND 5950 BROOKLYN BOULEVARD) WHEREAS, Planning Commission Application No. 2025-001, submitted by CAPI USA (“the Applicant”) requests review and consideration of an application requesting site and building plan approval for an approximately 8,910-square foot expansion of the existing approximately 10,688-square foot office building for an approximately 19,598-square foot building; and WHEREAS, Section 35-7605 (Amendments) of the City Code stipulates that a major amendment to an approved site and building plan is triggered in situations where there is a 25-percent (%) or greater change to the floor area of any one structure, and the proposal, as contemplated under the submitted application, exceeds this threshold; and WHEREAS, the proposed building expansion will exceed the maximum allowable size of an individual non-residential use in the MX-N2 (Neighborhood Mixed-Use) District where the Subject Property is located; and WHEREAS, the Applicant and Property Owner requested an amendment to Chapter 35 of the City Code of Ordinances to amend the language outlined under Sections 35-2302 (MX-N2 – Neighborhood Mixed-Use) and 35-5100 (Dimensional Standards Summary) to place maximum individual size restrictions on retail uses rather than all non-residential uses; and WHEREAS, following a review by City staff, and in an effort to remain consistent, the proposed language in the Ordinance would also amend the maximum size of an individual non- residential use to the maximum size of an individual retail use in the MX-N1 (Neighborhood Mixed- Use) District; and WHEREAS, the proposed building expansion will encroach into the adjacent parcel to the north, addressed as 5950 Brooklyn Boulevard, which is also owned by the Applicant; and WHEREAS, Section 35-8105 (Combination of Land Parcels) outlines that parcels of land shall be combined into a single parcel through platting or registered land survey in instances where multiple parcels of land, which are contiguous, adjacent, and under common ownership, are proposed to serve a single development use; and WHEREAS, in accordance with this requirement, the Applicant submitted preliminary and final plat documents for CAPI USA ADDITION, which will consolidate three Page 450 of 465 RESOLUTION NO. parcels into one parcel, and require the vacation of certain drainage and utility easements, and dedication of certain right-of-way to meet requirements provided for under Chapter 35 of the City Code of Ordinances regarding maximum build-to setbacks in the MX-N2 (Neighborhood Mixed-Use) District; and WHEREAS, given circumstances unique to the Subject Property, including a triple frontage lot, an existing building situated at the southern extent of the Subject Property, the consolidation of land to an approximately 1.62-acre lot, and site constraints, including but not limited to existing drainage and utility easements and public sidewalk running along Brooklyn Boulevard, the Applicant requires variances from Sections 35-2302 (MX-N2 – Neighborhood Mixed Use) and 35-5100 (Dimensional Standards Summary), which require a minimum-maximum setback for secondary frontages of between 5 and 20 feet, and the Applicant requests an approximately 100-foot variance; and WHEREAS, the Applicant further requests a variance from a requirement where at least 50 percent of the first floor of the front façade of each primary building shall be located not more than 10 feet from the front lot line, and the Applicant requires an approximately 6-foot variance from this maximum setback due to existing easements and sidewalk; and WHEREAS, the Planning Commission of the City of Brooklyn Center, Minnesota held a duly noticed and called public hearing on February 13, 2025, whereby a planning staff report was presented and public testimony regarding Planning Commission Application No. 2025-001 were received; and WHEREAS, the Planning Commission of the City of Brooklyn Center, Minnesota considered the major amendment to the site and building plan, preliminary and final plat, ordinance amendment, and variance requests in light of all testimony received, the guidelines and standards for evaluating the requested major amendment to the site and building plan under Section 35-7604 (Site and Building Plan Approval Criteria), preliminary and final plat under Section 35-8000 (Subdivisions and Planned Unit Developments), ordinance amendment under Section 35-71304 (Amendment Criteria), and variances contained in Section 35-7100 (Variance) of the City’s Unified Development Ordinance, the City’s 2040 Comprehensive Plan, as well as information provided by the Applicant with respect to the proposed use’s operations, and the request generally satisfies the criteria as outlined within the above Sections; and WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Brooklyn Center, Minnesota finds as follows regarding Planning Commission Application No. 2025-001, as submitted by CAPI USA: a) The proposed building expansion and site improvements fully comply with all applicable requirements of the City’s Unified Development Ordinance, with exception of the requested ordinance amendment to allow for the building expansion and maximum build-to setback variances; b) The proposed building expansion and site improvements adequately protect Page 451 of 465 RESOLUTION NO. residential uses from the potential adverse effects of a non-residential use; c) It is consistent with the use and character of surrounding properties along Brooklyn Boulevard; d) It provides safe conditions for pedestrians or motorists and prevents the dangerous arrangement of pedestrian and vehicular ways; and WHEREAS, pursuant to Minnesota Statutes Section 462.357, subdivision 6, the City Council further finds as follows: a) The requested variances are in harmony with the general purposes and intent of the City’s Unified Development Ordinance; b) The variances are consistent with the City’s 2040 Comprehensive Plan; c) The Applicant proposes to use the Subject Property in a reasonable manner not permitted by the City’s Unified Development Ordinance; d) The plight of the Applicant is due to circumstances unique to the Subject Property and not created by the landowner; and e) The variances would not alter the essential character of the locality in which the Subject Property is located. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Brooklyn Center, Minnesota that it hereby approves Planning Commission Application No. 2025- 001 for the requested major amendment to the site and building plan, preliminary and final plat for CAPI USA Addition, and certain variances to the front and secondary build-to setbacks that would allow for the approximately 8,910-square foot expansion of the CAPI Immigrant Opportunity Center and related site improvements at the Subject Property addressed as 5930 and 5950 Brooklyn Boulevard, conditioned on compliance with all of the following: 1. Any major changes or modifications to this site and building plan, and as outlined within the City Code, can only be made by an amendment to the approved site and building plan and approval by City Council. 2. The building plans are subject to review and approval by the Building Official with respect to applicable codes prior to the issuance of permits. 3. The Applicant shall work to ensure all applicable Minnesota Fire Code requirements have been met as part of any site and building plan approval and any proposed modifications. a. A fire sprinkler and monitoring system is required to be installed and shall be maintained on a consistent basis per City Code requirements. 4. A SAC determination shall be submitted by the Applicant to the Metropolitan Council and any associated fees paid at time of any building permit issuance. 5. An application to and approval from the Hennepin County Health Department or any other required agencies for the expanded food shelf and kitchen areas. 6. The Applicant shall revise the submitted photometric plan to provide a sitewide lighting plan for the existing and proposed building, parking lot, and landscaped areas, and with lighting in compliance with Section 35-5400 (Exterior Lighting). Page 452 of 465 RESOLUTION NO. 7. The Applicant shall comply with Section 35-5600 (Landscaping, Screening, and Fences) and revise provided landscape plan as necessary to identify any preserved plantings, and ensure planting locations are not within identified utility easements or over utility lines. a. The Applicant shall ensure an irrigation system is in place or install a new system where necessary to facilitate maintenance of site landscaping and green areas, and an irrigation shop drawing shall be provided for review and approval prior to installation. 8. Any outside trash disposal facilities and rooftop or ground mechanical equipment shall be appropriately screened from view per City Code requirements and a detail sheet provided. 9. The Applicant shall comply with all conditions or provisions noted in the Principal Engineer’s review memorandum, dated February 7, 2025. 10. The Applicant shall submit a sign permit application for any proposed signage (e.g. wall, freestanding) and receive issuance of a permit prior to any installation. All signage shall conform to Section 35-6000 (Signs) of the City Code. 11. Platting: a. Approval of the preliminary and final plat for CAPI USA ADDITION are contingent upon the addressing of comments provided in a memorandum dated February 7, 2025, and the following additional revisions: i. Clearly denote area intended for right-of-way dedication and new property lines; ii. Any new or existing utility lines to be noted on preliminary plat per Section 35-8106.b.2; and iii. Updating of zoning information on preliminary plat to reflect the MX-N2 District. b. Final plat and mylar shall be subject to the provisions of Chapter 35 of the City Code of Ordinances. c. Addressing of final plat comments and/or requirements as provided by Hennepin County and the City Engineer with respect to right-of-way/easement dedication on the plat. d. Addressing of final plat comments and/or requirements from the City Attorney’s office, and specifically regarding an updated certified abstract of title. e. Vacation of existing drainage and utility easement. f. The successful recording of said plat (mylar) with Hennepin County in advance of building permit issuance. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Brooklyn Center, Minnesota that the City Council’s approval of the preliminary and final plat for CAPI USA ADDITION, site and building plan, and associated variances shall be conditioned upon the adoption of Ordinance No. _________, An Ordinance Amending Sections 35-2301, 35-2302, and 35-5100 of the City Code of Ordinances Regarding the Maximum Size of an Individual Non-Residential Use in the Neighborhood Mixed-Use Districts to place maximum individual size restrictions on retail uses rather than all non- residential uses. Said approvals shall be effective on April 19, 2025 or 30 days of the date Page 453 of 465 RESOLUTION NO. of publication of the adopted Ordinance, whichever occurs later. February 24, 2025 Date Mayor ATTEST: City Clerk The motion for the adoption of the foregoing resolution was duly seconded by member and upon vote being taken thereon, the following voted in favor thereof: and the following voted against the same: whereupon said resolution was declared duly passed and adopted. Page 454 of 465 ORDINANCE NO. ________ AN ORDINANCE AMENDING SECTIONS 35-2301, 35-2302, AND 35-5100 OF THE CITY CODE OF ORDINANCES REGARDING THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SIZE OF AN INDIVIDUAL NON-RESIDENTIAL USE IN THE NEIGHBORHOOD MIXED-USE ZONING DISTRICTS THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF BROOKLYN CENTER DOES ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS: Article I. Brooklyn Center City Code, Chapter 35, Section 35-2301 MX-N1 – NEIGHBORHOOD MIXED-USE is amended by adding the following double-underlined language and deleting the stricken language: Section 35-2301. MX-N1 – NEIGHBORHOOD MIXED-USE a. PURPOSE. The purpose of the MX-N1 (Neighborhood Mixed-Use) district is to accommodate low- to medium- density residential and multi-family residential development, with or without small-scale ground floor non-residential uses. In addition, MX-N1 allows for the reuse of residential structures with frontage on an arterial street for a variety of residential and non-residential uses. It is intended primarily for use along arterial corridors, at or near major intersections, and areas adjacent those zoned MX-N2 or similarly zoned areas. Allowed uses are shown in Section 35-4200 – Allowed Use Table. Page 455 of 465 b. MX-N1 DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS Page 456 of 465 3 Building Setbacks A Front build-to line (min-max) 5-20 feet on primary and secondary street frontage B Side building setback (minimum) 10 feet C Rear building setback (minimum) 20 feet D Minimum lot size N/A Accessory Structure setback, Interior side or rear (minimum) 5 feet Other Standards E Structure height (maximum) 48 feet Density 15-31 Units/acre Accessory Structure height (maximum) 20 feet Maximum size of individual non-residential retail use 7,500 Square Feet c. GENERAL REGULATIONS. 1) Complete detailed dimensional standards are located in Section 35-5000 – Development Standards and Incentives. 2) Every building hereafter erected or structurally altered shall be located on a lot, and in no case shall there be more than one principal building on one lot. The term "principal building" shall be given its common, ordinary meaning; in case of doubt, or on any question of interpretation, the decision shall rest with the Zoning Administrator. 3) The required total minimum land area may be reduced 500 square feet for each required parking stall constructed completely underground, or otherwise provided in an integrated parking structure. 4) Permitted Encroachments into the regular setbacks are listed in Section 35-5100 of this UDO. 5) In the case of corner lots, the lot lines not abutting street right-of-way shall, for the purpose of this Unified Development Ordinance, be considered side-interior lot lines, and except as otherwise provided, the use shall adhere to the setback requirements set out for interior side yards. 6) After the effective date of this UDO, no new or additional vehicle parking spaces may be created between the front façade of an existing or new structure and the primary street frontage of the lot unless otherwise permitted by the zoning administrator. Page 457 of 465 4 d. LOTS ABUTTING R1 AND R2 DISTRICTS, OTHER THAN AT A PUBLIC STREET LINE: 1) When a building exceeds 25 feet in height the setback from the R1 or R2 property shall be no less than equal to the height of the building, unless the building steps down to no greater than 25 feet on the side abutting the R1 or R2 zone. 2) A 15-foot-wide buffer strip on the side abutting the R1 or R2 District shall be provided which meets the following provisions: A. The buffer strip shall be landscaped and not be used for parking, garages, driveways, off-street loading or storage. B. The buffer strip shall contain an opaque fence, which is at least four feet in height. A. The City Council may approve an alternative screening device design, provided it is in harmony with the residential neighborhood and provides a similar level of screening to an opaque similar level of screening to an opaque fence. e. BUILDING AND SITE DESIGN. 1) At least 50 percent of the first floor of the front façade of each primary building shall be located not more than ten feet from the front lot line. 2) Each primary structure shall have at least one pedestrian entrance on each façade facing a public right- of-way. 3) Each required pedestrian entrance for a nonresidential use shall open directly to the adjacent sidewalk without requiring pedestrians to pass through a lobby area, garage, parking lot, or a non-pedestrian area located between the building entrance and the entrance to individual ground floor nonresidential establishments in the building. 4) At least 50 percent of each building façade facing a street, park, plaza, or other public space (not including areas occupied by doors or windows), shall be faced in brick, stone, cultured stone, real stucco, or other material of equivalent visual attractiveness, quality, and durability as determined by the Zoning Administrator. 5) Each ground floor façade for a nonresidential use facing a public right-of-way shall have transparent windows or other transparent glazed areas covering at least 50 percent of the ground floor façade area between three and eight feet above sidewalk grade. Required glazed areas shall have a visible light transmittance ratio of 0.6 or higher, and shall not include reflective, heavily tinted, or black glass windows. f. STREETS AND PUBLIC SPACE. 1) Should new blocks be established, blocks shall be between 300 and 500 feet in length Page 458 of 465 5 and shall have a block perimeter no greater than 2,000 feet. 2) Bicycle and pedestrian facilities shall be constructed and connected to existing adjacent bicycle and pedestrian infrastructure, including the provision of bicycle parking. 3) Attractive public gathering/seating areas, quality streetscaping, and space for outdoor seating shall be integrated into the site design. 4) A six-foot minimum clear width shall be maintained on all walkways 5) Public spaces shall be designed to promote social interaction, leisure opportunities, public gathering and activities, and/or to create focal points and activity nodes within development. Article II. Brooklyn Center City Code, Chapter 35, Section 35-2302 MX-N2 – NEIGHBORHOOD MIXED-USE is amended by adding the following double-underlined language and deleting the stricken language: Section 35-2302. MX-N2 – NEIGHBORHOOD MIXED-USE a. PURPOSE. The purpose of the MX-N2 (Neighborhood Mixed-Use) district is to accommodates small-scale, mixed-use neighborhood activity centers with comfortable gathering places, located and scaled to provide minor/convenience services near low density residential neighborhoods. Requirements for this zoning district avoid strip development patterns and the creation of destination retail or business uses serving areas beyond the immediate neighborhood. Allowed uses are shown in Section 35-4200 – Allowed Use Table. Page 459 of 465 6 b. MX-N2 DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS c. GENERAL REGULATIONS 1) Complete detailed dimensional standards are located in Section 35-5000 – Development Standards and Incentives. Building Setbacks A Front build-to line (min-max) 5-20 feet on primary and secondary street frontage B Side building setback (minimum) 10 feet C Rear building setback (minimum) 10 feet D Minimum lot size N/A Accessory Structure setback, Interior side or rear (minimum) 5 feet Other Standards E Structure height (maximum) 48 feet Density 15-31 Units/acre Accessory Structure height (maximum) 20 feet Maximum size of individual non-residential retail use 10,000 Square Feet Page 460 of 465 7 2) Every building hereafter erected or structurally altered shall be located on a lot, and in no case shall there be more than one principal building on one lot. The term "principal building" shall be given its common, ordinary meaning; in case of doubt, or on any question of interpretation, the decision shall rest with the Zoning Administrator. 3) The required total minimum land area may be reduced 500 square feet for each required parking stall constructed completely underground, or otherwise provided in an integrated parking structure. 4) Permitted Encroachments into the regular setbacks are listed in Section 35-5100 of this UDO. 5) In the case of corner lots, the lot lines not abutting street right-of-way shall, for the purpose of this Unified Development Ordinance, be considered side-interior lot lines, and except as otherwise provided, the use shall adhere to the setback requirements set out for interior side yards. d. BUILDING AND SITE DESIGN. 1) At least 50 percent of the first floor of the front façade of each primary building shall be located not more than ten feet from the front lot line. 2) Each primary structure shall have at least one pedestrian entrance on each façade facing a public right- of-way. 3) Each required pedestrian entrance for a nonresidential use shall open directly to the adjacent sidewalk without requiring pedestrians to pass through a lobby area, garage, parking lot, or a non-pedestrian area located between the building entrance and the entrance to individual ground floor nonresidential establishments in the building. 4) At least 50 percent of each building façade facing a street, park, plaza, or other public space (not including areas occupied by doors or windows), shall be faced in brick, stone, cultured stone, real stucco, or other material of equivalent visual attractiveness, quality, and durability as determined by the Zoning Administrator. 5) Each ground floor façade for a nonresidential use facing a public right-of-way shall have transparent windows or other transparent glazed areas covering at least 50 percent of the ground floor façade area between three and eight feet above sidewalk grade. Required glazed areas shall have a visible light transmittance ratio of 0.6 or higher, and shall not include reflective, heavily tinted, or black glass windows. 6) After the effective date of this UDO, no new or additional vehicle parking spaces may be created between the front façade of an existing or new structure and the primary street frontage of the lot unless otherwise permitted by the zoning administrator. Page 461 of 465 8 e. LOTS ABUTTING R1 AND R2 DISTRICTS, OTHER THAN AT A PUBLIC STREET LINE: 1) When a building exceeds 25 feet in height the setback from the R1 or R2 property shall be no less than equal to the height of the building, unless the building steps down to no greater than 25 feet on the side abutting the R1 or R2 zone. 2) A 15-foot-wide buffer strip on the side abutting the R1 or R2 District shall be provided which meets the following provisions: A. The buffer strip shall be landscaped and not be used for parking, garages, driveways, off-street loading or storage. B. The buffer strip shall contain an opaque fence, which is at least four feet in height. C. The City Council May approve an alternative screening device design, provided it is in harmony with the residential neighborhood and provides a similar level of screening to an opaque similar level of screening to an opaque fence. f. STREETS AND PUBLIC SPACE. 1) Should new blocks be established, blocks shall be between 300 and 500 feet in length and shall have a block perimeter no greater than 2,000 feet. 2) Bicycle and pedestrian facilities shall be constructed and connected to existing adjacent bicycle and pedestrian infrastructure, including the provision of bicycle parking. 3) Attractive public gathering/seating areas, quality streetscaping, and space for outdoor seating shall be integrated into the site design. 4) A six-foot minimum clear width shall be maintained on all walkways 5) Public spaces shall be designed to promote social interaction, leisure opportunities, public gathering and activities, and/or to create focal points and activity nodes within development. Article III. Brooklyn Center City Code, Chapter 35, Section 35-5100 Dimensional Standards Summary is amended by adding the following double-underlined language and deleting the stricken language: Page 462 of 465 9 Dimensional Standards Lot Dimensions (Minimum, only for lots created after the effective date) Zoning Districts R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 MX- N1 MX-N2 MX-C TOD C MX- B I O Lot area (Sq. ft/unit). 9,500 (Interior) 10,500 (Corner) 7,600 (One- family Interior), 8,500 (one- family corner), 5,000 (two- family) 4,000 2,200 1,400 -- -- Minimum 2 Acres Contiguous Parcel For Residential Use 2000 ft perime ter (max) -- -- -- -- Density (Units/acre) 3-5 3-10 5-15 10-25 20-31 15-31 15-31 10-60 31 – 130 -- -- -- -- Maximum size of individual non- residential retail use -- -- -- -- -- 7,500 SF 10,000 SF -- -- -- -- -- -- Primary Dwelling Width and Depth (minimum) 18 18 Lot width (Interior) 75 60 (one- family) 75 (two- family 25 100 100 -- -- 100 -- 100 100 100 -- Lot width (Corner) 90 75 (one- family) 90 (two- family) 25 100 100 -- -- 100 -- 100 100 100 -- Article IV. Severability. Should any section or part of this ordinance be declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, such decision will not affect the validity of the ordinance as a whole or any part other than the part declared invalid. Article V. Effective Date. This ordinance shall become effective after adoption and upon thirty days following its legal publication. Page 463 of 465 10 Adopted this ____ day of _____________, 2025. _______________________________ April Graves, Mayor ATTEST: _________________________ Barb Suciu, City Clerk Date of Publication Effective Date (Strikeout indicates matter to be deleted, double-underline indicates new matter.) Page 464 of 465 Council Regular Meeting DATE: 2/24/2025 TO: City Council FROM: Barb Suciu, City Clerk THROUGH: Daren Nyquist, Deputy City Manager BY: Barb Suciu, City Clerk SUBJECT: Commission Appointments Requested Council Action: Motion to approve City Advisory Commission Appointments Background: Mayor Graves has brought forth the following individuals to serve on City Advisory Commissions: Cultural and Public Arts Commission Quinica Moris Maria Tatzmann Financial Commission Janice Brandt Housing Commission Jamal Said Landen Straub Budget Issues: Inclusive Community Engagement: Antiracist/Equity Policy Effect: Strategic Priorities and Values: ATTACHMENTS: None Page 465 of 465